Medicare Program; Proposed Changes to the Hospital Inpatient Prospective Payment Systems and Fiscal Year 2008 Rates, 24680-25135 [07-1920]

Download as PDF 24680 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services 42 CFR Parts 411, 412, 413, and 489 [CMS–1533–P] RIN 0938–AO70 Medicare Program; Proposed Changes to the Hospital Inpatient Prospective Payment Systems and Fiscal Year 2008 Rates Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS. ACTION: Proposed rule. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB AGENCY: SUMMARY: We are proposing to revise the Medicare hospital inpatient prospective payment systems (IPPS) for operating and capital-related costs to implement changes arising from our continuing experience with these systems, and to implement certain provisions made by the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 (Pub. L. 109–171), the Medicare Improvements and Extension Act under Division B, Title I of the Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006 (Pub. L. 109– 432), and the Pandemic and All-Hazards Preparedness Act (Pub. L. 109–417). In addition, in the Addendum to this proposed rule, we describe the proposed changes to the amounts and factors used to determine the rates for Medicare hospital inpatient services for operating costs and capital-related costs. We also are setting forth proposed rate-ofincrease limits for certain hospitals and hospital units excluded from the IPPS that are paid in full or in part on a reasonable cost basis subject to these limits or that have a portion of a prospective payment system payment based on reasonable cost principles. These proposed changes would be applicable to discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2007. In this proposed rule, we discuss our proposals to further refine the diagnosisrelated group (DRG) system under the IPPS to better recognize severity of illness among patients—for FY 2008, we are proposing to adopt a Medicare Severity DRG (MS–DRG) classification system for the IPPS. We are also proposing to use the structure of the proposed MS–DRG system for the LTCH prospective payment system (referred to as MS–LTC–DRGs) for FY 2008. Among the other policy changes that we are proposing to make are changes related to: Limited revisions of the reclassification of cases to proposed MS–DRGs, the proposed relative weights for the proposed MS–LTC– VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 DRGs; the wage data, including the occupational mix data, used to compute the wage index; applications for new technologies and medical services addon payments; payments to hospitals for the indirect costs of graduate medical education; submission of hospital quality data; provisions governing application of sanctions relating to the Emergency Medical Treatment and Labor Act of 1986 (EMTALA); provisions governing disclosure of physician ownership in hospitals and patient safety measures; and provisions relating to services furnished to beneficiaries in custody of penal authorities. DATES: To be assured consideration, comments must be received at one of the addresses provided below, no later than 5 p.m. on June 12, 2007. ADDRESSES: In commenting, please refer to file code CMS–1533–P. Because of staff and resource limitations, we cannot accept comments by facsimile (FAX) transmission. You may submit comments in one of three ways (no duplicates, please): 1. Electronically. You may submit electronic comments on specific issues in this regulation to http:// www.cms.hhs.gov/eRulemaking. Click on the link ‘‘Submit electronic comments on CMS regulations with an open comment period’’. (Attachments should be in Microsoft Word, WordPerfect, or Excel; however, we prefer Microsoft Word.) 2. By regular mail. You may mail written comments (one original and two copies) to the following address ONLY: Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, Department of Health and Human Services, Attention: CMS–1533– P, P.O. Box 8011, Baltimore, MD 21244– 1850. Please allow sufficient time for mailed comments to be received before the close of the comment period. 3. By express or overnight mail. You may send written comments (one original and two copies) to the following address ONLY: Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, Department of Health and Human Services, Attention: CMS–1533–P, Mail Stop C4–26–05, 7500 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21244–1850. 4. By hand or courier. If you prefer, you may deliver (by hand or courier) your written comments (one original and two copies) before the close of the comment period to one of the following addresses. If you intend to deliver your comments to the Baltimore address, please call telephone number (410) 786– 7195 in advance to schedule your arrival with one of our staff members. PO 00000 Frm 00002 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 Room 445–G, Hubert H. Humphrey Building, 200 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20201, or 7500 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21244–1850. (Because access to the interior of the Hubert H. Humphrey Building is not readily available to persons without Federal Government identification, commenters are encouraged to leave their comments in the CMS drop slots located in the main lobby of the building. A stamp-in clock is available for persons wishing to retain proof of filing by stamping in and retaining an extra copy of the comments being filed.) Comments mailed to the addresses indicated as appropriate for hand or courier delivery may be delayed and received after the comment period. Submission of comments on paperwork requirements. You may submit comments on this document’s paperwork requirements by mailing your comments to the addresses provided at the end of the ‘‘Collection of Information Requirements’’ section in this document. For information on viewing public comments, see the beginning of the SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Marc Hartstein, (410) 786–4548, Operating Prospective Payment, Diagnosis-Related Groups (DRGs), Wage Index, New Medical Services and Technology Add-On Payments, and Hospital Geographic Reclassifications Issues Tzvi Hefter, (410) 786–4487, Capital Prospective Payment, Excluded Hospitals, Graduate Medical Education, Critical Access Hospitals, and Long-Term Care (LTC)–DRG Issues Siddhartha Mazumdar, (410) 786–6673, Rural Community Hospital Demonstration Issues Sheila Blackstock, (410) 786–3502, Quality Data for Annual Payment Update Issues Thomas Valuck, (410) 786–7479, Hospital Value-Based Purchasing Issues Jacqueline Proctor, (410) 786–8852, Disclosure of Physician Ownership in Hospitals and Patient Safety Measures Issues Fred Grabau, (410) 786–0206, Services to Beneficiaries in Custody of Penal Authorities Issues SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Submitting Comments: We welcome comments from the public on all issues set forth in this rule to assist us in fully considering issues and developing policies. You can assist us by referencing the file code CMS–1533–P E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules and the specific ‘‘issue identifier’’ that precedes the section on which you choose to comment. Inspection of Public Comments: All comments received before the close of the comment period are available for viewing by the public, including any personally identifiable or confidential business information that is included in a comment. We post all comments received before the close of the comment period on the following Web site as soon as possible after they have been received: http://www.cms.hhs.gov/ eRulemaking. Click on the link ‘‘Electronic Comments on CMS Regulations’’ on that Web site to view public comments. Comments received timely will also be available for public inspection as they are received, generally beginning approximately 3 weeks after publication of a document, at the headquarters of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, 7500 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, Maryland 21244, Monday through Friday of each week from 8:30 a.m. to 4 p.m. To schedule an appointment to view public comments, phone 1–800–743–3951. Electronic Access This Federal Register document is also available from the Federal Register online database through GPO Access, a service of the U.S. Government Printing Office. Free public access is available on a Wide Area Information Server (WAIS) through the Internet and via asynchronous dial-in. Internet users can access the database by using the World Wide Web; the Superintendent of Documents’ home page address is http://www.gpoaccess.gov/, by using local WAIS client software, or by telnet to swais.access.gpo.gov, then login as guest (no password required). Dial-in users should use communications software and modem to call (202) 512– 1661; type swais, then login as guest (no password required). mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Acronyms AHA American Hospital Association AHIMA American Health Information Management Association AHRQ Agency for Health Care Research and Quality AMI Acute myocardial infarction AOA American Osteopathic Association APR DRG All Patient Refined Diagnosis Related Group System ASC Ambulatory surgical center ASP Average sales price AWP Average wholesale price BBA Balanced Budget Act of 1997, Pub. L. 105–33 BBRA Medicare, Medicaid, and SCHIP [State Children’s Health Insurance Program] Balanced Budget Refinement Act of 1999, Pub. L. 106–113 VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 BIPA Medicare, Medicaid, and SCHIP [State Children’s Health Insurance Program] Benefits Improvement and Protection Act of 2000, Pub. L. 106–554 BLS Bureau of Labor Statistics CAH Critical access hospital CART CMS Abstraction & Reporting Tool CBSAs Core-based statistical areas CC Complication or comorbidity CCR Cost-to-charge ratio CDAC Clinical Data Abstraction Center CIPI Capital input price index CPI Consumer price index CMI Case-mix index CMS Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services CMSA Consolidated Metropolitan Statistical Area COBRA Consolidated Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1985, Pub. L. 99– 272 CPI Consumer price index CY Calendar year DRA Deficit Reduction Act of 2005, Pub. L. 109–171 DRG Diagnosis-related group DSH Disproportionate share hospital ECI Employment cost index EMR Electronic medical record EMTALA Emergency Medical Treatment and Labor Act of 1986, Pub. L. 99–272 FDA Food and Drug Administration FFY Federal fiscal year FIPS Federal information processing standards FQHC Federally qualified health center FTE Full-time equivalent FY Fiscal year GAAP Generally Accepted Accounting Principles GAF Geographic Adjustment Factor GME Graduate medical education HCAHPS Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems HCFA Health Care Financing Administration HCRIS Hospital Cost Report Information System HHA Home health agency HHS Department of Health and Human Services HIC Health insurance card HIPAA Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, Pub. L. 104– 191 HIPC Health Information Policy Council HIS Health information system HIT Health information technology HMO Health maintenance organization HSA Health savings account HSCRC Maryland Health Services Cost Review Commission HSRV Hospital-specific relative value HSRVcc Hospital-specific relative value cost center HQA Hospital Quality Alliance HQI Hospital Quality Initiative ICD–9–CM International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision, Clinical Modification ICD–10–PCS International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Edition, Procedure Coding System IHS Indian Health Service IME Indirect medical education IOM Institute of Medicine IPF Inpatient psychiatric facility PO 00000 Frm 00003 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24681 IPPS Acute care hospital inpatient prospective payment system IRF Inpatient rehabilitation facility JCAHO Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations LAMCs Large area metropolitan counties LTC–DRG Long-term care diagnosis-related group LTCH Long-term care hospital MAC Medicare Administrative Contractor MCC Major complication or comorbidity MCE Medicare Code Editor MCO Managed care organization MCV Major cardiovascular condition MDC Major diagnostic category MDH Medicare-dependent, small rural hospital MedPAC Medicare Payment Advisory Commission MedPAR Medicare Provider Analysis and Review File MEI Medicare Economic Index MGCRB Medicare Geographic Classification Review Board MIEA–TRHCA Medicare Improvements and Extension Act, Division B of the Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006, Pub. L. 109–432 MMA Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, Pub. L. 108–173 MPN Medicare provider number MRHFP Medicare Rural Hospital Flexibility Program MSA Metropolitan Statistical Area NAICS North American Industrial Classification System NCD National coverage determination NCHS National Center for Health Statistics NCQA National Committee for Quality Assurance NCVHS National Committee on Vital and Health Statistics NECMA New England County Metropolitan Areas NQF National Quality Forum NTIS National Technical Information Service NVHRI National Voluntary Hospital Reporting Initiative OES Occupational employment statistics OIG Office of the Inspector General OMB Executive Office of Management and Budget O.R. Operating room OSCAR Online Survey Certification and Reporting (System) PRM Provider Reimbursement Manual PPI Producer price index PMSAs Primary metropolitan statistical areas PPS Prospective payment system PRA Per resident amount ProPAC Prospective Payment Assessment Commission PRRB Provider Reimbursement Review Board PS&R Provider Statistical and Reimbursement (System) QIG Quality Improvement Group, CMS QIO Quality Improvement Organization RHC Rural health clinic RHQDAPU Reporting hospital quality data for annual payment update RNHCI Religious nonmedical health care institution E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24682 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB RRC Rural referral center RUCAs Rural-urban commuting area codes RY Rate year SAF Standard Analytic File SCH Sole community hospital SFY State fiscal year SIC Standard Industrial Classification SNF Skilled nursing facility SOCs Standard occupational classifications SOM State Operations Manual SSA Social Security Administration SSI Supplemental Security Income TEFRA Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982, Pub. L. 97–248 UHDDS Uniform hospital discharge data set VBP Value-based purchasing Table of Contents I. Background A. Summary 1. Acute Care Hospital Inpatient Prospective Payment System (IPPS) 2. Hospitals and Hospital Units Excluded From the IPPS a. Inpatient Rehabilitation Facilities (IRFs) b. Long-Term Care Hospitals (LTCHs) c. Inpatient Psychiatric Facilities (IPFs) 3. Critical Access Hospitals (CAHs) 4. Payments for Graduate Medical Education (GME) B. Provisions of the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 (DRA) C. Provisions of the Medicare Improvements and Extension Act Under Division B of the Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006 D. Provisions of the Pandemic and AllHazards Preparedness Act E. Major Contents of this Proposed Rule 1. Proposed DRG Reclassifications and Recalibrations of Relative Weights 2. Proposed Changes to the Hospital Wage Index 3. Other Decisions and Proposed Changes to the IPPS for Operating Costs and GME Costs 4. Proposed Changes to the IPPS for Capital-Related Costs 5. Proposed Changes to the Payment Rate for Excluded Hospitals and Hospital Units: Rate-of-Increase Percentages 6. Services Furnished to Beneficiaries in Custody of Penal Authorities 7. Determining Proposed Prospective Payment Operating and Capital Rates and Rate-of-Increase Limits 8. Impact Analysis 9. Recommendation of Update Factors for Operating Cost Rates of Payment for Inpatient Hospital Services 10. Discussion of Medicare Payment Advisory Commission Recommendations II. Proposed Changes to DRG Classifications and Relative Weights A. Background B. DRG Reclassifications 1. General 2. Yearly Review for Making DRG Changes C. MedPAC Recommendations for Revisions to the IPPS DRG System D. Refinement of DRGs Based on Severity of Illness 1. Evaluation of Alternative SeverityAdjusted DRG Systems a. Overview of Alternative DRG Classification Systems VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 b. Comparative Performance in Explaining Variation in Resource Use c. Payment Accuracy and Case-Mix Impact d. Issues for Future Consideration 2. Development of Proposed Medicare Severity DRGs (MS–DRGs) a. Comprehensive Review of the CC List b. Chronic Diagnosis Codes c. Acute Diagnosis Codes d. Prior Research on Subdivisions of CCs Into Multiple Categories e. Proposed Medicare Severity DRGs (MS– DRGs) 3. Dividing Proposed MS–DRGs on the Basis of the CCs and MCCs 4. Conclusion 5. Impact of the Proposed MS–DRGs 6. Changes to Case-Mix Index (CMI) from the Proposed MS–DRGs 7. Effect of the Proposed MS–DRGs on the Outlier Threshold 8. Effect of the Proposed MS–DRGs on the Postacute Care Transfer Policy E. Refinement of the Relative Weight Calculation 1. Summary of RTI’s Report on Charge Compression 2. RTI Recommendations a. Short-Term Recommendations b. Medium-Term Recommendations c. Long-Term Recommendations F. Hospital-Acquired Conditions, Including Infections 1. General 2. Legislative Requirements 3. Public Input 4. Collaborative Effort 5. Criteria for Selection of the HospitalAcquired Conditions 6. Proposed Selection of Hospital-Acquired Conditions 7. Other Issues G. Proposed Changes to the Specific DRG Classifications 1. Pre-MDC: Intestinal Transplantations 2. MDC 1 (Diseases and Disorders of the Nervous System) a. Implantable Neurostimulators b. Intracranial Stents 3. MDC 3 (Diseases and Disorders of the Ear, Nose, Mouth, and Throat)—Cochler Implants 4. MDC 8 (Diseases and Disorders of the Musculoskeletal System and Connective Tissue) a. Hip and Knee Replacements b. Spinal Fusions c. Spinal Disc Devices d. Other Spinal DRGs 5. MDC 17 (Myeloproliferative Diseases and Disorders, Poorly Differentiated Neoplasm): Endoscopic Procedures 6. Medicare Code Editor (MCE) Changes a. Non-Covered Procedure Edit: Code 00.62 (Percutaneous Angioplasty or Atherectomy of Intracranial Vessel(s)) b. Non-Specific Principal Diagnosis Edit 7 and Non-Specific O.R. Procedures Edit 10 c. Limited Coverage Edit 17 7. Surgical Hierarchies 8. CC Exclusion List Proposed for FY 2008 a. Background b. Proposed CC Exclusions List for FY 2008 9. Review of Procedure Codes in CMS DRGs 468, 476, and 477 Frm 00004 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 a. Moving Procedure Codes From CMS DRG 468 (Proposed MS–DRGs 981 Through 983) or CMS DRG 477 (Proposed MS–DRGs 987 Through 989) to MDCs b. Reassignment of Procedures Among CMS DRGs 468, 476, and 477 (Proposed MS–DRG 981 Through 983, 984 Through 986, and 987 Through 989) c. Adding Diagnosis or Procedure Codes to MDCs 10. Changes to the ICD–9–CM Coding System 11. Other Issues a. Seizures and Headaches b. Devices That Are Replaced Without Cost or Where Credit for a Replaced Device Is Furnished to the Hospital H. Recalibration of DRG Weights I. Proposed MS–LTC–DRG Reclassifications and Relative Weights for LTCHs for FY 2008 1. Background 2. Proposed Changes in the LTC–DRG Classifications a. Background b. Patient Classifications Into DRGs 3. Development of the Proposed FY 2008 MS–LTC–DRG Relative Weights a. General Overview of Development of the Proposed MS–LTC–DRG Relative Weights b. Data c. Hospital-Specific Relative Value Methodology d. Proposed Treatment of Severity Levels in Developing Relative Weights e. Proposed Low-Volume MS–LTC–DRGs 4. Steps for Determining the Proposed FY 2008 MS–LTC–DRG Relative Weights J. Proposed Add-On Payments for New Services and Technologies 1. Background 2. Public Input Before Publication of a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking on AddOn Payments 3. FY 2008 Status of Technologies Approved for FY 2007 Add-On Payments a. Endovascular Graft Repair of the Thoracic Aorta b. Restore[reg] Rechargeable Implantable Neurostimulators c. X STOP Interspinous Process Decompression System 4. FY 2008 Application for New Technology Add-On Payments 5. Technical Correction III. Proposed Changes to the Hospital Wage Index A. Background B. Core-Based Statistical Areas for the Hospital Wage Index C. Proposed Occupational Mix Adjustment to the Proposed FY 2008 Wage Index 1. Development of Data for the Proposed FY 2008 Occupational Mix Adjustment 2. Timeline for the Collection, Review, and Correction of the Occupational Mix Data 3. Calculation of the Proposed Occupational Mix Adjustment for FY 2008 4. Proposed 2007–2008 Occupational Mix Survey for the FY 2010 Wage Index D. Worksheet S–3 Wage Data for the Proposed FY 2008 Wage Index 1. Included Categories of Costs E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules 2. Contract Labor for Indirect Patient Care Services 3. Excluded Categories of Costs 4. Use of Wage Index Data by Providers Other Than Acute Care Hospitals Under the IPPS E. Verification of Worksheet S–3 Wage Data F. Wage Index for Multicampus Hospitals G. Computation of the Proposed FY 2008 Unadjusted Wage Index 1. Method for Computing the Proposed FY 2008 Unadjusted Wage Index 2. Expiration of the Imputed Floor 3. CAHs Reverting Back to IPPS Hospitals and Raising the Rural Floor 4. Application of Rural Floor Budget Neutrality H. Analysis and Implementation of the Proposed Occupational Mix Adjustment and the Proposed FY 2008 Occupational Mix Adjusted Wage Index I. Revisions to the Proposed Wage Index Based on Hospital Redesignations 1. General 2. Effects of Reclassification/Redesignation 3. FY 2008 MGCRB Reclassifications 4. Hospitals That Applied for Reclassification Effective in FY 2008 and Reinstating Reclassifications in FY 2008 5. Clarification of Policy on Reinstating Reclassifications 6. ‘‘Fallback’’ Reclassifications 7. Geographic Reclassification Issues for Multicampus Hospitals 8. Redesignations of Hospitals under Section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act 9. Reclassifications Under Section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act 10. New England Deemed Counties 11. Reclassifications under Section 508 of Pub. L. 108–173 12. Other Issues J. Proposed FY 2008 Wage Index Adjustment Based on Commuting Patterns of Hospital Employees K. Process for Requests for Wage Index Data Corrections L. Labor-Related Share for the Proposed Wage Index for FY 2008 M. Wage Index Study Required Under Pub. L. 109–432 N. Proxy for the Hospital Market Basket IV. Other Decisions and Proposed Changes to the IPPS for Operating Costs and GME Costs A. Reporting of Hospital Quality Data for Annual Hospital Payment Update 1. Background 2. FY 2008 Quality Measures 3. New Quality Measures and Data Submission Requirements for FY 2009 and Subsequent Years a. Proposed New Quality Measures for FY 2009 and Subsequent Years b. Data Submission 4. Retiring or Modifying RHQDAPU Program Quality Measures 5. Procedures for the RHQDAPU Program for FY 2008 and FY 2009 a. Procedures for Participating in the RHQDAPU Program b. Chart Validation Requirements c. Data Validation and Attestation d. Public Display e. Reconsideration and Appeal Procedures VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 f. RHQDAPU Program Withdrawal Requirements 6. Electronic Medical Records 7. New Hospitals B. Development of the Medicare Hospital Value-Based Purchasing Plan C. Rural Referral Centers (RRCs) 1. Proposed Annual Update of RRC Status Criteria a. Case-Mix Index b. Discharges 2. Acquired Rural Status of RRCs D. Indirect Medical Education (IME) Adjustment 1. Background 2. IME Adjustment Factor for FY 2008 3. Time Spent by Residents on Vacation or Sick Leave and in Orientation a. Background b. Vacation and Sick Leave Time c. Orientation Activities d. Proposed Regulation Changes E. Hospital Emergency Services Under EMTALA 1. Background 2. Recent Legislation Affecting EMTALA Implementation a. Secretary’s Authority to Waive Requirements During National Emergencies b. Provisions of the Pandemic and AllHazards Preparedness Act c. Proposed Revisions to the EMTALA Regulations F. Disclosure of Physician Ownership in Hospitals and Patient Safety Measures 1. Disclosure of Physician Ownership in Hospitals 2. Patient Safety Measures G. Rural Community Hospital Demonstration Program V. Proposed Changes to the IPPS for CapitalRelated Costs A. Background B. Proposed Policy Change VI. Proposed Changes for Hospitals and Hospital Units Excluded From the IPPS A. Payments to Existing and New Excluded Hospitals and Hospital Units B. Separate PPS for IRFs C. Separate PPS for LTCHs D. Separate PPS for IPFs E. Determining Proposed LTCH Cost-toCharge Ratios (CCRs) Under the LTCH PPS VII. Services Furnished to Beneficiaries in Custody of Penal Authorities VIII. MedPAC Recommendations IX. Other Required Information A. Requests for Data From the Public B. Collection of Information Requirements C. Response to Public Comments Regulation Text Addendum—Proposed Schedule of Standardized Amounts, Update Factors, and Rate-of-Increase Percentages Effective With Cost Reporting Periods Beginning On or After October 1, 2007 I. Summary and Background II. Proposed Changes to the Prospective Payment Rates for Hospital Inpatient Operating Costs for FY 2008 A. Calculation of the Proposed Adjusted Standardized Amount PO 00000 Frm 00005 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24683 1. Standardization of Base-Year Costs or Target Amounts 2. Computing the Proposed Average Standardized Amount 3. Updating the Proposed Average Standardized Amount 4. Other Adjustments to the Average Standardized Amount a. Proposed Recalibration of DRG Weights and Updated Wage Index—Budget Neutrality Adjustment b. Reclassified Hospitals—Budget Neutrality Adjustment c. Case-Mix Budget Neutrality Adjustment d. Outliers e. Proposed Rural Community Hospital Demonstration Program Adjustment (Section 410A of Pub. L. 108–173) 5. Proposed FY 2008 Standardized Amount B. Proposed Adjustments for Area Wage Levels and Cost-of-Living 1. Proposed Adjustment for Area Wage Levels 2. Proposed Adjustment for Cost-of-Living in Alaska and Hawaii C. Proposed DRG Relative Weights D. Calculation of the Proposed Prospective Payment Rates for FY 2008 1. Federal Rate 2. Hospital-Specific Rate (Applicable Only to SCHs and MDHs) a. Calculation of Hospital-Specific Rate b. Updating the FY 1982, FY 1987, FY 1996, and FY 2002 Hospital-Specific Rates for FY 2008 3. General Formula for Calculation of Proposed Prospective Payment Rates for Hospitals Located in Puerto Rico Beginning On or After October 1, 2007 and Before October 1, 2008 a. Puerto Rico Rate b. National Rate III. Proposed Changes to Payment Rates for Acute Care Hospital Inpatient CapitalRelated Costs for FY 2008 A. Determination of Proposed Federal Hospital Inpatient Capital-Related Prospective Payment Rate Update 1. Projected Capital Standard Federal Rate Update a. Description of the Update Framework b. Comparison of CMS and MedPAC Update Recommendation 2. Proposed Outlier Payment Adjustment Factor 3. Proposed Budget Neutrality Adjustment Factor for Changes in DRG Classifications and Weights and the GAF 4. Proposed Exceptions Payment Adjustment Factor 5. Proposed Capital Standard Federal Rate for FY 2008 6. Proposed Special Capital Rate for Puerto Rico Hospitals B. Calculation of the Proposed Inpatient Capital-Related Prospective Payments for FY 2008 C. Capital Input Price Index 1. Background 2. Forecast of the CIPI for FY 2008 IV. Proposed Changes to Payment Rates for Excluded Hospitals and Hospital Units: Rate-of-Increase Percentages A. Payments to Existing Excluded Hospitals and Units B. New Excluded Hospitals and Units E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 24684 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules V. Tables Table 1A—National Adjusted Operating Standardized Amounts, Labor/Nonlabor (69.7 Percent Labor Share/30.3 Percent Nonlabor Share If Wage Index Is Greater Than 1) Table 1B—National Adjusted Operating Standardized Amounts, Labor/Nonlabor (62 Percent Labor Share/38 Percent Nonlabor Share If Wage Index Is Less Than or Equal to 1) Table 1C—Adjusted Operating Standardized Amounts for Puerto Rico, Labor/Nonlabor Table 1D—Capital Standard Federal Payment Rate Table 2—Hospital Case-Mix Indexes for Discharges Occurring in Federal Fiscal Year 2006; Hospital Wage Indexes for Federal Fiscal Year 2008; Hospital Average Hourly Wages for Federal Fiscal Years 2006 (2002 Wage Data), 2007 (2003 Wage Data), and 2008 (2004 Wage Data); and 3-Year Average of Hospital Average Hourly Wages Table 3A—FY 2008 and 3-Year Average Hourly Wage for Urban Areas by CBSA Table 3B—FY 2008 and 3-Year Average Hourly Wage for Rural Areas by CBSA Table 4A—Wage Index and Capital Geographic Adjustment Factor (GAF) for Urban Areas by CBSA—FY 2008 Table 4B—Wage Index and Capital Geographic Adjustment Factor (GAF) for Rural Areas by CBSA—FY 2008 Table 4C—Wage Index and Capital Geographic Adjustment Factor (GAF) for Hospitals That Are Reclassified by CBSA—FY 2008 Table 4F—Puerto Rico Wage Index and Capital Geographic Adjustment Factor (GAF) by CBSA—FY 2008 Table 4J—Out-Migration Wage Adjustment—FY 2008 Table 5—List of Proposed Medicare Severity Diagnosis-Related Groups (MS– DRGs), Relative Weighting Factors, and Geometric and Arithmetic Mean Length of Stay Table 6A—New Diagnosis Codes Table 6B—New Procedure Codes Table 6C—Invalid Diagnosis Codes Table 6D—Invalid Procedure Codes Table 6E—Revised Diagnosis Code Titles Table 6F—Revised Procedure Code Titles Table 6G—Additions to the CC Exclusion List (Available only through the Internet on the CMS Web site at: http:// www.cms.hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/) Table 6H—Deletions from the CC Exclusion List (Available only through the Internet on the CMS Web site at: http://www.cms.hhs.gov/ AcuteInpatientPPS/) Table 6I—Complete List of Complication and Comorbidity (CC) Exclusions (Available only through the Internet on the CMS Web site at: http:// www.cms.hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/) Table 6J—Major Complication and Comorbidity (MCC) List Table 6K—Complications and Comorbidity (CC) List Table 7A—Medicare Prospective Payment System Selected Percentile Lengths of Stay: FY 2006 MedPAR Update— VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 December 2006 GROUPER V24.0 CMS– DRGs Table 7B—Medicare Prospective Payment System Selected Percentile Lengths of Stay: FY 2006 MedPAR Update— December 2006 GROUPER V25.0 CMS DRGs Table 8A—Proposed Statewide Average Operating Cost-to-Charge Ratios—March 2007 Table 8B—Proposed Statewide Average Capital Cost-to-Charge Ratios—March 2007 Table 8C—Proposed Statewide Average Total Cost-to-Charge Ratios for LTCHs— March 2007 Table 9A—Hospital Reclassifications and Redesignations—FY 2008 Table 9C—Hospitals Redesignated as Rural under Section 1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act— FY 2008 Table 10—Geometric Mean Plus the Lesser of .75 of the National Adjusted Operating Standardized Payment Amount (Increased to Reflect the Difference Between Costs and Charges) or .75 of One Standard Deviation of Mean Charges by Proposed Medicare Severity Diagnosis-Related Groups (MS–DRGs)— March 2007 Table 11—Proposed FY 2008 MS–LTC– DRGs, Relative Weights, Geometric Average Length of Stay, and 5/6ths of the Geometric Average Length of Stay Appendix A—Regulatory Impact Analysis I. Overall Impact II. Objectives III. Limitations on Our Analysis IV. Hospitals Included In and Excluded From the IPPS V. Effects on Excluded Hospitals and Hospital Units VI. Quantitative Effects of the Proposed Policy Changes Under the IPPS for Operating Costs A. Basis and Methodology of Estimates B. Analysis of Table I C. Effects of the Proposed Changes to the DRG Reclassifications and Relative CostBased Weights (Column 2) D. Effects of Proposed Wage Index Changes (Column 3) E. Combined Effects of Proposed DRG and Wage Index Changes (Column 4) F. Effects of the Expiration of the 3-Year Provision Allowing Urban Hospitals That Were Converted to Rural as a Result of the FY 2005 Labor Market Area Changes to Maintain the Wage Index of the Urban Labor Market Area in Which They Were Formerly Located (Column 5) G. Effects of MGCRB Reclassifications (Column 6) H. Effects of the Adjustment to the Application of the Rural Floor (Column 7) I. Effects of Expiration of the Imputed Rural Floor (Column 8) J. Effects of the Expiration of Section 508 of Pub. L. 108–173 (Column 9) K. Effects of the Proposed Wage Index Adjustment for Out-Migration (Column 10) L. Effects of All Proposed Changes With CMI Adjustment Prior to Assumed Growth (Column 11) PO 00000 Frm 00006 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 M. Effects of All Proposed Changes With CMI Adjustment and Assumed Growth (Column 12) N. Effects of Proposed Policy on Payment Adjustment for Low-Volume Hospitals O. Impact Analysis of Table II VII. Effects of Other Proposed Policy Changes A. Effects of Proposed Policy on HospitalAcquired Conditions, Including Infections B. Effects of Proposed MS–LTC–DRG Reclassifications and Relative Weights for LTCHs C. Effects of Proposed New Technology Add-On Payments D. Effects of Requirements for Hospital Reporting of Quality Data for Annual Hospital Payment Update E. Effects of Proposed Policy on Cancellation of Classification of Acquired Rural Status and Rural Referral Centers F. Effects of Proposed Policy Change on Payment for Indirect Graduate Medical Education G. Effects of Proposed Policy Changes Relating to Emergency Services Under EMTALA H. Effects of Proposed Policy on Disclosure of Physician Ownership in Hospitals and Patient Safety Measures I. Effects of Implementation of Rural Community Hospital Demonstration Program J. Effects of Proposed Policy Changes on Services Furnished to Beneficiaries in Custody of Penal Authorities VIII. Effects of Proposed Changes in the Capital IPPS A. General Considerations B. Results IX. Alternatives Considered X. Overall Conclusion XI. Accounting Statement XII. Executive Order 12866 Appendix B—Recommendation of Update Factors for Operating Cost Rates of Payment for Inpatient Hospital Services I. Background II. Inpatient Hospital Update for FY 2008 III. Secretary’s Recommendation IV. MedPAC Recommendation for Assessing Payment Adequacy and Updating Payments in Traditional Medicare I. Background A. Summary 1. Acute Care Hospital Inpatient Prospective Payment System (IPPS) Section 1886(d) of the Social Security Act (the Act) sets forth a system of payment for the operating costs of acute care hospital inpatient stays under Medicare Part A (Hospital Insurance) based on prospectively set rates. Section 1886(g) of the Act requires the Secretary to pay for the capital-related costs of hospital inpatient stays under a prospective payment system (PPS). Under these PPSs, Medicare payment for hospital inpatient operating and capital-related costs is made at E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules predetermined, specific rates for each hospital discharge. Discharges are classified according to a list of diagnosis-related groups (DRGs). The base payment rate is comprised of a standardized amount that is divided into a labor-related share and a nonlabor-related share. The laborrelated share is adjusted by the wage index applicable to the area where the hospital is located; and if the hospital is located in Alaska or Hawaii, the nonlabor-related share is adjusted by a cost-of-living adjustment factor. This base payment rate is multiplied by the DRG relative weight. If the hospital treats a high percentage of low-income patients, it receives a percentage add-on payment applied to the DRG-adjusted base payment rate. This add-on payment, known as the disproportionate share hospital (DSH) adjustment, provides for a percentage increase in Medicare payments to hospitals that qualify under either of two statutory formulas designed to identify hospitals that serve a disproportionate share of low-income patients. For qualifying hospitals, the amount of this adjustment may vary based on the outcome of the statutory calculations. If the hospital is an approved teaching hospital, it receives a percentage add-on payment for each case paid under the IPPS, known as the indirect medical education (IME) adjustment. This percentage varies, depending on the ratio of residents to beds. Additional payments may be made for cases that involve new technologies or medical services that have been approved for special add-on payments. To qualify, a new technology or medical service must demonstrate that it is a substantial clinical improvement over technologies or services otherwise available, and that, absent an add-on payment, it would be inadequately paid under the regular DRG payment. The costs incurred by the hospital for a case are evaluated to determine whether the hospital is eligible for an additional payment as an outlier case. This additional payment is designed to protect the hospital from large financial losses due to unusually expensive cases. Any outlier payment due is added to the DRG-adjusted base payment rate, plus any DSH, IME, and new technology or medical service add-on adjustments. Although payments to most hospitals under the IPPS are made on the basis of the standardized amounts, some categories of hospitals are paid the higher of a hospital-specific rate based on their costs in a base year (the higher of FY 1982, FY 1987, FY 1996, or FY 2002) or the IPPS rate based on the VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 standardized amount. For example, sole community hospitals (SCHs) are the sole source of care in their areas, and Medicare-dependent, small rural hospitals (MDHs) are a major source of care for Medicare beneficiaries in their areas. Both of these categories of hospitals are afforded this special payment protection in order to maintain access to services for beneficiaries. (Until FY 2007, an MDH has received the IPPS rate plus 50 percent of the difference between the IPPS rate and its hospital-specific rate if the hospitalspecific rate is higher than the IPPS rate. In addition, an MDH does not have the option of using FY 1996 as the base year for its hospital-specific rate. As discussed below, for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2007, but before October 1, 2011, an MDH will receive the IPPS rate plus 75 percent of the difference between the IPPS rate and its hospital-specific rate, if the hospitalspecific rate is higher than the IPPS rate.) Section 1886(g) of the Act requires the Secretary to pay for the capital-related costs of inpatient hospital services ‘‘in accordance with a prospective payment system established by the Secretary.’’ The basic methodology for determining capital prospective payments is set forth in our regulations at 42 CFR 412.308 and 412.312. Under the capital IPPS, payments are adjusted by the same DRG for the case as they are under the operating IPPS. Capital IPPS payments are also adjusted for IME and DSH, similar to the adjustments made under the operating IPPS. In addition, hospitals may receive outlier payments for those cases that have unusually high costs. The existing regulations governing payments to hospitals under the IPPS are located in 42 CFR part 412, subparts A through M. 2. Hospitals and Hospital Units Excluded From the IPPS Under section 1886(d)(1)(B) of the Act, as amended, certain specialty hospitals and hospital units are excluded from the IPPS. These hospitals and units are: rehabilitation hospitals and units; long-term care hospitals (LTCHs); psychiatric hospitals and units; children’s hospitals; and cancer hospitals. Religious nonmedical health care institutions (RNHCIs) are also excluded from the IPPS. Various sections of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (Pub. L. 105–33), the Medicare, Medicaid and SCHIP [State Children’s Health Insurance Program] Balanced Budget Refinement Act of 1999 (Pub. L. 106–113), and the Medicare, Medicaid, and SCHIP Benefits Improvement and PO 00000 Frm 00007 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24685 Protection Act of 2000 (Pub. L. 106–554) provide for the implementation of PPSs for rehabilitation hospitals and units (referred to as inpatient rehabilitation facilities (IRFs)), LTCHs, and psychiatric hospitals and units (referred to as inpatient psychiatric facilities (IPFs)), as discussed below. Children’s hospitals, cancer hospitals, and RNHCIs continue to be paid solely under a reasonable cost-based system. The existing regulations governing payments to excluded hospitals and hospital units are located in 42 CFR parts 412 and 413. a. Inpatient Rehabilitation Facilities (IRFs) Under section 1886(j) of the Act, as amended, rehabilitation hospitals and units (IRFs) have been transitioned from payment based on a blend of reasonable cost reimbursement subject to a hospital-specific annual limit under section 1886(b) of the Act and the adjusted facility Federal prospective payment rate for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2002 through September 30, 2002, to payment at 100 percent of the Federal rate effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002. IRFs subject to the blend were also permitted to elect payment based on 100 percent of the Federal rate. The existing regulations governing payments under the IRF PPS are located in 42 CFR part 412, subpart P. b. Long-Term Care Hospitals (LTCHs) Under the authority of sections 123(a) and (c) of Pub. L. 106–113 and section 307(b)(1) of Pub. L. 106–554, the LTCH PPS was effective for a LTCH’s first cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 2002. LTCHs that do not meet the definition of ‘‘new’’ under § 412.23(e)(4) are paid, during a 5-year transition period, a LTCH prospective payment that is comprised of an increasing proportion of the LTCH Federal rate and a decreasing proportion based on reasonable cost principles. Those LTCHs that did not meet the definition of ‘‘new’’ could elect to be paid based on 100 percent of the Federal prospective payment rate instead of a blended payment in any year during the 5-year transition. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2006, all LTCHs are paid 100 percent of the Federal rate. The existing regulations governing payment under the LTCH PPS are located in 42 CFR part 412, subpart O. c. Inpatient Psychiatric Facilities (IPFs) Under the authority of sections 124(a) and (c) of Pub. L. 106–113, inpatient E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24686 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules psychiatric facilities (IPFs) (formerly psychiatric hospitals and psychiatric units of acute care hospitals) are paid under the IPF PPS. Under the IPF PPS, some IPFs are transitioning from being paid for inpatient hospital services based on a blend of reasonable costbased payment and a Federal per diem payment rate, effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2008, all IPFs will be paid 100 percent of the Federal per diem payment amount. The existing regulations governing payment under the IPF PPS are located in 42 CFR 412, subpart N. 3. Critical Access Hospitals (CAHs) Under sections 1814, 1820, and 1834(g) of the Act, payments are made to critical access hospitals (CAHs) (that is, rural hospitals or facilities that meet certain statutory requirements) for inpatient and outpatient services based on 101 percent of reasonable cost. Reasonable cost is determined under the provisions of section 1861(v)(1)(A) of the Act and existing regulations under 42 CFR parts 413 and 415. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 4. Payments for Graduate Medical Education (GME) Under section 1886(a)(4) of the Act, costs of approved educational activities are excluded from the operating costs of inpatient hospital services. Hospitals with approved graduate medical education (GME) programs are paid for the direct costs of GME in accordance with section 1886(h) of the Act; the amount of payment for direct GME costs for a cost reporting period is based on the hospital’s number of residents in that period and the hospital’s costs per resident in a base year. The existing regulations governing payments to the various types of hospitals are located in 42 CFR part 413. B. Provisions of the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 (DRA) The Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 (DRA), Pub. L. 109–171, made a number of changes to the Act relating to prospective payments to hospitals and other providers for inpatient services. This proposed rule would implement amendments made by (1) section 5001(a), which, effective for FY 2007 and subsequent years, expands the requirements for hospital quality data reporting; and (2) section 5001(c), which requires the Secretary to select, by October 1, 2007, at least two hospitalacquired conditions that meet certain specified criteria that will be subject to a quality adjustment in DRG payments during FY 2008. VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 In this proposed rule, we also discuss our development of a plan to implement, beginning with FY 2009, a value-based purchasing plan for section 1886(d) hospitals, in accordance with the requirements of section 5001(b) of Pub. L. 109–171. C. Provisions of the Medicare Improvements and Extension Act Under Division B of the Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006 In this proposed rule, we discuss the provisions of section 106(b)(1) of the Medicare Improvements and Extensions Act under Division B, Title I of the Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006 (MIEA–TRHCA), Pub. L. 109–432, which requires MedPAC to submit to Congress, not later than June 30, 2007, a report on the Medicare wage index classification system applied under the Medicare Prospective Payment System. Section 106(b) of the MIEA–TRHCA requires the report to include any alternatives that MedPAC recommends to the method to compute the wage index under section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act. In addition, we discuss the provisions of section 106(b)(2) of the MIEA– TRHCA, which instructs the Secretary of Health and Human Services, taking into account MedPAC’s recommendations on the Medicare wage index classification system, to include in the FY 2009 IPPS proposed rule one or more proposals to revise the wage index adjustment applied under section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act for purposes of the IPPS. We note that we published a notice in the Federal Register on March 23, 2007 (72 FR 13799) that addressed the provisions of section 106(a) of the MIEA–TRHCA relating to the extension of geographic reclassifications of hospitals under section 508 of Pub. L. 108–173 (that expired on March 31, 2007) through September 30, 2007. D. Provisions of the Pandemic and AllHazards Preparedness Act On December 19, 2006, Congress enacted the Pandemic and All-Hazards Preparedness Act, Pub. L. 109–417. Section 302(b) of Pub. L. 109–417 makes two specific changes that affect EMTALA implementation in emergency areas during an emergency period. Specifically section 302(b)(1)(A) of Pub. L. 109–417 amended section 1135(b)(3)(B) of the Act to state that sanctions may be waived for the direction or relocation of an individual for screening where, in the case of a public health emergency that involves a pandemic infections disease, that direction or relocation occurs pursuant PO 00000 Frm 00008 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 to a State pandemic preparedness plan. In addition, sections 302(b)(1)(B) and (b)(1)(C) of Pub. L. 109–417 amended section 1135(b)(3)(B) of the Act to state that, if a public health emergency involves a pandemic infectious disease (such as pandemic influenza), the duration of a waiver or modification under section 1135(b)(3) of the Act (relating to EMTALA) shall be determined in accordance with section 1135(e) of the Act as that subsection applies to public health emergencies. In this proposed rule, we are proposing to make changes to the EMTALA regulations to conform them to the sanction waiver provisions of section 302(b) of Pub. L. 109–417. E. Major Contents of This Proposed Rule In this proposed rule, we are setting forth proposed changes to the Medicare IPPS for operating costs and for capitalrelated costs in FY 2008. We also are setting forth proposed changes relating to payments for IME costs and payments to certain hospitals and units that continue to be excluded from the IPPS and paid on a reasonable cost basis. The changes being proposed would be effective for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2007, unless otherwise noted. The following is a summary of the major changes that we are proposing to make: 1. Proposed DRG Reclassifications and Recalibrations of Relative Weights We are proposing to adopt a Medicare Severity DRG (MS–DRG) classification system for the IPPS to better recognize severity of illness. We present the methodology we used to establish the proposed MS–DRGs and discuss our efforts to further analyze alternative severity-adjusted DRG systems and to refine the relative weight calculations for DRGs. We present a proposed listing and discussion of hospital-acquired conditions, including infections, which we have evaluated and are considering for selection to be subject to the statutorily required quality adjustment in DRG payments for FY 2008. We are proposing limited annual revisions to the DRG classification system in the following areas: intestinal transplants, neurostimulators, intracranial stents, cochlear implants, knee and hip replacements, spinal fusions and spinal disc devices, and endoscopic procedures. We are presenting our reevaluation of certain FY 2007 applicants for add-on payments for high-cost new medical services and technologies, and our analysis of the FY 2008 applicant E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules (including public input, as directed by Pub. L. 108–173, obtained in a town hall meeting). We are proposing the annual update of the long-term care diagnosis-related group (LTC–DRG) classifications and relative weights for use under the LTCH PPS for FY 2008. We are proposing that the LTC–DRGs would be revised to mirror the proposed MS–DRGs for the IPPS. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 2. Proposed Changes to the Hospital Wage Index In section III. of the preamble to this proposed rule, we are proposing revisions to the wage index and the annual update of the wage data. Specific issues addressed include the following: <bullet≤ The FY 2008 wage index update, using wage data from cost reporting periods that began during FY 2004. <bullet≤ Analysis and implementation of the proposed FY 2008 occupational mix adjustment to the wage index. <bullet≤ Proposed changes relating to expiration of the imputed floor for the wage index and application of budget neutrality for the rural floor. <bullet≤ Proposed changes in determining the wage index for multicampus hospitals. <bullet≤ The proposed revisions to the wage index based on hospital redesignations and reclassifications, including reclassifications for multicampus hospitals. <bullet≤ The proposed adjustment to the wage index for FY 2008 based on commuting patterns of hospital employees who reside in a county and work in a different area with a higher wage index. <bullet≤ The timetable for reviewing and verifying the wage data that will be in effect for the proposed FY 2008 wage index. <bullet≤ The labor-related share for the FY 2008 wage index, including the labor-related share for Puerto Rico. 3. Other Decisions and Proposed Changes to the IPPS for Operating Costs and GME Costs In section IV. of the preamble to this proposed rule, we discuss a number of provisions of the regulations in 42 CFR Parts 412, 413, and 489, including the following: <bullet≤ The reporting of hospital quality data as a condition for receiving the full annual payment update increase. <bullet≤ Development of the Medicare value-based purchasing plan and scheduled ‘‘listening sessions.’’ <bullet≤ The proposed updated national and regional case-mix values and discharges for purposes of VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 determining RRC status and a proposed policy change relating to the acquired rural status of RRCs. <bullet≤ The statutorily-required IME adjustment factor for FY 2008 and a proposed policy change relating to determining counts of residents on vacation or sick leave and in orientation for IME and direct GME purposes. <bullet≤ Proposed changes relating to waiver of sanctions for requirements for emergency services for hospitals under EMTALA during national emergency. <bullet≤ Proposed policy changes relating to disclosure to patients of physician ownership of hospitals and patient safety measures. <bullet≤ Discussion of the fourth year of implementation of the Rural Community Hospital Demonstration Program. 4. Proposed Changes to the IPPS for Capital-Related Costs In section V. of the preamble to this proposed rule, we discuss the payment policy requirements for capital-related costs and capital payments to hospitals and propose changes relating to adjustments to the Federal capital rate to address continuous large positive margins. 5. Proposed Changes to the Payment Rates for Excluded Hospitals and Hospital Units: Rate-of-Increase Percentages In section VI. of the preamble to this proposed rule, we discuss payments to excluded hospitals and hospital units, and proposed changes for determining LTCH CCRs under the LTCH PPS. 6. Services Furnished to Beneficiaries in Custody of Penal Authorities In section VII. of the preamble to this proposed rule, we clarify when individuals are considered to be in ‘‘custody’’ for purposes of Medicare payment for services furnished to beneficiaries who are under penal authorities. 7. Determining Proposed Prospective Payment Operating and Capital Rates and Rate-of-Increase Limits In the Addendum to this proposed rule, we set forth proposed changes to the amounts and factors for determining the FY 2008 prospective payment rates for operating costs and capital-related costs. We also establish the proposed threshold amounts for outlier cases. In addition, we address the proposed update factors for determining the rateof-increase limits for cost reporting periods beginning in FY 2008 for hospitals and hospital units excluded from the PPS. PO 00000 Frm 00009 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24687 8. Impact Analysis In Appendix A of this proposed rule, we set forth an analysis of the impact that the proposed changes would have on affected hospitals. 9. Recommendation of Update Factors for Operating Cost Rates of Payment for Inpatient Hospital Services In Appendix B of this proposed rule, as required by sections 1886(e)(4) and (e)(5) of the Act, we provided our recommendations of the appropriate percentage changes for FY 2008 for the following: <bullet≤ A single average standardized amount for all areas for hospital inpatient services paid under the IPPS for operating costs (and hospital-specific rates applicable to SCHs and MDHs). <bullet≤ Target rate-of-increase limits to the allowable operating costs of hospital inpatient services furnished by hospitals and hospital units excluded from the IPPS. 10. Discussion of Medicare Payment Advisory Commission Recommendations Under section 1805(b) of the Act, MedPAC is required to submit a report to Congress, no later than March 1 of each year, in which MedPAC reviews and makes recommendations on Medicare payment policies. MedPAC’s March 2007 recommendation concerning hospital inpatient payment policies addressed the update factor for inpatient hospital operating costs and capital-related costs under the IPPS and for hospitals and distinct part hospital units excluded from the IPPS. This recommendation is addressed in Appendix B of this proposed rule. For further information relating specifically to the MedPAC March 2007 reports or to obtain a copy of the reports, contact MedPAC at (202) 220–3700 or visit MedPAC’s Web site at: http:// www.medpac.gov. II. Proposed Changes to DRG Classifications and Relative Weights (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘DRG Reclassifications’’ at the beginning of your comment.) A. Background Section 1886(d) of the Act specifies that the Secretary shall establish a classification system (referred to as DRGs) for inpatient discharges and adjust payments under the IPPS based on appropriate weighting factors assigned to each DRG. Therefore, under the IPPS, we pay for inpatient hospital services on a rate per discharge basis that varies according to the DRG to E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24688 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules which a beneficiary’s stay is assigned. The formula used to calculate payment for a specific case multiplies an individual hospital’s payment rate per case by the weight of the DRG to which the case is assigned. Each DRG weight represents the average resources required to care for cases in that particular DRG, relative to the average resources used to treat cases in all DRGs. Congress recognized that it would be necessary to recalculate the DRG relative weights periodically to account for changes in resource consumption. Accordingly, section 1886(d)(4)(C) of the Act requires that the Secretary adjust the DRG classifications and relative weights at least annually. These adjustments are made to reflect changes in treatment patterns, technology, and any other factors that may change the relative use of hospital resources. B. DRG Reclassifications 1. General As discussed in the preamble to the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 47881 through 47971), we are focusing our efforts in FY 2008 on making significant reforms to the IPPS consistent with the recommendations made by MedPAC in its ‘‘Report to the Congress, PhysicianOwned Specialty Hospitals’’ in March 2005. MedPAC recommended that the Secretary refine the entire DRG system by taking into account severity of illness and applying hospital-specific relative value (HSRV) weights to DRGs.1 We began this reform process by adopting cost-based weights over a 3-year transition period beginning in FY 2007 and making interim changes to the DRG system for FY 2007 by creating 20 new CMS DRGs and modifying 32 others across 13 different clinical areas involving nearly 1.7 million cases. As described below in more detail, these refinements are intermediate steps towards comprehensive reform of both the relative weights and the DRG system that is occurring as we undertake further study. Currently, cases are classified into CMS DRGs for payment under the IPPS based on the principal diagnosis, up to eight additional diagnoses, and up to six procedures performed during the stay. In a small number of DRGs, classification is also based on the age, sex, and discharge status of the patient. The diagnosis and procedure information is reported by the hospital using codes from the International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD–9– CM). The process of forming the DRGs was begun by dividing all possible principal diagnoses into mutually exclusive principal diagnosis areas, referred to as Major Diagnostic Categories (MDCs). The MDCs were formed by physician panels as the first step toward ensuring that the DRGs would be clinically coherent. The diagnoses in each MDC correspond to a single organ system or etiology and, in general, are associated with a particular medical specialty. Thus, in order to maintain the requirement of clinical coherence, no final DRG could contain patients in different MDCs. Most MDCs are based on a particular organ system of the body. For example, MDC 6 is Diseases and Disorders of the Digestive System. This approach is used because clinical care is generally organized in accordance with the organ system affected. However, some MDCs are not constructed on this basis because they involve multiple organ systems (for example, MDC 22 (Burns)). For FY 2007, cases are assigned to one of 538 DRGs in 25 MDCs. The table below lists the 25 MDCs. MAJOR DIAGNOSTIC CATEGORIES (MDCS) mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 1 ...... 2 ...... 3 ...... 4 ...... 5 ...... 6 ...... 7 ...... 8 ...... 9 ...... 10 .... 11 .... 12 .... 13 .... 14 .... 15 .... 16 .... 17 .... 18 .... 19 .... 20 .... 21 .... 22 .... 23 .... 24 .... 25 .... Diseases and Disorders of the Nervous System. Diseases and Disorders of the Eye. Diseases and Disorders of the Ear, Nose, Mouth, and Throat. Diseases and Disorders of the Respiratory System. Diseases and Disorders of the Circulatory System. Diseases and Disorders of the Digestive System. Diseases and Disorders of the Hepatobiliary System and Pancreas. Diseases and Disorders of the Musculoskeletal System and Connective Tissue. Diseases and Disorders of the Skin, Subcutaneous Tissue and Breast. Endocrine, Nutritional and Metabolic Diseases and Disorders. Diseases and Disorders of the Kidney and Urinary Tract. Diseases and Disorders of the Male Reproductive System. Diseases and Disorders of the Female Reproductive System. Pregnancy, Childbirth, and the Puerperium. Newborns and Other Neonates with Conditions Originating in the Perinatal Period. Diseases and Disorders of the Blood and Blood Forming Organs and Immunological Disorders. Myeloproliferative Diseases and Disorders and Poorly Differentiated Neoplasms. Infectious and Parasitic Diseases (Systemic or Unspecified Sites). Mental Diseases and Disorders. Alcohol/Drug Use and Alcohol/Drug Induced Organic Mental Disorders. Injuries, Poisonings, and Toxic Effects of Drugs. Burns. Factors Influencing Health Status and Other Contacts with Health Services. Multiple Significant Trauma. Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infections. In general, cases are assigned to an MDC based on the patient’s principal diagnosis before assignment to a DRG. However, for FY 2007, there are 9 DRGs to which cases are directly assigned on the basis of ICD–9–CM procedure codes. These DRGs are for heart transplant or implant of heart assist systems, liver and/or intestinal transplants, bone marrow transplants, lung transplants, simultaneous pancreas/kidney transplants, pancreas transplants, and 1 Medicare Payment Advisory Commission: Report to the Congress, Physician-Owned Specialty Hospitals, March 2005, page viii. VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00010 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules for tracheostomies. Cases are assigned to these DRGs before they are classified to 24689 an MDC. The table below lists the nine current pre-MDCs. PRE-MAJOR DIAGNOSTIC CATEGORIES (PRE-MDCS) DRG DRG DRG DRG DRG DRG DRG DRG 103 480 481 482 495 512 513 541 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB DRG 542 Heart Transplant or Implant of Heart Assist System. Liver Transplant and/or Intestinal Transplant. Bone Marrow Transplant. Tracheostomy for Face, Mouth, and Neck Diagnoses. Lung Transplant. Simultaneous Pancreas/Kidney Transplant. Pancreas Transplant. ECMO or Tracheostomy with Mechanical Ventilation 96+ Hours or Principal Diagnosis Except for Face, Mouth, and Neck Diagnosis with Major O.R. Tracheostomy with Mechanical Ventilation 96+ Hours or Principal Diagnosis Except for Face, Mouth, and Neck Diagnosis without Major O.R. Once the MDCs were defined, each MDC was evaluated to identify those additional patient characteristics that would have a consistent effect on the consumption of hospital resources. Because the presence of a surgical procedure that required the use of the operating room would have a significant effect on the type of hospital resources used by a patient, most MDCs were initially divided into surgical DRGs and medical DRGs. Surgical DRGs are based on a hierarchy that orders operating room (O.R.) procedures or groups of O.R. procedures by resource intensity. Medical DRGs generally are differentiated on the basis of diagnosis and age (0 to 17 years of age or greater than 17 years of age). Some surgical and medical DRGs are further differentiated based on the presence or absence of a complication or comorbidity (CC). Generally, nonsurgical procedures and minor surgical procedures that are not usually performed in an operating room are not treated as O.R. procedures. However, there are a few non-O.R. procedures that do affect DRG assignment for certain principal diagnoses. An example is extracorporeal shock wave lithotripsy for patients with a principal diagnosis of urinary stones. Once the medical and surgical classes for an MDC were formed, each diagnosis class was evaluated to determine if complications, comorbidities, or the patient’s age would consistently affect the consumption of hospital resources. Physician panels classified each diagnosis code based on whether the diagnosis, when present as a secondary condition, would be considered a substantial CC. A substantial CC was defined as a condition which, because of its presence with a specific principal diagnosis, would cause an increase in the length of stay by at least one day in at least 75 percent of the patients. Each medical and surgical class within an MDC was tested to determine if the presence of any substantial CC would VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 consistently affect the consumption of hospital resources. A patient’s diagnosis, procedure, discharge status, and demographic information is entered into the Medicare claims processing systems and subjected to a series of automated screens called the Medicare Code Editor (MCE). The MCE screens are designed to identify cases that require further review before classification into a DRG. After patient information is screened through the MCE and any further development of the claim is conducted, the cases are classified into the appropriate DRG by the Medicare GROUPER software program. The GROUPER program was developed as a means of classifying each case into a DRG on the basis of the diagnosis and procedure codes and, for a limited number of DRGs, demographic information (that is, sex, age, and discharge status). After cases are screened through the MCE and assigned to a DRG by the GROUPER, the PRICER software calculates a base DRG payment. The PRICER calculates the payment for each case covered by the IPPS based on the DRG relative weight and additional factors associated with each hospital, such as IME and DSH adjustments. These additional factors increase the payment amount to hospitals above the base DRG payment. The records for all Medicare hospital inpatient discharges are maintained in the Medicare Provider Analysis and Review (MedPAR) file. The data in this file are used to evaluate possible DRG classification changes and to recalibrate the DRG weights. However, in the FY 2000 IPPS final rule (64 FR 41500), we discussed a process for considering nonMedPAR data in the recalibration process. In order for us to consider using particular non-MedPAR data, we must have sufficient time to evaluate and test the data. The time necessary to do so depends upon the nature and PO 00000 Frm 00011 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 quality of the non-MedPAR data submitted. Generally, however, a significant sample of the non-MedPAR data should be submitted by midOctober for consideration in conjunction with the next year’s proposed rule. This date allows us time to test the data and make a preliminary assessment as to the feasibility of using the data. Subsequently, a complete database should be submitted by early December for consideration in conjunction with the next year’s proposed rule. In this IPPS proposed rule for FY 2008, we are proposing to adopt significant changes to the current DRGs. As described in detail below, we are proposing significant improvement in the DRG system to recognize severity of illness and resource usage by proposing to adopt Medicare Severity DRGs (MS– DRGs). The changes we are proposing in this proposed rule would be reflected in the FY 2008 GROUPER, Version 25.0, and would be effective for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2007. Unless otherwise noted in this proposed rule, our DRG analysis is based on data from the December 2006 update of the FY 2006 MedPAR file, which contains hospital bills received through December 31, 2006, for discharges occurring in FY 2006. 2. Yearly Review for Making DRG Changes Many of the changes to the DRG classifications we make annually are the result of specific issues brought to our attention by interested parties. We encourage individuals with concerns about DRG classifications to bring those concerns to our attention in a timely manner so they can be carefully considered for possible inclusion in the annual proposed rule and, if included, may be subjected to public review and comment. Therefore, similar to the timetable for interested parties to submit non-MedPAR data for consideration in E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24690 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB the DRG recalibration process, concerns about DRG classification issues should be brought to our attention no later than early December in order to be considered and possibly included in the next annual proposed rule updating the IPPS. The actual process of forming the DRGs was, and will likely continue to be, highly iterative, involving a combination of statistical results from test data combined with clinical judgment. We describe in detail below the process we used to develop the proposed MS–DRGs. In addition, in deciding whether to make further modification to the proposed MS–DRGs for particular circumstances brought to our attention, we would consider whether the resource consumption and clinical characteristics of the patients with a given set of conditions are significantly different than the remaining patients in the proposed MS– DRG. We would evaluate patient care costs using average charges and lengths of stay as proxies for costs and rely on the judgment of our medical officers to decide whether patients are clinically distinct or similar to other patients in the MS–DRG. In evaluating resource costs, we would consider both the absolute and percentage differences in average charges between the cases we would select for review and the remainder of cases in the MS–DRG. We also would consider variation in charges within these groups; that is, whether observed average differences were consistent across patients or attributable to cases that were extreme in terms of charges or length of stay, or both. Further, we also would consider the number of patients who will have a given set of characteristics and generally would prefer not to create a new DRG unless it would include a substantial number of cases. C. MedPAC Recommendations for Revisions to the IPPS DRG System In the FY 2006 and FY 2007 IPPS final rules, we discussed a number of recommendations made by MedPAC regarding revisions to the DRG system used under the IPPS (70 FR 47473 through 47482 and 71 FR 47881 through 47939). In Recommendations 1–3 in the 2005 Report to Congress on Physician-Owned Specialty Hospitals, MedPAC recommended that CMS: <bullet≤ Refine the current DRGs to more fully capture differences in severity of illness among patients. <bullet≤ Base the DRG relative weights on the estimated cost of providing care. <bullet≤ Base the weights on the national average of the hospital-specific VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 relative values (HSRVs) for each DRG (using hospital-specific costs to derive the HSRVs). <bullet≤ Adjust the DRG relative weights to account for differences in the prevalence of high-cost outlier cases. <bullet≤ Implement the case-mix measurement and outlier policies over a transitional period. As we noted in the FY 2006 IPPS final rule, we had insufficient time to complete a thorough evaluation of these recommendations for full implementation in FY 2006. However, we did adopt severity-weighted cardiac DRGs in FY 2006 to address public comments on this issue and the specific concerns of MedPAC regarding cardiac surgery DRGs. We also indicated that we planned to further consider all of MedPAC’s recommendations and thoroughly analyze options and their impacts on the various types of hospitals in the FY 2007 IPPS proposed rule. For FY 2007, we began this process. In the FY 2007 IPPS proposed rule, we proposed to adopt Consolidated Severity DRGs (CS DRGs) for FY 2008 (if not earlier). However, based on public comments received on the FY 2007 IPPS proposed rule, we decided not to adopt the CS DRGs. Rather, we decided to make interim changes to the existing DRGs for FY 2007 by creating 20 new DRGs involving 13 different clinical areas that would significantly improve the CMS DRG system’s recognition of severity of illness. We also modified 32 DRGs to better capture differences in severity. The new and revised DRGs were selected from 40 existing CMS DRGs that contain 1,666,476 cases and represent a number of body systems. In creating these 20 new DRGs, we deleted 8 and modified 32 existing DRGs. We indicated that these interim steps for FY 2007 were being taken as a prelude to more comprehensive changes to better account for severity in the DRG system by FY 2008. In the FY 2007 IPPS final rule, we indicated our intent to pursue further DRG reform through two initiatives. First, we announced that we were in the process of engaging a contractor to assist us with evaluating alternative DRG systems that were raised as potential alternatives to the CS DRGs in the public comments. Second, we indicated our intent to review over 13,000 ICD–9–CM diagnosis codes as part of making further refinements to the current CMS DRGs to better recognize severity of illness based on the work that CMS (then HCFA) did in the mid-1990’s to adopt severity DRGs. We describe in detail below the progress we have made on these two initiatives, our proposed actions for FY 2008, and our plans for continued analysis of PO 00000 Frm 00012 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 reform of the DRG system for FY 2009. We note that revising the DRGs to better recognize severity of illness has implications for the outlier threshold, the application of the postacute care transfer policy, the measurement of real case-mix versus apparent case-mix, and the IME and the DSH adjustments. We discuss these implications in more detail in the following sections. In the FY 2007 IPPS proposed rule, we discussed MedPAC’s recommendations to move to a costbased HSRV weighting methodology beginning with the FY 2007 IPPS proposed rule. Although we proposed to adopt HSRV weights for FY 2007, we decided not to adopt the proposed methodology in the final rule after considering the public comments. Instead, in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule, we adopted a cost-based weighting methodology without the hospitalspecific portion of the methodology. The cost weights are being adopted over a 3-year transition period in 1/3 increments between FY 2007 and FY 2009. In addition, in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule, we indicated our intent to further study the hospital-specific methodology as well as other issues brought to our attention with respect to the cost weights. There was significant concern in the public comments that we account for charge compression or the practice of applying a higher charge markup over costs to lower cost than higher cost items and services, if we are to develop relative weights based on cost. Further, public commenters expressed concern about potential inconsistencies between how costs and charges are reported on the Medicare cost reports and charges on the Medicare claims. In the FY 2007 IPPS final rule, we used costs and charges from the cost report to determine departmental level cost-to-charge ratios (CCRs) to apply to charges on the Medicare claims to determine the cost weights. The commenters were concerned about potential distortions to the cost weights that would result from inconsistent reporting between the cost reports and the Medicare claims. After publication of the FY 2007 IPPS final rule, we entered into a contract with RTI International to study both charge compression and to what extent our methodology for calculating DRG relative weights is affected by inconsistencies between how hospitals report costs and charges on the cost report and how hospitals report charges on individual claims. Further, as part of its study of alternative DRG systems, the E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules RAND Corporation is analyzing the HSRV cost-weighting methodology. As we present below, we believe that revisions to the DRG system to better recognize severity of illness and changes to the relative weights based on costs rather than charges are improving the accuracy of the payment rates in the IPPS. We agree with MedPAC that these refinements should be pursued. Although we continue to caution that any system that groups cases will always present some opportunities for providers to specialize in cases they believe to have higher margins, we believe that the changes we have adopted and the continuing reforms we are proposing to adopt for FY 2008 will improve payment accuracy and reduce financial incentives to create specialty hospitals. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB D. Refinement of DRGs Based on Severity of Illness (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘DRG Reform and Proposed MS–DRGs’’ at the beginning of your comment.) For purposes of the following discussions, the term ‘‘CMS DRGs’’ means the DRG system we currently use under the IPPS; the term ‘‘MedicareSeverity DRGs (MS–DRGs)’’ means the revisions that we are proposing to make to the current CMS DRGs to better recognize severity of illness and resource use based on case complexity. Although we have found the terms ‘‘CMS DRGs’’ and ‘‘MS–DRGs’’ useful to distinguish the current DRG system from the DRGs that we are proposing to adopt for FY 2008, we are interested in public comments on how to best refer to both the current DRGs and the proposed DRGs to avoid confusion and improve clarity. 1. Evaluation of Alternative SeverityAdjusted DRG Systems In the FY 2007 IPPS final rule, we stated our intent to engage a contractor to assist us with an evaluation of alternative DRG systems that may better recognize severity than the current CMS DRGs. We noted it was possible that some of the alternative systems would better recognize severity of illness and are based on the current CMS DRGs. We further stated that if we were to develop a clinical severity concept using the current CMS DRGs as the starting point, it was possible that several of the issues raised by commenters (in response to the CS DRGs, which, in the FY 2007 IPPS proposed rule, we proposed to adopt for FY 2008 or earlier) would no longer be a concern. We noted that if we were to propose adoption of severity DRGs for FY 2008, we would consider VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 the issues raised by commenters on last year’s proposed rule as we continued to make further refinements to account for complexity as well as severity to better reflect relative resource use. We stated that we believed it was likely that at least one of several alternative severityadjusted DRG systems suggested for review (or potentially a system we would develop ourselves) would be suitable to achieve our goal of improving payment accuracy beginning in FY 2008. On September 1, 2006, we awarded a contract to the RAND Corporation to perform an evaluation of alternative severity-adjusted DRG classification systems. RAND is evaluating several alternative DRG systems based on how well they are suited to classifying and making payments for inpatient hospital services provided to Medicare patients. Each system is being assessed on its ability to differentiate among severity of illness. A final report is due on or before September 1, 2007. RAND’s draft interim report focused on the following criteria: <bullet≤ Severity-adjusted DRG classification systems: —How well does each classification system explain variation in resource use? —How would the classification system affect a hospital’s patient mix? —Are the groupings manageable, administratively feasible and understandable? <bullet≤ Payment accuracy—What are the payment implications of selected models? In response to our request, several vendors of DRG systems submitted their products for evaluation. The following products are currently being evaluated by RAND: 3M/Health Information Systems (HIS) <bullet≤ CMS DRGs modified for AP– DRG Logic (CMS + AP–DRGs) <bullet≤ Consolidated SeverityAdjusted DRGs (CS DRGs) Health Systems Consultants (HSC) <bullet≤ Refined DRGs (HSC–DRGs) HSS/Ingenix <bullet≤ All-Payer Severity DRGs with Medicare modifications (MM– APS–DRGs) Solucient <bullet≤ Solucient Refined DRGs (Sol–DRGs) Vendors submitted their commercial (off-the-shelf) software to RAND in late September 2006. The five systems were compared to the CMS DRGs that were in effect as of October 1, 2006 (FY 2007). RAND assigned FY 2004 and FY 2005 Medicare discharges from acute care hospitals to the FY 2007 CMS DRGs and to each of the alternative severityadjusted DRG systems. RAND’s initial analysis provided an overview of each PO 00000 Frm 00013 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24691 alternative DRG classification system, their comparative performance in explaining variation in resource use, differences in DRG grouping logic, and case-mix change. A Technical Expert Panel comprised of individuals representing academic institutions, hospital associations, and MedPAC was formed in October 2006. The members received the preliminary draft report of RAND’s alternative severity-adjusted DRG systems evaluation in early January 2007. The panel met with RAND and CMS on January 18, 2007, to discuss the preliminary draft report and to provide additional comments. RAND incorporated items raised by the panel into its preliminary draft report and submitted a revised interim report to CMS in mid-March 2007. CMS posted RAND’s interim report on the CMS Web site in late March 2007. Interested individuals can view RAND’s interim report on the CMS Web site at: http:// www.cms.hhs.gov/Reports/downloads/ Wynn0307.pdf. At this time, RAND has not completed its final evaluation. RAND’s interim report reflects its preliminary evaluation of the alternative DRG systems using the criteria described above. In the project’s second phase, RAND will continue to evaluate alternative DRG systems as well as to compare performance using HSRVs. As RAND has not completed its evaluation of alternative DRG systems, we are not ready at this time to propose use of one of the alternative DRG systems being evaluated for Medicare in FY 2008. Further, even if RAND had completed its evaluation, we would need to explore whether any transition issues would need to be resolved before we are ready to propose adopting an alternative DRG system. Among other issues, we would need to evaluate the legal and contractual issues associated with adopting a proprietary DRG product. Although vendors for four of the five systems have indicated a willingness to make their products available in the public domain, we believe it is likely there would need to be some discussion as to whether there would be any limitations (such as the source code as well as the DRG logic) on the availability of the DRG systems to hospitals or competing vendors. Further, we would need to resolve contractual issues for updates and maintenance of an alternative DRG system and consider how they interact with our current ongoing contract to maintain the CMS DRGs. There may be further system conversion issues that we have not yet considered. The RAND E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24692 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules contract will be complete by September 1, 2007. Once RAND completes its work, we believe we will be in a better position to evaluate whether it would be appropriate to propose to adopt one of the five alternative DRG systems for purposes of the IPPS. As discussed later in this proposed rule, we are proposing to adopt MS– DRGs beginning with FY 2008. The MS– DRGs are the result of modifications to the CMS DRGs to better account for severity. While we are proposing to implement the MS–DRGs on October 1, 2007, we believe the MS–DRGs should be evaluated by RAND. We have instructed RAND to evaluate the proposed MS–DRGs using the same criteria that it is applying to the other DRG systems. As described below, we believe the proposed MS–DRGs represent a substantial improvement in the recognition of severity of illness and resource consumption. For this reason, we are proposing to adopt MS–DRGs for FY 2008. As stated earlier, a final report is expected from RAND by September 1, 2007. This report will include further analysis of the five alternative DRG systems and the additional evaluation of the MS–DRGs. We look forward to reviewing RAND’s final report that will provide a comprehensive evaluation of each severity DRG system that has been examined. We anticipate that after this process is completed, we will have the necessary information to decide our next steps in the reform of the IPPS. Meanwhile, we are proposing to adopt the MS–DRGs for FY 2008 and are providing the following update on RAND’s progress in evaluating alternative DRG systems. We invite public comment regarding RAND’s preliminary analysis of each vendor-supplied alternative severityadjusted DRG system described below. a. Overview of Alternative DRG Classification Systems Analysis of how each of the five severity-adjusted DRG systems performs began by using the current CMS DRGs as a baseline. Two of the five systems (CS DRGs and MM–APS–DRGs) are derivatives of all-patient severityadjusted DRG systems that have been modified by their developers for the Medicare population and two of the systems (HSC–DRGs and Sol–DRGs) are all-patient systems that incorporate severity levels into the CMS DRGs. The CMS–AP–DRGs are a combination of CMS DRGs and a modification for the Medicare population of the major CC severity groupings used in the AP–DRG system. (The AP–DRG system was developed by 3M/HIS specifically for the State of New York to capture the non-Medicare population.) Table A below shows how each of the five alternative severity-adjusted systems classifies patients into base DRGs and their corresponding severity levels. TABLE A.—LOGIC OF CMS AND ALTERNATIVE DRG SYSTEMS CMS DRG CMS+AP–DRG HSC–DRG Sol–-DRG MM–APS–DRG Number of MDCs .............. Number of Pre-MDC base DRGs. Number of base DRGs ..... Total number of Pre-MDC DRGs. Total number of DRGs ..... Number of CC (severity) subclasses. CC subclasses .................. 25 ...................... 9 ........................ 25 ...................... 9 ........................ 25 ...................... 9 ........................ 25 ...................... 9 ........................ 25 ...................... 9 ........................ 25 7 379 .................... 9 ........................ 379 .................... 9 ........................ 215 ADRGs ....... 30 ...................... 248 ADRGs ....... 27 ...................... 361 .................... 27 ...................... 379 9 538 .................... 2 ........................ 602 .................... 3 ........................ 859 4 Without CC, with CC with MCC with some collapsing at base DRG level. Minor, moderate, major, severe with some collapsing at DRG level. No ...................... Without CC With CC for selected base DRGs and With MCC across DRGs within MDC. No ...................... 1,261 ................. 3 (medical) or 4 (surgical). Minor/no substantial CCs, moderate CCs, MCCs, catastrophic CCs (surgical only). 915 .................... 3 ........................ With CC without CC for selected base DRGs. 1,274 ................. 3 (medical) or 4 (surgical). No CC, Class C CC, Class B CC, Class A CC (surgical only). Multiple CCs recognized .. No ...................... No ...................... Mostly no ........... Mostly no ........... Mostly no ........... Mostly no ........... Yes (in computation of weights. No ...................... Yes. CC assignment specific to base DRG. Logic of CC subdivision .... Presence/absence. Principal diagnosis. Presence/absence. Principal diagnosis. Presence/absence. Principal diagnosis. Presence/absence. Principal diagnosis. Presence/absence. Principal diagnosis. 18-step process. Logic of MDC assignment Death used in DRG assignment. Yes (in selected DRGs). Yes (in selected DRGs). Yes .................... Yes .................... Yes (includes ‘‘early death’’ DRGs). Yes .................... Yes (includes ‘‘early death’’ DRGs). Yes .................... Yes (in selected DRGs). Complications of care are CCs. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Classification element RAND’s preliminary evaluation of the logic for each system demonstrated the following: VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 <bullet≤ Four systems add severity levels to the base CMS DRGs; the CS DRGs add severity levels to base APR– DRGs, which are comparable but not PO 00000 Frm 00014 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 Yes, when recognized as a CC No, when CC represents ‘‘poor medical care’’. Con–APR–DRG Yes. Principal diagnosis with rerouting. No. Few. identical to the base CMS DRGs. Both the CS DRGs and MM–APS–DRGs collapse some base DRGs with low Medicare volume. E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB <bullet≤ The HSC–DRGs and the Sol– DRGs use uniform severity levels for each base DRG (three for medical and four for surgical). The general structure of the MM–APS–DRG logic includes three severity levels for each base DRG, but some severity levels for the same base DRG are consolidated to address Medicare low-volume DRGs and monotonicity issues. Monotonicity is when the average costs for a severity group consistently rise as the severity level of the group increases. For example, in a monotonic system, if within a base DRG there are three severity groups and level 1 severity is less than level 2 severity and level 2 severity is less than level 3 severity, the average costs for a level 3 case would be greater than the average costs for a level 2 case, which would be greater than the average costs for a level 1 case. The general structure of the CS DRGs includes four severity levels for each base DRG. However, severity level consolidations occur to address Medicare low-volume DRGs and monotonicity. The CS DRGs consolidate both adjacent severity levels for the same base DRG and the same severity level across multiple base DRGs (especially for severity level 4). <bullet≤ Under the CMS+AP–DRGs and MM–APS–DRGs, each diagnosis is assigned a uniform CC-severity level across all base DRGs (other than CCs on the exclusion list for specific principal diagnoses). The remaining systems assign diagnoses to CC-severity level classifications by groups of DRGs. <bullet≤ Under the grouping logic used by all systems other than the CS DRGs, each discharge is assigned to the highest severity level of any secondary diagnosis. The CS DRGs adjust the initial severity level assignment based on other factors, including the presence of additional CCs. None of the other systems adjust the severity level classification for additional factors or CCs. However, the MM–APS–DRG system handles additional CCs through an enhanced relative weight. <bullet≤ The HSC–DRGs and the Sol– DRGs have a medical ‘‘early death’’ DRG within each MDC. <bullet≤ The CS DRGs do not use death in the grouping logic. In addition, most complications of care do not affect the DRG assignment. b. Comparative Performance in Explaining Variation in Resource Use In evaluating the comparative performance of each alternative DRG system, RAND used MedPAR data from FY 2004 and FY 2005. RAND excluded data from CAHs, Indian Health Service (IHS) hospitals, and hospitals that have VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 all-inclusive rate charging practices. Consistent with CMS practice, RAND did not exclude data from Maryland hospitals, which operate under an IPPS waiver. Records that failed edits for data consistency or that had missing variables that were needed to determine standardized costs were also excluded. RAND reported that evaluation of each alternative severity-adjusted DRG system is a complex process due to differences in how each of the severity levels are applied, the number of severity-adjusted DRGs in each system, and the average number of discharges assigned to each DRG. In addition, the manner in which the DRGs for patients 0–17 years of age are assigned in the severity-adjusted systems affects the number of low-volume DRGs using Medicare discharges. Low-volume, severity-adjusted DRGs can affect the relative performance of a classification system. However, the percentage of Medicare discharges assigned to these DRGs is small— approximately 0.7 percent in the HSC– DRG and Sol–DRG systems compared to 0.1 percent in the CMS DRGs. In determining how much withinDRG variation exists for each alternative severity-adjusted DRG system, RAND calculated the mean standardized cost, standard deviation, and coefficient of variation for each DRG among the systems. The coefficient of variation (CV) is the standard deviation divided by the mean. The CV allowed RAND to compare the variation of populations that contain significantly different mean values. Preliminary results of the comparison demonstrate that all five severity-adjusted systems reduce the amount of variation within DRGs. The HSC–DRGs and Sol–DRGs have a slightly higher proportion of patients assigned to DRGs with a CV<76 percent but also have a higher proportion of patients assigned to DRGs with a CV≤=100 percent. The CS DRGs had a slightly lower percentage of patients assigned to DRGs with a CV<76 percent than the other severity-adjusted systems. The MM–APS–DRGs, CS DRGs, and CMS+AP–DRGs all have fewer than 2 percent of patients assigned to DRGs with a CV≤=100 percent. RAND utilized a general linear regression model to evaluate how well each severity-adjusted DRG system explains variation in costs per case. The initial results demonstrate that all five severity-adjusted DRG systems predict cost better than the CMS DRGs. The CS DRGs have higher adjusted R2 values (explanatory power) than the other severity-adjusted systems in nearly every MDC. In general, the adjusted R2 PO 00000 Frm 00015 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24693 value for the CS DRGs is 0.4458, a 13percent improvement over the adjusted R2 value for the CMS DRGs. The HSC– DRGs demonstrate an 11-percent improvement, while the adjusted R2 values for the MM–APS–DRGs and Sol– DRGs are 10.0 percent and 9.7 percent higher respectively, than the CMS DRG R2 value. The CMS+AP–DRGs show the smallest improvement, nearly 8 percent. Another aspect of RAND’s evaluation was to identify the validity of each alternative DRG system as a measurement for resource costs. For a base DRG, the severity levels should be monotonic; that is, the mean cost per discharge should increase simultaneously with an increase in the severity level. A distinction between patient groups and varying treatment costs should be accomplished by the severity levels. RAND studied the percentage differences and absolute differences in cost between the severity levels within the base DRGs for each system under evaluation. For the two systems (CMS+AP–DRGs and CS DRGs) that include several base DRGs, RAND assigned those discharges to the lower severity level base DRG. Following that methodology, RAND was able to calculate how much more costly the discharges assigned to the consolidated or lower severity levels were than the discharges in the base DRG assigned to the next higher severity level. Preliminary results demonstrate that, overall, monotonicity is not a factor across the alternative DRG systems. There are only a small percentage of discharges that are assigned to nonmonotonic DRGs. When a DRG is nonmonotonic, the mean cost in the higher severity level is less than the mean cost in the lower severity level. Using the data from severity of illness levels 1 through 3 (except for the MM– APS–DRGs, which do not have a severity of illness level 3), RAND calculated the discharge-weighted mean cost difference between severity levels and the mean ratio of the cost per discharge for the higher severity level to the adjacent lower severity level. The greatest cost discrimination was present in the higher severity levels versus the lower severity levels across all the systems. The mean cost difference between severity of illness level 1 and severity of illness level 0 was reported to be less than $2,000 for all the severity-adjusted systems. The CMS+AP DRGs have the least amount of cost discrimination between severity levels ($2,117), while the MM–APS–DRG system has the highest mean cost difference ($2,385). The remaining systems demonstrated equivalent percentage cost differences between the E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24694 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules severity levels as shown in Table B below. BILLING CODE 4120–01–P In examining whether each of the alternative DRG systems provided stability in the relative weights from year to year, RAND compared the relative weights derived from the MedPAR data in FY 2004 to the relative weights data from FY 2005. RAND’s preliminary results demonstrate that generally, across all the systems, only a small percentage of DRGs had greater than a 5 percent change in relative weights. The HSC–DRGs and Sol–DRGs had a higher proportion of DRGs with a VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 greater than 5 percent change in relative weights than the other systems. Fewer than 10 percent of the DRGs in the remaining systems had relative weight changes greater than 10 percent. In addition to differences in the number of DRGs and the methodology of assigning the severity levels, RAND noted additional factors that may affect the comparative performance of each alternative severity-adjusted DRG system. For further details and discussion, we encourage readers to view RAND’s full interim report on the PO 00000 Frm 00016 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 CMS Web site at: http:// www.cms.hhs.gov/Reports/downloads/ Wynn0307.pdf. c. Payment Accuracy and Case-Mix Impact Similar to how CMS established the relative weights in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule, RAND used standardized costs as determined by the national CCR and the FY 2005 MedPAR data to construct relative weights for each of the DRG systems being evaluated. RAND analyzed the effect of variations in the E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 EP03MY07.000 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB BILLING CODE 4120–01–C 24695 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules explanatory power on the distribution of Medicare payments for each system under evaluation. The preliminary findings indicate payment accuracy is improved by each severity-adjusted system by redistributing payment from lower-cost discharges to higher-cost discharges. However, the total payment redistribution across systems differs and reflects the payment impact of improved explanatory power. Although these findings are estimates, the percent of total payment redistributed was the least under the CMS+AP–DRGs (7.1 percent) and the most under the CS DRGs (11.9 percent). Table C shows changes in case-mix index (CMI) by hospital category across alternative severity-adjusted DRG systems. Preliminary results demonstrate that under the severityadjusted systems, urban hospitals have a higher average CMI than under the CMS DRGs, and rural hospitals have a lower CMI. The analysis suggests that any system adopted to better recognize severity of illness with a budget neutrality constraint will result in payment redistribution that can be expected to benefit urban hospitals at the expense of rural hospitals. This impact occurs because patients treated in urban hospitals are generally more severely ill than patients in rural hospitals and the CMS DRGs are not currently recognizing the full extent of these differences. For purposes of the study, RAND assumed no behavioral changes in coding practice or the types of patients treated. The shift in case-mix (CMI) is greatest with the CS DRGs. The CMI for rural hospitals is 2.4 percent lower than under the CMS DRGs. The CMI for large urban (hospitals located in CBSAs with greater than 1 million population) and other urban hospitals is 0.6 percent and 0.1 percent higher, respectively, for the CS DRGs. The CMI generally increases for larger hospitals and decreases for smaller hospitals. Under the CMS+AP– DRG, HSC–DRG, and Sol–DRG systems, greater than 70 percent of hospitals would experience less than a 2.5 percent change in their CMI. Under the MM–APS–DRG and Con–APR–DRG systems, 65 and 45 percent of hospitals, respectively, would experience less than a 2.5 percent change. The percentage of hospitals experiencing less than a 5 percent change is significant across all of the CMS–based DRG systems. Teaching hospitals commonly treat a higher number of complex cases. However, depending on the severityadjusted DRG system being analyzed, the impact will vary. In the CMS+AP– DRG, HSC–DRG, and MM–APS–DRG systems, facilities with large teaching programs (100 or more residents) demonstrated a larger increase than those facilities with smaller teaching programs. Under the Sol–DRG system, facilities with large teaching programs would experience a 0.1 percent increase, while facilities with the smaller teaching programs would experience a 0.2 percent increase. The CS DRGs showed similar results for hospitals with large teaching programs, but hospitals with the smaller teaching programs would experience an increase of 0.7 percent, relative to the CMS DRGs. RAND found that CMI would decline for nonteaching hospitals from severity adjusted DRGs, from a 0.2 percent decrease under the HSC–DRGs and Sol–DRGs compared to a 0.5 percent decrease under the CS DRGs. TABLE C.—CMI CHANGE IN ALTERNATIVE DRG SYSTEMS RELATIVE TO THE CMS DRG CMI Percentage change from CMS–DRG–CMI mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB N hospitals ALL ........................................................... By Geographic Location: Large urban areas (pop≤1 million) ... Other urban areas (pop<1 million) ... Rural hospitals .................................. Bed Size (Urban): 0–99 beds ......................................... 100–199 beds ................................... 200–299 beds ................................... 300–499 beds ................................... 500 or more beds ............................. Bed Size (Rural): 0–49 beds ......................................... 50–99 beds ....................................... 100–149 beds ................................... 150–199 beds ................................... 200 or more beds ............................. Urban by Region: New England .................................... Middle Atlantic .................................. South Atlantic .................................... East North Central ............................ East South Central ........................... West North Central ........................... West South Central .......................... Mountain ........................................... Pacific ............................................... Puerto Rico ....................................... Rural by Region: New England .................................... Middle Atlantic .................................. South Atlantic .................................... East North Central ............................ East South Central ........................... VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 N discharges CMS DRG CMI CMS + AP–DRG HSC– DRG Sol–DRG MM– APS– DRG Con– APR– DRG 3,890 12,165,763 1.00 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1,485 1,186 1,219 5,715,356 4,578,447 1,871,960 1.02 1.04 0.84 0.5 -0.2 -1.3 0.4 -0.2 -0.9 0.3 -0.1 -1.0 0.6 -0.2 -1.4 0.6 0.1 -2.4 685 875 511 433 167 611,139 2,346,922 2,446,737 2,965,216 1,923,789 0.91 0.93 1.00 1.08 1.17 -1.0 0.0 0.1 0.3 0.6 -1.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.3 -1.1 0.0 0.3 0.3 0.2 -1.3 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.4 -1.6 0.0 0.6 0.8 0.4 543 398 160 69 49 330,242 595,599 415,367 260,910 269,842 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.99 -2.5 -1.4 -1.1 -0.8 -0.6 -2.1 -1.0 -0.7 -0.6 -0.1 -2.2 -1.1 -0.8 -0.7 -0.1 -2.7 -1.6 -1.2 -0.8 -0.6 -5.0 -2.7 -2.0 -1.5 -0.5 129 370 432 410 168 164 369 153 423 53 541,471 1,621,488 2,208,336 1,856,164 696,943 657,322 1,115,411 465,093 1,016,135 115,440 0.99 1.00 1.04 1.03 1.06 1.08 1.05 1.08 1.03 0.87 0.1 0.0 0.5 0.6 -0.2 -0.3 0.1 0.4 0.0 -1.1 -0.2 -0.4 0.7 0.7 -0.2 -0.3 0.0 0.2 -0.2 -1.4 -0.5 -0.5 0.7 0.6 -0.2 0.0 0.1 0.5 -0.1 -0.1 -0.5 -0.3 0.7 0.8 -0.2 -0.3 0.3 0.4 -0.1 -1.2 -0.6 -1.5 1.4 1.5 -0.3 0.3 0.5 1.0 0.2 -5.1 34 68 191 163 201 49,842 139,639 409,116 290,069 328,326 0.90 0.85 0.82 0.87 0.82 -0.6 -1.1 -0.8 -1.1 -1.5 -0.6 -0.7 -0.4 -0.7 -0.9 -0.5 -0.7 -0.5 -0.9 -1.1 -1.1 -1.3 -0.9 -1.3 -1.4 -0.6 -1.5 -1.8 -1.8 -3.2 Frm 00017 Fmt 4701 PO 00000 Sfmt 4702 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24696 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules TABLE C.—CMI CHANGE IN ALTERNATIVE DRG SYSTEMS RELATIVE TO THE CMS DRG CMI—Continued Percentage change from CMS–DRG–CMI N hospitals % mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB West North Central ........................... West South Central .......................... Mountain ........................................... Pacific ............................................... Teaching Status: Non-teaching ..................................... Fewer than 100 Residents ............... 100 or more Residents ..................... Urban DSH: Non-DSH ........................................... 100 or more beds ............................. Less than 100 beds .......................... Rural DSH: Non-DSH ........................................... SCH .................................................. RRC .................................................. Other Rural: 100 or more beds ............................. Less than 100 beds .......................... Urban teaching and DSH: Both teaching and DSH .................... Teaching and no DSH ...................... No teaching and DSH ....................... No teaching and no DSH ................. Rural Hospital Types: RRC .................................................. SCH .................................................. MDH .................................................. SCH and RRC .................................. MDH and RRC .................................. Other Rural ....................................... 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 CMS DRG CMI CMS + AP–DRG HSC– DRG Sol–DRG MM– APS– DRG Con– APR– DRG 184 227 91 60 240,449 266,419 80,219 67,881 0.87 0.80 0.85 0.86 -1.6 -2.1 -1.2 -0.9 -1.2 -1.8 -1.0 -1.0 -1.1 -1.9 -0.4 -1.1 -1.8 -2.0 -1.3 -1.4 -2.5 -4.3 -1.2 -1.6 2,791 853 246 6,115,193 4,061,451 1,989,119 0.92 1.04 1.16 -0.4 0.1 0.8 -0.2 0.2 0.3 -0.2 0.2 0.1 -0.4 0.2 0.5 -0.5 0.7 0.0 778 1,541 352 2,574,640 7,378,095 341,068 1.02 1.05 0.82 -0.1 0.3 -0.9 0.0 0.2 -0.8 0.1 0.2 -1.0 -0.2 0.4 -1.1 0.5 0.4 -2.0 238 402 132 300,747 599,823 466,395 0.87 0.83 0.92 -1.4 -1.3 -0.8 -1.0 -1.0 -0.3 -0.9 -1.0 -0.5 -1.7 -1.4 -0.7 -1.9 -2.4 -1.4 60 387 135,146 369,849 0.80 0.74 -0.9 -2.1 -0.8 -1.6 -1.2 -1.7 -1.3 -2.2 -2.0 -4.3 829 204 1,064 574 4,705,476 1,108,092 3,013,687 1,466,548 1.09 1.06 0.95 1.00 0.5 0.0 -0.1 -0.2 0.3 0.1 0.1 -0.1 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.5 -0.1 0.1 -0.3 0.5 0.4 0.1 0.5 145 423 180 76 8 387 RAND also noted that changes in coding patterns or behaviors could improve payments with each severity adjusted DRG system. Increases in CMI after adopting the system could be the result of improved coding rather than increases in actual patient severity. Although the State of Maryland’s experience using the APR–DRG system is an indicator, coding behaviors are expected to vary under alternative systems according to RAND. Therefore, the risk of case-mix growth due to improved documentation and coding exists with any system. However, RAND advises that the amount of risk can be assessed based on the logic of the DRG system and result in anticipated changes in coding behavior. RAND found that the CMS+AP–DRG system may have the lowest risk of case-mix increase, while the CS DRGs present the greatest risk. The remaining systems under evaluation demonstrated equivalent risk, based on the DRG logic and other features specific to each system. In section II.D.2.c. of the preamble of this proposed rule, the CMI impact under the proposed MS–DRGs using the State of Maryland’s experience and data is described in detail. RAND’s final VerDate Mar 15 2010 N discharges 519,808 457,119 164,453 266,027 19,746 444,807 0.92 0.79 0.75 0.92 0.85 0.77 -0.8 -1.6 -2.1 -0.9 -1.4 -1.6 -0.4 -1.2 -1.7 -0.7 -0.6 -1.2 -0.5 -1.2 -1.7 -0.7 -0.8 -1.4 -0.7 -1.7 -2.3 -1.1 -1.6 -1.8 -1.4 -3.0 -4.1 -1.3 -1.9 -3.3 report will include a comparison of the CMI impact under the proposed MS– DRG system with the CMI impact of the other alternative severity-adjusted DRG systems. d. Other Issues for Consideration RAND was asked to examine whether each of the alternative severity-adjusted DRG systems under evaluation appear to contain logic that is manageable, administratively feasible, and understandable. Although its evaluation is not yet complete, RAND’s preliminary results describe the extent to which those features are present in the grouping logic of each system. A brief summary of these findings and other discussion points follow. For more complete details of the grouping logic for each system evaluated, we encourage readers to review RAND’s interim report at the following Web site: http:// www.cms.hhs.gov/Reports/downloads/ Wynn0307.pdf. To increase and promote understanding of a DRG classification system, the grouping logic should include a uniform structure. With the exception of the CS DRGs, RAND found that there is uniformity in the PO 00000 Frm 00018 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 hierarchical structure for assigning discharges to MDCs, DRGs, and severity levels for each system evaluated. The CS DRGs utilize a complex rerouting logic and severity of illness level assignment. However, the result is a higher explanatory power that accounts for limitations in the current system. Therefore, due to the complexities associated with that system, it may not easily be understood. However, if the results yield clinically coherent groups of patients with comparable costs, RAND concluded that the system may be worth exploring further. The HSC– DRG and Sol–DRG grouping logic uses a standard number of severity levels for each base DRG, although the result is an increase in the number of low-volume DRGs. The standard severity level structure provides increased understanding, although as mentioned previously, low-volume, severityadjusted DRGs can affect the relative performance of a classification system. The MM–APS–DRGs and CS DRGs use standard DRG severity levels. However, the method of collapsing DRGs varies due to the modifications made for Medicare use. By only collapsing DRGs to determine relative weights, RAND E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules notes it is possible to preserve the underlying DRG structure, which perhaps would lead to a more understandable system. As stated earlier, there are also several transition issues that require attention when evaluating alternative severityadjusted DRG systems. In determining how manageable, administratively feasible, and understandable the systems being evaluated are, consideration should be given to how they crosswalk or map to the current CMS DRGs. Because four of the systems under evaluation are based on the underlying CMS DRG grouping logic to establish their base DRGs (CMS+AP– DRGs, HSC–DRGs, Sol–DRGs, and MM– APS–DRGs), the CMS DRGs are able to crosswalk smoothly to these severityadjusted DRGs. Conversely, crosswalking in reverse or backward mapping from the CMS+AP DRGs to the CMS DRGs is problematic due to the discharges in one severity level of the CMS+AP–DRG system compared to several base CMS DRGs. As expected, the CS DRGs do not crosswalk easily to the CMS DRGs due to the complex grouping logic. The MM–APS–DRGs pose unique complications as well due to the large number (over 1,000) of DRGs. System updates are another important factor that may have serious implications. All of the DRG systems RAND evaluated were reported to make annual updates to reflect ICD–9–CM coding changes. However, the CC severity level assignments for each system have not routinely been reviewed and revised. The review of the CC exclusion list and severity level assignments should be reviewed where appropriate to reflect current patterns of care, according to RAND. Accessibility to each of the severityadjusted DRG system’s logic and software is also a concern. Each system RAND analyzed is currently maintained as a proprietary product. In general, all of the vendors indicated a willingness to place their product in the public domain, under certain terms. As such, we believe it is likely there would need to be discussion as to whether there would be any limitations (such as the source code as well as the DRG logic) on the availability of the DRG systems to hospitals or competing vendors. The intent of each vendor to provide public access to its grouper logic and software is described in further detail in RAND’s interim report. The RAND contract will be complete by September 1, 2007. The final report will include evaluation of the proposed MS–DRGs, with further analysis of the five alternative severity-adjusted DRG VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 classification systems. RAND will also study various approaches to estimating costs and developing relative weights, as well as the payment impacts of alternative methodologies. Again, we invite public comment on RAND’s preliminary analysis of the alternative severity-adjusted DRG systems. The interim report can be viewed on the CMS Web site at: http:// www.cms.hhs.gov/Reports/downloads/ Wynn0307.pdf. 2. Development of Proposed Medicare Severity DRGs (MS–DRGs) As discussed previously, we are committed to continuing our efforts of making refinements to the current CMS DRGs to better recognize severity of illness. In the FY 2007 final rule, we stated that we had begun a comprehensive review of over 13,000 diagnosis codes to determine which codes should be classified as CCs when present as a secondary diagnosis. We stated that we would also build on the severity DRG work we performed in the mid-1990’s. We received a number of public comments on last year’s proposed rule that supported the refinement of the current CMS DRGs so that they better capture severity. We also committed to performing a more broad based analysis of the entire DRG system to better recognize severity of illness. As a result of this broad based analysis, we developed the proposed MS–DRGs. The proposed MS–DRGs represent a comprehensive approach to applying a severity of illness stratification for Medicare patients throughout the DRGs. As discussed in section II.D.5. of the preamble of this proposed rule, the proposed MS–DRGs maintain the significant advancements in identifying medical technology made to the DRGs in past years. At the same time, they greatly improve our ability to identify groups of patients with varying levels of severity using secondary diagnoses. Further, they improve our ability to assign patients to different DRG severity levels based on resource use that is independent of the patient’s secondary diagnosis—referred to in this discussion as ‘‘complexity.’’ We are proposing to adopt the MS–DRGs for FY 2008 and submit the system to RAND as part of its evaluation of alternative DRG systems. We encourage comments on both our proposed methodology as well as on the resulting proposed DRG structure. a. Comprehensive Review of the CC List Our efforts to better recognize severity of illness began with a comprehensive review of the CC list. Currently, 115 DRGs are split based on the presence or PO 00000 Frm 00019 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24697 absence of a CC. For these DRGs, the presence of a CC assigns the discharge to a higher weighted DRG. The list of diagnoses designated as a CC was initially created at Yale University in 1980–1981 as part of the project to develop an ICD–9–CM version of the DRGs. The researchers at Yale University developed the ICD–9–CM DRGs using national hospital data with diagnoses and procedures coded in ICD–9–CM from the second half of 1979. Because hospitals only began reporting ICD–9–CM codes in 1979, discharge abstracts at that time were much less likely to fully report all secondary diagnoses. As a result, the Yale University researchers developed a liberal definition of a CC as any secondary diagnosis that ‘‘would cause an increase in length of stay by at least 1 day in at least 75 percent of the patients.’’ Because of the likely underreporting of secondary diagnoses in the 1979 data, the Yale University researchers also used age as a surrogate for identifying patients with a CC. The original version of the ICD–9–CM DRGs assigned patients to a CC DRG if they had a secondary diagnosis on the CC list or if the patient was 70 years or older. With the implementation of the IPPS in FY 1984, the coding of secondary diagnoses by hospitals dramatically improved. During the first 4 years of the IPPS, the CC definition included the age 70 criterion. With the improved coding and reporting of diagnoses associated with the implementation of the IPPS, the use of age as a surrogate for CCs was no longer necessary. Thus, beginning in FY 1988, the age 70 criterion was removed from the CC definition and a CC DRG was defined exclusively by the presence of a secondary diagnosis on the CC list. Except for new diagnosis codes that were added to ICD–9–CM after FY 1984 (for example, HIV), the CC list of diagnoses currently used in the CMS DRGs is virtually identical to the CC list created at Yale University. However, there have been dramatic changes not only in the accuracy and completeness of the coding of secondary diagnoses but also in the characteristics of patients admitted to hospitals and the practice patterns within hospitals as well. Since the implementation of the IPPS, Medicare average length of stay has dropped dramatically from 9.8 days in 1983 to 5.7 days in 2005. The economic incentives inherent in DRGs motivated a change in practice patterns to discharge patients earlier from the hospital. These changes were facilitated by the increased availability of postacute care services, such as nursing homes and home health services, which E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 24698 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules allowed problems previously requiring continued hospitalization to be effectively treated outside the acute care hospital. Furthermore, there has also been a dramatic shift to outpatient surgery that avoids costly inpatient stays. Many surgical procedures formerly performed in the hospital are now routinely performed on an outpatient basis. As a result, patients admitted to the hospital today are on average more likely to have a CC than when the IPPS was implemented. The net effect of better coding of secondary diagnoses, reductions in hospital length of stay, increased availability of postacute care services, and the shift to outpatient care is that most patients (nearly 80 percent) admitted to a hospital now have a CC. As a result of the changes that have occurred during the 22 years since the implementation of the IPPS, the CC list as currently defined has lost much of its power to discriminate hospital resource use. Currently, 115 CMS DRGs have a CC subdivision. Up until FY 2002, the number of DRGs with a CC subdivision remained essentially unchanged from the original FY 1984 version of the DRGs. As a means of improving the payment accuracy of the DRGs, beginning with the FY 2002 DRG update, each base CMS DRG without a CC subdivision was evaluated to determine if a CC subdivision was warranted. Over the past five DRG updates, only seven base CMS DRGs have had a CC subdivision added. The primary constraint preventing a significant increase in the number of base CMS DRGs with a CC subdivision is the low number of patients that would be assigned to the non-CC group. Thus, the expansion of the number of CMS DRGs subdivided based on a CC is constrained because the vast majority of patients would be assigned to the CC group and few patients would be assigned to the non-CC group. To remedy these problems, we reviewed each of the 13,549 secondary diagnosis codes to evaluate their assignment as a CC or non-CC using statistical information from the Medicare claims data and applying medical judgment based on current clinical practice. We refer to this list in this section as the ‘‘revised CC list.’’ The need for a revised CC list prompted a reexamination of the secondary diagnoses that qualify as a CC. Our intent was to better distinguish cases that are likely to result in increased hospital resource use based on secondary diagnosis. Using a combination of mathematical data and the judgment of our medical officers, we included the condition on the CC list if it could demonstrate that its presence VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 would lead to substantially increased hospital resource use. Diagnoses may require increased hospital resource use because of a need for such services as: <bullet≤ Intensive monitoring (for example, an intensive care unit (ICU) stay). <bullet≤ Expensive and technically complex services (for example, heart transplant). <bullet≤ Extensive care requiring a greater number of caregivers (for example, nursing care for a quadriplegic). There are 3,326 diagnosis codes on the current CC list. Our 2006 review of the CC list reduced the number of diagnosis codes on the CC list to 2,583. Based on the current CC list, 77.6 percent of patients have at least one CC present. Based on the revised CC list from our 2007 review, the percent of patients having at least one CC present would be reduced to 41.24 percent. b. Chronic Diagnosis Codes The 1979 data used in the original formation of the CC list often did not have the manifestations of a chronic disease fully coded. As a result, the CC list included many chronic diseases with a broad range of manifestations. Such chronic illness diagnoses usually do not cause a significant increase in hospital resource use unless there is an acute exacerbation present or there is a significant deterioration in the underlying chronic condition. Therefore, in the revised CC list, we removed chronic diseases without a significant acute manifestation. Recognition of the impact of the chronic disease is accomplished by separately coding the acute manifestation. For example, the mitral valve disease codes (codes 396.0 through 396.9) are assigned to the current CC list. However, unless the mitral valve abnormalities are associated with other diagnoses indicating acute deterioration, such as acute congestive heart failure, acute pulmonary edema, or respiratory failure, they would not be expected to significantly increase hospital resource use. Therefore, the revised CC list did not include the mitral valve codes. Recognition of the contribution of mitral valve disease to the complexity of hospital care would be accomplished by separately coding those diseases on the CC list that are associated with an acute exacerbation or deterioration of the mitral valve disease. The revised CC list applied the criterion that chronic diagnoses having a broad range of manifestations are not assigned to the CC list as long as there are codes available that allow the acute manifestations of the disease to be coded separately. For some diseases, there are ICD–9–CM codes that PO 00000 Frm 00020 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 explicitly include a specification of the acute exacerbation of the underlying disease. For example, for congestive heart failure, the following codes specify an acute exacerbation of the congestive heart failure: <bullet≤ 428.21, Acute systolic heart failure <bullet≤ 428.41, Acute systolic and diastolic heart failure <bullet≤ 428.43, Acute on chronic systolic heart failure <bullet≤ 428.31, Acute diastolic heart failure <bullet≤ 428.33, Acute on chronic diastolic heart failure These congestive heart failure codes are included on the revised CC List. However, the following congestive heart failure codes do not indicate an acute exacerbation and are not included in the revised CC list: <bullet≤ 428.0, Congestive heart failure not otherwise specified <bullet≤ 428.1, Left heart failure <bullet≤ 428.20, Systolic heart failure not otherwise specified <bullet≤ 428.22, Chronic systolic heart failure <bullet≤ 428.32, Chronic diastolic heart failure <bullet≤ 428.40, Systolic and diastolic heart failure <bullet≤ 428.9, Heart failure not otherwise specified As a result of this approach, most chronic diseases were not assigned to the revised CC list. In general, a significant acute manifestation of the chronic disease must be present and coded for the patient to be assigned a CC. We made exceptions for diagnosis codes that indicate a chronic disease in which the underlying illness has reached an advanced stage or is associated with systemic physiologic decompensation and debility. The presence of such advanced chronic diseases, even in the absence of a separately coded acute manifestation, significantly adds to the treatment complexity of the patient. Thus, the presence of the advanced chronic disease inherently makes the reason for admission more difficult to treat. For example, under the revised CC list, stage IV, V, or end-stage chronic renal failure (codes 585.4 through 585.6) are designated as a CC, but stage I through III chronic renal failure (codes 585.1 through 585.3) are not. For obesity, a body mass index over 35 (codes V85.35 through V85.4) is a CC, but a body mass index between 19 and 35 is not. Endstage renal failure and extreme obesity are examples of chronic diseases for which the advanced stage of the disease is clearly specified. However, for most major chronic diseases, the stage of the disease is not clearly specified in the code. These E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules codes were evaluated based on the consistency and intensity of the physiologic decompensation and debility associated with the chronic disease. For example, quadriplegia (codes 344.00 through 344.09) requires extensive care with a substantial increase in nursing services and more intensive monitoring. Therefore, quadriplegia is considered a CC in the revised CC list. c. Acute Diagnosis Codes Examples of acute diseases included on the revised CC list included acute myocardial infarction (AMI), cerebrovascular accident (CVA) or stroke, acute respiratory failure, acute renal failure, pneumonia and septicemia. These six diseases are representative of the types of illnesses we included on the revised CC list. Other acute diseases were designated as a CC if their impact on hospital resource use would be expected to be comparable to these representative acute diseases. For example, acute endocarditis was included on the CC list but urinary tract infection was not. The revised CC list is essentially comprised of significant acute disease, acute exacerbations of significant chronic diseases, advanced or end stage chronic diseases and chronic diseases associated with extensive debility. Compared to the existing CC list, the 24699 revised CC list requires a secondary diagnosis to have a consistently greater impact on hospital resource. The following Table D compares the current CC list and the revised CC list. There are 3,326 diagnosis codes on the current CC list. The CC revisions reduce the number of diagnosis codes on the CC list to 2,583. Based on the current CC list, 77.6 percent of patients have at least one CC present, using FY 2006 MedPAR data. Based on the revised CC list, the percent of patients having at least one CC present is reduced to 40.34 percent. The revised CC list increases the difference in average charges between patients with and without a CC by 56 percent ($15,236 versus $9,743). TABLE D.—COMPARISON OF CURRENT CC LIST AND REVISED CC LIST Current CC list Revised CC list 3,326 77.66 22.34 $24,538 $14,795 2,583 40.34 59.66 $31,451 $16,215 Codes designated as a CC ................................................................................................................................. Percent of patients with one or more CCs .......................................................................................................... Percent of patients with no CC ........................................................................................................................... Average charge of patients with one or more CCs ............................................................................................. Average charge of patients with no CCs ............................................................................................................ The analysis above suggests that merely reviewing and updating the CC list can lead to significant improvements in the ability of the CMS DRGs to recognize severity of illness. Although we could potentially adopt this one change to better recognize severity of illness in the CMS DRGs, we have undertaken additional analyses that further refine secondary diagnoses into MCCs, CCs and non-CCs as described below. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB d. Prior Research on Subdivision of CCs into Multiple Categories (1) Refined DRGs During the mid-1980s, CMS (then HCFA) funded a project at Yale University to revise the use of CCs in the CMS DRGs. The Yale University project mapped all secondary diagnoses that were considered a CC in the CMS DRGs into 136 secondary diagnosis groups, each of which was assigned a CC complexity level. For surgical patients, each of the 136 secondary diagnosis groups was assigned to 1 of 4 CC complexity levels (non-CC, moderate CC, MCC, and catastrophic CC). For medical patients, each of the 136 secondary diagnosis groups was assigned to 1 of 3 CC complexity levels (non-CC, moderate/MCC, and catastrophic CC). All age subdivisions and CC subdivisions in the DRGs were eliminated and replaced by the four CC subgroups for surgical patients, or the three CC subgroups for medical patients. The Yale University project did not VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 reevaluate the categorization of secondary diagnosis as a CC versus a non-CC. Only the diagnoses on the standard CC list were used to create the moderate, major, and catastrophic subgroups. All secondary diagnoses in a secondary diagnosis group were assigned the same level, and a patient was assigned to the subgroup corresponding to the highest level secondary diagnosis. The number of secondary diagnoses had no effect on the subgroup assigned to the patient (that is, multiple secondary diagnoses at one level did not cause a patient to be assigned to a higher subgroup). The DRG system developed by the Yale University project demonstrated that a subdivision of the CCs into multiple subclasses would improve the predictability of hospital costs. (2) 1994 Severity DRGs We also examined the work we performed in the mid-1990’s to revise the CMS DRGs to better capture severity. In 1993, we reevaluated the use of CCs within the CMS DRGs. The reevaluation excluded the CMS DRGs associated with pregnancy, newborn, and pediatric patients (MDCs 14 and 15 and DRGs defined based on age 0–17). The major CC list from the AP–DRGs that are used for Medicaid payment by New York and other States was used to identify an initial list of MCCs. Using Medicare data, we reevaluated the categorization of each secondary diagnosis as a non-CC, CC, or an MCC. PO 00000 Frm 00021 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 The end result was that 111 diagnoses that were non-CCs in the standard CMS DRGs were made a CC, 220 diagnoses that were a CC were made a non-CC, and 395 CCs were considered an MCC. All CC splits in the CMS DRGs were eliminated, and an additional 24 DRGs were merged together. The resulting base CMS DRGs were then subdivided into three, two, or no subgroups based on an analysis of Medicare data. The result was 84 DRGs with no subgroups, 124 DRGs with two subgroups, and 85 DRGs with three subgroups. An additional 63 pregnancy, newborn, and pediatric DRGs not evaluated resulted in a total of 652 DRGs. A patient was assigned to the CC subgroup corresponding to the highest level secondary diagnosis. Multiple secondary diagnoses at one level did not cause a patient to be assigned to a higher subgroup. The categorization of a diagnosis as non-CC, CC, or MCC was uniform across the CMS DRGs, and there were no modifications for specific DRGs. As part of the FY 1995 IPPS proposed rule, we made a complete file of the revised DRG descriptions available to the public. However, we never adopted the revised DRGs (55 FR 27756). e. Proposed Medicare Severity DRGs (MS–DRGs) We had several options in developing a refinement to the current CMS DRGs to better recognize increased resource use due to severity of illness. One E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24700 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules option would involve simply taking the work performed in 1994 and then updating it with all the code changes that have taken place since then. We were reluctant to do this because of changes in medical practices as well as the substantial change in ICD–9–CM codes since that time. Another option would be to build on current CMS DRGs which include a number of advancements that better identify medical practices and technologies. Many commenters on the FY 2007 IPPS proposed rule urged us to take the latter approach because they believed the current base CMS DRGs clearly differentiate between the complexities of varying surgical procedures and medical devices. Therefore, we chose the option of developing a new severity DRG system based on the current CMS DRGs. The development of the 1994 Severity DRGs involved three steps: <bullet≤ Consolidation of existing DRGs into base DRGs. <bullet≤ Categorization of each diagnosis as an MCC, CC, or non-CC. <bullet≤ Subdivision of each base DRG into subclasses based on CCs. We reviewed and revised each of the three steps and applied them to our current CMS DRGs to develop DRGs that better identify severity of illness among Medicare patients. We refer to this proposed system as the Medicare Severity DRGs (MS–DRGs). The purpose of the proposed MS–DRGs is to more accurately stratify groups of Medicare patients with varying levels of severity. (1) Consolidation of Existing CMS DRGs Into Proposed Base MS–DRGs The first step in our process was the consolidation of existing CMS DRGs into new proposed base MS–DRGs. We combined together the 115 pairs of CMS DRGs that are subdivided based on the presence of a CC. We further consolidated the CMS DRGs that are split on the basis of a major cardiovascular condition, AMI with and without major complication (CMS DRGs 121 and 122), and cardiac catheterization with and without complex diagnoses (CMS DRGs 124 and 125). We also consolidated the three pairs of burn CMS DRGs that were defined based on the presence of a CC or a significant trauma (CMS DRGs 506 and 507; 508 and 509; and 510 and 511). Next, we consolidated the 43 pediatric CMS DRGs that are defined based on age less than or equal to 17. These pediatric CMS DRGs contain a very low volume of Medicare patients. As shown in Table 10 of the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 48318), only two of these pediatric CMS DRGs contained more than 100 patients (CMS DRGs 298 and 333). Seventeen of these pediatric DRGs had no patients (CMS DRGs 30, 33, 41, 48, 54, 58, 137, 252, 255, 282, 330, 340, 343, 393, 405, 446, and 448). As we have stated frequently, our primary focus in maintaining the CMS DRGs is to serve the Medicare population. We do not have the data or the expertise to maintain the DRGs in clinical areas that are not relevant to the Medicare population. We continue to encourage users of the CMS DRGs (or MS–DRGs if adopted) to make relevant adaptations if they are being used for a non-Medicare patient population. In addition to the pediatric CMS DRGs defined by the age of the patient, there are a number of CMS DRGs that relate primarily to the pediatric or adult population that have very low volume in the Medicare population, such as male sterilization, tubal interruptions, circumcisions, tonsillectomies, and myringotomies. These CMS DRGs were consolidated into the most clinically similar proposed MS–DRG. Over the past two decades, the site of service for some elective procedures such as carpal tunnel release, cataract extraction, and laparoscopy has shifted from the inpatient to the outpatient setting, resulting in the CMS DRGs associated with these procedures having very low volume. These CMS DRGs were also consolidated into the most clinically similar proposed MS–DRG. In addition, there were some clinically related CMS DRGs that had significant Medicare patient volume but had no significant difference in resource use. For example, thyroid (CMS DRG 290) and parathyroid (CMS DRG 289) procedures were virtually identical in terms of hospital resource use and were, therefore, consolidated. In total, 34 of these CMS DRGs were consolidated. The DRG consolidations are summarized in Table E below. Four pairs of proposed MS–DRGs (223 and 224; 228 and 229; 323 and 324; and 551 and 552) were defined based on the presence of a CC or some other condition. For example, proposed MS– DRG 323 is defined based on the presence of a CC or the performance of extracorporeal shock wave lithotripsy. For these proposed MS–DRGs, the CC condition was removed and the pair of DRGs remains separate but defined based only on the other condition (that is, proposed MS–DRG 323 became urinary stones with extracorporeal shock wave lithotripsy). As was done in the 1994 severity DRG work, we did not consolidate any of the CMS DRGs for maternity or newborn cases. Before proceeding further, we made one additional change to a base DRG assignment after completing these consolidations. We assigned cranialfacial bone procedures to a proposed new base DRG (Cranial/Facial Bone Procedures). These cases were previously assigned to DRGs 52 and 55 through 63. Table E below shows how DRGs in the CMS DRGs (Version 24.0) were consolidated into proposed new base MS–DRGs. We refer readers to section II.D.2. of the preamble of this proposed rule for a detailed discussion of CCs and MCCs under the proposed MS–DRGs. TABLE E.—DRG CONSOLIDATION Proposed 2008 MSDRG DRG description 6 ..................... 7,8 .................. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB CMS-DRG Version 24.0 Carpal Tunnel Release .................................................... Peripheral & Cranial Nerve & Other Nervous System Procedure. 40 41 42 36 38 39 42 ................... ................... ................... ................... Retinal Procedures ........................................................... Primary Iris Procedures ................................................... Lens Procedures with or without Vitrectomy ................... Intraocular Procedures Except Retina, Iris & Lens ......... 116 117 Intraocular Procedures with and without CC/MCC. 43 ................... 46,47,48 ......... Hyphema .......................................................................... Other Disorders of the Eye .............................................. 124 125 Other Disorders of the Eye with and without MCC. VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00022 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 Proposed new base MS-DRGs description Peripheral & Cranial Nerve & Other Nervous System Procedure with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC. E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules 24701 TABLE E.—DRG CONSOLIDATION—Continued Proposed 2008 MSDRG DRG description 50 ................... 51 ................... Sialoadenectomy .............................................................. Salivary Gland Procedures Except Sialoadenectomy ..... 139 Salivary Gland Procedures. 52 ................... 55 ................... Cleft Lip & Palate Repair ................................................. Miscellaneous Ear, Nose, Mouth & Throat Procedures .. 133 134 Other Ear, Nose, Mouth & Throat O.R. Procedures with and without CC/MCC. 56 ................... 57,58 .............. 59,60 .............. 61,62 .............. 63 ................... Rhinoplasty ....................................................................... Tonsillectomy & Adenoidectomy Procedure, Except Tonsillectomy &/or Adenoidectomy Only. Tonsillectomy &/or Adenoidectomy Only ......................... Myringotomy with Tube Insertion ..................................... Other Ear, Nose, Mouth & Throat O.R. Procedures ....... Epiglottitis ......................................................................... Otitis Media & Upper Respiratory Infection ..................... Laryngotracheitis .............................................................. 131 132 New DRG—Cranial/Facial Bone Procedures with and without CC/MCC. 67 ................... 68,69,70 ......... 71 ................... 152 153 Otitis Media & Upper Respiratory Infection with and without MCC. 72 ................... 73,74 .............. Nasal, Trauma & Deformity ............................................. Other Ear, Nose, Mouth & Throat Diagnoses ................. 154 155 156 Other Ear, Nose, Mouth & Throat Diagnoses with MCC, with CC, without CC/MCC. 185,186 .......... 187 ................. Dental & Oral Diseases Except Extractions & Restorations. Dental Extractions & Restorations ................................... 157 158 159 Dental & Oral Diseases with MCC, with CC, without CC/ MCC. 199 ................. 200 ................. Hepatobiliary Diagnostic Procedure for Malignancy ........ Hepatobiliary Diagnostic Procedure for Non-Malignancy 420 421 422 Hepatobiliary Diagnostic Procedures with MCC, with CC, without CC/MCC. 244,245 .......... 246 ................. Bone diseases & Specific Arthropathies .......................... Non-Specific Arthropathies .............................................. 553 554 Bone Diseases & Arthropathies with and without MCC. 259,260 .......... 261 ................. 262 ................. Subtotal Mastectomy for Malignancy * ............................ Breast Procedures for Non-Malignancy Except Biopsy & Local Excision. Breast Biopsy & Local Excision for Non-Malignancy ...... 584 585 Breast Biopsy, Local Excision & Other Breast Procedures with and without CC/MCC. 267 ................. 268 ................. 269,270 .......... Perianal & Pilonidal Procedures ...................................... Skin, Subcutaneous Tissue & Breast Plastic Procedures Other Skin, Subcutaneous Tissue & Breast Procedure .. 579 580 581 Other Skin, Subcutaneous Tissue & Breast Procedures with MCC, with CC, without CC/MCC. 289 290 291 294 295 ................. ................. ................. ................. ................. Parathyroid Procedures ................................................... Thyroid Procedures .......................................................... Thyroglossal Procedures ................................................. Diabetes ≤ 35 ................................................................... Diabetes < 35 ................................................................... 625 626 627 637 638 639 Thyroid, Parathyroid & Thyroglossal Procedures with MCC, with CC, without CC/MCC. 338 ................. 339,340 .......... Testes Procedures for Malignancy .................................. Testes Procedures, Non-Malignancy ............................... 711 712 Testes Procedures with and without CC/MCC. 342,343 .......... Circumcision ..................................................................... ................ Procedure 64.0 changed to non-O.R. Cases with only this procedure will go to medical DRGs. 351 ................. 352 ................. Sterilization, Male ............................................................. Other Male Reproductive System Diagnoses .................. 729 730 Other Male Reproductive System Diagnoses with and without CC/MCC. 361 362 363 364 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB CMS-DRG Version 24.0 ................. ................. ................. ................. Laparoscopy & Incisional Tubal Interruption ................... Endoscopic Tubal Interruption ......................................... D&C, Conization & Radio-Implant, for Malignancy .......... D&C, Conization Except for Malignancy .......................... History of Malignancy with Endoscopy ............................ 744 745 D&C, Conization, Laparascopy & Tubal Interruption with and without CC/MCC. 411 ................. 412 ................. 413,414 .......... History of Malignancy without Endoscopy ....................... Other Myeloproliferative Disease or Poorly Differentiated Neoplasm Diagnosis. 843 844 845 Other Myeloproliferative Disease or Poorly Differentiated Neoplasm Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, without CC/ MCC. VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00023 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 Proposed new base MS-DRGs description Diabetes with MCC, with CC, without CC/MCC. E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24702 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules TABLE E.—DRG CONSOLIDATION—Continued Proposed 2008 MSDRG CMS-DRG Version 24.0 DRG description 465 ................. 466 ................. Aftercare with History of Malignancy as Secondary Diagnosis. Aftercare without History of Malignancy as Secondary Diagnosis. 949 950 Proposed new base MS-DRGs description Aftercare with and without CC/MCC. *Codes 85.22 and 85.23 in CMS DRGs 259 and 260 were moved to proposed MS-DRG 582 and 583. As summarized in the Table F, the consolidation resulted in the formation of 335 proposed base MS–DRGs. TABLE F.—CONSOLIDATION OF CURRENT CMS DRGS INTO PROPOSED MS–DRGS Number mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Current CMS DRGs ...................... Elimination of CC subgroups ........ Elimination of MCC subgroups ..... Elimination of CC complexity subgroups ....................................... Elimination of age 0–17 subgroups ....................................... Consolidation due to volume or resource similarity ..................... New DRG ..................................... Revised Base DRGs .................... Newborn, maternity and error DRGs ........................................ Base DRGs for severity subdivision ............................................ 538 -114 -7 -5 -43 -34 +1 311 +24 335 The end result of the consolidation of the CMS DRGs in the proposed MS– DRGs was similar to the consolidation performed in the 1994 severity DRGs. The 1994 DRG consolidations resulted in 356 base DRGs plus 2 error DRGs. The number of the 1994 base DRGs is different because new CMS DRGs have been added since 1994, the 43 age 0–17 pediatric CMS DRGs were not consolidated, and some of the volume shifts to outpatient care had not yet occurred in 1994. In the 1994 severity DRGs, 24 DRGs were consolidated due to volume or resource similarity. Sixteen of these 1994 DRG consolidations are included in the 34 consolidations done in the 2007 consolidations. However, due to concerns expressed by our physician consultants, 8 of the DRG consolidations from 1994 were not done. For example, interstitial lung disease (DRGs 92 and 93) was not consolidated with simple pneumonia and pleurisy (DRGs 89, 90, 91) as was done in the 1994 consolidations. (2) Categorization of Diagnoses We decided to establish three different levels of CC severity into which we would subdivide the VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 diagnosis codes. The proposed three levels are MCC, CC, and non-CC. Diagnosis codes classified as MCCs reflect the highest level of severity. The next level of severity includes diagnosis codes classified as CCs. The lowest level is for non-CCs. Non-CCs are diagnosis codes that do not significantly affect severity of illness and resource use. Therefore, secondary diagnoses that are non-CCs do not affect the DRG assignment under either the current CMS DRGs or the proposed MS–DRGs. The categorization of diagnoses as an MCC, CC, or non-CC was accomplished using an iterative approach in which each diagnosis was evaluated to determine the extent to which its presence as a secondary diagnosis resulted in increased hospital resource use. In order to begin this iterative process, we started with an initial categorization of each diagnosis as an MCC, CC, or non-CC. As noted previously the 1994 CC revision began by separating CCs into MCC and CC based on the AP–DRG major CCs. One way to begin this iterative process would have been to use the 1994 CC categorization. However, the 1994 CC categorization was based on FY 1992 data and ICD–9–CM diagnosis codes, which now are 15 years old. Since 1992, 1,897 new diagnoses codes have been added, and 346 diagnoses codes have been deleted. Because the revised CC list (explained in section II.C.2.a. of this preamble) was based on current ICD–9– CM codes and used recent data, we decided to utilize the revised CC list rather than the 1994 categorization as our starting point for determining whether each secondary diagnosis should be an MCC, a CC, or a non-CC. The revised CC list categorizes each diagnosis as a CC or a non-CC. We decided to use this list in combination with the categorization under the AP– DRGs and the APR DRGs. The AP–DRGs and the APR–DRGs are updated annually with current codes and provide a good comparison source to use with the revised CC list. We designated as an MCC any diagnosis that was a CC in the revised CC list and was an AP–DRG major CC and was an PO 00000 Frm 00024 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 APR DRG default severity level 3 (major) or 4 (extensive). We designated as a non-CC any diagnosis that was a non-CC in the revised CC list and was an AP–DRG non-CC and was an APR DRG default severity level of 1 (minor). Any diagnoses that did not meet either of the above two criteria was designated as a CC. The only exception to our approach was for diagnoses related to newborns, maternity, and congenital anomalies. These diagnoses are very low volume in the Medicare population and were not reviewed for purposes of creating the revised CC list. We used the APR DRGs to categorize these diagnoses. For newborn, obstetric, and congenital anomaly diagnoses, we designated the APR DRG default severity level 3 (major) and 4 (extreme) diagnoses as an MCC, the APR–DRG default severity level 2 (moderate) diagnoses as a CC, and the APR DRG default severity 1 (minor) diagnoses as a non-CC. Table G summarizes the number of codes in each CC category. TABLE G.—INITIAL CATEGORIZATION OF CC CODES Number of codes MCC .............................................. CC ................................................. Non-CC ......................................... 1,096 4,221 8,232 Total ....................................... 13,549 This initial CC categorization of diagnosis codes was used to begin the iterative process of determining the proposed final CC categorization for each diagnosis code. (3) Additional CC Exclusions For some CMS DRGs, the presence of specific secondary diagnoses affects the base DRG assignment. For example, in MDC 5 (Diseases and Disorders of the Circulatory System), the presence of an AMI code as the principal diagnosis or as a secondary diagnosis will cause the patient to be assigned to the AMI DRGs (CMS DRGs 121 through 123). Therefore, if the AMI code is present as E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules a secondary diagnosis, it should not be used to assign the CC category for a patient because it is redundant within the definition of the base DRG. Similarly, for MDC 24 (Multiple Significant Trauma), specific combinations of significant trauma as principal or secondary diagnosis cause the assignment to the multiple trauma DRGs (CMS DRGs 484 through 487). Therefore, any secondary diagnosis of trauma is redundant with the definition of the multiple trauma DRGs and should not be used to determine the CC category for a patient. Any secondary diagnoses that are used to assign a specific proposed base MS–DRG were excluded from the determination of the CC category for patients assigned to that proposed base MS–DRG. (4) Analysis of Secondary Diagnoses The 311 proposed base MS-DRGs (335 total base DRGs minus the MDC 14, MDC 5, and error DRGs) were subdivided into three CC subgroups. Patients were assigned to the subgroup corresponding to the most extreme CC present). All but four of the proposed base MS-DRGs had strictly monotonically increasing average charges across the three CC subgroups (that is, average charges progressively increased from the non-CC to the CC to 24703 the MCC subgroups). The four proposed MS-DRGs that failed to have monotonically increasing charges all had at least one CC subgroup with very low volume. For example, the non-CC subgroup for the pancreas transplant DRG (CMS DRG 513) had only 2 cases. The overall statistics by CC subgroup for the 311 proposed base MS-DRG is contained in Table H. Patients in the MCC subgroup have average charges that are nearly double the average charge for patients in the CC subgroup. The CC subgroup with the largest number of patients is the non-CC subgroup with 41.1 percent of the patients. TABLE H.—OVERALL STATISTICS FOR PROPOSED MS–DRGS EXCLUDING THOSE IN MDCS 14 AND 15 Number of cases CC subgroup Major ............................................................................................................................................ CC ................................................................................................................................................ Non-CC ........................................................................................................................................ In order to evaluate the initial assignment of secondary diagnoses to the three CC subclasses, we devised a system that determined the impact on resource use of each secondary diagnosis. For each secondary diagnosis, we measured the impact in resource use for the following three subsets of patients: (a) Patients with no other secondary diagnosis or with all other secondary diagnoses that are non-CCs. (b) Patients with at least one other secondary diagnosis that is a CC but none that is an MCC. Meaning 0 .......... Significantly below expected value for the non-CC subgroup. Approximately equal to expected value for the non-CC subgroup. Approximately equal to expected value for the CC subgroup. Approximately equal to expected value for the MCC subgroup. 3 .......... 2,604,696 4,293,744 4,818,411 22.2 36.6 41.1 Meaning 4 .......... Value 2 .......... Average charges Value (c) Patients with at least one other secondary diagnosis that is an MCC. Numerical resource impact values were assigned for each diagnosis as follows: 1 .......... Percent $44,246 24,131 18,435 Significantly above the expected value for the MCC subgroup. Each diagnosis for which Medicare data were available was evaluated to determine its impact on resource use and to determine the most appropriate CC subclass (non-CC, CC, or MCC) assignment. In order to make this determination, the average charge for each subset of cases was compared to the expected charge for cases in that subset. The following format was used to evaluate each diagnosis: ODE mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Code Diagnosis Cnt1 Count (Cnt) is the number of patients in each subset and C1, C2, and C3 are a measure of the impact on resource use of patients in each of the subsets. The C1, C2, and C3 values are a measure of the ratio of average charges for patients with these conditions to the expected average charge across all cases. The C1 value reflects a patient with no other secondary diagnosis or with all other secondary diagnoses that are non-CCs. The C2 value reflects a patient with at least one other secondary diagnosis that is a CC but none that is a major CC. The C3 value reflects a patient with at least one other secondary diagnosis that is a major CC. A value close to 1.0 in the C1 field would suggest that the code produces the same expected value as a VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 C1 Cnt2 non-CC diagnosis. That is, average charges for the case are similar to the expected average charges for that subset and the diagnosis is not expected to increase resource usage. A higher value in the C1 (or C2 and C3) field suggests more resource usage is associated with the diagnosis and an increased likelihood that it is more like a CC or major CC than a non-CC. Thus, a value close to 2.0 suggests the condition is more like a CC than a non-CC but not as significant in resource usage as an MCC. A value close to 3.0 suggests the condition is expected to consume resources more similar to an MCC than a CC or non-CC. For example, a C1 value of 1.8 for a secondary diagnosis means that for the subset of patients who have PO 00000 Frm 00025 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 C2 Cnt3 C3 the secondary diagnosis and have either no other secondary diagnosis present, or all the other secondary diagnoses present are non-CCs, the impact on resource use of the secondary diagnoses is greater than the expected value for a non-CC by an amount equal to 80 percent of the difference between the expected value of a CC and a non-CC (that is, the impact on resource use of the secondary diagnosis is closer to a CC than a non-CC). Table I below shows examples of the results. E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24704 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules TABLE I.—EXAMPLES OF IMPACT ON RESOURCE USE OF SECONDARY DIAGNOSES Code Cnt1 401.1, Benign essential hypertension .............................. 530.81, Esophageal reflux ................................................ 560.1, Paralytic Ileus ........................................................ 491.20, Obstructive chronic bronchitis ............................. 410.71, Subendocardial infarction initial episode ............. 518.81, Acute respiratory failure ...................................... The resource use impact reports were produced for all diagnoses except obstetric, newborn, and congenital anomalies (10,690 diagnoses). These mathematical constructs were used as guides in conjunction with the C1 12,308 294,673 10,651 7,003 1,657 5,332 CntC2 0.955 0.986 1.466 1.416 2.245 2.096 40,113 917,058 87,788 32,276 30,226 118,937 judgment of our clinical staff to classify each secondary diagnosis reviewed as an MCC, CC or non-CC. Our clinical panel reviewed the resource use impact reports and modified 14.9 percent of the initial CC subclass assignments as C2 Cnt3 1.715 1.639 2.320 2.193 2.778 2.936 C3 5,297 122,076 51,303 13,355 42,862 223,054 2.384 2.302 3.226 3.035 3.232 3.337 CC subclass Non-CC. Non-CC CC CC MCC MCC summarized in Table J below. The rows in the table are the initial CC subclass categories and the columns are the final CC subclass categories. TABLE J.—CC SUBCLASS MODIFICATIONS Final CC subclass Initial CC subclass Total MCC CC MCC ............................................................................... CC .................................................................................. Non-CC .......................................................................... 847 542 0 Total ........................................................................ Percent ........................................................................... 1,389 13.0 Of the diagnoses initially designated as an MCC, 6.8 percent were made a CC (62/909), and of the diagnoses initially designated as non-CC, 4.6 percent were made a CC (272/5,923). The major shift occurred in the diagnoses initially assigned to the CC subclass. Fourteen percent of the diagnoses initially designated as a CC were made an MCC (542/3858), and 19.1 percent of the diagnoses initially designated a CC were made a non-CC (737/3,858). In determining the CC subclass assigned to a diagnosis, imprecise codes were, in general, not assigned to the MCC or CC subclass. For example, the congestive heart failure codes have the following CC subclass assignments: mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Code 428.21, Acute systolic heart failure. 428.41, Acute systolic & diastolic heart failure. 428.43, Acute on chronic systolic heart failure. 428.31, Acute diastolic heart failure. 428.33, Acute on chronic diastolic heart failure. 428.1, Left heart failure ......... 428.20, Systolic heart failure NOS. 428.22, Chronic systolic heart failure. VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 CC subclass assignment MCC MCC MCC MCC MCC CC CC CC Jkt 223001 62 2,579 272 0 737 5,651 2,913 27.2 6,388 59.8 CC subclass assignment Code 428.32, Chronic diastolic heart failure. 428.40, Systolic & diastolic heart failure. 428.0, Congestive heart failure NOS. 428.9, Heart failure NOS ...... CC CC NonCC Non-CC The acute heart failure codes are MCCs, and the chronic heart failure codes are CCs. However, Not Otherwise Specified (NOS) heart failure codes are non-CCs. Thus, the precise type of heart failure must be specified in order for an MCC or CC to be assigned. There are currently 13,549 ICD–9-CM diagnosis codes. The External Cause of Injury and Poisoning codes (E800— E999) and congenital codes were not included in our current CC review for the proposed MS-DRGs. We excluded the External Cause of Injury and Poisoning codes (E codes) from consideration as an MCC or a CC because they describe how an injury occurred, and not the exact nature of the injury. For instance, if a patient fell on the deck of a boat and fractured his or her skull, one would assign an E code to describe the fall on the boat. A separate diagnosis code would be assigned to describe the exact nature of any resulting injury such as a contusion, fractured bone, or skull fracture and PO 00000 Frm 00026 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 Percent Non-CC 909 3,858 5,923 8.5 36.1 55.4 10,690 ........................ ........................ ........................ concussion. A patient would be assigned to a severity level based on the exact nature of the injury and not the manner in which the injury occurred. Therefore, we decided not to classify any of the E codes as either an MCC or a CC. The congenital codes describe abnormalities when a baby is born. At times, a beneficiary may live with these congenital abnormalities for years without a problem. The congenital abnormalities may later lead to complications that require hospital admissions. Should these congenital abnormalities lead to medical problems that result in a hospital admission for a Medicare beneficiary, the exact nature of the condition being treated would also be assigned a code. This more precise code would be evaluated to determine whether or not it was an MCC or a CC. Therefore, we decided not to classify congenital abnormality codes as an MCC or a CC, but to instead use the other reported diagnosis codes that better describe the reason for the admission. Excluding the external cause of injury codes, we reviewed 10,690 diagnosis codes. As was done in our 1994 severity proposal, diagnoses that were closely associated with patient mortality were assigned different CC subclasses, depending on whether the patient lived or died. These diagnoses are: <bullet≤ 427.41, Ventricular fibrillation E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules <bullet≤ 427.5, Cardiac arrest <bullet≤ 785.51, Cardiogenic shock <bullet≤ 785.59, Other shock without mention of trauma <bullet≤ 799.1, Respiratory arrest Resource use for patients with these diagnoses who were discharged alive was consistent with an MCC. Resource use for patients with these diagnoses who died was consistent with a non-CC. Further, most patients who died could legitimately have one of these diagnoses coded. As a result, these diagnoses are assigned an MCC subclass for patients who lived and a non-CC subclass for patients who died. For some secondary diagnoses assigned to the CC subclass, our medical consultants identified specific clinical situations in which the diagnosis should not be considered a CC. In such clinical situations, the CC exclusion list was used to exclude the secondary diagnosis from consideration in determining the CC subgroup essentially making the secondary diagnosis a non-CC. For example, primary cardiomyopathy (code 425.4) is designated as a CC. However, for patients admitted for congestive heart failure, our medical consultants believed that primary cardiomyopathy should be treated as a non-CC. In order to accomplish that, the congestive heart failure principal diagnoses were added to the CC exclusion list for primary cardiomyopathy as a secondary diagnosis. The list of diagnosis codes that we are proposing to classify as an MCC is included in Table 6J in the Addendum of this proposed rule. The diagnosis codes that we are proposing to classify as a CC are included in Table 6K in the Addendum of this proposed rule. The proposed E-codes, which are diagnosis codes used to classify external causes of injury and poisoning, are not included in this list. All proposed E-codes are designated as non-CCs under the current CMS DRG system and our evaluation supports this non-CC designation as appropriate. 3. Dividing Proposed MS–DRGs on the Basis of the CCs and MCCs In developing the proposed MS– DRGs, two of our major goals were to create DRGs that would more accurately reflect the severity of the cases assigned to them and to create groups that would have sufficient volume so that meaningful and stable payment weights could be developed. As noted above, we excluded the CMS DRGs in MDCs 14 and 15 from consideration because these DRGs are low volume. As stated previously, we do not have the expertise or data to maintain the CMS DRGs for newborns, pediatric, and maternity patients. We continue to maintain MDCs 14 and 15 without modification in order to have MS–DRGs available for these patients in the rare instance where there is a Medicare beneficiary admitted for maternity or newborn care. In designating a proposed MS–DRG as one that will be subdivided into subgroups based on the presence of a CC or MCC, we developed a set of criteria to facilitate our decision-making process. In order to warrant creation of a CC or major CC subgroup within a base MS–DRG, the subgroup had to meet all of the following five criteria: <bullet≤ A reduction in variance of charges of at least 3 percent. <bullet≤ At least 5 percent of the patients in the MS–DRG fall within the CC or MCC subgroup. <bullet≤ At least 500 cases are in the CC or MCC subgroup. <bullet≤ There is at least a 20-percent difference in average charges between subgroups. <bullet≤ There is a $4,000 difference in average charge between subgroups. Our objective in developing these criteria was to create homogeneous subgroups that are significantly different from one another in terms of resource use, that have enough volume to be meaningful, and that improve our ability to explain variance in resource use. These criteria are essentially the same criteria we used in our 1994 severity analysis. To begin our analysis, we subdivided each of the base MS–DRGs into three subgroups: non-CC, CC, and MCC. Each subgroup was then analyzed in relation to the other two subgroups using the volume, charge, and reduction in variance criteria. The criteria were 24705 applied in the following hierarchical manner: <bullet≤ If a three-way subdivision met the criteria, we subdivided the base MS–DRG into three CC subgroups. <bullet≤ If only one type of two-way subdivisions met the criteria, we subdivided the base MS–DRG into two CC subgroups based on the type of twoway subdivision that met the criteria. <bullet≤ If both types of two-way subdivisions met the criteria, we subdivided the base MS–DRG into two CC subgroups based on the type of twoway subdivision with the highest R2 (most explanatory power to explain the difference in average charges). <bullet≤ Otherwise, we did not subdivide the base MS–DRG into CC subgroups. For any given base MS–DRG, our evaluation in some cases showed that a subdivision between a non-CC and a combined CC/MCC subgroup was all that was warranted (that is, there was not a great enough difference between the CC and MCC subgroups to justify separate CC and MCC subgroups). Conversely, in some cases, even though an MCC subgroup was warranted, there was not a sufficient difference between the non-CC and CC subgroups to justify separate non-CC and CC subgroups. Based on this methodology, a base MS–DRG may be subdivided according to the following three alternatives, rather than the current ‘‘with CC’’ and ‘‘without CC’’ division. <bullet≤ DRGs with three subgroups (MCC, CC, and non-CC). <bullet≤ DRGs with two subgroups consisting of an MCC subgroup but with the CC and non-CC subgroups combined. We refer to these groups as ‘‘with MCC’’ and ‘‘without MCC.’’ <bullet≤ DRGs with two subgroups consisting of a non-CC subgroup but with the CC and MCC subgroups combined. We refer to these two groups as ‘‘with CC/MCC’’ and ‘‘without CC/ MCC.’’ As a result of the application of these criteria, 745 proposed MS–DRGs were created as shown in the following table. TABLE K.—NUMBER OF CC SUBGROUPS Number of proposed base MS–DRGs mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Subgroups Number of proposed MS– DRGs 53 152 63 43 311 22 53 456 126 86 721 22 No Subgroups .......................................................................................................................................................... Three subgroups ...................................................................................................................................................... Two subgroups: major CC and CC; non-CC .......................................................................................................... Two subgroups: non-CC and CC; major CC .......................................................................................................... Subtotal .................................................................................................................................................................... MDC 14 .................................................................................................................................................................... VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00027 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24706 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules TABLE K.—NUMBER OF CC SUBGROUPS—Continued Number of proposed base MS–DRGs Number of proposed MS– DRGs Error DRGs .............................................................................................................................................................. 2 2 Total .................................................................................................................................................................. 335 745 Subgroups The 745 proposed MS–DRGs represent an increase over the 652 DRGs created in our 1994 CC revision analysis. The increase in the number of DRGs is primarily the result of an increase in the number of proposed base MS–DRGs that are subdivided into three CC subgroups. The distribution of patients across the different types of CC subdivisions is contained in Table L below. The table shows that 51.7 percent of the patients are assigned to base MS–DRGs with three CC subgroups, and only 11.8 percent of the patients are assigned to base MS–DRGs with no CC subgroups. TABLE L.—DISTRIBUTION OF PATIENTS BY TYPE OF CC SUBDIVISION CC subdivision None ................. (MCC and CC), Non-CC ......... MCC, (CC and Non-CC) ........ MCC, CC, and Non-CC ......... Count Percent 1,382,810 11.8 629,639 5.4 3,650,321 31.2 6,054,081 51.7 CMS DRGs, the MS–DRGs with all 311 base MS–DRGs subdivided into 3 CC subgroups, and the MS–DRGs collapsed into 745 DRGs. Table L below shows that the R2 for the proposed MS–DRGs with all 311 base MS–DRGs subdivided into 3 CC subgroups (957 DRGs composed of 311 base MS–DRGs subdivided into 3 CC subgroups plus an additional 22 MDC 14 and MDC 15 DRGs as well as 2 error DRGs) is 10.62 percent higher than the current CMS DRGs. Collapsing the 957 proposed MS– DRGs down to 745 proposed MS–DRGs lowers this increase in R2 slightly to 9.41 percent. Although adopting a 3way split for each base MS–DRG would produce a DRG system with higher explanatory power, the 957 MS–DRGs would not meet the criteria we specified above for subdividing each base DRG. The criteria we specified above would create a monotonic DRG system. We believe that the value of having a monotonic DRG system outweighs the slight decrease in explanatory power. For this reason, we are proposing to adopt the 745 MS–DRGs. Using Medicare charge data (without applying any criteria to remove statistical outlier cases), the reduction in variance (R2) was computed for current TABLE M.—EXPLANATORY POWER (R2) FOR PROPOSED MS–DRGS R2 Current CMS DRG ... 2007 CMS Severity DRGs with 3 CC Subgroups ............. 2007 CMS Severity DRGs Collapsed to 714 DRGs ............. Percent change 36.19 ................ 40.03 10.62 39.59 9.41 4. Conclusion We believe the proposed MS–DRGs represent a substantial improvement over the current CMS DRGs in their ability to differentiate cases based on severity of illness and resource consumption. As developed, the proposed MS–DRGs increase the number of DRGs by 207, while maintaining the reasonable patient volume in each DRG. The proposed MS–DRGs increase the explanation of variance in hospital resource use relative to the current CMS DRGs by 9.41 percent. Further, the data shown below in Table N and Table O illustrate how assignment of cases to different severity of illness subclasses improves in the proposed MS–DRGs relative to the CMS DRGs. TABLE N.—OVERALL STATISTICS FOR CMS DRGS CC subclass—Current CMS DRG Percent One or more CCs .................................................................................................................................................................... Non-CC .................................................................................................................................................................................... 77.66 22.34 Average charges $24,538 14,795 TABLE O.—OVERALL STATISTICS FOR PROPOSED MS–DRGS Number of cases CC subgroup mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB MCC ................................................................................................................................................................. CC .................................................................................................................................................................... Non-CC ............................................................................................................................................................ Under the current CMS DRGs, 78 percent of cases are assigned to the highest severity levels (CC) and the remaining 22 percent are assigned to the lowest severity level (non-CC). Applying the three severity subclasses to FY 2006 VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 data would result in approximately 22 percent of patients being assigned to the severity subgroup with the highest level of severity (MCC), 41 percent being assigned to the lowest severity subclass (non-CC), and the remaining 37 percent PO 00000 Frm 00028 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 2,607,351 4,298,362 4,826,980 Percent 22.2 36.6 41.1 Average charges $44,219 24,115 18,416 being assigned to the middle severity subclass (CC). Adding the new MCC subgroup greatly enhances our ability to identify and reimburse hospitals for treating patients with high levels of severity. As Table N above shows, the E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules new subgroups also have significantly different resource requirements. The MCC subgroup contains patients with average charges almost twice as large as for those in the CC group ($44,219 compared to $24,115). In addition to resulting in improvements in the DRG system’s recognition of severity of illness, we believe the proposed MS–DRGs are responsive to the public comments that were made on last year’s IPPS proposed rule with respect to how we should undertake further DRG reform. In the FY 2007 IPPS final rule, we identified three major concerns in the public comments about our proposed adoption of CS DRGs: We received comments after the FY 2007 IPPS final rule suggesting that further adjustments are needed to the proposed DRG system. The commenters believed that the CS DRGs did not incorporate many of the changes to the DRG assignments that have been made over the year to the CMS DRGs. There was significant interest in the public comments in either revising the CS DRGs to reflect these changes or using the CMS DRGs at the starting point to better recognize severity. We believe that the proposed MS– DRGs discussed in this proposed rule are responsive to these suggestions. The proposed MS–DRGs use the CMS DRGs as the starting point for revising the DRGs to better recognize resource complexity and severity of illness. We are generally retaining all of the refinements and improvements that have been made to the base DRGs over the years that recognize the significant advancements in medical technology and changes to medical practice. At the same time, the proposed MS–DRGs greatly improve our ability to identify groups of patients with varying levels of severity. They retain all of the improvements made to the DRGs over the years, while providing a more equitable basis for hospital payment. We received many comments about the potential use of a proprietary DRG system. The comments about the CS DRGs raised compelling issues about the potential government use of a proprietary system including concerns about the availability, price, and transparency of the source code, logic and documentation of the DRG system. The commenters noted that CMS makes available these resources in the public domain for purchase through the National Technical Information Service at nominal fees to cover costs. The commenters urged CMS not to adopt a proprietary DRG system that would not be available on the same terms as the current CMS DRGs. VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 There are no proprietary issues associated with the proposed MS–DRGs in this proposed rule. The proposed MS–DRGs would be available on the same terms as the current CMS DRGs through the National Technical Information Service. We also received other comments concerning the use of CS DRGs. The commenters stated that no alternatives to CS DRGs had been evaluated. The commenters suggested that alternative DRG systems can better recognize severity than the CS DRGs and should be evaluated before CMS decides which system to adopt. We currently have a contract with the RAND Corporation to evaluate several alternative DRG systems. We believe it is premature to propose adopting one of the systems as RAND has not yet completed its evaluation. However, we believe the proposed MS–DRGs should be part of this process and have asked RAND to evaluate the proposed MS– DRGs with other DRG products that have been submitted for review. Although we are proposing to adopt the MS–DRGs for FY 2008, this decision would not preclude us from adopting any of the systems being evaluated by RAND for FY 2009. As indicated above, we believe the proposed MS–DRGs offer significant improvements to the DRG system without many of the liabilities the public commenters identified with the CS DRGs. Thus, we believe the proposed MS–DRGs offer significant improvements in recognition of severity of illness and complexity of resources and are proposing to adopt them for FY 2008. However, we are continuing our evaluation of alternative DRG systems that can better recognize severity of illness and resource consumption and have submitted the proposed MS–DRGs to RAND for further evaluation. 5. Impact of the Proposed MS–DRGs Unlike the CS DRGs we proposed last year for FY 2008, the payment impacts from the MS–DRGs we are proposing to adopt this year would largely be redistributive within each base MS– DRG. Such a result occurs because we collapse the current CC/non-CC, age and other distinctions that exist in the CMS DRGs and redivide them based on MCCs, CCs, and non-CCs. Thus, within each proposed base MS–DRG, some cases will be paid more and some less, but the base MS–DRGs are retained so there is no redistribution between types of cases as would have occurred under the proposed CS DRGs. We encourage readers to review Table 5 in the Addendum to this proposed rule for a list of the proposed MS–DRGs and the PO 00000 Frm 00029 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24707 proposed respective relative weight from the revisions we are proposing to better recognize severity of illness to better understand how payment for cases within each base MS–DRG will be affected. As indicated above, all of the severity DRG systems being evaluated by RAND can be expected to result in similar redistributions in case-mix among hospitals. The payment models used by RAND and CMS (and RTI as well) all assume static utilization. That is, payment impact models simulate the effects of a change in policy, assuming no change to Medicare utilization. Any system adopted to better recognize severity of illness with a budget neutrality constraint will result in casemix changes that can be expected to benefit urban hospitals at the expense of rural hospitals. This impact occurs because patients treated in urban hospitals are generally more severely ill than patients in rural hospitals and the CMS DRGs are not currently recognizing the full extent of these differences. Similarly, there will be differential impacts among other categories of hospitals (for example, teaching, disproportionate share, large urban, and other urban hospitals) depending on the mix of cases that each hospital treats. The impact of the proposed MS–DRGs can be expected to have similar effects on case-mix as the DRG systems being analyzed by RAND. In addition, we believe that it is important to note that the MS–DRGs are proposed to be adopted for FY 2008 at the same time that we are phasing in cost weights. In the FY 2007 IPPS final rule, we adopted cost weights over a 3-year transition period in 1⁄3 increments. Thus, the full impact of adopting cost weights will not be incorporated into IPPS payments until FY 2009. Nevertheless, we believe it is important to consider together the effect on case-mix of the fully phasedin cost weights and proposed MS–DRGs to get a complete understanding of how IPPS payment reforms would affect case-mix for different categories of hospitals from FY 2007 through FY 2009. For instance, using cost weights are estimated to increase payments to rural hospitals (see 71 FR 47917). In FY 2007, we are paying hospitals using a blend of 1⁄3 cost and 2⁄3 charge relative weights. In FY 2008, we will pay hospitals using a blend of 2⁄3 cost and 1⁄3 charge relative weights. In FY 2009, we will pay hospitals using 100 percent cost relative weights. Therefore, there will likely be some additional increases in payments to rural hospitals from the final year of the transition to fully implemented cost weights that are not E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24708 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules illustrated in the table in the impact section of this proposed rule. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 6. Changes to Case-Mix Index (CMI) From the Proposed MS–DRGs After the 1983 implementation of the IPPS DRG classification system, CMS observed unanticipated growth in inpatient hospital case-mix (the average relative weight of all inpatient hospital cases), which we use as a proxy measurement for severity of illness. We had projected the rate of growth in casemix for the period 1981 to 1984 to be 3.4 percent. The realized rate of growth during this period, which included the introduction of the IPPS, was 8.4 percent, a variance in excess of 1.6 percent per year. The unexpected growth in payments was due to increases in the hospital case-mix index (CMI) beyond the previously projected trend. Hospitals’ CMI values measure the expected treatment cost of the mix of patients treated by a particular hospital. There are three factors that determine changes in a hospital’s CMI: (a) Admitting and treating a more resource intensive patient-mix (due, for example, to technical changes that allow treatment of previously untreatable conditions and/or an aging population); (b) Providing services (such as higher cost surgical treatments, medical devices, and imaging services) on an inpatient basis that previously were more commonly furnished in an outpatient setting; and (c) Changes in documentation (more complete medical records) and coding practice (more accurate and complete coding of the information contained in the medical record). We note that changes in patient-mix and medical practice signal real changes in underlying resource utilization and cost of treatment. While these changes may have occurred in response to incentives from IPPS policies, they represent real changes in resource needs. In contrast, changes in CMI as a result of improved documentation and coding do not represent real increases in underlying resource demands. For the implementation of the IPPS in 1983, improved documentation and coding were found to be the primary cause in the underprojection of CMI increases, accounting for as much as 2 percent in the annual rate of CMI growth observed post-PPS.2 The Medicare Trustees Technical Review Panel 3 has previously 2 Carter, Grace M. and Ginsburg, Paul: The Medicare Case Mix Index Increase, Medical Practice Changes, Aging and DRG Creep, Rand, 1985. 3 Review of Assumptions and Methods of the Medicare Trustees’ Financial Projections; Technical VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 determined the annual measured change in CMI for inpatient hospital services to oscillate around an underlying real trend of 1 percent annual growth. In 1991 the Medicare specific trend in real CMI growth was found in a then-HCFA funded study 4 to be within a range of 1 to 1.4 percent. In the annual study conducted by CMS, there has been no evidence to support a real case-mix increase in excess of the annually projected 1 percent upper bound in the period. MedPAC findings have echoed this with its recent study of real casemix change finding growth rates for years 2002, 2003, and 2004 of 1 percent, 0.6 percent, and 0.4 percent, respectively.5 We believe that adoption of the MS– RGs proposed in this proposed rule would create a risk of increased aggregate levels of payment as a result of increased documentation and coding. MedPAC notes that ‘‘refinements in DRG definitions have sometimes led to substantial unwarranted increase in payments to hospitals, reflecting more complete reporting of patients’ diagnoses and procedures.’’ MedPAC further notes that ‘‘refinements to the DRG definitions and weights would substantially strengthen providers’ incentives to accurately report patients’ comorbidities and complications.’’ To address this issue, MedPAC recommended that the Secretary ‘‘project the likely effect of reporting improvements on total payments and make an offsetting adjustment to the national average base payment amounts.’’ 6 The Secretary has broad discretion under section 1886(d)(3)(A)(vi) of the Act to adjust the standardized amount so as to eliminate the effect of changes in coding or classification of discharges that do not reflect real changes in casemix. While we modeled the changes to the DRG system and relative weights to ensure budget neutrality, we are concerned that the large increase in the number of DRGs will provide opportunities for hospitals to do more accurate documentation and coding of information contained in the medical record. Coding that has no effect on payment under the current CMS DRGs may result in a case being assigned to Review Panel on the Medicare Trustees Reports, December 2000. 4 ‘‘Has DRG Creep Crept Up? Decomposing the Case Mix Index Change Between 1987 and 1988’’; Carter, Newhouse, Relles ; R–4098–HCFA/ProPAC (1991). 5 Medicare Payment Advisory Commission: Report to the Congress, March 2006 (p. 52). 6 Medicare Payment Advisory Commission: Report to Congress on Physician-Owned Specialty Hospitals, March 2005, p. 42. PO 00000 Frm 00030 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 a higher paid DRG under the proposed MS–DRGs. Thus, more accurate and complete documentation and coding may occur because it will result in higher payments under the proposed MS–DRGs. We believe the potential for more accuate and complete documentation and coding will apply equally under the acute IPPS as well as under the LTCH PPS because the same DRGs are used for both payment systems. Thus, the analysis below will apply to both the IPPS and the LTCH PPS. CMS in the past has adjusted standardized amounts under the IRF PPS to account for case-mix increases due to improvements in documentation and coding. In 2004, RAND 7 published a technical report as part of the followup to the implementation of the IRF PPS. The initial weights used within the IRF PPS were based on a mix of CY 1999 and CY 1998 data. The study reviewed the changes between this base data set and the IRF PPS implementation year of 2002. The report found that the weight per discharge for IRFs had grown by 3.4 percent between the CY 1999 data set and the CY 2002 data set. In a detailed analysis of both statistical patterns in acute stay records and directly measured coding behaviors, RAND found that the level of case-mix increase associated with documentation and coding-induced changes in the transition year ranged between 1.9 and 5.8 percent, with the upper end of the estimate associated with real declines in resource use. (We note that RAND revised its report in late 2005 to reflect an upper bound of 5.9 percent, instead of the 5.8 percent that we reported in the FY 2006 IRF PPS proposed and final rules.) We used the results of this analysis to justify a 1.9 percent adjustment to payment rates for IRFs in FY 2006 (70 FR 47904) and a 2.6 percent adjustment to payment rates for IRFs in FY 2007 (71 FR 48370), for a combined total adjustment of 4.5 percent. The implementation year was marked by the transitioning of hospitals to the IRF PPS payment based on cost reports beginning January 1, 2002, and staggered to October 1, 2002. A combination of increased familiarity with the system by providers and the staggered transition could mean that documentation and coding-induced case-mix change continued as hospitals experienced ongoing changes in the early years of the IRF PPS and as the 7 Carter, Paddock: Preliminary Analyses of Changes in Coding and Case Mix Under the Inpatient Rehabilitation Facility Prospective Payment System, RAND, 2004. E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB incentives within the system were more widely recognized. We also recognize that significant changes in IRF patient populations may be occurring as a result of recent regulatory changes, such as the phase-in of the 75 percent rule compliance percentage. We intend to continue analyzing changes in coding and case-mix closely, using the most current available data, as part of our ongoing monitoring of the IRF PPS and, based on this analysis, we intend to propose additional payment refinements for IRFs in the future as the analysis indicates such adjustments are warranted. Furthermore, as part of our analysis of this issue, we considered the recent experience of the State of Maryland with adopting the APR DRG system. Maryland introduced APR DRGs for payment for three teaching hospitals in 2000. Between State fiscal years (SFYs) 2001 and 2005,8 the remaining hospitals continued to be paid using modified CMS DRGs. In June 2004, the remaining hospitals were notified that Maryland would expand the use of APR DRGs throughout its all payer charge-per-case system beginning in July 2005. Hospitals in Maryland improved coding and documentation in response to the adoption of APR DRGs. As a result of this improved documentation and coding, reported CMI increased at a greater rate than real CMI. Given the similarity between coding incentives using the APR DRGs in Maryland and the MS–DRGs that are being proposed for Medicare, we analyzed Maryland data to develop an adjustment for improved documentation and coding. For the Maryland analysis, we assume that, in SFY 2005, those hospitals not already being paid under the APR DRG system began acting as if the transition to the new DRG logic had already taken place. This assumption is supported by the following facts: (a) Maryland hospitals were reporting to the Health Services and Cost Review Commission (HSCRC), Maryland’s governing body of its all-payer ratesetting system) using the APR DRG GROUPER in 2005; (b) hospitals were provided training in coding under the APR DRG GROUPER; (c) hospitals had access to reports based on APR DRG logic; and (d) hospitals were given large amounts of feedback as to their performance under the 8 Maryland uses a July 1 to June 30 State fiscal year. Prior to FY 2003, Maryland had a 6-month lag in the data used to calculate the hospital base casemix index and case-mix change. Maryland used 12 months data ending December even though the hospitals’ rate year was July 1 to June 30. In FY 2003, Maryland moved to what it called ‘‘Real Time Case-Mix’’ and started using 12 months data ending June 30 to calculate case-mix index and case-mix change for a rate year beginning July 1. VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 GROUPER by the HSCRC relative to peer hospitals. The incentives for Maryland hospitals are to code as completely and accurately as possible because, beginning in July 2005, all Maryland hospitals were paid using APR DRGs. SFY 2005 was an important year in Maryland, as it marked the beginning of the 2-year period of transition after which a hospital’s revenues were reduced if coding was not as complete as a peer hospital. Under the current CMS DRGs, each secondary diagnosis code is recognized as either a CC or non-CC. Hospitals in Maryland and nationally for Medicare only needed to code one secondary diagnosis as a CC when paid using CMS DRGs for the patient to be assigned to a higher weighted DRG split based on the presence or absence of a CC. Under the APR DRGs, each secondary diagnosis is designated as minor, moderate, major, or extreme. Under the proposed MS–DRGs, each secondary diagnosis is designated as a non-CC, CC, or MCC. Hospitals in Maryland have incentives under the APR DRGs to code until a case is assigned to the highest of the four severity levels within a base DRG. Under the proposed MS–DRGs, hospitals will have incentives to code until a case is assigned to one of up to three severity levels within a base DRG. Although the APR DRGs and the proposed MS–DRGs may be different, we believe that hospitals have the same incentive under both systems to code as completely as possible. For this reason, we believe that the Maryland experience is a reasonable basis for projecting behavioral changes in the wider national hospital population for the first 2 years of the MS–DRGs. We believe the analysis presented below provides a reasonable analysis of the potential growth in CMI due to improved documentation and coding. In addition to the similarity between coding incentives under the proposed MS–DRGs and the APR DRGs, we note that Maryland is an all-payer State; therefore, hospitals are paid by all third party payers—not just the State’s Medicaid program—using the APR DRGs. Coding has been very important for each hospital’s overall revenue for many years, and the incentives are uniform across all third party payers. The transition to APR DRGs was known well in advance of the actual date and, as stated above, hospitals were provided training in coding under the APR DRGs. It is reasonable to expect that hospitals’ experience with improved documentation and coding will occur over a period of at least 2 years. Thus, the experience in Maryland may be PO 00000 Frm 00031 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24709 similar to expectations for case-mix growth for the nation as a whole. Finally, in reviewing the results from Maryland, we note that three large teaching hospitals began using APR DRGs prior to SFY 2005. These facilities generally treat a wider variety of patients with higher acuity that gives them a greater potential for increasing coding under the APR DRG system than other hospitals throughout Maryland. Because these hospitals were paid using the APR DRGs earlier than other Maryland hospitals, we believe data for them need to be analyzed from an earlier time period. However, based on the consultations with the HSCRC, we believe there were special issues with one of these hospitals that may have made its case-mix growth during the early years of the transition to the APR DRGs atypical of the other teaching hospitals.9 Therefore, we did not separately analyze the data for this hospital from the earlier time period and, as stated below, included its data with the rest of Maryland hospitals. As part of its contract with CMS, 3M Health Information Systems reviewed the Maryland data in the context of our proposed changes to adopt MS–DRGs. 3M grouped Medicare cases in Maryland through both the CMS DRGs Version 24.0 and the MS–DRGs that we are proposing to adopt for FY 2008. At our request, 3M deleted two of the three early transition hospitals from the data. It compared the results of the observed growth in case-mix from these data to the same process applied to Medicare data, excluding Maryland hospitals. The MedPAR data file for Federal fiscal year (FFY) 2006 (October 2005 through September 2006) was used to create relative weights for both CMS DRG Version 24.0 and the proposed MS–DRGs. The MedPAR data file contained 12,794,280 records. In constructing the weights, the following edits were used: <bullet≤ Cases with zero covered charges or length of stay were excluded. <bullet≤ Cases with length of stay greater than 2 years were excluded. <bullet≤ Only hospitals contained in the impact file for the FY 2007 IPPS final rule were included. 9 The HSCRC informed us that it began using APR DRGs for this hospital to calculate the CMI and case-mix change to set the hospital’s charge per case target (CPC) that is used in Maryland’s all-payer ratesetting system for payment. However the HSCRC also compared the reasonableness of hospital rates and costs for this hospital relative to peer institutions using modified CMS DRGs to calculate CMI and case-mix change. This use of dual systems to calculate CMI and case-mix change made it difficult for the hospital to code aggressively in the first few years of using APR DRGs. E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24710 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules The latter criterion excluded providers reimbursed outside of the IPPS, including Maryland hospitals, from the weight calculation. 3M employed standardized charge-based relative weights developed in accordance with the CMS methodology. Cost-based weights were not used and no adjustment to the charge weights was made for application of CMS transfer and postacute care transfer payment policy. 3M further grouped 2 years of MedPAR data from FY 2004 and FY 2005, using CMS DRG Version 24.0 and the proposed MS–DRGs for hospitals nationally. Using 2 years of MedPAR data with one version of each DRG system further required 3M to make adjustments to the data to reflect revisions to ICD–9–CM codes that are made each year. MedPAR data for Maryland IPPS acute care providers within the IPPS data set were similarly assigned to the proposed MS–DRGs and CMS DRGs for FYs 2004 through 2006. Each Maryland record, exclusive of the two early transition teaching hospitals for the 3 observed years (SFY 2004 to SFY 2006), was assigned to a proposed MS–DRG based on the ICD–9– CM codes the hospital submitted. The same results were obtained from data at the national level using the proposed MS–DRGs. Further, we obtained data from the HSCRC showing the weighted average increase in case-mix for calendar years 2001 to 2003 for the two large academic medical centers that began an early transition to the APR DRGs. In addition, we also obtained case-mix increases under the CMS DRGs for FYs 2004 through 2006. The Medicare Actuary examined the data below: TABLE Q.—MARYLAND AND NATIONAL DATA USED FOR CASE-MIX ADJUSTMENT ANALYSIS FY 2005 to 2006 FY 2004 to 2006 Rest of Maryland MS–DRG CMI [Delta] ..................................................................................................... 2.30% .................. 2.57% .................. Early Transition Hospitals ............................................................................................................................ National MS–DRG CMI [Delta] .................................................................................................................... National CMS DRG CMI [Delta] .................................................................................................................. Blend of MS–DRG & CMS DRG [Delta] using 0.47 Percent for 2005 and 1.2 Percent for 2006 .............. Difference between Maryland Early Transition Hospitals and National Data ............................................. Difference between Rest of Maryland and National Data ........................................................................... Medicare Actuary Estimate (75%/25%) between Early Transition and Rest of Maryland ......................... mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB FY 2004 to 2005 4.4 0.47 -0.04 .................. .................. .................. .................. 6.7 2.65 1.20 .................. .................. .................. .................. 4.93% CY 2000 to FY 2003 11.4 3.13 1.16 1.68 9.58 3.20 4.8 The data above show that case-mix for hospitals increased by 4.93 percent from SFYs 2004 to 2006, during which Maryland adopted the APR DRGs for most hospitals. Case-mix for the two large teaching hospitals that were paid using the APR DRGs earlier than other hospitals in the State increased by 11.4 percent from SFYs 2001 to 2003. The weighted average increase in Maryland from these two categories of hospitals is 5.58 percent. Case-mix using the proposed MS–DRGs would have increased 0.47 percent in FY 2005 and 2.65 percent in FY 2006. Nationally, Medicare case-mix using the CMS DRGs decreased by 0.04 percent in FY 2005 and increased by 1.2 percent in FY 2006. The Actuary calculated a Medicare case-mix increase nationally over 2 years using a blend of these data from proposed MS–DRGs for FY 2005 and national Medicare data for FY 2006 from the CMS DRGs. The Actuary did not use either the -0.04 percent for the CMS DRGs or the 2.65 percent for the proposed MS–DRGs to create this blended case-mix because these figures appeared atypical to national trends. Therefore, the Actuary dropped one atypically high and low number from each of the 2 years of data and calculated an average increase of 1.68 percent from FY 2004 to FY 2006. These data demonstrate that the measure of average CMI for Medicare cases is VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 growing more rapidly within Maryland than nationally. Case-mix for the Maryland teaching hospitals and the rest of Maryland increased 9.58 percent and 3.20 percent more, respectively, than the national average over 2 years, suggesting that improved documentation and coding lead to perceived, but not real, changes in casemix. The Actuary noted that the case-mix increase in Maryland for two large teaching hospitals over a 2-year period was much higher in the early years of the APR DRGs than other Maryland hospitals (11.4 percent compared to 4.93 percent for the rest of Maryland). Further, teaching hospitals generally treat cases with higher acuity than other hospitals and have more opportunity to improve coding and documentation to increase case-mix than other hospitals. Teaching hospitals also represent a higher proportion of national Medicare data than they do of the data in Maryland. The two early transition teaching hospitals in Maryland account for approximately 10 percent of the Medicare discharges in Maryland. Nationally, teaching hospitals account for approximately 50 percent of Medicare discharges. Therefore, the Actuary believes that the teaching hospitals should be given a higher weight in the national data than they represent in Maryland. However, like other hospitals, teaching hospitals vary PO 00000 Frm 00032 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 in size and patient-mix and not all have the same opportunity to improve documentation and coding. Therefore, we believe the weight given to teaching hospitals should be higher than the 10 percent for the two early transition hospitals in Maryland but lower than the 50 percent of discharges that they account for in Maryland. The Actuary gave a weight of 25 percent for teaching hospitals and 75 percent for the rest of Maryland to the excess growth in casemix over the national average and estimates that an adjustment of 4.8 percent will be necessary to maintain budget neutrality for the transition to the MS–DRGs. This analyis reflects our current estimate of the necessary adjustment needed to maintain budget neutrality for improvements in documentation and coding that lead to increases in case-mix. Consistent with the statute, we will compare the actual increase in case-mix due to documentation and coding to our projection once we have actual data to revise the Actuary’s estimate and the adjustment we make to the standardized amounts. Based on the Actuary’s analysis, using the Secretary’s authority under section 1886(d)(3)(A)(vi) of the Act to adjust the standardized amount to eliminate the effect of changes in coding or classification of discharges that do not reflect real changes in case-mix, we are proposing to reduce the IPPS E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules standardized amounts by 2.4 percent each year for FY 2008 and FY 2009. We are considering proposing a 4.8 percent adjustment for FY 2008. However, we believe it would be appropriate to provide a transition because we would be making a significant adjustment to the standardized amounts. We are interested in public comments on whether we should apply the proposed adjustment in a single year, over 2 years, or in different increments than 1⁄2 of the adjustment each year. Section 1886(d)(3)(A)(vi) of the Act further gives the Secretary authority to revisit adjustments to the standardized amounts for changes in coding or classification of discharges that were based on estimates in a future year. Consistent with the statute, we will compare the actual increase in case-mix due to documentation and coding to our projection once we have actual data for FY 2008 and FY 2009 for the FY 2010 and FY 2011 IPPS rules. At that time, if necessary, we may make a further adjustment to the standardized amounts to account for the difference between our projection and actual data. Under section 123(a)(1) of Pub. L. 105–33, as amended by section 307(b) of Pub. L. 106–554, we are also proposing to adjust the DRG relative weights that are used for the LTCH PPS by -2.4 percent (0.976) in FYs 2008 and 2009 to account for the anticipated increase in case mix from improved documentation and coding. This proposed budget neutrality adjustment is necessary to ensure that estimated aggregate LTCH PPS payments would be neither greater than nor less than the estimated aggregate LTCH PPS payments that would have been made without the proposed LTC–DRG reclassification and update of the relative weights. As discussed earlier with regards to the IPPS, we have estimated that a 2.4 percent adjustment is needed to maintain budget neutrality. We believe an adjustment of at least 2.4 percent for both FYs 2008 and 2009 is appropriate under the LTCH PPS because LTCHs have an average inpatient length of stay greater than 25 days and due to the comorbidities of these patients, LTCHs will have a significantly increased opportunity to better code for these paitents under the proposed MS–LTC– DRG system. In the LTCH proposed rule (72 FR 4793) for rate year (RY) 2008, we proposed to update the LTCH standardized amounts by 0.71 percent. The proposed changes to the LTCH standardized amounts will be effective on July 1. However, the proposed changes to adopt MS–LTC–DRGs for LTCHs would not be effective until VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 October 1 if finalized. Because changes to the LTCH standardized amounts for RY 2008 are already being set through a separate rulemaking process and are effective on July 1 instead of October 1, we decided that the adjustment for increases in case mix due to improvements and documentation and coding should be applied to the LTCH relative weights rather than the standardized amounts. 7. Effect of the Proposed MS–DRGs on the Outlier Threshold To qualify for outlier payments, a case must have costs greater than Medicare’s payment rate for the case plus a ‘‘fixed loss’’ or cost threshold. The statute requires that the Secretary set the cost threshold so that outlier payments for any year are projected to be not less than 5 percent or more than 6 percent of total operating DRG payments plus outlier payments. The Secretary is required by statute to reduce the average standardized amount by a factor to account for the estimated proportion of total DRG payments made to outlier cases. Historically, the Secretary has set the cost threshold so that 5.1 percent of estimated IPPS payments are paid as outliers. The FY 2007 cost outlier threshold is $24,485. Therefore, for any given case, a hospital’s charge adjusted to cost by its hospital-specific CCR must exceed Medicare’s DRG payment by $24,485 for the case to receive cost outlier payments. Adoption of the proposed MS–DRGs will have an effect on calculation of the outlier threshold. For this proposed rule, we analyzed how the outlier threshold would be affected by adopting the proposed MS–DRGs. Using FY 2005 MedPAR data, we have simulated the effect of the proposed MS–DRGs on the outlier threshold. By increasing the number of DRGs from 538 to 745 to better recognize severity of illness, the proposed MS–DRGs would be providing increased payment that better recognizes complexity and severity of illness for cases that are currently paid as outliers. That is, many cases that are high-cost outlier cases under the current CMS DRG system would be paid using an MCC DRG under the proposed MS– DRGs and could potentially be paid as nonoutlier cases. For this reason, we expected the proposed FY 2008 outlier threshold to decline from its FY 2007 level of $24,485. We are proposing an FY 2008 outlier threshold of $23,015. In section II.A.4. of the Addendum to this proposed rule, we provide a more detailed explanation of how we determined the proposed FY 2008 cost outlier threshold. PO 00000 Frm 00033 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24711 8. Effect of the Proposed MS–DRGs on the Postacute Care Transfer Policy Existing regulations at § 412.4(a) define discharges under the IPPS as situations in which a patient is formally released from an acute care hospital or dies in the hospital. Section 412.4(b) defines transfers from one acute care hospital to another. Section 412.4(c) establishes the conditions under which we consider a discharge to be a transfer for purposes of our postacute care transfer policy. In transfer situations, each transferring hospital is paid a per diem rate for each day of the stay, not to exceed the full DRG payment that would have been made if the patient had been discharged without being transferred. The per diem rate paid to a transferring hospital is calculated by dividing the full DRG payment by the geometric mean length of stay for the DRG. Based on an analysis that showed that the first day of hospitalization is the most expensive (60 FR 45804), our policy provides for payment that is double the per diem amount for the first day (§ 412.4(f)(1)). Transfer cases are also eligible for outlier payments. The outlier threshold for transfer cases is equal to the fixed-loss outlier threshold for nontransfer cases, divided by the geometric mean length of stay for the DRG, multiplied by the length of stay for the case, plus one day. The purpose of the IPPS postacute care transfer payment policy is to avoid providing an incentive for a hospital to transfer patients to another hospital early in the patients’ stay in order to minimize costs while still receiving the full DRG payment. The transfer policy adjusts the payments to approximate the reduced costs of transfer cases. Beginning with FY 2006 IPPS, the regulations at § 412.4 specified that, effective October 1, 2005, we make a DRG subject to the postacute care transfer policy if, based on Version 23.0 of the DRG Definitions Manual (FY 2006), using data from the March 2005 update of FY 2004 MedPAR file, the DRG meets the following criteria: <bullet≤ The DRG had a geometric mean length of stay of at least 3 days; <bullet≤ The DRG had at least 2,050 postacute care transfer cases; and <bullet≤ At least 5.5 percent of the cases in the DRG were discharged to postacute care prior to the geometric mean length of stay for the DRG. In addition, if the DRG was one of a paired set of DRGs based on the presence or absence of a CC or major cardiovascular condition (MCV), both paired DRGs would be included if either one met the three criteria above. E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 24712 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules If a DRG met the above criteria based on the Version 23.0 DRG Definitions Manual and FY 2004 MedPAR data, we made the DRG subject to the postacute care transfer policy. We noted in the FY 2006 final rule that we would not revise the list of DRGs subject to the postacute care transfer policy annually unless we make a change to a specific CMS DRG. We established this policy to promote certainty and stability in the postacute care transfer payment policy. Annual reviews of the list of CMS DRGs subject to the policy would likely lead to great volatility in the payment methodology with certain DRGs qualifying for the policy in one year, deleted the next year, only to be reinstated the following year. However, we noted that, over time, as treatment practices change, it was possible that some CMS DRGs that qualified for the policy will no longer be discharged with great frequency to postacute care. Similarly, we explained that there may be other CMS DRGs that at that time had a low rate of discharges to postacute care, but which might have very high rates in the future. The regulations at § 412.4 further specify that if a DRG did not exist in Version 23.0 of the DRG Definitions Manual or a DRG included in Version 23.0 of the DRG Definitions Manual is revised, the DRG will be a qualifying DRG if it meets the following criteria based on the version of the DRG Definitions Manual in use when the new or revised DRG first became effective, using the most recent complete year of MedPAR data: <bullet≤ The total number of discharges to postacute care in the DRG must equal or exceed the 55th percentile for all DRGs; and <bullet≤ The proportion of short-stay discharges to postacute care to total discharges in the DRG exceeds the 55th percentile for all DRGs. A short-stay discharge is a discharge before the geometric mean length of stay for the DRG. A DRG also is a qualifying DRG if it is paired with another DRG based on the presence or absence of a CC or MCV that meets either of the above two criteria. The MS–DRGs that we are proposing to adopt for FY 2008 are a significant revision to the current CMS DRG system. Because the proposed new MS– DRGs are not reflected in Version 23.0 of the DRG Definitions Manual, consistent with § 412.4, we will need to recalculate the 55th percentile thresholds in order to determine which proposed MS–DRGs, if adopted, would be subject to the postacute care transfer policy. Further, under the proposed MS–DRGs, the subdivisions within the base DRGs will be different than those VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 under the current CMS DRGs. Unlike the current CMS DRGs, the proposed MS–DRGs are not divided based on the presence or absence of a CC or MCV. Rather, the proposed MS–DRGs have up to three subdivisions based on: (1) The presence of a MCC; (2) the presence a CC; or (3) the absence of either an MCC or CC. Consistent with our existing policy under which both DRGs in a CC/ non-CC pair are qualifying DRGs if one of the pair qualifies, we are proposing that each MS–DRG that shares a base MS–DRG would be a qualifying DRG if one of the MS–DRGs that shares the base DRG qualifies. We are proposing to revise § 412.4(d)(3)(ii) to codify this proposed policy. Similarly, we believe that the proposed changes to adopt MS–DRGs also necessitate a revision to one of the criteria used in § 412.4(f)(5) of the regulations to determine whether a DRG meets the criteria for payment under the ‘‘special payment methodology.’’ Under the special payment methodology, a case subject to the special payment methodology that is transferred early to a postacute care setting will be paid 50 percent of the total IPPS payment plus the average per diem for the first day of the stay. Fifty percent of the per diem amount will be paid for each subsequent day of the stay, up to the full MS–DRG payment amount. A CMS DRG is currently subject to the special payment methodology if it meets the criteria of § 412.4(f)(5). Section 412.4(f)(5)(iv) specifies that if a DRG meets the criteria specified under § 412.4(f)(5)(i) through (f)(5)(iii), any DRG that is paired with it based on the presence or absence of a CC or MCV is also subject to the special payment methodology. Given that this criterion would no longer be applicable under the proposed MS–DRGs, we are proposing to add a new § 412.4(f)(6) that includes a DRG in the special payment methodology if it is part of a CC/non-CC MCV/non-MCV pair. We are proposing to update this criterion so that it conforms to the proposed changes to adopt MS–DRGs for FY 2008. The proposed revision would make an MS– DRG subject to the special payment methodology if it shares a base MS–DRG with an MS–DRG that meets the criteria for receiving the special payment methodology. Section 412.4(f)(3) states that the postacute care transfer policy does not apply to CMS DRG 385 for newborns who die or are transferred. We are proposing to make a conforming change to this paragraph to reflect that this CMS DRG would become MS–DRG 789 (Neonates, Died or Transferred to Another Acute Care Facility) under our proposed DRG changes for FY 2008. PO 00000 Frm 00034 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 These revisions do not constitute a change to the application of the postacute care transfer policy. Therefore, any savings attributed to the postacute care transfer policy would be unchanged as a result of adopting the MS–DRGs. Consistent with section 1886(d)(4)(C)(iii) of the Act, aggregate payments from adoption of the proposed MS–DRGs cannot be greater or less than those that would have been made had we not proposed to make any DRG changes. We are also proposing technical changes to § § 412.4(f)(5)(i) and (f)(5)(iv) to correct a cross-reference and a typographical error, respectively. E. Refinement of the Relative Weight Calculation (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘DRGs: Relative Weight Calculations’’ at the beginning of your comment.) In the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 47882), effective for FY 2007, we began to implement significant revisions to Medicare’s inpatient hospital rates by basing the relative weights on hospitals’ estimated costs rather than on charges. This reform was one of several measured steps to improve the accuracy of Medicare’s payment for inpatient stays that include using costs rather than charges to set the relative weights and making refinements to the current DRGs so they better account for the severity of the patient’s condition. Prior to FY 2007, we used hospital charges as a proxy for hospital resource use in setting the relative weights. Both MedPAC and CMS have found that the limitations of charges as a measure of resource use include the fact that hospitals cross-subsidize departmental services in many different ways that bear little relation to cost, frequently applying a lower charge markup to routine and special care services than to ancillary services. In MedPAC’s 2005 Report to the Congress on PhysicianOwned Specialty Hospitals, MedPAC found that hospitals charge much more than their costs for some types of services (such as operating room time, imaging services and supplies) than others (such as room and board and routine nursing care).10 Our analysis of the MedPAC report in the FY 2007 IPPS proposed rule (71 FR 24006) produced consistent findings. In the FY 2007 IPPS proposed rule, we proposed to implement cost-based weights incorporating aspects of a 10 Medicare Payment Advisory Commission: Report to the Congress: Physician-Owned Specialty Hospitals, March 2005, p. 26. E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules methodology recommended by MedPAC, which we called the hospitalspecific relative value cost center (HSRVcc) methodology. MedPAC indicated that an HSRVcc methodology would reduce the effect of cost differences among hospitals that may be present in the national relative weights due to differences in case-mix adjusted costs. After studying Medicare cost report data, we proposed to establish 10 national cost center categories from which to compute 10 national CCRs based upon broad hospital accounting definitions. We made several important changes to the HSRVcc methodology that MedPAC recommended using in its March 2005 Report to the Congress on Physician-Owned Specialty Hospitals. We refer readers to the FY 2007 IPPS proposed rule (71 FR 24007 through 24011) for an explanation and our reasons for the modification to MedPAC’s methodology. In its public comments on the FY 2007 IPPS proposed rule, MedPAC generally agreed with the adaptations we made to its methodology, with the exception of expanding the number of distinct hospital department CCRs being used from 10 to 13 and basing the CCRs on Medicare-specific costs and charges.11 We did not finalize the HSRVcc methodology for FY 2007 because of concerns raised in the public comments on the FY 2007 IPPS proposed rule (71 FR 47882 through 47898). Rather, we adopted a cost-weighting methodology without the hospital-specific relative weight feature. We also expanded the number of distinct hospital departments with CCRs from 10 to 13. We indicated our intent to study whether to adopt the HSRVcc methodology after we had the opportunity to further consider some of the issues raised in the public comments. In the interim, we adopted a cost-weighting methodology over a 3year transition period, substantially mitigating the redistributive payment impacts illustrated in the proposed rule, while we engaged a contractor to assist us with evaluating the HSRVcc methodology. Some public commenters raised concerns about potential bias in cost weights due to ‘‘charge compression,’’ which is the practice of applying a lower percentage markup to higher cost services and a higher percentage markup to lower cost services. These commenters were concerned that our proposed weighting methodology may undervalue high cost items and overvalue low cost items if a single CCR is applied to items of widely varying costs in the same cost center. The 11 Hackbarth, Glenn: MedPAC Comments on the IPPS Rule, June 12, 2006, page 2. VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 commenters suggested that the HSRVcc methodology would exacerbate the effect of charge compression on the final relative weights. One of the commenters suggested an analytic technique of using regression analysis to identify adjustments that could be made to the CCRs to better account for charge compression. We indicated our interest in researching whether a rigorous model should allow an adjustment for charge compression to the extent that it exists. We engaged a contractor, RTI International (RTI), to study several issues with respect to the cost weights, including charge compression, and to review the statistical model provided to us by the commenter for adjusting the weights to account for it. We discuss RTI’s findings in detail below. Commenters also suggested that the cost report data used in the cost methodology are outdated, not consistent across hospitals, and do not account for the costs of newer technologies such as medical devices. However, the relationship between costs and charges (not costs alone) is the important variable in setting the relative weights under this new system. Older cost reports also do not include the hospital’s higher charges for these same medical devices. Therefore, it cannot be known whether the CCR for the more recent technologies will differ from those we are using to set the relative weights. The use of national average cost center CCRs rather than hospitalspecific CCRs may mitigate potential inconsistencies in hospital cost reporting. Nevertheless, we agree that it is important to review how hospitals report costs and charges on the cost reports and on the Medicare claims and asked RTI to further study this issue as well. In summary, we proposed to adopt HSRVcc relative weights for FY 2007 using national average CCRs for 10 hospital departments. Based on public comments concerned about charge compression and the accuracy of cost reporting, we decided not to finalize the HSRVcc methodology, but adopted costs weights without the hospital-specific feature. In response to comments from MedPAC, we expanded the number of hospital cost centers used in calculating the national CCRs from 10 to 13. Finally, we decided to implement the cost-based weighting methodology gradually, by blending the cost and charge weights over a 3-year transition period beginning with FY 2007, while we further studied many of the issues raised in the public comments. We refer readers to the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 47882) for more details on our final policy for calculating the costbased DRG relative weights. PO 00000 Frm 00035 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24713 1. Summary of RTI’s Report on Charge Compression In August 2006, we awarded a contract to RTI to study the effects of charge compression in calculating DRG relative weights. The purpose of the study was to develop more accurate estimates of the costs of Medicare inpatient hospital stays that can be used in calculating the relative weights per DRG. RTI was asked to assess the potential for bias in relative weights due to CCR differences within the 13 CCR groups used in calculating the costbased DRG relative weights and to develop an analysis plan that explored alternative methods of estimating costs, with the objective of better aligning the charges and costs used in those calculations. RTI was asked to consider methods of reducing the variation in CCRs across services within cost centers by: <bullet≤ Modifying existing cost centers and/or creating new costs centers. <bullet≤ Using statistical methods, such as the regression adjustment for charge compression. Some commenters on the FY 2007 IPPS proposed rule suggested that we use a regression adjustment to account for charge compression. As part of its contract, RTI convened a Technical Expert Panel composed of individuals representing academic institutions, hospital associations, medical device manufacturers, and MedPAC. The members of the panel met on October 27, 2006, to evaluate RTI’s analytic plan, to identify other areas that are likely to be affected by compression or aggregation problems, and to propose suggestions for adjustments for charge compression. We posted RTI’s draft interim report on the CMS Web site in March 2007. For more information, interested individuals can view RTI’s report at the following Web site: http:// cms.hhs.gov/reports/downloads/ Dalton.pdf. As the first step in its analysis, RTI compared the reported Medicare program charge amounts from the cost reports to the total Medicare charges summed across all claims filed by providers. Using cost and charge data from the most recent available Medicare cost reports and inpatient claims from IPPS hospitals, RTI was charged with performing an analysis to determine how well the MedPAR charges matched the cost report charges used to compute CCRs. The accuracy of the DRG cost estimates is directly affected by this match because MedPAR charges are multiplied by CCRs to estimate cost. RTI found consistent matching of charges E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 24714 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules from the Medicare cost report to charges grouped in the MedPAR claims for some cost centers but there appeared to be problems with others. For example, RTI found that the data between the cost report and the claims matched well for total discharges, days, covered charges, nursing unit charges, pharmacy, and laboratory. However, there appeared to be inconsistent reporting between the cost reports and the claims data for charges in several ancillary departments (medical supplies, operating room, cardiology, and radiology). For example, the data suggested that hospitals often include costs and charges for devices and other medical supplies within the Medicare cost report cost centers for Operating Room, Radiology or Cardiology instead of the Medical Supplies cost center. RTI found that some charge mismatching results from the way in which charges are grouped in the MedPAR file. Examples include the intermediate care nursing charges being grouped with intensive care nursing charges, and electroencephalography (EEG) charges being grouped with laboratory charges. RTI suggested that reclassifying intermediate care charges from the intensive care unit to the routine cost center could address the former problem. As the second step in its analysis, RTI reviewed the existing cost centers that are combined into the 13 groups used in calculating the national average CCRs. RTI identified CCRs with potential aggregation problems and considered whether separating the charge groups could result in more accurate cost conversion at the DRG level. The analysis led RTI to calculate separate CCRs for Emergency Room and Blood and Blood Administration, both of which had been included in ‘‘Other Services’’ in FY 2007. During this second step, RTI noted that a variation of charge compression is also present in inpatient nursing services because most patients are charged a single type of accommodation rate per day that is linked to the type of nursing unit (routine, intermediate, or intensive), but not to the hours of nursing services given to individual patients. Unlike the situation with charge compression in ancillary service areas, there are virtually no detailed charge codes that can distinguish patient nursing care use. Therefore, any potential bias cannot be empirically evaluated or adjustments made without additional data. Next, RTI examined individual revenue codes within the cost centers and used regression analysis to determine whether certain revenue VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 codes in the same cost center had significantly different markup rates. Those revenue codes include devices, prosthetics, implants within the Medical Supplies cost center, IV Solutions within the Drugs cost center, CT scanning and MRI within the Radiology cost center, Cardiac Catheterization within the Cardiology cost center, and Intermediate Care Units within the Routine Nursing Care cost center. Devices, prosthetics, and implants within the Medical Supplies cost center have a lower markup and, as a result, a higher CCR than the remainder of the medical supplies group according to RTI’s analysis. Within the Drugs CCR, IV Solutions have a much higher markup and much lower CCR than the other drugs included in the category. Within the Radiology CCR, CT scanning and MRI have higher markups and lower CCRs than the remaining radiology services. RTI’s results for Cardiac Catheterization and Intermediate Care Units were ambiguous due to data problems. RTI’s analysis also determined the impact of the disaggregated CCRs on the relative weights. Differences in CCRs alone do not necessarily alter the DRG relative weights. The impact on the relative weights is the result of the interaction of CCR differences and DRG differences in the proportions of the services with different CCRs. In FY 2007, we calculated relative weights using CCRs for 13 hospital departments. The RTI analysis suggests expanding the number of distinct hospital department CCRs from 13 to 19. Of the additional six CCRs, two would result from separating the Emergency Department and Blood (Products and Administration) from the residual ‘‘Other Services’’ category. Four additional CCRs would result from applying a regression method similar to a method suggested in last year’s public comments to three existing categories: supplies, radiology, and drugs. This method, as adapted by RTI, used detailed coding of charges to disaggregate hospital cost centers and derive separate, predicted alternative CCRs for the disaggregated services. RTI’s analysis suggests splitting Medical Supplies into one CCR for devices, implants, and prosthetics and one CCR for Other Supplies; splitting Radiology into one CCR for MRIs, one CCR for CT scans, and one CCR for Other Radiology; and splitting Drugs into one CCR for IV Solutions and one CCR for Other Drugs. RTI’s draft report provides the potential impacts of adopting these changes to the CCRs. We note that RTI’s analysis was based on Version 24.0 of the CMS DRGs. Because the proposed PO 00000 Frm 00036 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 MS–DRGs were under development for the FY 2008 IPPS proposed rule, they were unavailable to RTI for their analysis. The results of RTI’s analysis may be different if applied to the proposed MS–DRGs. However, it seems reasonable to believe that the impact of RTI’s suggestions will be consistent using Version 24.0 of the CMS DRGs and the proposed MS–DRGs, as both systems generally use the same base DRGs while applying different subdivisions to recognize severity of illness. Of all the adjusted CCRs, the largest impact on weights came from accounting for charge compression in medical supplies for devices and implants. The impact on weights from accounting for CCR differences among drugs was modest. The impact of splitting MRI and CT scanning from the radiology CCR was greater than the impact of modifying the Drugs CCRs, but less than the impact of splitting the medical supplies group. Separating Emergency Department and Blood Products and Administration from the ‘‘Other Services’’ category would raise the CCR for other services in the group. RTI found that disaggregating cost centers may have a mitigating effect on the impact of transitioning from chargebased weights to cost-based weights. That is, the changes being suggested by RTI will generally offset (fully or more than fully in some cases or in part in other cases) the impacts of fully implemented cost weights that we are adopting over the FY 2007–FY 2009 transition period. Thus, RTI’s analysis suggests that expanding the number of distinct hospital department CCRs used to calculate cost weights from 13 to 19 will generally increase the relative weights for surgical DRGs and decrease them for the medical DRGs compared to the fully implemented cost-based weights to which we began transitioning in FY 2007. 2. RTI Recommendations In its report, RTI provides recommendations for the short term, medium term, and long term, to mitigate aggregation bias in the calculation of relative weights. We summarize RTI’s recommendations below and respond to each of them. a. Short-Term Recommendations Most of RTI’s short-term recommendations have already been described above. The most immediate changes that RTI recommends implementing include expanding from 13 distinct hospital department CCRs to 19 by: E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules <bullet≤ Disaggregating ‘‘Emergency Room’’ and ‘‘Blood and Blood Products’’ from the ‘‘Other Services’’ cost center; <bullet≤ Establishing regression-based estimates as a temporary or permanent method for disaggregating the Medical Supplies, Drugs, and Radiology cost centers; and <bullet≤ Reclassifying intermediate care charges from the intensive care unit cost center to the routine cost center. We believe these recommendations have significant potential to address issues of charge compression and potential mismatches between how costs and charges are reported in the cost reports and on the Medicare claims. RTI’s recommendations show significant promise in the short term for addressing issues raised in the public comments on the cost weights in the FY 2007 IPPS proposed rule. However, in the time available for the development of this proposed rule, we have been unable to investigate how RTI’s recommended changes may interact with other potential changes to the DRGs and to the method of calculating the DRG relative weights. As we noted above, RTI’s analysis was done on the Version 24.0 of the CMS DRGs and not the MS-DRGs we are proposing for FY 2008. For this proposed rule, we were not able to examine the combined impacts of the proposed MS-DRGs and RTI’s recommendations. In addition, we believe it is also important to consider that, in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 47897), we anticipated undertaking further analysis of the HSRVcc methodology over the next year in conjunction with the research we were to do on charge compression. Analysis of the HSRVcc methodology will be part of the second phase of the RAND study of alternative DRG systems to be completed by September 1, 2007, that has not been completed in time for this proposed rule. As a result, we have also been unable to consider the effects of the HSRVcc methodology together with the proposed MS-DRGs and RTI’s recommendations. Finally, we note that in order to complete the analysis in time for this proposed rule, RTI’s study used only inpatient hospital claims. However, hospital ancillary departments typically include both inpatient and outpatient services within the same department and only a single CCR covering both inpatient and outpatient services can be calculated from Medicare cost reports. Although we believe that applying the regression method used by RTI to only inpatient services is unlikely to have had much impact for the adjustments recommended by RTI, the preferred approach would be to apply the VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 regression method to the combined inpatient and outpatient services. The latter approach would ensure that any potential CCR adjustments in the IPPS would be consistent with potential CCR adjustments in the OPPS. We hope to expand their analysis to incorporate outpatient services during the coming year. For all of these reasons, we are not proposing to adopt RTI’s recommendations for FY 2008. Although we are not proposing to adopt RTI’s recommendations for FY 2008, we are interested in public comments on expanding from 13 CCRs to 19 CCRs. Again, we note that RTI’s analysis suggests significant improvements that could result in the cost weights from adopting its recommendations to adjust for charge compression. Therefore, we are also interested in public comments on whether we should proceed to adopt the RTI recommended changes for FY 2008 in the absence of a detailed analysis of how the relative weights would change if we were to address charge compression while simultaneously adopting an HSRVcc methodology together with the proposed MS-DRGs. Given the change in the impacts that were illustrated in last year’s FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 47915–47916), going from a hospital-specific to a nonhospital-specific cost-weighting methodology, we believe that sequentially adjusting for charge compression and later adopting an HSRVcc methodology could create the potential for instability in IPPS payments over the next 2 years (that is, payments for surgical DRGs would increase and payment for medical DRGs would decrease if we were adopt the RTI recommended changes for FY 2008, but could potentially reverse direction if we were to adopt an HSRVcc methodology for FY 2009). Again, we are interested in public comments on all of these issues before we make a final decision as to whether to proceed with the RTI’s short-term recommendations in the final rule for FY 2008. Among its other short-term recommendations, RTI also suggested that we incorporate edits to reject or require more intensive review of cost reports from hospitals with extreme CCRs. This action would reduce the number of hospitals with excluded data in the national CCR computations, and would also improve the accuracy of all departmental CCRs within problem cost reports by forcing hospitals to review and correct the assignment of costs and charges before the cost report is filed. Although we do not have a substantive disagreement with the recommendation, we generally focus our audit resources PO 00000 Frm 00037 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24715 on areas in which cost report information directly affects payments to individual providers. RTI further suggested revising cost report instructions to reduce cost and charge mismatching and program charge misalignment in its short-term recommendations. Although RTI suggests such an action could be immediately effective for correcting the reporting of costs and charges for medical supply items that are now distributed across multiple cost centers, we note that changes to improve cost reporting now will not become part of the relative weights for several years because of lags between the submission of hospital reports and our ability to use them in setting the relative weights. Currently, we expect there will continue to be a 3-year lag between a hospital’s cost report fiscal year and the year it is used to set the relative weights. Thus, even if it were possible to issue instructions immediately beginning for FY 2008, revised reporting would not affect the relative weights until at least FY 2011. Nevertheless, we agree with this recommendation, and we welcome public input on potential changes to cost reporting instructions to improve consistency between how charges are reported on cost reports and in the Medicare claims. We will consider these changes to the cost reporting instructions as we consider further changes to the cost report described below. b. Medium-Term Recommendations RTI recommended that we expand the MedPAR file to include separate fields that disaggregate several existing charge departments. For compatibility with prior years’ data, the new fields should partition the existing ones rather than recombine charges. RTI recommended including additional fields in the MedPAR file for the hospital departments that it statistically disaggregated in its report, as well as intermediate care, observation beds, other special nursing codes, therapeutic radiation and EEG, and possibly others. As with some of RTI’s earlier recommendations with respect to cost reports, we will examine this suggestion in conjunction with other competing priorities CMS has been given for our information systems. We have limited information systems resources, and we will need to consider whether the time constraints we have to develop the IPPS final rule, in conjunction with the inconvenience of using the SAF and accounting for charge compression through regression, will justify the infrastructure cost to our information E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24716 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB systems of incorporating these variables into the MedPAR. Finally, RTI’s medium-term recommendations include encouraging providers to use existing standard cost centers, particularly those for Blood and Blood Administration and for Therapeutic Radiology, in the current Medicare cost report. We believe this recommendation is closely related to the one for improved cost reporting instructions. Therefore, we will consider this recommendation as part of any further effort we may undertake to revise cost reporting instructions or change the cost report. c. Long-Term Recommendations RTI’s long-term recommendations include adding new cost centers to the Medicare cost report and/or undertaking the following activities: <bullet≤ Add ‘‘Devices, Implants and Prosthetics’’ under the line for ‘‘Medical Supplies Charged to Patients.’’ Consider also adding a similar line for IV Solutions as a subscripted line under the line for ‘‘Drugs Charged to Patients.’’ <bullet≤ Add CT Scanning and MRI as subscripted lines under the line for ‘‘Radiology-Diagnostic.’’ About onethird of hospitals that offer CT Scanning and/or MRI services are already reporting these services on nonstandard line numbers. More consistent reporting for both cost centers would eliminate the need for statistical estimation on the radiology CCRs. <bullet≤ In consultation with hospital industry representatives, determine the best way to separate cardiology cost centers and add a new standard cost center for cardiac catheterization and/or for all other cardiac diagnostic laboratory services. About 20 percent of hospitals already include a nonstandard line on their cost reports for catheterization. Creating a new standard cost center could improve consistency in reporting and substantially improve the program charge mismatching that now occurs. <bullet≤ In consultation with hospital industry representatives, consider establishing a new cost center to capture intermediate care units as distinct from routine or intensive care. <bullet≤ Establish expert study groups or other research vehicles to study options for improving patient-level charging within nursing units. Nursing accounts for one-fourth of IPPS charges and 41 percent of the computed costs from our claims analysis file. Historically, nursing charges and costs have been assigned to patients without relying on individual measures of service use. Consideration should be given to finding ways to improve VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 precision in nursing cost-finding that will improve relative resource weights without adding substantial administrative costs to either the Medicare program or to hospitals. We agree with RTI that attention should be paid to these issues as we consider changes to the Medicare cost report. The cost report has not been revised in nearly 10 years. During this time, there have been significant changes to the Medicare statute and regulations that have affected the Medicare payment policies. Necessary incremental changes have been made to the Medicare cost report over the years to accommodate the Medicare wage index, disproportionate share payments, indirect and direct graduate medical education payments, reporting of uncompensated care costs, among others. The adoption of cost-based weights for the IPPS beginning in FY 2007 has brought further attention to the importance of the Medicare cost report and how hospitals report costs and charges. We recently began doing a comprehensive review of the Medicare cost report and plan to make updates that will consider its many uses. As we update the cost report, we will give strong consideration to RTI’s recommendations and potential longterm improvements that could be made to the IPPS cost-based relative weighting methodology. F. Hospital-Acquired Conditions, Including Infections (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘DRGs: Hospital-Acquired Conditions’’ at the beginning of your comment.) 1. General Medicare’s IPPS encourages hospitals to treat patients efficiently. Hospitals receive the same DRG payment for stays that vary in length. In many cases, complications acquired in the hospital do not generate higher payments than the hospital would otherwise receive for other cases in the same DRG. To this extent, the IPPS does encourage hospitals to manage their patients well and to avoid complications, when possible. However, complications, such as infections, acquired in the hospital can trigger higher payments in two ways. First, the treatment of complications can increase the cost of hospital stays enough to generate outlier payments. However, the outlier payment methodology requires that hospitals experience large losses on outlier cases (for example, in FY 2007, the fixed-loss amount was $24,485 before a case qualified for outlier PO 00000 Frm 00038 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 payments, and the hospital then only received 80 percent of its costs above the fixed-loss cost threshold). Second, there are about 121 sets of DRGs that split based on the presence or absence of a complication or comorbidity (CC). The CC DRG in each pair would generate a higher Medicare payment. If a condition acquired during the beneficiary’s hospital stay is one of the conditions on the CC list, the result may be a higher payment to the hospital under a CC DRG. Under the proposed MS–DRGs, there will be 258 sets of DRGs that are split into 2 or 3 subgroups based on the presence or absence of a major CC (MCC) or CC. If a condition acquired during the beneficiary’s hospital stay is one of the conditions on the MCC or CC list, the result may be a higher payment to the hospital under the MS–DRGs. (See section II.C. of the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 47881) for a detailed discussion of proposed DRG reforms.) 2. Legislative Requirement Section 5001(c) of Pub. L. 109–171 requires the Secretary to select, by October 1, 2007, at least two conditions that are (a) high cost or high volume or both, (b) result in the assignment of a case to a DRG that has a higher payment when present as a secondary diagnosis, and (c) could reasonably have been prevented through the application of evidence-based guidelines. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2008, hospitals will not receive additional payment for cases in which one of the selected conditions was not present on admission. That is, the case will be paid as though the secondary diagnosis was not present. Section 5001(c) provides that we can revise the list of conditions from time to time, as long as the list contains at least two conditions. Section 5001(c) also requires hospitals to submit the secondary diagnoses that are present at admission when reporting payment information for discharges on or after October 1, 2007. 3. Public Input In the FY 2007 IPPS proposed rule (71 FR 24100), we sought input from the public about which conditions and which evidence-based guidelines should be selected in order to implement section 5001(c) of Public Law 109–171. The comments that we received were summarized in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 48051 through 48053). In that final rule, we indicated that the next opportunity for formal public comment would be this FY 2008 proposed rule and encouraged the public to comment on our proposal at that time. E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules In summary, the majority of the comments that we received in response to the FY 2007 IPPS proposed rule addressed conceptual issues concerning the selection, measurement, and prevention of hospital-acquired infections. Many commenters encouraged CMS to engage in a collaborative discussion with relevant experts in designing, evaluating, and implementing this section. The commenters urged CMS to include individuals with expertise in infection control and prevention, as well as representatives from the provider community, in the discussions. Many commenters supported the statutory requirement for hospitals to submit information regarding secondary diagnoses present on admission beginning in FY 2008, and suggested that it would better enable CMS and health care providers to more accurately differentiate between comorbidities and hospital-acquired complications. MedPAC, in particular, noted that this requirement was recommended in its March 2005 Report to Congress and indicated that this information is important to Medicare’s value-based purchasing efforts. Other commenters cautioned us about potential problems with relying on secondary diagnosis codes to identify hospital-acquired complications, and indicated that secondary diagnosis codes may be an inaccurate method for identifying true hospital-acquired complications. A number of commenters expressed concerns about the data coding requirement for this payment change and asked for detailed guidance from CMS to help them identify and document hospital-acquired complications. Other commenters expressed concern that not all hospitalacquired infections are preventable and noted that sicker and more complex patients are at greater risk for hospitalacquired infections and complications. Commenters suggested that CMS include standardized infectionprevention process measures, in addition to outcome measures of hospital-acquired infections. Some commenters proposed that CMS expand the scope of the payment changes beyond the statutory minimum of two conditions. They noted that the death, injury, and cost of hospitalacquired infections are too high to limit this provision to only two conditions. Commenters also recommended that CMS annually select additional hospital-acquired complications for the payment change. Conversely, a number of commenters proposed that CMS initially begin with limited demonstrations to test CMS’ methodology before nationwide VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 implementation. One commenter recommended that CMS include appropriate consumer protections to prevent providers from billing patients for the nonreimbursed costs of the hospital-acquired complications and to prevent hospitals from selectively avoiding patients perceived at risk of complications. In addition to the broad conceptual suggestions, some commenters recommended specific conditions for possible inclusion in the payment changes, which we discuss in detail in section II.D.4. of this preamble. We also discuss throughout section II.D. of this preamble other comments that we have considered in developing hospitalacquired conditions that would be subject to reporting. 4. Collaborative Effort CMS worked with public health and infectious disease experts from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) to identify a list of hospital-acquired conditions, including infections, as required by section 5001(c) of Public Law 109–171. As previously stated, the selected conditions must meet the following three criteria: (a) High cost or high volume or both; (b) result in the assignment of the case to a DRG that has a higher payment when present as a secondary diagnosis; and (c) could reasonably have been prevented through the application of evidence-based guidelines. CMS and CDC staff also collaborated on developing a process for hospitals to submit a Present on Admission (POA) indicator with each secondary condition. The statute requires the Secretary to begin collecting this information as of October 1, 2007. The POA indicator is required in order for us to determine which of the selected conditions developed during a hospital stay. The current electronic format used by hospitals to obtain this information (ASC X12N 837, Version 4010) does not provide a field to obtain the POA information. We are in the process of issuing instructions to require acute care IPPS hospitals to submit the POA indicator for all diagnosis codes effective October 1, 2007. The instructions will specify how hospitals under the IPPS will submit this information in segment K3 in the 2300 loop, data element K301 on the ASC X12N 837, Version 4010 claim. Specific instructions on how to select the correct POA indicator for a diagnosis code are included in the ICD– 9–CM Official Guidelines for Coding and Reporting. These guidelines can be found at the following Web site: http:// www.cdc.gov/nchs/datawh/ftpserv/ ftpicd9/ftpicd9.htm PO 00000 Frm 00039 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24717 CMS and CDC staff also received input from a number of groups and organizations on hospital-acquired conditions, including infections. Many of these groups and organizations recommended the selection of conditions mentioned in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule, including the following because of the high cost or high volume (frequency) of the condition, or both, and because in some cases preventable guidelines already exist: <bullet≤ Surgical site infections. The groups and organizations stated that there were evidence-based measures to prevent the occurrence of these infections which are currently measured and reported as part of the Surgical Care Improvement Program (SCIP). <bullet≤ Ventilator-associated pneumonias. The groups and organizations pointed out that these conditions are currently measured and reported through SCIP. However, other organizations counseled against selecting these conditions because they believed it was difficult to obtain good definitions and that it was not always clear which ones are hospital-acquired. <bullet≤ Catheter associated bloodstream infections. <bullet≤ Pressure ulcers, as an alternative to hospital-acquired infections. The groups and organizations pointed out that the specific language in section 5001(c) of Public Law 109–171 mentions hospitalacquired conditions; therefore, the language does not restrict the Secretary to the selection of infections. <bullet≤ Hospital falls, as an alternative to hospital-acquired infections. The injury prevention groups included this condition among a group referred to as ‘‘serious preventable events,’’ also commonly referred to as ‘‘never events’’ or ‘‘serious reportable events.’’ A serious preventable event is defined as a condition which should not occur during an inpatient stay. In addition to the aforementioned conditions, we received other recommendations for the selection of hospital-acquired conditions. These recommendations were also based on the high cost and the high volume of the condition, or both, or the fact that preventable guidelines exist. The recommendations include— <bullet≤ Bloodstream infections/ septicemia. Some commenters suggested that we focus on one specific organism, such as staph aureus septicemia. <bullet≤ Pneumonia. Some commenters recommended the inclusion of a broader group of pneumonia patients, instead of restricting cases to ventilator-associated pneumonias. Some commenters E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 24718 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mentioned that while prevention guidelines exist for pneumonia, it is not clear how effective these guidelines may be in preventing pneumonia. <bullet≤ Vascular catheter associated infections. Commenters pointed out that there are CDC guidelines for these infections. Other commenters pointed out that while this condition certainly deserves focused attention by health care providers, there is not a clear one unique ICD–9–CM code that identifies vascular catheter-associated infections. Therefore, these commenters suggested that there would be difficulty separately identifying these conditions. <bullet≤ Clostridium difficileassociated disease (CDAD). Several commenters identified this condition as a significant public health issue. Other commenters pointed out that while prevalence of this condition is emerging as a public health problem, there is not currently a strategy for reasonably preventing these infections. <bullet≤ Methicillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus (MRSA). Several commenters pointed out that MRSA has become a very common bacteria occurring both in and outside the hospital environment. However, other organizations pointed out that the code for MRSA (V09.0, Infection with microorganism resistant to penicillins Methicillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus) is not currently classified as a CC. Therefore, the commenters stated that MRSA does not lead to a higher reimbursement when the code is reported. <bullet≤ Serious preventable events. As stated earlier, some commenters representing injury prevention groups suggested including a broader group of conditions than hospital falls which should not be expected to occur during a hospital admission. Hey notes that these conditions are referred to as ‘‘serious preventable events,’’ and include events such as the following: (a) Leaving an object in during surgery; (b) operating on the wrong body part or patient, or performing the wrong surgery; (c) air embolism as a result of surgery; and (d) providing incompatible blood or blood products. Other commenters indicated that serious preventable events are so rare that they should not be selected as a hospital condition that cannot result in a case being assigned to a higher paying DRG. 5. Criteria for Selection of the HospitalAcquired Conditions CMS and CDC staff greatly appreciate the many comments and suggestions offered by organizations and groups that were interested in providing input into VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 the selection of the initial hospitalacquired conditions. CMS and CDC staff evaluated each recommended condition under the three criteria established by section 1886(d)(4)(D)(iv) of the Act. In order to meet the higher payment criterion, the condition selected must have an ICD–9– CM diagnosis code that clearly identifies the condition and is classified as a CC, or as an MCC as proposed for the MS–DRGs in this proposed rule. Some conditions recommended for inclusion among the initial hospitalacquired conditions did not have codes that clearly identified the conditions. Because there has not been national reporting of a POA indicator for each diagnosis, there is no Medicare data to determine the incidence of the reported secondary diagnoses occurring after admission. To the extent possible, we used information from the CDC on the incidence of these conditions. CDC’s data reflect the incidence of hospitalacquired conditions in 2002. We also examined FY 2006 Medicare data on the frequency that these conditions were reported as secondary diagnoses. We developed the following criteria to assist in our analysis of the conditions. The conditions described were those recommended for inclusion in the initial hospital-acquired infection provision. <bullet≤ Coding—Under section 1886(d)(4)(D)(ii)(I) of the Act, a discharge is subject to the payment adjustment if ‘‘the discharge includes a condition identified by a diagnosis code’’ selected by the Secretary under section 1886(d)(4)(D)(iv) of the Act. We only selected conditions that have (or could have) a unique ICD–9–CM code that clearly describes the condition. Some conditions recommended by the commenters would require the use of two or more ICD–9–CM codes to clearly identify the conditions. Although we did not exclude these conditions from further consideration, the need to utilize multiple ICD–9–CM codes to identify them may present operational issues. For instance, below we describe in detail the complexities associated with selecting septicemia as a hospitalacquired condition that would be subject to section 5001(c) of the DRA. In some cases, septicemia may be a reasonably preventable condition with proper hospital care. However, in other cases, clinicians may argue that the condition arose from further development of another infection the patient did have upon admission and the septicemia was not preventable. As we indicate in detail below, there could be a significant variety of clinical scenarios and potential coding vignettes PO 00000 Frm 00040 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 to describe situations where septicemia occurs. Although we could select septicemia, we would also have to identify many exclusions for situations where the septicemia is not preventable. The vast number of clinical scenarios that we would have to account for could complicate implementation of the provision. <bullet≤ Burden (High Cost/High Volume)—Under section 1886(d)(4)(D)(iv)(I) of the act, we must select cases that have conditions that are high cost or high volume, or both. <bullet≤ Prevention guidelines— Under section 1886(d)(4)(D)(iv)(II) of the Act, we must select codes that describe conditions that could reasonably have been prevented through application of evidence-based guidelines. We evaluated whether there is information available for hospitals to follow to prevent the condition from occurring. <bullet≤ CC—Under section 1886(d)(4)(D)(iv)(III) of the Act, we must select codes that result in assignment of the case to a DRG that has a higher payment when the code it present as a secondary diagnosis. The condition must be an MCC or a CC that would, in the absence of this provision, result in assignment to a higher paying DRG. <bullet≤ Considerations—We evaluate each condition above according to how it meets the statutory criteria in light of the potential difficulties that we would face if the condition were selected. 6. Proposed Selection of HospitalAcquired Conditions We discuss below our analysis of each of the conditions that were raised as possible candidates for selection under section 5001(c) of Pub. L. 109–171 according to the criteria described above in section II.D.5. of this preamble. We also discuss any considerations, which would include any administrative issues surrounding the selection of a proposed condition. For example, the condition may only be able to be identified by multiple codes, thereby requiring the development of special GROUPER logic to also exclude similar or related ICD– 9–CM codes from being classified as a CC. Similarly, a condition acquired during a hospital stay may arise from another condition that the patient had prior to admission, making it difficult to determine whether the condition was reasonably preventable. Following a discussion of each condition, we provide a summary table that describes the extent to which each condition meets each of the above criteria. We present 13 conditions in rank order. In our view, the conditions listed at the top of the table best meet the statutory selection criteria, while the conditions E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB listed lower may meet the selection criteria but could present a particular challenge (that is, they may be preventable only in some circumstances but not in others). Therefore, we would submit that the first conditions listed should receive the highest consideration of selection among our initial group of hospital-acquired conditions. We encourage comments on whether or not we have ranked these conditions appropriately. We also encourage additional comments on clinical, coding, and prevention issues that may affect the conditions selected. While we have ranked these conditions, there may be compelling public health reasons for including conditions that are not at the top of our list. We ask commenters to recommend how many and which conditions should be selected for implementation on October 1, 2008, along with justifications for these selections. (a) Catheter-Associated Urinary Tract Infections <bullet≤ Coding—ICD–9–CM code 996.64 (Infection and inflammatory reaction due to indwelling urinary catheter) clearly identifies this condition. The hospital would also report the code for the specific type of urinary infection. For instance, when a patient develops a catheter associated urinary tract infection during the inpatient stay, the hospital would report code 996.64 and 599.0 (Urinary tract infection, site not specified) to clearly identify the condition. There are also a number of other more specific urinary tract infection codes that could also be coded with code 996.64. These codes are classified as CCs. If we were to select catheter-associated urinary tract infections, we would implement the decision by not counting code 996.64 and any of the urinary tract infection codes listed below when both codes are present and the condition was acquired after admission. If only code 996.64 were coded on the claim as a secondary diagnosis, we would not count it as a CC. Burden (High Cost/High Volume)— CDC reports that there are 561,667 catheter-associated urinary tract infections per year. For FY 2006, there were 11,780 reported cases of Medicare patients who had a catheter associated urinary tract infection as a secondary diagnosis. The cases had average charges of $40,347 for the entire hospital stay. According to a study in the American Journal of Medicine, catheter-associated urinary tract infection is the most common nosocomial infection, accounting for more than 1 million cases in hospitals VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 and nursing homes nationwide.12 Approximately 11.3 million women in the United States had at least one presumed acute community-acquired urinary tract infection resulting in antimicrobial therapy in 1995, with direct costs estimated at $659 million and indirect costs totaling $936 million. Nosocomial urinary tract infection necessitates one extra hospital day per patient, or nearly 1 million extra hospital days per year. It is estimated that each episode of symptomatic urinary tract infection adds $676 to a hospital bill. In total, according to the study, the estimated annual cost of nosocomial urinary tract infection in the United States ranges between $424 and $451 million. Prevention guidelines—There are widely recognized guidelines for the prevention of catheter-associated urinary tract infections. Guidelines can be found at the following Web site: http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dhqp/gl— catheter—assoc.html. CC—Codes 996.64 and 599.0 are classified as CCs in the current CMS DRGs as well as in the proposed MS– DRGs. Considerations—The primary prevention intervention would be not using catheters or removing catheters as soon as possible, both of which are worthy goals because once catheters are in place for 3 to 4 days, most clinicians and infectious disease/infection control experts do not believe urinary tract infections are preventable. While there may be some concern about the selection of catheter associated urinary tract infections, it is an important public health goal to encourage practices that will reduce urinary tract infections. Approximately 40 percent of Medicare beneficiaries have a urinary catheter during hospitalization based on Medicare Patient Safety Monitoring System (MPSMS) data. As stated above in the Coding section, this condition is clearly identified through ICD–9–CM code 996.64. Code 996.64 is classified as a CC. The hospital would also report the code for the specific type of urinary infection. For instance, when a patient develops a catheter associated urinary tract infection during the inpatient stay, the hospital would report codes 996.64 and 599.0 or another more specific code that clearly identifies the condition. These codes are classified as CCs under the current CMS DRGs as well as the proposed MS–DRGs. To select catheterassociated urinary tract infections as 12 Foxman, B.: ‘‘Epidemiology of urinary tract infections: incidence, morbidity, and economic costs,’’ The American Journal of Medicine, 113 Suppl. 1A, pp. 5s–13s, 2002. PO 00000 Frm 00041 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24719 one of the hospital-acquired conditions that would not be counted as a CC, we would not classify code 996.64 as a CC if the condition occurred after admission. Furthermore, we would also not classify any of the codes listed below as CCs if present on the claim with code 996.64 because these additional codes identify the same condition. The following codes represent specific types of urinary infections. We did not include codes for conditions that could be considered chronic urinary infections, such as code 590.00 (Chronic pyelonephritis, without lesion or renal medullary necrosis). Chronic conditions may indicate that the condition was not acquired during the current stay. We would not count code 996.64 or any of the following codes representing acute urinary infections if they developed after admission and were coded together on the same claim. <bullet≤ 112.2 (Candidiasis of other urogenital sites) <bullet≤ 590.10 (Acute pyelonephritis, without lesion of renal medullary necrosis) <bullet≤ 590.11 (Acute pyelonephritis, with lesion of renal medullary necrosis) <bullet≤ 590.2 (Renal and perinephric abscess) <bullet≤ 590.3 (Pyeloureteritis cystica) <bullet≤ 590.80 (Pyelonephritis, unspecified) <bullet≤ 590.81 (Pyelitis or pyelonephritis in diseases classified elsewhere) <bullet≤ 590.9 (Infection of kidney, unspecified) <bullet≤ 595.0 (Acute cystitis) <bullet≤ 595.3 (Trigonitis) <bullet≤ 595.4 (Cystitis in diseases classified elsewhere) <bullet≤ 595.81 (Cystitis cystica) <bullet≤ 595.89 (Other specified type of cystitis, other) <bullet≤ 595.9 (Cystitis, unspecified) <bullet≤ 597.0 (Urethral abscess) <bullet≤ 597.80 (Urethritis, unspecified) <bullet≤ 599.0 (Urinary tract infection, site not specified) We believe the condition of catheterassociated urinary tract infection meets all of our criteria for selection as one of the initial hospital-acquired conditions. We can easily identify the cases with ICD–9–CM codes. The condition is a CC under both the current CMS DRGs and the proposed MS–DRGs that are discussed earlier in this proposed rule. The condition meets our burden criterion with its high cost and high frequency. There are prevention guidelines on which the medical community agrees. Of all 13 conditions discussed in this proposed rule, we believe this condition best meets the E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24720 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB criteria discussed. Therefore, we are proposing the selection of catheterassociated urinary tract infections as one of the initial hospital-acquired conditions. We encourage comments on both the selection of this condition and the related conditions that we are proposing to exclude from being counted as CCs. (b) Pressure Ulcers Coding—Pressure ulcers are also referred to as decubitus ulcers. The following codes clearly identify pressure ulcers. <bullet≤ 707.00 (Decubitus ulcer, unspecified site) <bullet≤ 707.01 (Decubitus ulcer, elbow) <bullet≤ 707.02 (Decubitus ulcer, upper back) <bullet≤ 707.03 (Decubitus ulcer, lower back) <bullet≤ 707.04 (Decubitus ulcer, hip) <bullet≤ 707.05 (Decubitus ulcer, buttock) <bullet≤ 707.06 (Decubitus ulcer, ankle) <bullet≤ 707.07 (Decubitus ulcer, heel) <bullet≤ 707.09 (Decubitus ulcer, other site) Burden (High Cost/High Volume)— This is both a high-cost and highvolume condition. For FY 2006, there were 322,946 reported cases of Medicare patients who had a pressure ulcer as a secondary diagnosis. These cases had average charges for the hospital stay of $40,381. Prevention guidelines—Prevention guidelines can be found at the following Web sites: http://www.npuap.org/ positn1.html. http:// www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/ bv.fcgi?rid=hstat2.chapter.4409 CC—Decubitus ulcer codes are classified as CCs under the current CMS DRGs. Codes 707.00, 707.01, and 707.09 are CCs under the proposed MS–DRGs. Codes 707.02 through 707.07 are considered MCCs under the proposed MS–DRGs. As discussed earlier, MCCs result in even larger payments than CCs. Considerations—Pressure ulcers are an important hospital-acquired complication. Prevention guidelines exist (non-CDC) and can be implemented by hospitals. Clinicians may state that some pressure ulcers present on admission cannot be identified (skin is not yet broken (Stage I) but damage to tissue is already done and skin will eventually break down. However, by selecting this condition, we would provide hospitals the incentive to perform careful examination of the skin of patients on admission to identify decubitus ulcers. If the condition is present on admission, the provision will not apply. We are VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 proposing to include pressure ulcers as one of our initial hospital-acquired conditions. This condition can be clearly identified through ICD–9–CM codes. These codes are classified as a CC under the current CMS DRGs and as a CC or MCC under the proposed MS– DRGs. Pressure ulcers meet the burden criteria because they are both high cost and high frequency cases. There are clear prevention guidelines. While there is some question as to whether all cases with developing pressure ulcers can be identified on admission, we believe the selection of this condition will result in a closer examination of the patient’s skin on admission. This will result in better quality of care. We welcome comments on the proposed inclusion of this condition. Serious Preventable Events Serious preventable events are events that should not occur in health care. The injury prevention community has developed information on serious preventable events. CMS reviewed the list of serious preventable events and identified those events for which there was an ICD–9–CM code that would assist in identifying them. We identified four types of serious preventable events to include in our evaluation. These include leaving an object in a patient; performing the wrong surgery (surgery on the wrong body part, wrong patient, or the wrong surgery); air embolism following surgery; and providing incompatible blood or blood products. Three of these serious preventable events have unique ICD–9–CM codes to identify them. There is not a clear and unique code for surgery performed on the wrong body part, wrong patient, or the wrong surgery. Each of these events is discussed separately. (c) Serious Preventable Event—Object Left in During Surgery Coding—Retention of a foreign object in a patient after surgery is identified through ICD–9–CM code 998.4 (Foreign body accidentally left during a procedure). Burden (High Cost/High Volume)— For FY 2006, there were 764 cases reported of Medicare patients who had an object left in during surgery reported as a secondary diagnosis. The average charges for the hospital stay were $61,962. This is a rare event. Therefore, it is not high volume. However, an individual case will likely have high costs, given that the patient will need additional surgery to remove the foreign body. Potential adverse events stemming from foreign body could further raise costs for an individual case. PO 00000 Frm 00042 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 Prevention guidelines—There are widely accepted and clear guidelines for the prevention of this event. Prevention guidelines for avoiding leaving objects in during surgery are located at the following Web site: http:// www.qualityindicators.ahrq.gov/psi— download.htm. This event should not occur. CC—This code is a CC under the current CMS DRGs as well as under the proposed MS–DRGs. Considerations—There are no significant considerations for this condition. There is a unique ICD–9–CM code and wide agreement on the prevention guidelines. We are proposing to include this condition as one of our initial hospital-acquired conditions. The cases can be clearly identified through an ICD–9–CM. This code is a CC under both the current CMS DRGs and the proposed MS–DRGs. There are clear prevention guidelines. While the cases may not meet the high frequency criterion, they do meet the high-cost criterion. Individual cases can be high cost. We welcome comments on including this condition as one of our initial hospital-acquired conditions. (d) Serious Preventable Event—Air Embolism Coding—An air embolism is identified through ICD–9–CM code 999.1 (Complications of medical care, NOS, air embolism). Burden (High Cost/High Volume)— This event is rare. For FY 2006, there were 45 reported cases of air embolism for Medicare patients. The average charges for the hospital stay were $66,007. Prevention guidelines—There are clear prevention guidelines for air embolisms. This event should not occur. Serious preventable event guidelines can be found at the following Web site: http://www.qualityindicators.ahrq.gov/ psi—download.htm. CC—This code is a CC under the current CMS DRGs and is an MCC under the proposed MS–DRGs. Considerations—There are no significant considerations for this condition. There is a unique ICD–9–CM code and wide agreement on the prevention guidelines. In addition, as stated earlier, the condition is a CC under the current CMS DRGs and an MCC under the proposed MS–DRGs. While the condition is rare, it does meet the cost burden criterion because individual cases can be expensive. Therefore, air embolism is a high-cost condition because average charges per case are high. We welcome comments on the proposal to include this condition. E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules (e) Serious Preventable Event—Blood Incompatibility mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Coding—Delivering ABO-incompatible blood or blood products is identified by ICM–9–CM code 999.6 (Complications of medical care, NOS, ABO incompatibility reaction). Burden (High Cost/High Volume)— This event is rare. Therefore, it is not high volume. For FY 2006, there were 33 reported cases of blood incompatibility among Medicare patients, with average charges of $46,492 for the hospital stay. Therefore, individual cases have high costs. Prevention guidelines—There are prevention guidelines for avoiding the delivery of incompatible blood or blood products. The event should not occur. Serious preventable event guidelines can be found at the following Web site: http://www.qualityindicators.ahrq.gov/ psi—download.htm CC—This code is a CC under the current CMS DRGs as well as the proposed MS–DRGs. Considerations—There are no significant considerations for this condition. There is a unique ICD–9–CM code which is classified as a CC under the CMS DRGs as well as the proposed MS–DRGs. There is wide agreement on the prevention guidelines. While this may not be a high-volume condition, average charges per case are high. Therefore, we believe this condition is a high-cost condition and, therefore, meets our burden criterion. We are proposing to include this condition as one of our initial hospital-acquired conditions. (f) Staphylococcus Aureus Bloodstream Infection/Septicemia Coding—ICD–9–CM Code 038.11 (Staphylococcus aureus septicemia) identifies this condition. However, the codes selected to identify septicemia are somewhat complex. The following ICD– 9–CM codes may also be reported to identify septicemia: <bullet≤ 995.91 (Sepsis) and 995.92 ( Severe sepsis). These codes are reported as secondary codes and further define cases with septicemia. <bullet≤ 998.59 (Other postoperative infections). This code includes septicemia that develops postoperatively. <bullet≤ 999.3 (Other infection). This code includes but is not limited to sepsis/septicemia resulting from infusion, injection, transfusion, vaccination (ventilator-associated pneumonia also included here). Burden (High Cost/High Volume)— CDC reports that there are 290,000 cases of staphylococcus aureus infection VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 annually in hospitalized patients of which approximately 25 percent are bloodstream infections or sepsis. For FY 2006, there were 29,500 cases of Medicare patients who had staphylococcus aureus infection reported as a secondary diagnosis. The average charges for the hospital stay were $82,678. Inpatient staphylococcus aureus result in an estimated 2.7 million days in excess length of stay, $9.5 billion in excess charges, and approximately 12,000 inpatient deaths per year. Prevention guidelines—CDC guidelines are located at the following Web site: http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/ dhqp/gl—intravascular.html. CC—Codes 038.11, 995.91, 998.59, and 999.3 are classified as CCs under the current CMS DRGs and as MCCs under the proposed MS–DRGs. Considerations—Preventive health care associated bloodstream infections/ septicemia that are preventable are primarily those that are related to a central venous/vascular catheter, a surgical procedure (postoperative sepsis) or those that are secondary to another preventable infection (for example, sepsis due to catheterassociated urinary tract infection). Otherwise, physicians and other public health experts may argue whether septicemia is reasonably preventable. The septicemia may not be simply a hospital-acquired infection. It may simply be a progression of an infection that occurred prior to admission. Furthermore, physicians cannot always tell whether the condition was hospitalacquired. We examined whether it might be better to limit the septicemia cases to a specific organism (for example, code 038.11 (Staphylococcus aureus septicemia)). CDC staff recommended that we focus on staphylococcus aureus septicemia because this condition is a significant public health issue. As stated earlier, there is a specific code for staphylococcus aureus septicemia, code 038.11. Therefore, the cases would be easy to identify. However, as stated earlier, while this type of septicemia is identified through code 038.11, coders may also provide sepsis code 995.91 or 995.92 to more fully describe the staphylococcus aureus septicemia. Codes 995.91 and 995.92 are reported as secondary codes and further define cases with septicemia. Codes 995.91 and 995.92 are CCs under the current CMS DRGs and MCCs under the proposed MS–DRGs. <bullet≤ 998.59 (Other postoperative infections). This code includes septicemia that develops postoperatively. PO 00000 Frm 00043 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24721 <bullet≤ 999.3 (Other infection). This code includes but is not limited to sepsis/septicemia resulting from infusion, injection, transfusion, vaccination (ventilator-associated pneumonia also indexed here). To implement this condition as one of our initial ones, we would have to exclude the specific code for staphylococcus aureus septicemia, 038.11, and the additional septicemia codes, 995.91, 995.92, 998.59, and 999.3. We acknowledge that there are additional issues involved with the selection of this condition that may involve developing an exclusion list of conditions present on admission for which we would not apply a CC exclusion to staphylococcus aureus septicemia. For example, a patient may come into the hospital with a staphylococcus aureus infection such as pneumonia. The pneumonia might develop into staphylococcus aureus septicemia during the admission. It may be appropriate to consider excluding cases such as those of patients admitted with staphylococcus aureus pneumonia that subsequently develop staphylococcus aureus septicemia from the provision. In order to exclude cases that did not have a staphylococcus aureus infection prior to admission, we would have to develop a list of specific codes that identified all types of staphylococcus aureus infections such as code 482.41 (Pneumonia due to staphylococcus aureus). We likely would not apply the new provision to cases of staphylococcus aureus septicemia if a patient were admitted with staphylococcus aureus pneumonia. However, if the patient had other types of infections, not classified as being staphylococcus aureus, and then developed staphylococcus aureus septicemia during the admission, we would apply the provision and exclude the staphylococcus aureus septicemia as a CC. We were not able to identify any other specific ICD–9–CM codes that identify specific infections as being due to staphylococcus aureus. Other types of infections, such as urinary tract infections, would require the reporting of an additional code, 041.11 (Staphylococcus aureus), to identify the staphylococcus aureus infection. This additional coding presents administrative issues, because it will not always be clear which condition code 041.11 (Staphylococcus aureus) is describing. We do not believe it would be appropriate to make code 041.11, in combination with other codes, subject to the hospital-acquired conditions provision until we better understand how to address the E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24722 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB administrative issues that would be associated with their selection. Therefore, we would exclude staphylococcus aureus septicemia cases with code 482.41 reported as being subject to the hospital-acquired conditions provision. Stated conversely, we would allow staphylococcus aureus septicemia to count as a CC if the patient was admitted with staphylococcus aureus pneumonia. We recognize that there may be other conditions which we should consider for this type of exclusion. We are proposing to include staphylococcus aureus bloodstream infection/ septicemia (code 038.11) as one of our initial hospital-acquired conditions. We would also exclude codes 995.91, 998.59, and 999.3 from counting as an MCC/CC when they are reported with code 038.11. The condition can be clearly identified through ICD–9–CM codes that are classified as CC under the current CMS DRGs and MCCs under the proposed MS–DRGs. The condition meets our burden criterion by being both high cost and high volume. There are prevention guidelines which we acknowledge are subject to some debate among the medical community. We also acknowledge that we would have to exclude this condition if a patient were admitted with a staphylococcus aureus infection of a more limited location, such as pneumonia. We encourage commenters to make suggestions on this issue and to recommend any other appropriate exclusion for staphylococcus aureus septicemia. We encourage comments on the appropriateness of selecting staphylococcus aureus septicemia as one of our proposed initial hospitalacquired conditions. (g) Ventilator Associated Pneumonia (VAP) and Other Types of Pneumonia Coding ‘‘ Pneumonia is identified through the following codes: <bullet≤ 073.0 (Ornithosis with pneumonia) <bullet≤ 112.4 (Candidiasis of lung) <bullet≤ 136.3 (Pneumocystosis) <bullet≤ 480.0 (Pneumonia due to adenovirus) <bullet≤ 480.1 (Pneumonia due to respiratory syncytial virus) <bullet≤ 480.2 (Pneumonia due to parainfluenza virus) <bullet≤ 480.3 (Pneumonia due to SARS-associated coronavirus) <bullet≤ 480.8 (Pneumonia due to other virus not elsewhere classified) <bullet≤ 480.9 (Viral pneumonia, unspecified) <bullet≤ 481 (Pneumococcal pneumonia [Streptococcus pneumoniae pneumonia]) VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 <bullet≤ 482.0 (Pneumonia due to Klebsiella pneumoniae) <bullet≤ 482.1 (Pneumonia due to Pseudomonas) <bullet≤ 482.2 (Pneumonia due to Hemophilus influenzae [H. influenzae]) <bullet≤ 482.30 (Pneumonia due to Streptococcus, unspecified) <bullet≤ 482.31 (Pneumonia due to Streptococcus, Group A) <bullet≤ 482.32 (Pneumonia due to Streptococcus, Group B) <bullet≤ 482.39 (Pneumonia due to other Streptococcus) <bullet≤ 482.40 (Pneumonia due to Staphylococcus, unspecified) <bullet≤ 482.41 (Pneumonia due to Staphylococcus aureus) <bullet≤ 482.49 (Other Staphylococcus pneumonia) <bullet≤ 482.81 (Pneumonia due to Anaerobes) <bullet≤ 482.82 (Pneumonia due to Escherichia coli [E. coli]) <bullet≤ 482.83 (Pneumonia due to other gram-negative bacteria) <bullet≤ 482.84 (Pneumonia due to Legionnaires’ disease) <bullet≤ 482.89 (Pneumonia due to other specified bacteria) <bullet≤ 482.9 (Bacterial pneumonia unspecified) <bullet≤ 483.0 (Pneumonia due to Mycoplasma pneumoniae) There is not a unique code that identifies ventilator associated pneumonia. The creation of a code for ventilator associated pneumonia was discussed at the September 29, 2006 meeting of the ICD–9–CM Coordination and Maintenance Committee meeting. Many issues and concerns were raised at the meeting concerning the creation of this proposed new code. It has been difficult to define ventilator-associated pneumonia. We plan to continue working closely with the CDC to develop a code that can accurately describe this condition for implementation in FY 2009. CDC will address the creation of a unique code for this condition at the September 28–29, 2007 ICD–9–CM Coordination and Maintenance Committee meeting. While we list 27 pneumonia codes above, our clinical advisors do not believe that all of the codes mentioned could possibly be associated with ventilator-associated pneumonia. Our clinical advisors specifically question whether the following codes would ever represent cases of ventilator-associated pneumonia: 073.0, 480.0, 480.1, 480.2, 480.3, 480.8, 480.9, and 483.0. Therefore, we have a range of pneumonia codes, all of which may not represent cases that could involve ventilator-associated pneumonia. In addition, we do not have a specific code PO 00000 Frm 00044 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 that uniquely identifies cases of ventilator-associated pneumonia. Burden (High Cost/High Volume)— CDC reports that there are 250,205 ventilator-associated pneumonias per year. Because there is not a unique ICD– 9–CM code for ventilator-associated pneumonia, there is not accurate data for FY 2006 on the number of Medicare patients who had this condition as a secondary diagnosis. However, we did examine data for FY 2006 on the number of Medicare patients who listed pneumonia as a secondary diagnosis. There were 92,586 cases with a secondary diagnosis of pneumonia, with average charges of $88,781. According to the journal Critical Care Medicine, patients with ventilator-associated pneumonia have statistically significantly longer intensive care lengths of stay (mean = 6.10 days) than those who do not (mean = 5.32–6.87 days). In addition, patients who develop ventilator-associated pneumonia incur, on average, greater than or equal to $10,019 in additional hospital costs compared to those who do not.13 Therefore, we believe that this is a highvolume condition. Prevention guidelines—Prevention guidelines are located at the following Web site: http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/ dhqp/ gl—hcpneumonia.html. However, it is not clear how effective these guidelines are in preventing pneumonia. Ventilator-associated pneumonia may be particularly difficult to prevent. CC—All of the pneumonia codes listed above are CCs under the current CMS DRGs and under the proposed MS–DRGs, except for the following pneumonia codes which are non-CCs: 073.0, 480.0, 480.1, 480.2, 480.3, 480.8, 480.9, 483.0. However, as mentioned earlier, there is not a unique ICD–9–CM code for ventilator-associated pneumonia. Therefore, this condition does not currently meet the statutory criteria for being selected. Considerations—Hospital-acquired pneumonias, and specifically ventilator associated pneumonias, are an important problem. However, based on our work with the medical community to develop specific codes for this condition, we have learned that it is difficult to define what constitutes ventilator associated pneumonia. Although prevention guidelines exist, it is not clear how effective these are in preventing pneumonia. Clinicians cannot always tell which pneumonias are acquired in a hospital. In addition, 13 Safdar N.: Clinical and Economic Consequences of Ventilator-Associated Pneumonia: A Systematic Review, Critical Care Medicine, 2005, 33(10), pp. 2184–2193. E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB as mentioned above, there is not a unique code that identifies ventilatorassociated pneumonia. There are a number of codes that capture a range of pneumonia cases. It is not possible to specifically identify if these pneumonia cases are ventilator-associated or arose from other sources. Because we cannot identify cases with ventilator-associated pneumonia and there are questions about its preventability, we are not proposing to select this condition as one of our initial hospital-acquired conditions. However, we welcome public comments on how to create an ICD–9–CM code that identifies ventilator-associated pneumonia, and we encourage participation in our September 28–29, 2007 ICD–9–CM Coordination and Maintenance Committee meeting where this issue will be discussed. We will reevaluate the selection of this condition in FY 2009. (h) Vascular Catheter-Associated Infections Coding—The code used to identify vascular catheter associated infections is ICD–9–CM code 996.62 (Infection due to other vascular device, implant, and graft). This code includes infections associated with all vascular devices, implants, and grafts. It does not uniquely identify a vascular catheter associated infections. Therefore, there is not a unique ICD–9–CM code for this infection. CDC and CMS staff requested that the ICD–9–CM Coordination and Maintenance Committee discuss the creation of a unique ICD–9–CM code for vascular catheter associated infections because the issue is important for public health. The proposal to create a new ICD–9–CM was discussed at the March 22–23, 2007 meeting of the ICD–9–CM Coordination and Maintenance Committee. A summary of this meeting can be found at: http://www.cdc.gov/ nchs/icd9.htm. Coders would also assign an additional code for the infection such as septicemia. Therefore, a list of specific infection codes would have to be developed to go along with code 996.62. If the vascular catheter associated infection was hospitalacquired, the DRG logic would have to be modified so that neither the code for the vascular catheter associated infection along with the specific infection code would count as a CC. Burden (High Cost/High Volume)— CDC reports that there are 248,678 central line associated bloodstream infections per year. It appears to be both high cost and high volume. However, we were not able to identify Medicare data on these cases because there is no existing unique ICD–9–CM code. VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 Prevention guidelines—CDC guidelines are located at the following Web site: http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/ dhqp/gl—intravascular.html. CC—Code 996.62 is a CC under the current CMS DRGs and the proposed MS–DRGs. However, as stated earlier, this code is broader than vascular catheter-associated infections. Therefore, there is not a unique ICD–9– CM code to identify the condition at this time, and it does not currently meet the statutory criteria to be selected. However, as indicated above, we will be creating a code(s) to identify this condition and may select it as a condition under the provision beginning in FY 2009. Considerations—There is not yet a unique ICD–9–CM code to capture this condition. If one is implemented on October 1, 2007, we would be able to specifically identify these cases. Some patients require long-term indwelling catheters, which are more prone to infections. Ideally catheters should be changed at certain time intervals. However, circumstances might prevent such practice (for example, the patient has a bleeding diathesis). In addition, a patient may acquire an infection from another source which can colonize the catheter. As mentioned earlier, coders would also assign an additional code for the infection, such as septicemia. Therefore, a list of specific infection codes would have to be developed to go along with code 996.62. If the vascular catheter-associated infection was hospital-acquired, the DRG logic would have to be modified so that neither the code for the vascular catheter-associated infection along with the specific infection code would count as a CC. Without a specific code for infections due to a catheter, it would be difficult to identify these patients. Given the current lack of an ICD–9–CM code for this condition, we are not proposing to include it as one of our initial hospitalacquired conditions at this time. However, we believe it shows merit for inclusion in future lists of hospitalacquired conditions once we have resolved the coding issues and are able to better identify the condition in the Medicare data. We will reevaluate the selection of this condition in FY 2009. We encourage comments on this condition which was identified as an important public health issue by several organizations that provided recommendations on hospital-acquired conditions. We are particularly interested in receiving comments on how we should handle additional associated infections that might develop along with the vascular catheterassociated infection. PO 00000 Frm 00045 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24723 (i) Clostridium Difficile-Associated Disease (CDAD) Coding—This condition is identified by ICD–9–CM code 008.45 (Clostridium difficile). Burden (High Cost/High Volume)— CDC reports that there are 178,000 cases per year in U.S. hospitals. For FY 2006, there were 110,761 reported cases of Medicare patients with CDAD as a secondary diagnosis, with average charges for the hospital stay of $52,464. Therefore, this is a high-volume condition. Prevention guidelines—Prevention guidelines are not available. Therefore, we do not believe this condition can reasonably be prevented through the application of evidence-based guidelines. CC—Code 008.45 is a CC under the current CMS DRGs and the proposed MS–DRGs. Considerations—CDAD is an emerging problem with significant public health importance. If found early CDAD cases can easily be treated. However, cases not diagnosed early can be expensive and difficult to treat. CDAD occurs in patients on a variety of antibiotic regiments, many of which are unavoidable, and therefore preventability is an issue. We are not proposing to include CDAD as one of our initial hospital-acquired conditions at this time, given the lack of prevention guidelines. We welcome public comments on CDAD, specifically on its preventability and whether there is potential to develop guidelines to identify it early in the disease process and/or diminish its incidence. We will reevaluate the selection of this condition in FY 2009. (j) Methicillin-Resistant Staphylococcus Aureus (MRSA) Coding—MRSA is identified by ICD– 9–CM code V09.0 (Infection with microorganisms resistant to penicillins). One would also assign a code(s) to describe the exact nature of the infection. Burden (High Cost/High Volume)— For FY 2006, there were 95,103 reported cases of Medicare patients who had MRSA as a secondary diagnosis. The average charges for these cases were $31,088. This condition is a high-cost and high-volume infection. MRSA has become a very common bacteria occurring both in and outside of the hospital environment. Prevention guidelines—CDC guidelines are located at the following Web site: http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/ dhqp/pdf/ar/mdroGuideline2006.pdf. CC—Code V09.0 is not a CC under the current CMS DRGs and the proposed E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24724 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules MS–DRGs. The specific infection would be identified in a code describing the exact nature of the infection, which may be a CC. Considerations—As stated earlier, preventability may be hard to ascertain since the bacteria has become so common both inside and outside the hospital. There are also considerations in identifying MRSA infections because hospitals would report the code for MRSA along with additional codes that would describe the exact nature of the infection. We would have to develop a list of specific infections that could be the result of MRSA. We are not proposing to include MRSA as one of our initial hospital-acquired conditions because the condition is not a CC. We recognize that associated conditions may be a CC. We welcome comments on the proposal not to include this condition. Should there be support for including this condition, we request recommendations on what codes might be selected to identify the specific types of infections associated with MRSA. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB (k) Surgical Site Infections Coding—Surgical site infections are identified by ICD–9–CM code 998.59 (Other postoperative infection). The code does not tell the exact location or nature of the postoperative wound infection. The code includes wound infections and additional types of postoperative infections such as septicemia. The coding guidelines instruct the coder to add an additional code to identify the type of infection. To implement this condition we would have to remove both code 998.59 and the specific infection from counting as a CC if they occurred after the admission. We would have to develop an extensive list of possible infections that would be subject to the provision. We may also need to recommend the creation of a series of new ICD–9–CM codes to identify various types of surgical site infections, should this condition merit inclusion among those that are subject to the proposed hospital-acquired conditions provision. Burden (High Cost/High Volume)— CDC reports that there are 290,485 surgical sites infections each year. As stated earlier, there is not a unique code for surgical site infection. Therefore, we examined Medicare data on patients with any type of postoperative infection. For FY 2006, there were 38,763 reported cases of Medicare patients who had a postoperative infection. These patients had average charges for the hospital stay of $79,504. We are unable to determine how many of these patients had surgical site infections. VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 Prevention guidelines—CDC guidelines are available at the following Web site: http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/ dhqp/gl—surgicalsite.html CC—Code 998.59 is a CC under the current CMS DRGs and the proposed MS–DRGs. Considerations—As mentioned earlier, code 998.59 is not exclusive to surgical site infections. It includes other types of postoperative infections. Therefore, code 998.59 does not currently meet the statutory criteria for being subject to the provision because it does not uniquely identify surgical site infections. To identify surgical site infections, we would need new codes that provide more detail about the type of postoperative infection as well as the site of the infection. In addition, one would report both code 998.59 as well a more specific code for the specific type of infection, making implementation difficult. While there are prevention guidelines, it is not always possible to identify the specific types of surgical infections that are preventable. Therefore, we are not proposing to select surgical site infections as one of our proposed hospital-acquired conditions at this time. However, we welcome public comments on whether we can develop criteria and codes to identify preventable surgical site infections that would assist us in reducing their incidence. We are exploring ways to identify surgical site infections and will reevaluate this condition in FY 2009. (l) Serious Preventable Event—Surgery on Wrong Body Part, Patient, or Wrong Surgery Coding—Surgery performed on the wrong body part, wrong patient, or the wrong surgery would be identified by ICD–9–CM code E876.5 (Performance of inappropriate operation). This diagnosis code does not specifically identify which of these events has occurred. Burden (High Cost/High Volume)—As stated earlier, there are not unique ICD– 9–CM codes which capture surgery performed on the wrong body part or the wrong patient, or the wrong surgery. Therefore, we examined Medicare data on the code for performance of an inappropriate operation. For FY 2006, there was one Medicare case reported with this code, and the patient had average charges for the hospital stay of $24,962. This event is rare. Therefore, it is not high volume. Individual cases could have high costs. However, we were unable to determine the impact with our limited data. Prevention guidelines—There are prevention guidelines for performing the correct surgery on the correct patient PO 00000 Frm 00046 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 or correct patient’s body part. This event should not occur. CC—This code is not a CC under the current CMS DRGs and the proposed MS–DRGs. Therefore, it does not meet the criteria for selection under section 1886(d)(4)(D)(iv) of the Act. However, Medicare does not pay for performing surgery on the wrong body part or patient, or performing the wrong surgery. These services are not considered to be reasonable and necessary and are excluded from Medicare coverage. Considerations—There are significant considerations for the selection of this condition. There is not a unique ICD–9– CM code that would describe the nature of the inappropriate operation. All types of inappropriate operations are included in code E876.5. Unlike other conditions, performance of an inappropriate operation is not a complication of a prior medical event that was medically necessary. Rather, in this case, there was a needed intervention but it was done to either the wrong body part or the wrong patient, or was not the correct operation. Thus, a service was completed that was not reasonable and necessary and Medicare does not pay for any inpatient service associated with the wrong surgery. It is not necessary for us to select this condition because Medicare does not pay for it under any circumstances. (m) Falls Coding—There is no single code that shows that a patient has suffered a fall in the hospital. Codes would be assigned to identify the nature of any resulting injury from the fall such as a fracture, contusion, concussion, etc. There is a code to indicate that a patient fell from bed, code E884.4 (Fall from bed). One would then assign a code that identifies the external cause of the injury (the fall from the bed) and an additional code(s) for any resulting injury (a fractured bone). Burden (High Cost/High Volume)—As stated earlier, there is not a code to capture all types of falls. Therefore, we examined Medicare data on the number of Medicare beneficiaries who fell out of bed. For FY 2006, there were 2,591 cases reported of Medicare patients who fell out of bed. These patients had average charges of the hospital stay of $24,962. However, depending on the nature of the injury, costs may vary in specific cases. Prevention guidelines—Falls may or may not be preventable. Serious preventable event guidelines can be found at the following Web site: http:// www.qualityindicators.ahrq.gov/psi— download.htm E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24725 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules CC—Code E884.4 is not a CC under the current CMS DRGs or the proposed MS–DRGs. Considerations—There are not clear codes that identify all types of falls. Hospitals would also have to use additional codes for fractures and other injuries that result from the fall. In addition, depending on the circumstances, the falls may or may not be preventable. We are not proposing the inclusion of falls as one of our initial hospital-acquired conditions at this time because we can only identify a limited number of these cases, and they are not classified as a CC. However, we welcome public comments on how to develop codes or coding logic that would allow us to identify injuries that result from falls in the hospital so that Medicare would not recognize the higher costs associated with treating patients who acquire these conditions in the hospital. We will reevaluate this condition in FY 2009. The following table summarizes whether or not the potential conditions meet our criteria and if there are significant considerations with selecting the particular condition. As mentioned earlier, we have listed these conditions in the priority order according to how well they meet the statutory criteria. As discussed earlier, we are proposing to select the first six conditions (catheter associated urinary tract infections through Staphylococcus aureus septicemia) as our initial hospitalacquired conditions. We would not include the last seven conditions (ventilator-associated pneumonia through falls) as initial hospitalacquired conditions. We welcome comments on how appropriately we have evaluated and proposed the selection of the first six conditions. We also encourage specific comments on any additional conditions we should select for October 1, 2008 implementation. We request commenters to include a rationale for selecting any suggested additional conditions, as well as an analysis of why each suggested additional condition meets the criteria under section 1886(d)(4)(D)(iv) of the Act and whether there would be coding issues or other considerations associated with selecting each condition. PROPOSED HOSPITAL-ACQUIRED CONDITIONS AND CRITERIA Proposed hospital-acquired condition Coding—unique code? Burden—high cost and/or high volume? Prevention guidelines? CC? Considerations? 1. Catheter associated urinary tract infections. 2. Pressure ulcers (Decubitus ulcers) 3. Serious preventable event—Object left in surgery. Yes ...................... Yes ...................... Yes ...................... Yes ...................... Yes ...................... Yes ...................... Yes ...................... Yes ...................... Yes ...................... Yes ...................... 4. Serious preventable event—air embolism. Yes ...................... Yes ...................... Yes ...................... No . 5. Serious preventable event—Blood incompatibility. Yes ...................... Yes ...................... Yes ...................... No. 6. Staphylococcus aureus septicemia Yes—multiple codes reported. No VAP code, multiple pneumonia codes. Yes ...................... Yes—high cost in specific circumstances. Yes—high cost in specific circumstances. Yes—high cost in specific circumstances. Yes ...................... Minimal—additional infection codes. No. No. Yes ...................... Yes ...................... Multiple codes. Yes ...................... Yes ...................... No—no unique codes. Preventability issues. VAPs— identification issues. Preventability issues. Preventability issues. Preventability issues. Cannot identify. 7. Ventilator associated pneumonia (VAP)/Pneumonia/. 8. Vascular catheter associated infections. 9. Clostridium difficile-associated disease (CDAD). 10. Methicillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus (MRSA). 11. Surgical site infections ................ No ........................ Yes ...................... Yes ...................... Yes ...................... Yes ...................... No ........................ Yes—but code is too broad. Yes ...................... Yes ...................... Yes ...................... Yes ...................... No ........................ No ........................ Yes ...................... Yes ...................... 12. Serious preventable Wrong surgery. Yes ...................... Yes—high cost in specific circumstances. Yes—high cost in specific circumstances. Yes ...................... Yes—but code is too broad. No ........................ event— mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 13. Falls ............................................. No—not for all types of falls. As stated earlier, we are soliciting comments on the six conditions we proposed to include among the initial hospital-acquired conditions. We welcome any comments on the clinical aspects of the conditions and on which conditions should be selected for implementation on October 1, 2008. We also solicit comments on any problematic issues for specific conditions that may support not VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 No—for all types of falls. selecting them as one of the initial conditions. We encourage comments on how some of the administrative problems can be overcome if there is support for a particular condition. 7. Other Issues Under section 1886(d)(4)(D)(vi) of the Act, ‘‘[a]ny change resulting from the application of this subparagraph shall not be taken into account in adjusting PO 00000 Frm 00047 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 No ........................ Not a CC. Cannot identify. the weighting factors under subparagraph (C)(i) or in applying budget neutrality under subparagraph (C)(iii).’’ Subparagraph (C)(i) refers to DRG classifications and relative weights. Therefore, the statute requires the Secretary to continue counting the conditions selected under section 5001(c) of the DRA as MCCs or CCs when updating the relative weights annually. Thus, the higher costs E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24726 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules associated with a case with a hospitalacquired MCC or CC will continue to be assigned to the MCC or CC DRG when calculating the relative weight but payment will not be made to the hospital at one of these higher-paying DRGs. Further, subparagraph (C)(iii) refers to the budget neutrality calculations that are done so aggregate payments do not increase as a result of changes to DRG classifications and relative weights. Again, the higher costs associated with the cases that have a hospital-acquired MCC or CC will be included in the budget neutrality calculation but Medicare will make a lower payment to the hospital for the specific case that include an MCC or CC. Thus, to the extent that the provision applies and cases with an MCC or CC are assigned to a lower-paying DRG, section 5001(c) of the DRA will result in cost savings to the Medicare program. We note that the provision will only apply when the selected conditions are the only MCCs and CCs present on the claim. Therefore, if a nonselected MCC or CC is on the claim, the case will continue to be assigned to the higher paying MCC or CC DRG, and there will be no savings to Medicare from the case. We believe the provision will apply in a small minority of cases because it is rare that one of the selected conditions will be the only MCC or CC present on the claim. We provide our estimate of the savings associated with this provision in the impact section of this proposed rule. G. Proposed Changes to Specific DRG Classifications 1. Pre-MDC: Intestinal Transplantation (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘DRGs: Intestinal Transplantation’’ at the beginning of your comment.) In the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 48976), we reassigned intestinal transplant cases from CMS DRG 148 (Major Small and Large Bowel Procedures with CC) and CMS DRG 149 (Major Small and Large Bowel Procedures without CC) to CMS DRG ROPOSED 480 (Liver Transplant and/or Intestinal Transplantation). In the FY 2006 IPPS final rule (70 FR 47286), we continued to evaluate these cases to see if a further DRG change was warranted. While we found that intestinal only transplants and combination liver-intestine transplants have higher average charges than other cases in CMS DRG 480, these cases are extremely rare (there were only 4 cases in FY 2004) and the insufficient number of cases does not warrant creating a separate DRG. For FY 2008, we examined the September 2006 update of the FY 2006 MedPAR file and found 1,208 cases assigned to CMS DRG 480. In the proposed MS–DRGs described in section II.C. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing to split CMS DRG 480 into two severity levels: proposed MS–DRG 005 (Liver Transplant and/or Intestinal Transplant with MCC) and proposed MS–DRG 006 (Liver Transplant and/or Intestinal Transplant without MCC). The following table displays our results: MS–DRG Number of cases Proposed MS–DRG mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG 006—All cases .............................................................................................................................. 006—Intestinal transplant cases only ........................................................................................... 005—All cases .............................................................................................................................. 005—Intestinal transplant cases only ........................................................................................... 005—Intestinal and liver transplant .............................................................................................. Under the proposed MS–DRGs, 10 of 13 intestinal transplant cases are assigned to proposed MS–DRG 005 based on the secondary diagnosis of the patient. The three remaining intestinal transplant cases do not have an MCC and would have been assigned to proposed MS–DRG 006, absent further changes to the DRG logic. These three intestinal transplants have average charges of approximately $354,793 and an average length of stay of 34 days. Average charges and length of stay for these three cases are more comparable to the average charges of approximately $243,271 and average length of stay of 40.22 days for all cases assigned to proposed MS–DRG 005. For this reason, we are proposing to move all intestinal transplant cases to proposed MS–DRG 005. As part of this proposal, we would redefine proposed MS–DRG 005 as ‘‘Liver Transplant with MCC or Intestinal Transplant.’’ The presence of a liver transplant with MCC or an intestinal transplant would assign a case to the higher severity level. Proposed VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 MS–DRG would also be redefined as ‘‘Liver Transplant without MCC.’’ 2. MDC 1 (Diseases and Disorders of the Nervous System) a. Implantable Neurostimulators (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘DRGs: Neurostimulators’’ at the beginning of your comment.) We received a joint request from three manufacturers to review the DRG assignment for cases involving neurostimulators. The commenters are concerned that: <bullet≤ Neurostimulator cases may be assigned to 30 different DRGs in 12 different MDCs depending upon the patient’s principal diagnosis. <bullet≤ Neurostimulator cases represent a small proportion of the total cases in their assigned DRG and have higher costs. <bullet≤ The 11 new ICD–9–CM codes created beginning in FY 2007 that identify pain are assigned to MDC 23 (Factors Influencing Health Status and PO 00000 Frm 00048 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 446 3 762 9 1 Average length of stay 10.05 34 22.25 40.22 56 Average charges $129,519 354,793 243,271 460,089 1,179,425 Other Contacts With Health Services) rather than MDC 1 (Diseases and Disorders of the Nervous System). The commenters are concerned that these pain codes will be a common principal diagnosis for patients who receive a neurostimulator and will be assigned to MDC 23, which contains a wide variety of dissimilar diagnoses. The new ICD– 9–CM codes are: 338.0 (Central pain syndrome), 338.11 (Acute pain due to trauma), 338.12 (Acute postthoracotomy pain), 338.18 (Other acute postoperative pain), 338.19 (Other acute pain), 338.21 (Chronic pain due to trauma), 338.22 (Chronic postthoracotomy pain), 338.28 (Other chronic postoperative pain), 338.29 (Other chronic pain), 338.3 (Neoplasm related pain (acute)(chronic)), and 338.4 (Chronic pain syndrome) The commenters recommended that we: <bullet≤ Reroute all spinal and peripheral neurostimulator cases into a common set of base DRGs. E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules <bullet≤ Reclassify ICD–9–CM pain codes 338.0 through 338.4 currently assigned to MDC 23 into MDC 1 when reported as principal diagnosis. <bullet≤ Revise surgical CMS DRGs in MDC 1 based on whether the patient received a major device. <bullet≤ Split the single surgical CMS DRG in MDC 19 (Mental Diseases and Disorders) and MDC 23 into two CMS DRGs: one CMS DRG for minor procedures as defined by CMS DRGs 477 (Non-Extensive O.R. Procedure Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis) and CMS DRG 468 (Extensive O.R. Procedure Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis) and one CMS DRG for major procedures. <bullet≤ Create a new CMS DRG in MDC 1 for major devices. The commenters recognize that implementing a re-routing feature in the CMS DRG system would be a major undertaking and, alternatively, suggested reassigning the pain codes to MDC 1 as an interim step. We agree with this suggestion as described further below. With respect to the suggestion to split the single surgical CMS DRG in MDCs 19 and 23 into two CMS DRGs and create a major device CMS DRG within MDC 1, we encourage the commenters to examine the assignment of neurostimulator cases under the MS– DRGs to determine whether the changes we are proposing to adopt to better recognize severity in the CMS DRG system would address these concerns. The implantation of a neurostimulator requires two types of procedures. First, the surgeons implant leads containing electrodes into the targeted section of the brain, spine, or peripheral nervous system. Second, a neurostimulator pulse generator is implanted into the pectoral region and extensions from the neurostimulator pulse generator are tunneled under the skin and connected with the proximal ends of the leads. Hospitals stage the two procedures required for a full system neurostimulator implant. There are separate ICD–9–CM procedure codes that identify the implant of the leads and the insertion of the pulse generator. The three codes for the leads insertion are: 02.93 (Implantation or replacement of intracranial neurostimulator lead(s)); 03.93 (Implantation or replacement of spinal neurostimulator lead(s)); and code 04.92 (Implantation or replacement of peripheral neurostimulator lead(s). The five codes for the insertion of the pulse generator are: 86.94 (Insertion or replacement of single array neurostimulator pulse generator, not specified as rechargeable); 86.95 (Insertion or replacement of dual array VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 neurostimulator pulse generator, not specified as rechargeable); 86.96 (Insertion or replacement of other neurostimulator pulse generator); 86.97 (Insertion or replacement of single array rechargeable neurostimulator pulse generator); and 86.98 (Insertion or replacement of dual array rechargeable neurostimulator pulse generator). The patient’s principal diagnosis determines the MDC assignment. Implant of a cranial, spinal or peripheral neurostimulator will result in assignment of the case to a surgical DRG within that MDC. Although the commenters are correct that neurostimulator cases can potentially be assigned to many different CMS DRGs based on the patient’s principal diagnosis, they also provided data that showed that nearly 90 percent are assigned to 6 different CMS DRGs that cross two MDCs. In MDC 1, neurostimulator cases are assigned to four CMS DRGs: CMS DRG 7 (Peripheral and Cranial Nerve and Other Nervous System Procedures With CC); CMS DRG 8 (Peripheral and Cranial Nerve and Other Nervous System Procedures Without CC); CMS DRG 531 (Spinal Procedures With CC); and CMS DRG 532 (Spinal Procedures Without CC). In MDC 8 (Disease and Disorders of the Musculoskeletal System and Connective Tissue), neurostimulator cases are assigned to two CMS DRGs: CMS DRG 499 (Back and Neck Procedures Except Spinal Fusion With CC); and CMS DRG 500 (Back and Neck Procedures Except Spinal Fusion Without CC). With very limited exceptions, such as tracheostomies and certain types of transplants, the principal diagnosis is fundamental to the assignment of a case to an MDC within the DRG system. By relying on the patient’s principal diagnosis, the DRG system will group together patients who are clinically similar. For this reason, we are concerned about adopting the suggestion that all neurostimulator cases be rerouted to a common DRG irrespective of the patient’s principal diagnosis. We believe such a step would be fundamentally inconsistent with the idea of creating common groups of patients who are clinically similar based on diagnosis and procedures. For this reason, we do not believe that a rerouting step should be adopted that would group together all neurostimulator cases. However, we do agree with the commenters’ suggestion that the new ICD–9–CM codes created in FY 2007 for central and chronic pain syndrome and chronic pain (codes 338.0, 338.21 through 338.29, and 338.4) should be assigned to MDC 1 when present as the PO 00000 Frm 00049 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24727 principal diagnosis. The commenters requested that we reclassify the pain codes (338.0 through 338.4) from MDC 23 to MDC 1. Our medical consultants advised that the acute pain codes (codes 338.11 through 338.19) should remain in MDC 23 because the acute pain is not a neurological condition. According to the commenters, the National Center for Health Statistics’ (NCHS) choice in locating the pain codes within ICD–9– CM’s Nervous System chapter has much clinical validity, particularly for chronic pain. The commenters further noted that acute pain is typically self-limited, a symptomatic response to an immediate insult that serves the body as a warning sign. However, chronic pain is unrelenting and serves no warning or protective function. It is a disease process of its own accord, according to the commenters. The commenters described pain as follows. Broadly, there are two main categories of pain: nociceptive and neuropathic. Nociceptive pain is caused by sensory neurons, called nociceptors, responding to tissue damage. This type of pain is the body’s normal response to injury. The pain is usually localized and time-limited. That is, when the tissue damage heals, the pain typically resolves. Acute pain is typically nociceptive. In general, nociceptive pain is typically treated with antiinflammatories and, in more severe cases, with opioids via a morphine pump for example. In contrast, neuropathic pain is caused by malfunctioning or pathologically altered nervous pathways stemming from injury to the nervous system, either as a direct result of trauma to a nerve (phantom limb syndrome, reflex sympathetic dystrophy/complex regional pain syndrome after injury) or due to other medical conditions that cause damage to the nerve such as herpes (postherpetic neuralgia), diabetes (diabetic neuropathy), and peripheral vascular disease (critical limb ischemia). Failed back surgery syndrome (FBSS) is another common source of neuropathic pain. Typically, neuropathic pain is chronic and may persist for months or years beyond the healing of damaged tissue. Because the nerves themselves have been damaged, neuropathic pain can be considered its own disease process. Neuropathic pain may be more difficult to treat than nociceptive pain and has been shown to be more responsive to neurostimulation. The pain codes, created effective October 1, 2006, are currently assigned to MDC 23. The neurostimulator cases with a principal diagnosis using the pain codes were assigned to CMS DRG E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24728 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 461 (O.R. Procedure With Diagnoses of Other Contact With Health Services) for the first time in FY 2007. As explained above, prior to our adoption of the new pain codes in FY 2007, these cases had historically been assigned to CMS DRGs 7 and 8 (Peripheral and Cranial Nerve and Other Nervous System Procedure With and Without CC, respectively) tin MDC 1. Adopting the commenters’ recommendation would result in the neurostimulator cases being assigned to their historic CMS DRGs. Our medical officers agree that cases that use the new pain diagnosis codes for central and chronic pain syndrome and chronic pain (codes 338.0, 338.21 through 338.29, and 338.4) as a principal diagnosis should be assigned to MDC 1. For this reason, we are proposing to assign cases with a principal diagnosis of central pain syndrome (code 338.0), chronic pain due to trauma (code 338.21), chronic post-thoracotomy pain (code 338.22), other chronic postoperative pain (code 338.28), other chronic pain (code 338.29), or chronic pain syndrome (code 338.4) to MDC 1, although we plan to monitor their use and may reassign them if needed. b. Intracranial Stents (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘DRGs: Intracranial Stents’’ at the beginning of your comment.) Effective October 1, 2004, the ICD–9– CM Coordination and Maintenance Committee created procedure code 00.62 (Percutaneous angioplasty or atherectomy of intracranial vessel(s)). At the same time, we created code 00.65 (Percutaneous insertion of intracranial vascular stent(s)). It is our customary practice to assign new codes to the same DRG as their predecessor codes. Code 00.62 was removed from code 39.50 (Angioplasty or atherectomy of other noncoronary vessel(s)), which is assigned to CMS DRG 533 (Extracranial Procedures with CC) and CMS DRG 534 (Extracranial Procedures Without CC) (proposed MS–DRGs 37, 38, and 39 (Extracranial Procedures With MCC, With CC, and Without CC/MCC, respectively)) when the patient has principal diagnosis in MDC 1. Therefore, we assigned code 00.62 to CMS DRGs 533 and 534 in MDC 1 beginning in FY 2005. In addition, we made code 00.65 a non-O.R. procedure for DRG assignment. We also assigned code 00.62 to the Non-Covered Procedure edit of the MCE, as Medicare had a national noncoverage determination for intracranial angioplasty and atherectomy with stenting. VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 Effective November 7, 2006, Medicare covers percutaneous transluminal angioplasty (PTA) and stenting of intracranial arteries for the treatment of cerebral artery stenosis in cases in which stenosis is 50 percent or greater in patients with intracranial atherosclerotic disease when furnished in accordance with FDA-approved protocols governing Category B Investigational Device Exemption (IDE) clinical trials. CMS determined that coverage of intracranial PTA and stenting is reasonable and necessary under these circumstances. All other indications for PTA without stenting to treat obstructive lesions of the vertebral and cerebral arteries remain noncovered. This decision can be found online in the CMS Coverage Manual: http://www.cms.hhs.gov/Manuals/IOM/ itemdetail.asp at section 20.7.B.5. A manufacturer recently met with CMS to request that code 00.62 be reassigned to CMS DRGs 1 and 2 (Craniotomy Age ≤ 17 With and Without CC, respectively) (proposed MS–DRGs 37 (Extracranial Procedures With MCC), 38 (Extracranial Procedures With CC), and 39 (Extracranial Procedures Without CC/MCC)) and CMS DRG 543 (Craniotomy with Major Device Implant or Acute Complex Central Nervous System Principal Diagnosis) (proposed MS–DRGs 23 and 24 (Craniotomy With Major Device Implant or Acute Complex Central Nervous System Principal Diagnosis With MCC and Without MCC, respectively). The manufacturer noted that other similar endovascular intracranial procedures that treat a cerebrovascular blockage are currently assigned to the craniotomy CMS DRGs. These endovascular-approach cases already assigned to the craniotomy CMS DRGs are identified by procedure codes 39.72 (Endovascular repair or occlusion of head and neck vessels), 39.74 (Endovascular removal of obstruction from head and neck vessel(s)), and 39.79 (Other endovascular repair (of aneurysm) of other vessels). Under the proposed MS–DRGs, we are proposing to assign procedure codes 39.72, 39.74, and 39.79 to MS–DRGs 011 through 013 and MS–DRG 543. Although we are concerned about the assignment of additional endovascular procedures to an open surgical DRG, we agree that there is clinical consistency between procedure codes 39.72, 39.74, and 39.79 and procedure code 00.62. For this reason, we agree that procedure code 00.62 should be assigned to CMS DRGs 1, 2, and 543 (proposed MS–DRGs 37, 38, and 39 and 243 and 24, respectively, that are divided by the presence or absence of specific CCs). PO 00000 Frm 00050 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 For FY 2008, we are proposing to remove code 00.62 from CMS DRGs 533 and 534 and assign them to proposed MS–DRGs 37, 38, and 39, as well as to proposed MS–DRGs 23 and 24. In order to assure appropriate DRG assignment as described above, we are proposing to make conforming changes to the MCE by removing code 00.62 from the Non-Covered Procedure edit. However, as intracranial PTA is only covered when performed in conjunction with insertion of a stent, we are proposing to redefine the edit by specifying that code 00.62 must be accompanied by code 00.65 (Percutaneous insertion of intracranial vascular stent(s)). Should code 00.65 not be reported on the claim, the case would fail the MCE edit. For a full discussion of this proposed change, we refer readers to the MCE discussion in section II.F.6. of the preamble of this proposed rule. Although we are proposing to assign endovascular intracranial procedures to the same DRG as craniotomy, we remain concerned that endovascular intracranial procedures are clinically different than open craniotomy surgical procedures and may have very different resource requirements. At the current time, there are an insufficient number of cases to warrant creation of a separate base DRG for endovascular intracranial procedures. However, we intend to revisit the assignment of intracranial endovascular procedures at a later date when more data are available to analyze these cases. 3. MDC 3 (Diseases and Disorders of the Ear, Nose, Mouth, and Throat)— Cochlear Implants (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘DRGs: Cochlear Implants’’ at the beginning of your comment.) Cochlear implants were first covered by Medicare in 1986 and were assigned to CMS DRG 49 (Major Head and Neck Procedures) in MDC 3 (Diseases and Disorders of the Ear, Nose, Mouth, and Throat). CMS DRG 49 is the highest weighted DRG in that MDC. However, two manufacturers of cochlear implants contend that this DRG assignment is clinically and economically inappropriate and have requested that cochlear implant cases be reassigned from CMS DRG 49 to CMS DRG 543 (Craniotomy With Major Device Implant or Acute Complex Central Nervous System Principal Diagnosis). The manufacturers stated that procedures assigned to CMS DRG 49 are performed mostly for diseases such as head and neck cancers, while procedures in CMS DRG 543 include E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24729 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules operations on and inside the skull and implantation of complex devices, including intracranial neurostimulators. The manufacturers described the cochlear implant procedure as requiring incisions behind the ear to remove a section of the temporal bone, followed by microscopic neurotologic surgery under general anesthesia, and is typically completed in 2 to 4 hours to restore hearing to the profoundly deaf. For these reasons, these manufacturers believe cochlear implant procedures are similar to open craniotomies. Based on their analysis of the FY 2005 MedPAR data, the manufacturers identified a total of 139 cochlear implant cases using ICD–9–CM procedure codes 20.96 (Implantation or replacement of cochlear prosthetic device NOS), 20.97 (Implantation or replacement of cochlear prosthetic device, single channel), and 20.98 (Implantation or replacement of cochlear prosthetic device, multiple channel). The manufacturers reported 121 out of 139 cochlear implant cases were assigned to CMS DRG 49 with average standardized charges of approximately $58,078. When we reviewed the FY 2006 MedPAR data, we identified 104 cochlear implant cases assigned to CMS DRG 49. In the proposed MS–DRGs, CMS DRG 49 is subdivided into two severity levels: Proposed MS–DRG 129 (Major Head and Neck Procedures With CC or MCC) and proposed MS–DRG 130 (Major Head and Neck Procedures Without CC). The following table displays our results: Number of cases Proposed MS–DRG mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG 130—All cases ........................................................................................................................ 130—Code 20.96 cases only .................................................................................................. 130—Code 20.97 only ............................................................................................................ 130—Code 20.98 only ............................................................................................................ 129—All cases ........................................................................................................................ 129—Code 20.96 only ............................................................................................................ 129—Code 20.97 only ............................................................................................................ 129—Code 20.98 only ............................................................................................................ Under the proposed MS–DRGs, 19 out of 104 cochlear implant cases are assigned to proposed MS–DRG 129 based on the secondary diagnosis of the patient. The 85 remaining cochlear implant cases do not have a CC or MCC and would be assigned to proposed MS– DRG 130, absent further changes to the DRG logic. The average charges of approximately $54,238 for cochlear implant cases are higher than the average charges of approximately $29,375 for the other cases in CMS DRG 49. However, the average charges are not as high as the average charges of approximately $78,118 for cases assigned to CMS DRG 543. Further, our medical advisors do not believe that surgery to implant a cochlear implant is clinically similar to an open craniotomy in MDC 1 because typically a craniotomy involves removing and then replacing a section of the skull in order to perform a procedure on or within the brain, whereas a cochlear implant involves drilling a hole in the mastoid bone in order to insert the implant into the inner ear. We have been unable to address this issue under the current DRGs because there are not enough inpatient cochlear implant cases to warrant creation of a separate DRG. Although these cases will continue to have higher charges than other cases in their assigned DRG, we are proposing to move the cochlear implant cases to the higher DRG severity level within CMS DRG 49. As part of this proposal, we would redefine proposed MS–DRG 129 as ‘‘Major Head VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 and Neck Procedures With CC or MCC or Major Device’’. The presence of a major head and neck procedure with a CC or MCC or major device would assign the case to the higher severity level within CMS DRG 49. 4. MDC 8 (Diseases and Disorders of the Musculoskeletal System and Connective Tissue) a. Hip and Knee Replacements (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘DRGs: Hip and Knee Replacements’’ at the beginning of your comment.) In the FY 2006 IPPS final rule (70 FR 47303), we deleted DRG 209 (Major Joint and Limb Reattachment Procedures of Lower Extremity) and created two new DRGs: 544 (Major Joint Replacement or Reattachment of Lower Extremity) and 545 (Revision of Hip or Knee Replacement). The two new DRGs were created to identify that revisions of joint replacement procedures are significantly more resource intensive than original hip and knee replacements procedures. DRG 544 includes the following procedure code assignments: <bullet≤ 81.51, Total hip replacement <bullet≤ 81.52, Partial hip replacement <bullet≤ 81.54, Total knee replacement <bullet≤ 81.56, Total ankle replacement <bullet≤ 84.26, Foot reattachment <bullet≤ 84.27, Lower leg or ankle reattachment <bullet≤ 84.28, Thigh reattachment PO 00000 Frm 00051 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 1,095 38 2 45 1,244 10 1 8 Average length of stay 3.04 1.63 1.50 1.24 5.35 2.70 5.00 3.13 Average charges $23,928 51,740 38,855 50,219 34,169 81,351 95,441 53.510 DRG 545 includes the following procedure code assignments: <bullet≤ 00.70, Revision of hip replacement, both acetabular and femoral components <bullet≤ 00.71, Revision of hip replacement, acetabular component <bullet≤ 00.72, Revision of hip replacement, femoral component <bullet≤ 00.73, Revision of hip replacement, acetabular liner and/or femoral head only <bullet≤ 00.80, Revision of knee replacement, total (all components) <bullet≤ 00.81, Revision of knee replacement, tibial component <bullet≤ 00.82, Revision of knee replacement, femoral component <bullet≤ 00.83, Revision of knee replacement, patellar component <bullet≤ 00.84, Revision of knee replacement, tibial insert (liner) <bullet≤ 81.53, Revision of hip replacement, not otherwise specified <bullet≤ 81.55, Revision of knee replacement, not otherwise specified Further, we created a number of new ICD–9–CM procedure codes effective October 1, 2005, that better distinguish the many different types of joint replacement procedures that are currently being performed. In the FY 2006 IPPS final rule (70 FR 47305), we indicated that a commenter had requested that, once we receive claims data using the new procedure codes, we closely examine data from the use of the codes under the two new DRGs to determine if future additional DRG modifications are needed. Further, the American Association of Hip & Knee Surgeons (AAHKS) recommended that we make further E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24730 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules refinements to the DRGs for knee and hip arthroplasty procedures. AAHKS previously presented data to CMS on the important differences in clinical characteristics and resource utilization between primary and revision total joint arthroplasty procedures. AAHKS stated that CMS’ decision to create a separate DRG for revision of total joint arthroplasty (TJA) in October 2005 resulted in more equitable reimbursement for hospitals that perform a disproportionate share of complex revision of TJA procedures, recognizing the higher resource utilization associated with these cases. AAHKS stated that this important payment policy change led to increased access to care for patients with failed total joint arthroplasties, and ensured that high volume TJA centers could continue to provide a high standard of care for these challenging patients. AAHKS further stated that the addition of new, more descriptive ICD– 9–CM diagnosis and procedure codes for TJA in October 2005 gave it the opportunity to further analyze differences in clinical characteristics and resource intensity among TJA patients and procedures. Inclusive of the preparatory work to submit its recommendations, the AAHKS compiled, analyzed, and reviewed detailed clinical and resource utilization data from over 6,000 primary and revision TJA procedure codes from 4 high volume joint arthroplasty centers located within different geographic regions of the United States: University of California, San Francisco, CA; Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN; Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, MA; and the Hospital for Special Surgery, New York, NY. Based on its analysis, AAHKS recommended that CMS examine Medicare claims data and consider the creation of separate DRGs for total hip and total knee arthroplasty procedures. DRG 545 currently contains revisions of both hip and knee replacement procedures. AAHKS stated that based on the differences between patient characteristics, procedure characteristics, resource utilization, and procedure code payment rates between total hip and total knee replacements, separate DRGs were warranted. Furthermore, AAHKS recommended that CMS create separate base DRGs for routine versus complex joint revision or replacement procedures as shown below. Routine Hip Replacements <bullet≤ 00.73, Revision of hip replacement, acetabular liner and/or femoral heal only <bullet≤ 00.85, Resurfacing hip, total, acetabulum and femoral head <bullet≤ 00.86, Resurfacing hip, partial, femoral head <bullet≤ 00.87, Resurfacing hip, partial, acetabulum <bullet≤ 81.51, Total hip replacement <bullet≤ 81.52, Partial hip replacement <bullet≤ 81.53, Revision of hip replacement, not otherwise specified Complex Hip Replacements <bullet≤ 00.70, Revision of hip replacement, both acetabular and femoral components <bullet≤ 00.71, Revision of hip replacement, acetabular component <bullet≤ 00.72, Revision of hip replacement, femoral component Routine Knee Replacements and Ankle Procedures <bullet≤ 00.83, Revision of knee replacement, patellar component <bullet≤ 00.84, Revision of knee replacement, tibial insert (liner) <bullet≤ 81.54, Revision of knee replacement, not otherwise specified <bullet≤ 81.55, Revision of knee replacement, not otherwise specified <bullet≤ 81.56, Total ankle replacement Complex Knee Replacements and other reattachments <bullet≤ 00.80, Revision of knee replacement, total (all components) <bullet≤ 00.81, Revision of knee replacement, tibial component <bullet≤ 00.82, Revision of knee replacement, femoral component <bullet≤ 84.26, Foot reattachment <bullet≤ 84.27, Lower leg or ankle reattachment <bullet≤ 84.28, Thigh reattachment AAHKS also recommended the continuation of DRG 471 (Bilateral or Multiple Major Joint Procedures of Lower Extremity) without modifications. DRG 471 includes any combination of two or more of the following procedure codes: <bullet≤ 00.70, Revision of hip replacement, both acetabular and femoral components <bullet≤ 00.80, Revision of knee replacement, total (all components) <bullet≤ 00.85, Resurfacing hip, total, acetabulum and femoral head <bullet≤ 00.86, Resurfacing hip, partial, femoral head <bullet≤ 00.87, Resurfacing hip, partial, acetabulum <bullet≤ 81.51, Total hip replacement <bullet≤ 81.52, Partial hip replacement <bullet≤ 81.54, Total knee replacement <bullet≤ 81.56, Total ankle replacement As discussed in section II.C. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing to adopt MS–DRGs to better recognize severity of illness for FY 2008. The proposed MS–DRGs include two new severity of illness levels under the current base DRG 544. We are also proposing to add three new severity of illness levels to the base DRG for Revision of Hip or Knee Replacement (currently DRG 545). The new MS– DRGs are as follows: <bullet≤ Proposed MS–DRG 466 (Revision of Hip or Knee Replacement with MCC) <bullet≤ Proposed MS–DRG 467 (Revision of Hip or Knee Replacement with CC) <bullet≤ Proposed MS–DRG 468 (Revision of Hip or Knee Replacement without CC) <bullet≤ Proposed MS–DRG 483 (Major Joint Replacement or Reattachment of Lower Extremity with CC/MCC) <bullet≤ Proposed MS–DRG 484 (Major Joint Replacement or Reattachment of Lower Extremity without CC/MCC) We found that the proposed MS– DRGs greatly improved our ability to identify joint procedures with higher resource costs. The following table indicates the average charges for each new proposed MS–DRG for the joint procedures. PROPOSED MS–DRGS THAT REPLACE DRGS 544 AND 535 WITH NEW SEVERITY LEVELS Number of cases mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Proposed MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG 466 467 468 483 484 VerDate Mar 15 2010 .............................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................. 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00052 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 390,344 28,211 26,718 10,078 3,886 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Average length of stay 4.03 8.46 4.06 6.06 9.55 Average charges $33,465.85 53,676.09 38,720.28 48,575.01 69,649.08 24731 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB AAHKS analyzed Medicare data under the current DRG system and was unaware of how its analysis would change under the proposed MS–DRGs. Under the current DRGs, the AAHKS recommendation would replace 2 DRGs with 4 new ones. However, under the proposed MS–DRGs, the AAHKS recommendation would result in 5 DRGs becoming 12. Because AAHKS is recommending four new joint replacement DRGs (two for knees and two for hips), each would need to be subdivided into severity levels under our proposed MS–DRG system. Therefore, the four new joint DRGs could be subdivided into three levels each, leading to 12 new DRGs. At this time, we believe that the changes we are proposing to make to adopt the proposed MS–DRGs are sufficiently better for recognizing severity of illness among the hip and knee replacement cases. We do not believe that there would be significant improvements in the proposed MS–DRGs recognition of severity of illness from creating an additional 7 DRGs. However, we acknowledge the valuable assistance the AAHKS has provided to CMS in creating the new joint replacement procedure codes and modifying the joint replacement DRGs beginning in FY 2006. These efforts greatly improved our ability to categorize significantly different groups of patients according to severity of illness. We welcome comments from AAHKS on whether the proposed MS–DRGs recognize patient complexity and severity of illness in the hip and knee replacement DRGs consistent with the concerns it expressed to us in previous comments. We also welcome public comments from others as well on whether the proposed changes to the hip and knee replacement DRGs better recognize severity of illness and complexity of these operations in the Medicare patient population. b. Spinal Fusions (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘DRGs: Spinal Procedures’’ at the beginning of your comment.) In the FY 2007 final rule (71 FR 47947), we discussed a request that urged CMS to consider applying a severity concept to all of the back and spine surgical cases, similar to the approach that was used in the FY 2006 final rule in refining the cardiac DRGs with an MCV. Specifically, the commenter recommended that the use of spinal devices be uniquely identified within the spine DRGs. The commenter’s suggestion involved the development of 10 new spine DRGs as well as additional modifications. One of these modifications included revising DRG 546 (Spinal Fusions Except Cervical with Curvature of the Spine or Malignancy). The commenter stated DRG 546 did not adequately recognize clinical severity or the resource differences among spinal fusion patients whose surgeries include fusing multiple levels of their spinal vertebrae. We agreed with the commenter that it was important to recognize severity when classifying groups of patients into specific DRGs. In addition, in response to recommendations from MedPAC’s March 2005 Report to Congress, we stated that we were conducting a comprehensive analysis of the entire DRG system to determine if we could better identify severity of illness. We further stated that until results from our analysis were available, it would be premature to implement a severity concept for the spine DRGs. Therefore, we did not make any adjustments to those DRGs at that time. Under the proposed MS–DRGs described in section II.D. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing a number of refinements that would better recognize severity for FY 2008. The proposed MS–DRGs include several refinements to the spine DRGs. These refinements are described in detail below. In the FY 2006 IPPS final rule, we noted that there are numerous innovations occurring in spinal surgery such as artificial spinal disc prostheses, kyphoplasty, vertebroplasty and the use of spine decompression devices. As part of our analysis of the DRG system for this proposed rule, we did a comprehensive review of the DRGs for spinal fusion and other back and neck procedures to determine whether additional refinements beyond the proposed MS–DRGs were necessary. We studied data from the FY 2006 MedPAR file for the entire group of spine DRGs. This group included DRG 496 (Combined Anterior/Posterior Spinal Fusion), DRGs 497 and 498 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical With and Without CC, respectively), DRGs 499 and 500 (Back and Neck Procedures Except Spinal Fusion With and Without CC, respectively), DRGs 519 and 520 (Cervical Spinal Fusion With and Without CC, respectively), and DRG 546 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical with Curvature of the Spine or Malignancy). As indicated earlier, we are proposing a two or three-way split for each of these spine DRGs to better recognize severity of illness, complexity of service, and resource utilization. In addition, we examined the procedure codes that identify multiple fusion or refusion of the vertebrae (codes 81.62 through 81.64) to determine if the data supported further refinement when a greater number of vertebrae are fused. In applying the proposed MS–DRG logic, CMS DRG 497 and 498 were collapsed and the result is a split with two severity levels: proposed MS–DRG 459 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical With MCC) and proposed MS–DRG 460 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical Without MCC). There were a total of 51,667 cases in proposed MS–DRGs 459 and 460. We identified 288 cases where nine or more noncervical vertebrae were fused (code 81.64) that currently are assigned to proposed MS–DRGs 459 and 460. The average charges and length of stay for cases in these MS–DRGs are closer to the average charges and length of stay for cases in proposed MS–DRGs 456 through 458 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical With Curvature of the Spine or Malignancy With MCC, With CC, and Without CC, respectively). For example, in proposed MS–DRG 460, there were 238 cases with an average length of stay of 6.20 days and average charges of $110,908 when nine or more noncervical vertebrae are fused. There are an additional 50 cases where nine or more vertebrae were fused in proposed MS–DRG 459 with average charges of $171,839. Without any further modification to the proposed MS–DRGs, these cases would be assigned to proposed MS–DRGs 459 and 460 that have average charges of $59,698, and $99,298, respectively. The average charges for these cases are more comparable to $142,871, $95,489, and $77,528, respectively, for proposed MS– DRGs 456 through 458. We believe these data support assigning cases where nine or more noncervical vertebrae are fused from proposed MS–DRG 459 and 460 into proposed MS–DRG 456 through 458. The table below represents our findings. Number of cases Proposed MS–DRG MS–DRG 459 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical With MCC)—All Cases .................................................. VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00053 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 3,186 03MYP2 Average length of stay 10.10 Average charges $99,298 24732 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules Number of cases Proposed MS–DRG MS–DRG 459 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical With MCC)—Cases with Procedure Code 81.64 (Fusion or refusion of 9 or more vertebrae) .............................................................................................. MS–DRG 460 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical Without MCC)—All Cases ............................................. MS–DRG 460 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical Without MCC)—Cases with Procedure Code 81.64 (Fusion or refusion of 9 or more vertebrae) ........................................................................................ MS–DRG 456 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical With Curvature of the Spine or Malignancy With MCC)—All Cases ................................................................................................................................. MS–DRG 456 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical With Curvature of the Spine or Malignancy With MCC)—Cases With Procedure Code 81.64 (Fusion or refusion of 9 or more vertebrae) .................. MS–DRG 457 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical With Curvature of the Spine or Malignancy With CC)—All Cases .................................................................................................................................... MS–DRG 457 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical With Curvature of the Spine or Malignancy With CC)—Cases With Procedure Code 81.64 (Fusion or refusion of 9 or more vertebrae) ..................... MS–DRG 458 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical With Curvature of the Spine or Malignancy Without CC—All Cases ..................................................................................................................................... MS–DRG 458 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical With Curvature of the Spine or Malignancy Without CC)—Cases With Procedure Code 81.64 (Fusion or refusion of 9 or more vertebrae) ..................... Therefore, we are proposing to move those cases that include fusing or refusing nine or more vertebrae from proposed MS–DRGs 459 and 460 into proposed MS–DRGs 456 through 458. This proposed modification would include revising the MS–DRG title to reflect the fusion of nine or more vertebrae. The revised titles for proposed MS–DRGs 456 through 458 would be as follows: <bullet≤ Proposed MS–DRG 456 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical with Spinal Curvature or Malignancy or 9+ Fusions With MCC) <bullet≤ Proposed MS–DRG 457 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical with Spinal Curvature or Malignancy or 9+ Fusions With CC) <bullet≤ Proposed MS–DRG 458 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical with Spinal Curvature or Malignancy or 9+ Fusions Without CC/MCC) We invite public comment on this topic as well as on the additional changes we are proposing to the spine MS–DRGs discussed below. Average length of stay Average charges 50 48,481 13.00 4.36 171.839 59,698 238 6.20 110,908 548 14.79 142,871 61 13.34 170,655 1,500 8.14 95,489 146 8.88 125,722 1,340 4.58 77,528 81 6.21 123,823 Further analysis demonstrates that spinal fusion cases with a principal diagnosis of tuberculosis or osteomyelitis also have higher average charges than other cases in CMS DRG 497 (proposed MS–DRGs 459 and 460) that are more similar to the cases assigned to CMS DRG 546 (proposed MS–DRGs 456 through 458). Although the volume of cases is relatively low, the data show very high average charges for these patients. The following tables display our results: Number of cases Proposed MS–DRG MS–DRG 459 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical With MCC) ..................................................................... MS–DRG 460 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical Without MCC) ................................................................ 3,186 48,481 Number of cases Proposed MS–DRG MS–DRG 456 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical with Spinal Curvature or Malignancy or 9+ Fusions With MCC) ............................................................................................................................................ MS–DRG 457 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical with Spinal Curvature or Malignancy or 9+ Fusions With CC) ............................................................................................................................................... MS–DRG 458 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical With Spinal Curvature or Malignancy or 9+ Fusions Without CC/MCC) ................................................................................................................................ Average length of stay 10.10 4.36 Average length of stay Average charges $99,298 59,698 Average charges 548 14.79 $142,870 1,500 8.14 95,489 1,340 4.58 77,528 Tuberculosis and Osteomyelitis Number of cases Principal diagnosis mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Codes 015.02, 015.04, 015.05, 730.08, 730.18 and 730.28 .................................................................. For this reason, we are proposing to add the following diagnoses to the principal diagnosis list for proposed MS–DRGs 456 through 458: <bullet≤ 015.02, Tuberculosis of bones and joints, vertebral column, VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 bacteriological or histological examination unknown (at present) <bullet≤ 015.04, Tuberculosis of bones and joints, vertebral column, tubercle bacilli not found (in sputum) by microscopy, but found by bacterial culture PO 00000 Frm 00054 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 194 Average length of stay 24.8 Average charges $128,073 <bullet≤ 015.05, Tuberculosis of bones and joints, vertebral column, tubercle bacilli not found by bacteriological examination, but tuberculosis confirmed histologically <bullet≤ 730.08, Acute osteomyelitis of other specified sites E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB <bullet≤ 730.18, Chronic osteomyelitis of other specified sites <bullet≤ 730.28, Unspecified osteomyelitis of other specified sites For the complete list of principal diagnosis codes that lead to assignment of CMS DRG 546 (proposed MS–DRGs 496 through 498), we refer readers to section II.D.4.b. of the preamble of the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 47947). c. Spinal Disc Devices Over the past several years, manufacturers of spinal disc devices have requested reassignment of DRGs for their products and applied for new technology add-on payments. CHARITETM is one of these devices. CHARITETM is a prosthetic intervertebral disc. On October 26, 2004, the FDA approved the CHARITETM Artificial Disc for single level spinal arthroplasty in skeletally mature patients with degenerative disc disease between L4 and S1. On October 1, 2004, we created new procedure codes for the insertion of spinal disc prostheses (codes 84.60 through 84.69). We provided the CMS DRG assignments for these new codes in Table 6B of the FY 2005 IPPS proposed rule (69 FR 28673). We received comments on the FY 2005 proposed rule recommending that we change the assignments for these codes from CMS DRG 499 (Back and Neck Procedures Except Spinal Fusion With CC) and CMS DRG 500 (Back and Neck Procedures Except Spinal Fusion Without CC) to the CMS DRGs for spinal fusion, CMS DRG 497 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical With CC) and CMS DRG 498 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical Without CC) for procedures on the lumbar spine and to CMS DRGs 519 and 520 for procedures on the cervical spine. In the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 48938), we indicated that CMS DRGs 497 and 498 are limited to spinal fusion procedures. Because the surgery involving the CHARITETM Artificial Disc is not a spinal fusion, we decided not to include this procedure in these CMS DRGs. However, we stated that we would continue to analyze this issue and solicited further public comments on the DRG assignment for spinal disc prostheses. In the FY 2006 final rule (70 FR 47353), we noted that, if a product meets all of the criteria for Medicare to pay for the product as a new technology under section 1886(d)(5)(K) of the Act, there is a clear preference expressed in the statute for us to assign the technology to a DRG based on similar clinical or anatomical characteristics or costs. However, for FY 2006, we did not find that the CHARITETM Artificial Disc met the substantial clinical VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 improvement criterion and, thus, did not qualify as a new technology. Consequently, we did not address the DRG classification request made under the authority of this provision of the Act. We did evaluate whether to reassign the CHARITETM Artificial Disc to different CMS DRGs using the Secretary’s authority under section 1886(d)(4) of the Act (70 FR 47308). We indicated that we did not have Medicare charge information to evaluate CMS DRG changes for cases involving an implant of a prosthetic intervertebral disc like the CHARITETM and did not make a change in its CMS DRG assignments. We stated that we would consider whether changes to the CMS DRG assignments for the CHARITETM Artificial Disc were warranted for FY 2007, once we had information from Medicare’s data system that would assist us in evaluating the costs of these patients. As we discussed in the FY 2007 IPPS proposed rule (71 FR 24036), we received correspondence regarding the CMS DRG assignments for the CHARITETM Artificial Disc, code 84.65 (Insertion of total spinal disc prosthesis, lumbosacral). The commenter had previously submitted an application for the CHARITETM Artificial Disc for new technology add-on payments for FY 2006 and had requested a reassignment of cases involving CHARITETM implantation to CMS DRGs 497 and 498. The commenter asked that we examine claims data for FY 2005 and reassign procedure code 84.65 from CMS DRGs 499 and 500 into CMS DRGs 497 and 498. The commenter again stated the view that cases with the CHARITETM Artificial Disc reflect comparable resource use and similar clinical indications as do those in CMS DRGs 497 and 498. If CMS were to reject reassignment of the CHARITETM Artificial Disc to CMS DRGs 497 and 498, the commenter suggested creating two separate DRGs for lumbar disc replacements. On February 15, 2006, we posted a proposed national coverage determination (NCD) on the CMS Web site seeking public comment on our proposed finding that the evidence is not adequate to conclude that lumbar artificial disc replacement with the CHARITETM Artificial Disc is reasonable and necessary. The proposed NCD stated that lumbar artificial disc replacement with the CHARITETM Artificial Disc is generally not indicated in patients over 60 years old. Further, it stated that there is insufficient evidence among either the aged or disabled Medicare population to make a PO 00000 Frm 00055 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24733 reasonable and necessary determination for coverage. With an NCD pending to make spinal arthroplasty with the CHARITETM Artificial Disc noncovered, we indicated in the FY 2007 IPPS proposed rule that we did not believe it was appropriate at that time to reassign procedure code 84.65 from CMS DRGs 499 and 500 to CMS DRGs 497 and 498. After considering the public comments and additional evidence received, we made a final NCD on May 16, 2006, that Medicare would not cover the CHARITETM Artificial Disc for the Medicare population over 60 years of age. For Medicare beneficiaries 60 years of age and under, local Medicare contractors have the discretion to determine coverage for lumbar artificial disc replacement procedures involving the CHARITETM Artificial Disc. The final NCD can be found on the CMS Web site at: http://www.cms.hhs.gov/ mcd/ viewncd.asp:ncd-id 150.10&ncd— version1& basket=ncd%3A150 %2E10%3A1%3ALumbar+ Artificial+Disc+Replacement %280ADR%29. We agreed with a commenter on the FY 2007 IPPS proposed rule that it was not appropriate to consider a DRG revision at that time for the CHARITETM Artificial Disc, given the recent decision to limit coverage for surgical procedures involving this device. Although we had reviewed the Medicare charge data, we were concerned that there were a very small number of cases for patients under 60 years of age who had received the CHARITETM Artificial Disc. We believed it appropriate to base the decision of a DRG change on charge data only on the population for which the procedure is covered. We had an extremely small number of cases for Medicare beneficiaries under 60 on which to base such a decision. For this reason, we did not believe it was appropriate to modify the CMS DRGs in FY 2007 for CHARITETM cases. For FY 2008, we collapsed CMS DRGs 499 and 500 (Back and Neck Procedures Except Spinal Fusion With and Without CC, respectively) and identified a total of 74,989 cases. Under the proposed MS–DRGs, the result of the analysis of the data supports that these CMS DRGs split into two severity levels: proposed MS–DRG 490 (Back and Neck Procedures Except Spinal Fusion with CC or MCC) and proposed MS–DRG 491 (Back and Neck Procedures Except Spinal Fusion Without CC or MCC). We found a total of 53 cases that used the CHARITETM Artificial Disc. Without any further modification to the proposed MS–DRGs, average charges are $26,481 for 6 cases with a CC or MCC and $37,324 for 47 CHARITETM cases E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24734 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules without a CC or MCC. (We find it counterintuitive that average charges for cases in the higher severity level are lower but checked our data and found it to be correct). We also analyzed data for other spinal disc devices. Average charges for the X Stop Interspinous Process Decompression Device (code 84.58) are $31,400 for cases with a CC or MCC and $28,821 for cases without a CC or MCC. Average charges for other specified spinal devices described by code 84.59 (Coflex, Dynesys, M-Brace) are $34,002 for 18 cases with a CC or MCC and $33,873 for 65 cases without a CC or MCC. We compared these average charges to data in the proposed spinal fusion MS–DRGs 453 (Combined Anterior/Posterior Spinal Fusion With MCC), 454 (Combined Anterior/ Posterior Spinal Fusion With CC), 455 (Combined Anterior/Posterior Spinal Fusion Without CC/MCC), 459 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical With MCC), and 460 (Spinal Fusion Except Cervical Without MCC). These cases have lower average charges than the spinal fusion MS–DRGs. The following tables display the results: Number of cases Proposed MS–DRGs 490 and 491 MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG 490—All Cases ....................................................................................................................... 490—Cases with Procedure Code 84.65 (CHARITETM) ........................................................ 491—All Cases ....................................................................................................................... 491—Cases with Procedure Code 84.65 (CHARITETM) ........................................................ 491—Cases without Procedure Code 84.65 (CHARITETM) ................................................... MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG 490—All Cases ....................................................................................................................... 490—Cases with Procedure Code 84.58 (X Stop) ................................................................. 490—Cases without Procedure Code 84.58 (X Stop) ............................................................ 491—All Cases ....................................................................................................................... 491—Cases with Procedure Code 84.58 (X Stop) ................................................................. 491—Cases without Procedure Code 84.58 (X-Stop) ............................................................ 490—All Cases ....................................................................................................................... 490—Cases with Procedure Code 84.59 (Coflex/Dynesys/M-Brace) .................................... 490—Cases without Procedure Code 84.59 (Coflex/Dynesys/M-Brace) ............................... 491—All Cases ....................................................................................................................... 491—Cases with Procedure Code 84.59 (Coflex/Dynesys/M-Brace) .................................... 491—Cases without Procedure Code 84.59 (Coflex/Dynesys/M-Brace) ............................... mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG 453—Combined Anterior/Posterior Spinal Fusion With MCC ................................................ 454—Combined Anterior/Posterior Spinal Fusion With CC ................................................... 455—Combined Anterior/Posterior Spinal Fusion Without CC/MCC ..................................... 459—Spinal Fusion Except Cervical with MCC ..................................................................... 460—Spinal Fusion Except Cervical Without MCC ................................................................ The data demonstrate that the average charges for CHARITETM and the other devices are higher than other cases in proposed MS–DRGs 490 and 491 but lower than proposed MS–DRGs 453 through 55 and 459 and 460. For this reason, we do not believe that any of the cases that use these spine devices should be assigned to the spinal fusion MS–DRGs. However, we do believe that the average charges for cases using these spine devices are more similar to the higher severity level in MS–DRG 490. As such, we are proposing to move cases with procedure codes 84.58, 84.59, and 84.65 into proposed MS– DRG 490 and revise the title to reflect VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 disc devices. The proposed modified MS–DRG title would be: MS–DRG 490 (Back and Neck Procedures Except Spinal Fusion with CC or MCC or Disc Devices). We believe these proposed changes to the spine DRGs are appropriate to recognize the similar utilization of resources, differences in levels of severity, and complexity of the services performed for various types of spinal procedures described above. We encourage commenters to provide input on this approach to better recognize the types of patients these procedures are being performed upon and their outcomes. PO 00000 Frm 00056 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 Average length of stay 5.13 2.65 5.15 2.27 1.34 2.29 Average length of stay 17,493 18 17,475 57,496 65 57,431 Number of cases Proposed MS–DRGs 453, 454, 455, 459 and 460 5.13 3.33 2.27 2.43 2.27 17,493 179 17,314 57,496 1,174 56,322 Number of cases Proposed MS–DRGs 490 and 491 MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG MS–DRG 17,493 6 57,496 47 57,449 Number of cases Proposed MS–DRGs 490 and 491 Average length of stay 5.13 5.56 5.13 2.27 2.35 2.27 Average length of stay 792 1,411 1,794 3,186 48,481 15.84 8.69 4.84 10.10 4.36 Average charges $29,656 26,481 17,789 37,324 17,773 Average charges $29,656 31,400 29,638 17,789 28,821 17,559 Average charges $29,656 34,002 29,651 17,789 33,873 17,770 Average charges $180,658 116,402 85,927 99,298 59,698 d. Other Spinal DRGs We did not identify any data to support moving cases in or out of CMS DRGs 496 (Combined Anterior/Posterior Spinal Fusion), 519 (Cervical Spinal Fusion With CC), or 520 (Cervical Spinal Fusion Without CC)). Under the proposed MS–DRG system, CMS DRG 496 would be split into three severity levels: proposed MS–DRG 453 (Combined Anterior/Posterior Spinal Fusion With MCC), proposed MS–DRG 454 (Combined Anterior/Posterior Spinal Fusion With CC), and proposed MS–DRG 455 (Combined Anterior/ Posterior Spinal Fusion Without CC). E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB CMS DRG 519 would also be split into three severity levels: proposed MS–DRG 471 (Cervical Fusion With MCC), proposed MS–DRG 472 (Cervical Fusion With CC), and proposed MS–DRG 473 (Cervical Fusion Without CC). We are not proposing changes to these DRGs at this time. 5. MDC 17 (Myeloproliferative Diseases and Disorders, Poorly Differentiated Neoplasm): Endoscopic Procedures (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘DRGs: Endoscopy’’ at the beginning of your comment.) We received a request from a manufacturer to review the DRG assignment of codes 33.71 (Endoscopic insertion or replacement of bronchial valve(s)), 33.78 (Endoscopic removal of bronchial device(s) or substances), and 33.79 (Endoscopic insertion of other bronchial device or substances) with the intent of moving these three codes out of CMS DRG 412 (History of Malignancy With Endoscopy) (proposed MS–DRGs 843, 844, and 845). The requestor has noted that CMS DRG 412 is titled to be a DRG for cases with a history of malignancy, and none of the three codes (33.71, 33.78, or 33.79) necessarily involve treatment for malignancies. In addition, the requestor believed the integrity of the DRG is compromised because the other endoscopy codes assigned to CMS DRG 412 are all diagnostic in nature, while codes 33.71, 33.78, and 33.79 represent therapeutic procedures. The requestor also stated that while the diagnostic endoscopies in CMS DRG 412 do not have significant costs for equipment or pharmaceutical agents beyond the basic endoscopy, the therapeutic procedures described by codes 33.71, 33.78, and 33.79 involve substantial costs for devices or substances in relation to the cost of the endoscopic procedure itself. The requestor was concerned that, if these three codes continue to be assigned to CMS DRG 412, payment will be so inadequate as to constitute a substantial barrier to Medicare beneficiaries for these treatments. ICD–9–CM procedure codes 33.71, 33.78, and 33.79 were all created for use beginning October 1, 2006. As these codes have been in use only for a few months, we have no data to make a different DRG assignment. We assigned these codes based on the advice of our medical officers to a DRG that includes similar clinical procedures. On the matter of codes 33.71, 33.78, and 33.79 being therapeutic in nature while all other endoscopies assigned to CMS DRG 412 are diagnostic, we VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 disagree with the commenter. CMS DRG 412 includes procedure codes for therapeutic endoscopic destruction of lesions of the bronchus, lung, stomach, anus, and duodenum, as well as codes for polypectomy of the intestine and rectum. In addition, we note that there are codes for insertion of therapeutic devices currently located in this DRG. We believe it would be premature to assign these codes to another DRG without any supporting data. We will reconsider our decision for these codes if we have data suggesting that a DRG reassignment is warranted. Therefore, aside from the proposed changes to the MS–DRGs, we are not proposing to change the current DRG assignment for codes 33.71, 33.78, and 33.79 at this time. 6. Medicare Code Editor (MCE) Changes (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘Medicare Code Editor’’ at the beginning of your comment.) As explained under section II.B.1. of this preamble, the Medicare Code Editor (MCE) is a software program that detects and reports errors in the coding of Medicare claims data. Patient diagnoses, procedure(s), discharge status, and demographic information go into the Medicare claims processing systems and are subjected to a series of automated screens. The MCE screens are designed to identify cases that require further review before classification into a DRG. For FY 2008, we are proposing to make the following changes to the MCE edits. a. Non-Covered Procedure Edit: Code 00.62 (Percutaneous angioplasty or atherectomy of intracranial vessel(s)) As discussed in II.G.2. of the preamble of this proposed rule, under MDC 1, code 00.62 is a covered service when performed in conjunction with code 00.65 (Percutaneous insertion of intracranial vascular stent(s)). Effective November 6, 2006, Medicare covers PTA and stenting of intracranial arteries for the treatment of cerebral artery stenosis in cases in which stenosis is 50 percent or greater in patients with intracranial atherosclerotic disease when furnished in accordance with the FDA-approved protocols governing Category B Investigational Device Exemption (IDE) clinical trials. CMS determines that coverage of intracranial PTA and stenting is reasonable and necessary under these circumstances. Therefore, we are proposing to make a conforming change and to add the following language to this edit: Procedure code 00.62 (PTA of intracranial vessel(s)) is identified as a PO 00000 Frm 00057 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24735 noncovered procedure except when it is accompanied by procedure code 00.65 (Intracranial stent). b. Non-Specific Principal Diagnosis Edit 7 and Non-Specific O.R. Procedures Edit 10 When MCE Non-Specific Principal Diagnosis Edit 7 and Non-Specific O.R. Procedures Edit 10 were created at the beginning of the IPPS, it was with the intent that they were to encourage hospitals to code as specifically as possible. While the codes on both edits are valid according to the ICD–9–CM coding scheme, more precise codes are preferable to give a more complete understanding of the services provided on the Medicare claims. When the MCE was created, we had intended that these specific edits would allow educational contact between the provider and the contractor. It was never the intention that these edits would be used to deny/ reject or return-to-provider claims submitted with non-specific codes. However, we found these two edits to be misunderstood, and found that claims were erroneously being denied, rejected, or returned. On November 11, 2006, CMS issued a Joint Signature Memorandum which instructed all fiscal intermediaries and all Part A and Part B Medicare Administrative Contractors (A/B MACs) to deactivate the Fiscal Intermediary Shared System Edits W1436 through W1439 and W1489 through W1491 which edited for Non-Specific Diagnoses and the NonSpecific Procedures. Therefore, we are proposing to make a conforming change to the MCE by removing the following codes from Edit 7: 00320 01590 01591 01592 01593 01594 01596 0369 0399 0528 05310 0538 05440 0548 0558 05600 0568 06640 07070 07071 0728 0738 07420 08240 0979 09810 09830 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 1109 1129 1149 1279 129 1309 13100 1319 1329 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 138 1390 1391 1398 1409 1419 1429 1439 1449 1469 1479 1509 1543 1579 1589 1590 1609 1619 1629 1639 1649 1709 1719 1729 1739 1749 1769 179 1809 1839 1874 1879 1889 1899 1909 1929 1949 1969 1991 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 24736 09950 0999 1009 20591 20690 20691 20890 20891 2129 2139 2149 2159 2169 2189 2199 2229 2239 2249 2259 2279 22800 2299 2306 2319 2329 2349 23690 23770 23875 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2396 2397 2398 2399 2469 2519 25200 2529 2539 2549 25510 2569 2579 2589 2681 2709 2719 2729 2739 27540 2759 27650 27730 38800 38810 38830 38840 38860 38870 3889 38900 38910 3897 3899 41090 41091 41092 412 4149 4179 42650 4275 VerDate Mar 15 2010 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules 1519 1529 1539 2779 2793 2799 28730 28800 28850 28860 28950 3239 3249 326 32700 32710 32720 32730 32740 3309 3319 3349 3359 34120 3419 3439 3449 34690 34691 3489 3499 3509 3519 3529 3539 3569 3579 3589 3599 3609 3619 3629 3639 3649 3659 3669 3679 3689 36900 36901 36902 36903 36904 36905 36906 36907 36908 52140 5219 52320 52330 52340 5239 52400 52420 52430 52450 52460 52470 5249 52520 52540 52550 52560 5259 5269 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 20490 20491 20590 36910 36911 36912 36913 36914 36915 36916 36917 36918 36920 36921 36922 36923 36924 36925 3693 3694 36960 36961 36962 36963 36964 36965 36966 36967 36968 36969 36970 36971 36972 36973 36974 36975 36976 3698 3699 3709 3719 3729 3739 3749 3759 3769 3779 3789 37960 3809 3819 3829 3839 3849 3859 3879 6089 6109 6169 6170 61800 6184 6189 6199 6209 62130 6219 62210 6229 6239 6249 6269 6279 62920 63390 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 4279 42820 42830 42840 4289 4299 4329 43390 43490 4379 4389 4419 4429 4449 44620 4479 4519 45340 4539 4579 4599 4619 46450 46451 4749 4919 5169 51900 5199 5209 52100 52110 52120 52130 64660 64670 64680 64690 64700 64710 64720 64730 64740 64750 64760 64780 64790 64791 64792 64793 64794 64800 64810 64820 64830 64840 64850 64860 64870 64880 64890 64900 64910 64920 64930 64940 64950 64960 65100 65110 65120 65130 65140 65150 65160 Frm 00058 5279 52800 5299 5309 53640 5379 5539 56400 5649 5679 5689 56960 5699 5739 57510 5759 5769 5779 5799 5859 5889 5890 5891 5899 5909 5959 5969 5989 59960 5999 60090 60091 6019 6029 60820 65290 65291 65293 65300 65310 65320 65330 65340 65350 65360 65370 65380 65390 65391 65393 65400 65410 65420 65430 65440 65450 65460 65470 65480 65490 65491 65492 65493 65494 65500 65510 65520 65530 65540 65550 65560 65570 65580 65590 65591 65593 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 63391 64090 64091 64093 64100 64110 64120 64130 64180 64190 64191 64193 64200 64210 64220 64230 64240 64250 64260 64270 64290 64300 64310 64320 64380 64390 64400 64410 64420 64600 64610 64620 64630 64640 64650 65820 65830 65840 65880 65890 65891 65893 65900 65910 65920 65930 65940 65950 65960 65980 65990 65991 65993 66000 66010 66020 66030 66040 66050 66060 66070 66080 66090 66100 66110 66120 66130 66140 66190 66191 66193 66200 66210 66220 66230 66300 65180 65190 65191 65193 65200 65210 65220 65230 65240 65250 65260 65270 65280 66430 66440 66441 66444 66450 66480 66490 66491 66494 66500 66510 66520 66530 66540 66550 66560 66570 66580 66590 66591 66592 66593 66594 66600 66610 66620 66630 66700 66710 66800 66810 66820 66880 66890 66891 66892 66893 66894 66900 66910 66920 66930 66940 66950 66960 66970 66980 66990 66991 66992 66993 66994 67000 67100 7509 7529 75310 75312 75320 7539 7559 75670 7579 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 65600 65610 65620 65630 65640 65650 65660 65670 65680 65690 65700 65800 65810 67110 67120 67130 67140 67150 67180 67190 67191 67192 67193 67194 67200 67300 67310 67320 67330 67380 67400 67410 67420 67430 67440 67450 67480 67490 67492 67494 67500 67510 67520 67580 67590 67600 67610 67620 67630 67640 67650 67660 67680 67690 67691 67692 67693 67694 677 6809 6819 6829 68600 6869 6949 7019 7049 7769 7789 7799 78031 78051 78052 78053 78054 78055 66310 66320 66330 66340 66350 66360 66380 66390 66391 66393 66400 66410 66420 7059 7069 70700 70710 7079 7149 71590 7179 71849 71850 71870 72230 72270 72280 72290 7239 7244 7289 73000 73010 73020 73030 73090 73091 73092 73093 73094 73095 73096 73097 73098 73099 73310 73340 73390 7359 73600 73620 73630 73670 7369 73810 7389 74100 74190 7429 7439 7449 7459 7469 74760 7489 74900 74910 9009 9029 9039 9048 9049 9050 9051 9052 9053 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules 7599 7600 7601 7602 7603 7604 7605 7606 76070 76072 76073 76074 76079 7608 7609 7610 7611 7612 7613 7614 7615 7616 7617 7618 7619 7629 7630 7631 7632 7633 7634 7635 7636 7637 76383 7639 76520 7679 7689 77010 7709 77210 7729 7759 9289 9299 9349 9399 94100 94101 94102 94103 94104 94105 94106 94107 94108 94109 94200 94201 94202 94203 94204 94205 94209 94300 94301 94302 94303 94304 94305 94306 94309 94400 94401 94402 94403 VerDate Mar 15 2010 78057 78058 78079 7825 78261 78262 78340 78830 78900 78930 78940 78960 79009 7901 7904 7905 7906 79091 79092 79099 7929 79380 79500 7954 7964 7969 7993 79989 7999 8290 ...................... 8291 8398 8399 8409 8419 8439 8469 8479 8489 8678 8679 86800 86810 94404 94405 94406 94407 94408 94500 94501 94502 94503 94504 94505 94506 94509 9460 9479 9490 9491 9492 9493 9494 9495 9519 9529 9539 9549 9559 9569 9579 95890 9599 9609 9639 9649 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 9054 9055 9056 9057 9058 9059 9060 9061 9062 9063 9064 9065 9066 9067 9068 9069 9070 9071 9072 9073 9074 9075 9079 9080 9081 9082 9083 9084 9085 9086 9089 9090 9091 9092 9093 9094 9095 9099 9219 9229 9239 9249 9269 9279 9659 9679 9699 9709 9739 9769 9779 9809 9849 9859 9889 9899 9929 9939 99520 99522 99523 99529 99550 99580 99590 99600 99630 99640 99660 99670 99680 99690 99700 99760 9989 ...................... ...................... Jkt 223001 In addition, we are proposing to make a conforming change to the MCE by removing the following codes from Edit 10: 0650 0700 0763 0769 0780 2630 3500 3510 3520 3550 3560 3570 3610 3710 7670 7700 7720 7760 7770 7780 7790 7800 7810 7820 7830 7840 7850 7870 3770 3800 3810 3830 3840 3850 3860 3880 4040 4050 4100 4210 4240 ...................... 7880 7890 7910 7920 7930 7940 7950 7960 7980 7990 8000 8010 8020 8040 4400 4440 4500 4590 4610 4620 4640 4650 4660 4680 5300 5310 5640 7550 8070 8080 8090 8100 8120 8130 8153 8155 8400 8440 8460 8469 8660 8670 c. Limited Coverage Edit 17 Edit 17 in the MCE contains ICD–9– CM procedure codes describing medically complex procedures, including lung volume reduction surgery, organ transplants, and implantable heart assist devices which are to be performed only in certain preapproved medical centers. CMS has established, through a regulation (CMS– 3835–F: Medicare Conditions of Participation: Requirements for Approval and Reapproval of Transplant Centers to Perform Organ Transplants, published in the Federal Register on March 30, 2007 (72 FR 15198)), a survey and certification process for organ transplant programs. The organs covered in this regulation are heart, heart and lung combined, intestine, kidney, liver, lung, pancreas, and multivisceral. Historically, kidney transplants have been regulated under the End-Stage Renal Disease (ESRD) conditions for coverage. Other types of organ transplant facilities have been regulated under various NCDs. The regulation becomes effective on June 28, 2007. Organ transplant programs will have 180 days from the June 28, 2007 effective date of the regulation to apply for participation in the Medicare program under the new survey and certification process. After these programs apply, we will survey and approve programs that meet the new Medicare conditions of participation. Until transplant facilities are surveyed and approved, kidney PO 00000 Frm 00059 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24737 transplant facilities will continue to be regulated under the ESRD conditions for coverage, and other types of organ transplant facilities will continue to be regulated under the NCDs. In this proposed rule, we are proposing to add conforming Medicare Part A payment edits to the MCE, consistent with the requirements of the organ transplant regulation (CMS–3835– F), to ensure that Medicare covers only those organ transplants performed in Medicare-approved facilities. We are proposing to add the following procedure codes to the existing list of limited coverage procedures under Edit 17: <bullet≤ 55.69, Other kidney transplantation <bullet≤ 52.80, Pancreatic transplant, not otherwise specified <bullet≤ 52.82, Homotransplant of pancreas 7. Surgical Hierarchies (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘Surgical Hierarchies’’ at the beginning of your comment.) Some inpatient stays entail multiple surgical procedures, each one of which, occurring by itself, could result in assignment of the case to a different DRG within the MDC to which the principal diagnosis is assigned. Therefore, it is necessary to have a decision rule within the GROUPER by which these cases are assigned to a single DRG. The surgical hierarchy, an ordering of surgical classes from most resource-intensive to least resourceintensive, performs that function. Application of this hierarchy ensures that cases involving multiple surgical procedures are assigned to the DRG associated with the most resourceintensive surgical class. Because the relative resource intensity of surgical classes can shift as a function of DRG reclassification and recalibrations, we reviewed the surgical hierarchy of each MDC, as we have for previous reclassifications and recalibrations, to determine if the ordering of classes coincides with the intensity of resource utilization. A surgical class can be composed of one or more DRGs. For example, in MDC 11, the surgical class ‘‘kidney transplant’’ consists of a single DRG (DRG 302) and the class ‘‘kidney, ureter and major bladder procedures’’ consists of three DRGs (DRGs 303, 304, and 305). Consequently, in many cases, the surgical hierarchy has an impact on more than one DRG. The methodology for determining the most resourceintensive surgical class involves weighting the average resources for each E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 24738 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules DRG by frequency to determine the weighted average resources for each surgical class. For example, assume surgical class A includes DRGs 1 and 2 and surgical class B includes DRGs 3, 4, and 5. Assume also that the average charge of DRG 1 is higher than that of DRG 3, but the average charges of DRGs 4 and 5 are higher than the average charge of DRG 2. To determine whether surgical class A should be higher or lower than surgical class B in the surgical hierarchy, we would weight the average charge of each DRG in the class by frequency (that is, by the number of cases in the DRG) to determine average resource consumption for the surgical class. The surgical classes would then be ordered from the class with the highest average resource utilization to that with the lowest, with the exception of ‘‘other O.R. procedures’’ as discussed below. This methodology may occasionally result in assignment of a case involving multiple procedures to the lowerweighted DRG (in the highest, most resource-intensive surgical class) of the available alternatives. However, given that the logic underlying the surgical hierarchy provides that the GROUPER search for the procedure in the most resource-intensive surgical class, in cases involving multiple procedures, this result is sometimes unavoidable. We note that, notwithstanding the foregoing discussion, there are a few instances when a surgical class with a lower average charge is ordered above a surgical class with a higher average charge. For example, the ‘‘other O.R. procedures’’ surgical class is uniformly ordered last in the surgical hierarchy of each MDC in which it occurs, regardless of the fact that the average charge for the DRG or DRGs in that surgical class may be higher than that for other surgical classes in the MDC. The ‘‘other O.R. procedures’’ class is a group of procedures that are only infrequently related to the diagnoses in the MDC, but are still occasionally performed on patients in the MDC with these diagnoses. Therefore, assignment to these surgical classes should only occur if no other surgical class more closely related to the diagnoses in the MDC is appropriate. A second example occurs when the difference between the average charges for two surgical classes is very small. We have found that small differences generally do not warrant reordering of the hierarchy because, as a result of reassigning cases on the basis of the hierarchy change, the average charges are likely to shift such that the higherordered surgical class has a lower average charge than the class ordered below it. VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 For FY 2008, we are not proposing any revisions of the surgical hierarchy for any MDC. In general, the MS–DRGs that are being proposed for use in FY 2008 and discussed in section II.D. of the preamble of this proposed rule follow the same hierarchical order as the CMS DRGs they are to replace, except for DRGs that were deleted and consolidated. 8. CC Exclusion List Proposed for FY 2008 (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘CC Exclusion List’’ at the beginning of your comment.) a. Background As indicated earlier in this preamble, under the IPPS DRG classification system, we have developed a standard list of diagnoses that are considered complications or comorbidities (CCs). Historically, we developed this list using physician panels that classified each diagnosis code based on whether the diagnosis, when present as a secondary condition, would be considered a substantial complication or comorbidity. A substantial complication or comorbidity was defined as a condition that, because of its presence with a specific principal diagnosis, would cause an increase in the length of stay by at least 1 day in at least 75 percent of the patients. We refer readers to section II.D.2. and 3. of the preamble of this proposed rule for a discussion of the refinement of CCs in relation to the MS–DRGs we are proposing to adopt for FY 2008. b. Proposed CC Exclusions List for FY 2008 In the September 1, 1987 final notice (52 FR 33143) concerning changes to the DRG classification system, we modified the GROUPER logic so that certain diagnoses included on the standard list of CCs would not be considered valid CCs in combination with a particular principal diagnosis. We created the CC Exclusions List for the following reasons: (1) To preclude coding of CCs for closely related conditions; (2) to preclude duplicative or inconsistent coding from being treated as CCs; and (3) to ensure that cases are appropriately classified between the complicated and uncomplicated DRGs in a pair. As we indicated above, we developed a list of diagnoses, using physician panels, to include those diagnoses that, when present as a secondary condition, would be considered a substantial complication or comorbidity. In previous years, we have made changes to the list of CCs, either by adding new CCs or deleting CCs already on the list. PO 00000 Frm 00060 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 In the May 19, 1987 proposed notice (52 FR 18877) and the September 1, 1987 final notice (52 FR 33154), we explained that the excluded secondary diagnoses were established using the following five principles: <bullet≤ Chronic and acute manifestations of the same condition should not be considered CCs for one another. <bullet≤ Specific and nonspecific (that is, not otherwise specified (NOS)) diagnosis codes for the same condition should not be considered CCs for one another. <bullet≤ Codes for the same condition that cannot coexist, such as partial/total, unilateral/bilateral, obstructed/ unobstructed, and benign/malignant, should not be considered CCs for one another. <bullet≤ Codes for the same condition in anatomically proximal sites should not be considered CCs for one another. <bullet≤ Closely related conditions should not be considered CCs for one another. The creation of the CC Exclusions List was a major project involving hundreds of codes. We have continued to review the remaining CCs to identify additional exclusions and to remove diagnoses from the master list that have been shown not to meet the definition of a CC.14 For FY 2008, we are proposing to make limited revisions to the CC Exclusions List to take into account the changes that will be made in the ICD– 14 See the FY 1989 final rule (53 FR 38485, September 30, 1988), for the revision made for the discharges occurring in FY 1989; the FY 1990 final rule (54 FR 36552, September 1, 1989), for the FY 1990 revision; the FY 1991 final rule (55 FR 36126, September 4, 1990), for the FY 1991 revision; the FY 1992 final rule (56 FR 43209, August 30, 1991) for the FY 1992 revision; the FY 1993 final rule (57 FR 39753), September 1, 1992), for the FY 1993 revision; the FY 1994 final rule (58 FR 46278, September 1, 1993), for the FY 1994 revisions; the FY 1995 final rule (59 FR 45334, September 1, 1994), for the FY 1995 revisions; the FY 1996 final rule (60 FR 45782, September 1, 1995), for the FY 1996 revisions; the FY 1997 final rule (61 FR 46171, August 30, 1996), for the FY 1997 revisions; the FY 1998 final rule (62 FR 45966, August 29, 1997) for the FY 1998 revisions; the FY 1999 final rule (63 FR 40954, July 31, 1998), for the FY 1999 revisions; the FY 2001 final rule (65 FR 47064, August 1, 2000), for the FY 2001 revisions; the FY 2002 final rule (66 FR 39851, August 1, 2001), for the FY 2002 revisions; the FY 2003 final rule (67 FR 49998, August 1, 2002), for the FY 2003 revisions; the FY 2004 final rule (68 FR 45364, August 1, 2003), for the FY 2004 revisions; the FY 2005 final rule (69 FR 49848, August 11, 2004), for the FY 2005 revisions; the FY 2006 final rule (70 FR 47640, August 12, 2005), for the FY 2006 revisions; and the FY 2007 final rule (71 FR 47870) for the FY 2007 revisions. In the FY 2000 final rule (64 FR 41490, July 30, 1999), we did not modify the CC Exclusions List because we did not make any changes to the ICD–9–CM codes for FY 2000. E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules 9–CM diagnosis coding system effective October 1, 2007. (See section II.G.10. of this preamble for a discussion of ICD– 9–CM changes.) We are proposing to make these changes in accordance with the principles established when we created the CC Exclusions List in 1987. In addition, as discussed in section II.D.3. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing to indicate on the CC Exclusion List some updates to reflect the proposed exclusion of a few codes from being an MCC under the MS–DRG system that we are proposing to adopt for FY 2008. Table 6I (which is available through the Internet on the CMS Web site at: http://www.cms.hhs.gov/ AcuteInpatientPPS) contains the complete CC Exclusions List that will be effective for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2007. Table 6I shows the principal diagnoses for which there is a CC exclusion. Each of these principal diagnoses is shown with an asterisk, and the conditions that will not count as a CC, are provided in an indented column immediately following the affected principal diagnosis. Tables 6G and 6H, Additions to and Deletions from the CC Exclusion List, respectively, are also available through the Internet on the CMS Web site at: http://www.cms.hhs.gov/ AcuteInpatientPPS.) Beginning with discharges on or after October 1, 2007, the indented diagnoses will not be recognized by the GROUPER as valid CCs for the asterisked principal diagnosis. Alternatively, the complete documentation of the GROUPER logic, including the current CC Exclusions List, is available from 3M/Health Information Systems (HIS), which, under contract with CMS, is responsible for updating and maintaining the GROUPER program. The current DRG Definitions Manual, Version 24.0, is available for $225.00, which includes $15.00 for shipping and handling. Version 25.0 of this manual, which will include the final FY 2008 DRG changes, will be available in hard copy for $250.00. Version 25.0 of the manual is also available on a CD for $200.00; a combination hard copy and CD is available for $400.00. These manuals may be obtained by writing 3M/HIS at the following address: 100 Barnes Road, Wallingford, CT 06492; or by calling (203) 949–0303. Please specify the revision or revisions requested. 9. Review of Procedure Codes in CMS DRGs 468, 476, and 477 Each year, we review cases assigned to CMS DRG 468 (Extensive O.R. Procedure Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis), CMS DRG 476 (Prostatic O.R. Procedure Unrelated to Principal VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 Diagnosis), and CMS DRG 477 (Nonextensive O.R. Procedure Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis) to determine whether it would be appropriate to change the procedures assigned among these CMS DRGs. Under the MS–DRGs that we are proposing to adopt for FY 2008, discussed in section II.D. of the preamble of this proposed rule, CMS DRG 468 would have a three-way split and would become proposed MS–DRGs 981, 982, and 983 (Extensive O.R. Procedure Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC). CMS DRG 476 would become proposed MS–DRGs 984, 985, and 986 (Prostatic O.R. Procedure Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, and Without CC/MCC). CMS DRG 477 would become proposed MS–DRGs 987, 988, and 989 (Nonextensive O.R. Procedure Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC). Proposed MS–DRGs 981 through 983, 984 through 986, and 987 through 989 (formerly CMS DRGs 468, 476, and 477, respectively) are reserved for those cases in which none of the O.R. procedures performed are related to the principal diagnosis. These CMS DRGs are intended to capture atypical cases, that is, those cases not occurring with sufficient frequency to represent a distinct, recognizable clinical group. Proposed MS–DRGs 984 through 986 (previously CMS DRG 476) are assigned to those discharges in which one or more of the following prostatic procedures are performed and are unrelated to the principal diagnosis: <bullet≤ 60.0, Incision of prostate <bullet≤ 60.12, Open biopsy of prostate <bullet≤ 60.15, Biopsy of periprostatic tissue <bullet≤ 60.18, Other diagnostic procedures on prostate and periprostatic tissue <bullet≤ 60.21, Transurethral prostatectomy <bullet≤ 60.29, Other transurethral prostatectomy <bullet≤ 60.61, Local excision of lesion of prostate <bullet≤ 60.69, Prostatectomy, not elsewhere classified <bullet≤ 60.81, Incision of periprostatic tissue <bullet≤ 60.82, Excision of periprostatic tissue <bullet≤ 60.93, Repair of prostate <bullet≤ 60.94, Control of (postoperative) hemorrhage of prostate <bullet≤ 60.95, Transurethral balloon dilation of the prostatic urethra <bullet≤ 60.96, Transurethral destruction of prostate tissue by microwave thermotherapy <bullet≤ 60.97, Other transurethral destruction of prostate tissue by other thermotherapy PO 00000 Frm 00061 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24739 <bullet≤ 60.99, Other operations on prostate All remaining O.R. procedures are assigned to proposed MS–DRGs 981 through 983 and 987 through 989 (previously CMS DRGs 468 and 477), with proposed MS–DRGs 987 through 989 (previously CMS DRG 477) assigned to those discharges in which the only procedures performed are nonextensive procedures that are unrelated to the principal diagnosis.15 For FY 2008, we are not proposing to change the procedures assigned among these CMS DRGs. a. Moving Procedure Codes From CMS DRG 468 (Proposed MS–DRGs 981 Through 983) or CMS DRG 477 (Proposed MS–DRGs 987 Through 989) to MDCs We annually conduct a review of procedures producing assignment to CMS DRG 468 (proposed MS–DRGs 981 through 983) or CMS DRG 477 (proposed MS–DRGs 987 through 989) on the basis of volume, by procedure, to see if it would be appropriate to move procedure codes out of these DRGs into one of the surgical DRGs for the MDC into which the principal diagnosis falls. The data are arrayed in two ways for comparison purposes. We look at a frequency count of each major operative procedure code. We also compare procedures across MDCs by volume of procedure codes within each MDC. We identify those procedures occurring in conjunction with certain principal diagnoses with sufficient frequency to justify adding them to one of the surgical DRGs for the MDC in which the diagnosis falls. Based on this 15 The original list of the ICD–9–CM procedure codes for the procedures we consider nonextensive procedures, if performed with an unrelated principal diagnosis, was published in Table 6C in section IV. of the Addendum to the FY 1989 final rule (53 FR 38591). As part of the FY 1991 final rule (55 FR 36135), the FY 1992 final rule (56 FR 43212), the FY 1993 final rule (57 FR 23625), the FY 1994 final rule (58 FR 46279), the FY 1995 final rule (59 FR 45336), the FY 1996 final rule (60 FR 45783), the FY 1997 final rule (61 FR 46173), and the FY 1998 final rule (62 FR 45981), we moved several other procedures from DRG 468 to DRG 477, and some procedures from DRG 477 to DRG 468. No procedures were moved in FY 1999, as noted in the final rule (63 FR 40962); in FY 2000 (64 FR 41496); in FY 2001 (65 FR 47064); or in FY 2002 (66 FR 39852). In the FY 2003 final rule (67 FR 49999) we did not move any procedures from DRG 477. However, we did move procedure codes from DRG 468 and place them in more clinically coherent DRGs. In the FY 2004 final rule (68 FR 45365), we moved several procedures from DRG 468 to DRGs 476 and 477 because the procedures are nonextensive. In the FY 2005 final rule (69 FR 48950), we moved one procedure from DRG 468 to 477. In addition, we added several existing procedures to DRGs 476 and 477. In the FY 2006 (70 FR 47317), we moved one procedure from DRG 468 and assigned it to DRG 477. In FY 2007, we moved one procedure from DRG 468 and assigned it to DRGs 479, 553, and 554. E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24740 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules year’s review, we are not proposing to remove any procedures from CMS DRG 477 or CMS DRG 468 with assignment to one of the surgical DRGs. b. Reassignment of Procedures Among CMS DRGs 468, 476, and 477 (Proposed MS–DRGs 981 Through 983, 984 Through 986, and 987 Through 989) We also annually review the list of ICD–9–CM procedures that, when in combination with their principal diagnosis code, result in assignment to CMS DRGs 468, 476, and 477 (proposed MS–DRGs 981 through 983, 984 through 986, and 987 through 989, respectively), to ascertain whether any of those procedures should be reassigned from one of these three DRGs to another of the three DRGs based on average charges and the length of stay. We look at the data for trends such as shifts in treatment practice or reporting practice that would make the resulting DRG assignment illogical. If we find these shifts, we would propose to move cases to keep the DRGs clinically similar or to provide payment for the cases in a similar manner. Generally, we move only those procedures for which we have an adequate number of discharges to analyze the data. We are not proposing to move any procedure codes from CMS DRG 476 (proposed MS–DRGs 984, 985, and 986) to CMS DRG 468 (proposed MS–DRGs 981, 982, and 983) or to CMS DRG 477 (proposed MS–DRGs 987, 988, and 989), or from CMS DRG 477 (proposed MS– DRGs 987, 988, and 989) to CMS DRGs 468 (proposed MS–DRGs 981, 982, and 983) or to CMS DRG 476 (proposed MS– DRGs 984, 985, and 986) for FY 2008. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB c. Adding Diagnosis or Procedure Codes to MDCs Based on our review this year, we are not proposing to add any diagnosis codes to MDCs for FY 2008. 10. Changes to the ICD–9–CM Coding System (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘ICD–9–CM Coding System’’ at the beginning of your comment.) As described in section II.B.1. of this preamble, the ICD–9–CM is a coding system used for the reporting of diagnoses and procedures performed on a patient. In September 1985, the ICD– 9–CM Coordination and Maintenance Committee was formed. This is a Federal interdepartmental committee, co-chaired by the National Center for Health Statistics (NCHS), the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and CMS, charged with maintaining and updating the ICD–9–CM system. The VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 Committee is jointly responsible for approving coding changes, and developing errata, addenda, and other modifications to the ICD–9–CM to reflect newly developed procedures and technologies and newly identified diseases. The Committee is also responsible for promoting the use of Federal and non-Federal educational programs and other communication techniques with a view toward standardizing coding applications and upgrading the quality of the classification system. The Official Version of the ICD–9–CM contains the list of valid diagnosis and procedure codes. (The Official Version of the ICD–9–CM is available from the Government Printing Office on CD– ROM for $25.00 by calling (202) 512– 1800.) The Official Version of the ICD– 9–CM is no longer available in printed manual form from the Federal Government; it is only available on CD– ROM. Users who need a paper version are referred to one of the many products available from publishing houses. The NCHS has lead responsibility for the ICD–9–CM diagnosis codes included in the Tabular List and Alphabetic Index for Diseases, while CMS has lead responsibility for the ICD–9–CM procedure codes included in the Tabular List and Alphabetic Index for Procedures. The Committee encourages participation in the above process by health-related organizations. In this regard, the Committee holds public meetings for discussion of educational issues and proposed coding changes. These meetings provide an opportunity for representatives of recognized organizations in the coding field, such as the American Health Information Management Association (AHIMA), the American Hospital Association (AHA), and various physician specialty groups, as well as individual physicians, health information management professionals, and other members of the public, to contribute ideas on coding matters. After considering the opinions expressed at the public meetings and in writing, the Committee formulates recommendations, which then must be approved by the agencies. The Committee presented proposals for coding changes for implementation in FY 2008 at a public meeting held on September 28–29, 2006, and finalized the coding changes after consideration of comments received at the meetings and in writing by December 4, 2006. Those coding changes are announced in Tables 6A through 6F in the Addendum to this proposed rule. The Committee held its 2007 meeting on March 22–23, 2007. Proposed new codes for which PO 00000 Frm 00062 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 there was a consensus of public support and for which complete tabular and indexing changes can be made by May 2007 will be included in the October 1, 2007 update to ICD–9–CM. Code revisions that were discussed at the March 22–23, 2007 Committee meeting could not be finalized in time to include them in the Addendum to this proposed rule. These additional codes will be included in Tables 6A through 6F of the final rule and are marked with an asterisk (*). Copies of the minutes of the procedure codes discussions at the Committee’s September 28–29, 2006 meeting can be obtained from the CMS Web site at: http://cms.hhs.gov/ ICD9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/03— meetings.asp. The minutes of the diagnosis codes discussions at the September 28–29, 2006 meeting are found at: http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/ icd9.htm. Paper copies of these minutes are no longer available and the mailing list has been discontinued. These Web sites also provide detailed information about the Committee, including information on requesting a new code, attending a Committee meeting, and timeline requirements and meeting dates. We encourage commenters to address suggestions on coding issues involving diagnosis codes to: Donna Pickett, CoChairperson, ICD–9–CM Coordination and Maintenance Committee, NCHS, Room 2402, 3311 Toledo Road, Hyattsville, MD 20782. Comments may be sent by E-mail to: dfp4@cdc.gov. Questions and comments concerning the procedure codes should be addressed to: Patricia E. Brooks, CoChairperson, ICD–9–CM Coordination and Maintenance Committee, CMS, Center for Medicare Management, Hospital and Ambulatory Policy Group, Division of Acute Care, C4–08–06, 7500 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21244–1850. Comments may be sent by E-mail to: patricia.brooks2@cms.hhs.gov. The ICD–9–CM code changes that have been approved will become effective October 1, 2007. The new ICD– 9–CM codes are listed, along with their DRG classifications, in Tables 6A and 6B (New Diagnosis Codes and New Procedure Codes, respectively) in the Addendum to this proposed rule. As we stated above, the code numbers and their titles were presented for public comment at the ICD–9–CM Coordination and Maintenance Committee meetings. Both oral and written comments were considered before the codes were approved. In this proposed rule, we are only soliciting E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules comments on the proposed classification of these new codes. For codes that have been replaced by new or expanded codes, the corresponding new or expanded diagnosis codes are included in Table 6A. New procedure codes are shown in Table 6B. Diagnosis codes that have been replaced by expanded codes or other codes or have been deleted are in Table 6C (Invalid Diagnosis Codes). These invalid diagnosis codes will not be recognized by the GROUPER beginning with discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2007. Table 6D contains invalid procedure codes. These invalid procedure codes will not be recognized by the GROUPER beginning with discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2007. Revisions to diagnosis code titles are in Table 6E (Revised Diagnosis Code Titles), which also includes the DRG assignments for these revised codes. Table 6F includes revised procedure code titles for FY 2008. In the September 7, 2001 final rule implementing the IPPS new technology add-on payments (66 FR 46906), we indicated we would attempt to include proposals for procedure codes that would describe new technology discussed and approved at the Spring meeting as part of the code revisions effective the following October. As stated previously, ICD–9–CM codes discussed at the March 22–23, 2007 Committee meeting that received consensus and that were finalized by May 2007, will be included in Tables 6A through 6F of the Addendum to the final rule. Section 503(a) of Pub. L. 108–173 included a requirement for updating ICD–9–CM codes twice a year instead of a single update on October 1 of each year. This requirement was included as part of the amendments to the Act relating to recognition of new technology under the IPPS. Section 503(a) amended section 1886(d)(5)(K) of the Act by adding a clause (vii) which states that the ‘‘Secretary shall provide for the addition of new diagnosis and procedure codes on April 1 of each year, but the addition of such codes shall not require the Secretary to adjust the payment (or diagnosis-related group classification) * * * until the fiscal year that begins after such date.’’ This requirement improves the recognition of new technologies under the IPPS system by providing information on these new technologies at an earlier date. Data will be available 6 months earlier than would be possible with updates occurring only once a year on October 1. While section 1886(d)(5)(K)(vii) of the Act states that the addition of new VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 diagnosis and procedure codes on April 1 of each year shall not require the Secretary to adjust the payment, or DRG classification, under section 1886(d) of the Act until the fiscal year that begins after such date, we have to update the DRG software and other systems in order to recognize and accept the new codes. We also publicize the code changes and the need for a mid-year systems update by providers to identify the new codes. Hospitals also have to obtain the new code books and encoder updates, and make other system changes in order to identify and report the new codes. The ICD–9–CM Coordination and Maintenance Committee holds its meetings in the spring and fall in order to update the codes and the applicable payment and reporting systems by October 1 of each year. Items are placed on the agenda for the ICD–9–CM Coordination and Maintenance Committee meeting if the request is received at least 2 months prior to the meeting. This requirement allows time for staff to review and research the coding issues and prepare material for discussion at the meeting. It also allows time for the topic to be publicized in meeting announcements in the Federal Register as well as on the CMS Web site. The public decides whether or not to attend the meeting based on the topics listed on the agenda. Final decisions on code title revisions are currently made by March 1 so that these titles can be included in the IPPS proposed rule. A complete addendum describing details of all changes to ICD–9–CM, both tabular and index, is publicized on CMS and NCHS Web sites in May of each year. Publishers of coding books and software use this information to modify their products that are used by health care providers. This 5-month time period has proved to be necessary for hospitals and other providers to update their systems. A discussion of this timeline and the need for changes are included in the December 4–5, 2005 ICD–9–CM Coordination and Maintenance Committee minutes. The public agreed that there was a need to hold the fall meetings earlier, in September or October, in order to meet the new implementation dates. The public provided comment that additional time would be needed to update hospital systems and obtain new code books and coding software. There was considerable concern expressed about the impact this new April update would have on providers. In the FY 2005 IPPS final rule, we implemented section 1886(d)(5)(K)(vii) of the Act, as added by section 503(a) PO 00000 Frm 00063 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24741 of Pub. L. 108–173, by developing a mechanism for approving, in time for the April update, diagnosis and procedure code revisions needed to describe new technologies and medical services for purposes of the new technology add-on payment process. We also established the following process for making these determinations. Topics considered during the Fall ICD–9–CM Coordination and Maintenance Committee meeting are considered for an April 1 update if a strong and convincing case is made by the requester at the Committee’s public meeting. The request must identify the reason why a new code is needed in April for purposes of the new technology process. The participants at the meeting and those reviewing the Committee meeting summary report are provided the opportunity to comment on this expedited request. All other topics are considered for the October 1 update. Participants at the Committee meeting are encouraged to comment on all such requests. There were no requests for an expedited April l, 2007 implementation of an ICD–9–CM code at the September 28–29, 2006 Committee meeting. Therefore, there were no new ICD–9–CM codes implemented on April 1, 2007. We believe that this process captures the intent of section 1886(d)(5)(K)(vii) of the Act. This requirement was included in the provision revising the standards and process for recognizing new technology under the IPPS. In addition, the need for approval of new codes outside the existing cycle (October 1) arises most frequently and most acutely where the new codes will identify new technologies that are (or will be) under consideration for new technology addon payments. Thus, we believe this provision was intended to expedite data collection through the assignment of new ICD–9–CM codes for new technologies seeking higher payments. Current addendum and code title information is published on the CMS Web site at: http://www.cms.hhs.gov/ icd9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/01— overview.asp#TopofPage. Information on ICD–9–CM diagnosis codes, along with the Official ICD–9–CM Coding Guidelines, can be found on the Web site at: http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/ icd9.htm. Information on new, revised, and deleted ICD–9–CM codes is also provided to the AHA for publication in the Coding Clinic for ICD–9–CM. AHA also distributes information to publishers and software vendors. CMS also sends copies of all ICD–9– CM coding changes to its contractors for E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24742 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules use in updating their systems and providing education to providers. These same means of disseminating information on new, revised, and deleted ICD–9–CM codes will be used to notify providers, publishers, software vendors, contractors, and others of any changes to the ICD–9–CM codes that are implemented in April. The code titles are adopted as part of the ICD–9–CM Coordination and Maintenance Committee process. Thus, although we publish the code titles in the IPPS proposed and final rules, they are not subject to comment in the proposed or final rules. We will continue to publish the October code updates in this manner within the IPPS proposed and final rules. For codes that are implemented in April, we will assign the new procedure code to the same DRG in which its predecessor code was assigned so there will be no DRG impact as far as DRG assignment. This mapping was specified by section 1886(d)(5)(K)(vii) of the Act as added by section 503(a) of Pub. L. 108–173. Any midyear coding updates will be available through the Web sites indicated above and through the Coding Clinic for ICD–9–CM. Publishers and software vendors currently obtain code changes through these sources in order to update their code books and software systems. We will strive to have the April 1 updates available through these Web sites 5 months prior to implementation (that is, early November of the previous year), as is the case for the October 1 updates. 11. Other Issues (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘DRGs: Headaches and Seizures’’ at the beginning of your comment.) a. Seizures and Headaches After publication of the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 47928), we received correspondence expressing concerns about the revisions we made to the seizure and headache DRGs effective on October 1, 2006. We created new DRGs 562 (Seizure Age ≤17 With CC), DRG 563 (Seizure Age ≤17 Without CC), and DRG 564 (Headaches Age ≤17) as an interim step to better recognize severity of illness among seizure and headache patients for FY 2007. Although national Medicare utilization data supported the revised DRGs, the commenter indicated that the change did not appropriately recognize hospital resources associated with the patients treated in the hospital’s inpatient headache program. The commenter stated that patients who are admitted to the hospital’s inpatient headache program suffer from chronic headache pain and require inpatient treatment that can last up to 12 days. The commenter noted that these patients are referred from around the country after several months of Number of cases Proposed MS–DRG mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB MS–DRG 102 (Headaches with MCC) ........................................................................................ MS–DRG 103 (Headaches without MCC) ................................................................................... (The criteria for determining whether to subdivide a DRG are described in detail earlier in section II.D. of the preamble of this proposed rule.) Thus, we are proposing to create two MS– DRGs for headaches under the MS– DRGs as shown below: <bullet≤ Proposed MS–DRG 102 (Headaches With MCC) <bullet≤ Proposed MS–DRG 103 (Headaches Without MCC) We believe this proposed structure would better recognize those headaches patients who are severely ill and require more resources as described by the commenter. We refer the readers to section II.D. of the preamble of this proposed rule for a detailed discussion of the MS–DRG proposal. b. Devices That Are Replaced Without Cost or Where Credit for a Replaced Device Is Furnished to the Hospital (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 caption ‘‘Replaced Devices’’ at the beginning of your comment.) (1) Background We addressed the topic of Medicare payment for devices that are replaced without costs or where credit for a replaced device is furnished to the hospital in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 47962). In that final rule, we included the following background information: In recent years, there have been several field actions and recalls with regard to failure of implantable cardiac defibrillators (ICDs) and pacemakers. In many of these cases, the manufacturers have offered replacement devices without cost to the hospital or credit for the device being replaced if the patient required a more expensive device. In some circumstances, manufacturers have also offered, through a warranty package, to pay specified amounts for PO 00000 Frm 00064 unsuccessful pain relief and treatment. The commenter indicated that the majority of patients treated at the hospital’s inpatient headache program are drug dependent from being administered increasing dosages of pain relievers that have been unsuccessful in resolving chronic headache pain. Further, the commenter noted that the patients require detoxification before any headache treatment begins. The commenter urged CMS to subdivide the headache DRG to better recognize the higher level of severity associated with treating chronic headache patients in the hospital’s program. Although we are sympathetic to the commenter, it is not feasible to design a DRG system that addresses concerns that may be unique to one facility. Other than this one commenter, we did not receive any concern about our decision to create separate DRGs for seizures and headaches. However, we agreed to review this issue as part of our effort to redesign the DRG system to better recognize severity of illness for FY 2008. As discussed in section II.C. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing to adopt MS–DRGs for FY 2008. While our current DRG structure did not support splitting the headache DRG based on the presence or absence of a CC, the proposed MS–DRGs support the creation of a split for the headache DRGs based on whether the patient has an MCC as shown below: Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 1,268 14,277 Average length of stay 5.04 3.22 Average charges 19,077.33 11,989.43 unreimbursed expenses to persons who had replacement devices implanted. Nonetheless, we believe that incidental device failures that are covered by manufacturer warranties occur routinely. While we understand that some device malfunctions may be inevitable as medical technology grows increasingly sophisticated, we believe that early recognition of problems would reduce the number of people who would be potentially adversely affected by these device problems. The medical community needs heightened and early awareness of patterns of device failures, voluntary field actions, and recalls so that it can take appropriate corrective action to care for patients. Systematic efforts must be undertaken by all interested and involved parties, including manufacturers, insurers, and the medical community, to ensure that E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules device problems are recognized, and are addressed as early as possible so that patients’ quality of health care is protected and high quality medical care, equipment, and technologies are provided. We are taking several steps to assist in the early recognition and analysis of patterns of device problems to minimize the potential for harm from device-related defects to Medicare beneficiaries and the public in general. In recent years, CMS has recognized the importance of data collection as a condition of Medicare coverage for selected services. In 2005, we issued an NCD that expanded coverage of ICDs and also required registry participation when the devices were implanted for certain clinical indications. The NCD included this requirement in order to ensure that the medical care received by Medicare beneficiaries was reasonable and necessary and, therefore, that the provider or supplier would be appropriately paid. Presently, the American College of Cardiology— National Cardiovascular Data Registry (ACC–NCDR) collects these data and maintains the registry. In addition to ensuring appropriate payment of claims, collection, and ongoing analysis of ICD implantation, registry data can facilitate public response to the quality of health care issues in the event of future device recalls. Analysis of registry data may uncover patterns of device malfunction, device-related infection, or early battery depletion that would trigger a more specific investigation. Patterns found in registry data may identify problems in patient outcomes earlier than the currently available mechanisms, which do not systematically collect detailed information about each patient who receives an ICD. We encourage the medical community to work to develop additional registries for implantable devices, so that timely and comprehensive information is available regarding devices, recipients of those devices, and patients’ quality of health care status and medical outcomes. While participation in an ICD registry is required as a Medicare condition of coverage for ICD implantation for certain clinical conditions, we believe that the potential benefits of other data collection extend well beyond their application in Medicare’s specific NCDs. As medical technology continues to advance swiftly, data collection regarding the short-term and long-term medical outcomes of new technologies, especially concerning implanted devices that may remain in the bodies of patients for their lifetimes, will be essential to the timely recognition of VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 any specific device-related problems, patterns of complications, and healthrelated outcomes. This information will facilitate early interventions to mitigate any harm potentially imposed upon Medicare beneficiaries and the public, and to improve the quality and efficiency of health care services provided. Moreover, published data from registries may further help the development of high quality, evidencebased clinical practice guidelines for the care of patients who may receive device implants. In turn, widespread use of evidence-based guidelines may reduce variation in medical practice, leading to improved personal care and overall public health. Registry information may also contribute to the development of more comprehensive and refined quality metrics that may be used to systematically assess the collected data, and then improve the safety and quality of health care provided to Medicare beneficiaries. Such improvements in the quality of care that result in better personal health will require the sustained commitment of industry, payers, health care providers, and others to progressively work towards that goal, and to ensure excellent and open communication and rapid systemwide responses. One strategy for this data collection involves adding information to the claims forms. CMS has a long history of collecting hemoglobin or hematocrit data from ESRD patients on the claims form. Modification of claims forms was necessary to do that. CMS is exploring the use of claims data to collect other types of clinical or technical data such as device manufacturer and model number. The systematic recording of model numbers can enhance knowledge of device-related outcomes and complications. We look forward to further discussions with the public about new strategies to both recognize device-related problems early as well as recognize health-related outcomes of new technologies. In addition, we believe that the routine identification of Medicare claims for certain device implantation procedures in situations where a payment adjustment is appropriate may enhance the medical community’s recognition of device-related problems, potentially leading to more timely improvements in medical device technologies. This systematic approach, which enables hospitals to identify and then appropriately report selected services when devices are replaced without cost to the hospital, or with full or partial credit to the hospital for the cost of the replaced device, should PO 00000 Frm 00065 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24743 provide comprehensive information regarding the hospitals’ experiences with Medicare beneficiaries who have specific medical devices that are being replaced. Because Medicare beneficiaries are common recipients of implanted devices, the claims information may be particularly helpful in identifying patterns of device-related problems early in their natural history, so that appropriate strategies to reduce future problems may be developed. One possible strategy would be for the Medicare program to use information obtained through the use of bar coding of medical devices. The FDA issued a final rule in the Federal Register on February 26, 2004 (69 FR 9119), that required bar codes for human drugs and biological product labels effective April 26, 2006. In the final rule, FDA deferred action on requiring bar codes for medical devices, noting the difficulty in standardizing medical devices, as compared to drugs and biologicals, which have the unique NDC numbering system. This rule can be reviewed on the Federal Register’s Web site at: http://www.docket.access.gpo.gov/2004/ 04-4249.htm. We intend to monitor FDA’s work in this area to determine how this technology could help CMS promote higher quality through better clinical decision making and, as discussed below, assist in improving the accuracy of the Medicare payment system. In addition to our concern for overall public health, we also have a fiduciary responsibility to the Medicare Trust Fund to ensure that Medicare pays only for covered services. Therefore, in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule, we indicated that we believe we need to consider whether it is appropriate to reduce the Medicare payment in cases in which an implanted device is replaced at reduced or no cost to the hospital or with partial or full credit for the removed device. Such consideration could cover certain devices for which credit for the replaced medical device is given, or medical devices that are replaced as a result of or pursuant to a warranty, field action, voluntary recall, or involuntary recall, and medical devices that are provided free of charge. We indicated that conveying this information to the Medicare beneficiary could provide for a reduction in the IPPS payment if we determine that the device is replaced without cost to the provider or beneficiary or when the provider receives full credit for the cost of a replaced device. In FY 2007 IPPS final rule, we indicated a need to develop a methodology to determine the amount of the reduction to the otherwise E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24744 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules payable IPPS payment for medical devices furnished to Medicare beneficiaries. We believe that this policy is appropriate because, in these cases, the full cost of the replaced device is not incurred and, therefore, an adjustment to the payment is necessary to remove the cost of the device. (2) Current and Proposed Policies In the CY 2007 OPPS final rule (71 FR 68071 through 68077), we adopted a policy that requires a reduced payment to a hospital or ambulatory surgical center when a device is provided to them at no cost. From our experience with the OPPS, we understand that a manufacturer will often provide a credit or partial credit for the recalled device rather than a free replacement. In other situations, a manufacturer will provide either a full or partial credit for a device that needs to be replaced only during the manufacturer’s warranty period. In either of these situations, the original implantation of the device was paid for either by Medicare, another third party on behalf of the beneficiary by making payment directly to the hospital, or the implantation was paid for directly by the beneficiary. Therefore, we believe that Medicare should not pay the hospital for the full cost of the replacement if the hospital is receiving a partial or full credit, either due to a recall or service during the warranty period. The device was already paid for at the time of initial implantation, and Medicare should retain the credit that is being provided to the hospital for service to a Medicare beneficiary. Moreover, we also believe that a proposed adjustment is consistent with section 1862(a)(2) of the Act, which excludes from Medicare coverage an item or service for which neither the beneficiary, nor anyone on his or her behalf, has an obligation to pay. Payment of the full IPPS payment amount in cases in which the device was replaced under warranty or in which there was a full or partial credit for the price of the recalled or failed device effectively results in Medicare payment for a noncovered item. Therefore, we are proposing to adjust the IPPS payment amount in these circumstances under the authority of section 1886(d)(5)(I) of the Act, which permits the Secretary to make ‘‘exceptions and adjustments to such payment amounts * * * as the Secretary deems appropriate.’’ Under the OPPS, we currently only apply the reduced payment amount in situations where the hospital received a replacement device at no cost or at full credit for the replacement device. Unlike the current OPPS policy, we are proposing for purposes of the IPPS to apply the policy for partial as well as full credit for a replacement device. As we indicated above, our experience with the OPPS suggests that the policy should be applied beyond full replacement of a recalled device. We are proposing to reduce the amount of the Medicare IPPS payment when a full or partial credit towards a replacement device is made or the device is replaced without cost to the hospital or with full credit for the removed device. However, we do not believe that the IPPS policy should apply to all DRGs and all situations in which a device is replaced without cost to the hospital for the device or with full or partial credit for the removed device. We recognize that, in many cases, the cost of the device is a relatively modest part of the IPPS payment. In other situations, we believe the amount of the credit will also be nominal. In these cases, we believe that the averaging nature of payments under the IPPS would incorporate any significant savings from a warranty replacement, field action, or recall into the payment rate for the associated DRG, and that no specific adjustment would be necessary or appropriate. For this reason, we are proposing to apply the policy only to those DRGs under the IPPS where the implantation of the device determines the base DRG assignment and situations where the hospital received a credit equal to 20 percent or more of the cost of the device. We believe a credit that is equal to or more than this percentage is substantial, and Medicare should not pay for the full cost of these replacement devices because hospitals have received significant savings from the manufacturer for its replacement costs. We are seeking comment on the application of this percentage amount. We further believe that it is appropriate to limit application of the policy only to those DRGs where implantation of the device determines the DRG assignment. In making a decision to assign a case based on whether a device was implanted, we recognized that the device cost was a significant portion of the overall costs faced by the hospital that treats the case. Therefore, we believe that Medicare should not make full payment for those DRGs where the assignment of the case is made based on implantation of the device when the hospital is receiving either a full or significant partial credit for the device. We have listed the CMS DRGs that would be subject to this proposed policy below. We have also listed, in parentheses after the CMS DRG title, the proposed new MS–DRG title to which these cases would be assigned. CMS DRGS SUBJECT TO PROPOSED POLICY MDC CMS DRG Narrative Description of DRG 103 1 ........... 1 1 ........... 2 1 ........... 7 1 ........... mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB PRE ..... 8 1 ........... 543 3 ........... 49 5 ........... 104 VerDate Mar 15 2010 Heart Transplant or Implant of Heart Assist System (Proposed MS–DRGs 1 and 2, Heart Transplant or Implant of Heart Assist System With and Without MCC, respectively). Craniotomy Age ≤ 17 With CC (Proposed MS–DRG 25 and 26, Craniotomy and Endovascular Intracranial Procedure With MCC or Without CC, respectively). Craniotomy Age ≤ 17 Without CC (Proposed MS–DRGs 26 and 27, Craniotomy and Endovascular Intracranial Procedure Without CC/MCC). Peripheral & Cranial Nerve & Other Nervous System Procedures With CC (Proposed MS–DRGs 40 and 41, Peripheral & Cranial Nerve & Other Nervous System Procedure With MCC or With CC, respectively). Peripheral & Cranial Nerve & Other Nervous System Procedures Without CC (Proposed MS–DRG 42, Peripheral & Cranial Nerve & Other Nervous System Procedure Without CC/MCC). Craniotomy With Major Device Implant or Acute Complex Central Nervous System Principal Diagnosis (Proposed MS– DRGs 23 and 24, Craniotomy with Major Device Implant or Acute Complex Central Nervous System Principal Diagnosis With and Without MCC, respectively). Major Head & Neck Procedures (Proposed MS–DRGs 129 and 130, Major Head & Neck Procedures With CC/MCC or Major Device or Without CC/MCC, respectively). Cardiac Valve & Other Major Cardiothoracic Procedures with Cardiac Catheterization (Proposed MS–DRGs 216, 217, and 218, Cardiac Valve & Other Major Cardiothoracic Procedure With Cardiac Catheterization With MCC, or Without CC, or Without CC/MCC, respectively). 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00066 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules 24745 CMS DRGS SUBJECT TO PROPOSED POLICY—Continued MDC CMS DRG 105 5 ........... 5 ........... 5 ........... 110 111 117 5 ........... 118 5 ........... 515 5 ........... 5 ........... 525 535 5 ........... 536 5 ........... 551 5 ........... 552 8 ........... 471 8 ........... 544 8 ........... mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 5 ........... 545 Narrative Description of DRG Cardiac Valve & Other Major Cardiothoracic Procedures Without Cardiac Catheterization (Proposed MS–DRGs 219, 220, and 221, Cardiac Valve & Other Major Cardiothoracic Procedure Without Cardiac Catheterization With MCC, or With CC, or Without CC/MCC, respectively). Major Cardiovascular Procedures With CC (Proposed MS–DRG 237, Major Cardiovascular Procedures With MCC). Major Cardiovascular Procedures Without CC (Proposed MS–DRG 238, Major Cardiovascular Procedures Without MCC). Cardiac Pacemaker Revision Except Device Replacement (Proposed MS–DRGs 260, 261, and 262, Cardiac Pacemaker Revision Except Device Replacement With MCC, or With CC, or Without CC/MCC, respectively). Cardiac Pacemaker Device Replacement (Proposed MS–DRGs 258 and 259, Cardiac Pacemaker Device Replacement With MCC, and Without MCC, respectively). Cardiac Defibrillator Implant Without Cardiac Catheterization (Proposed MS–DRGs 226 and 227, Cardiac Defibrillator Implant Without Cardiac Catheterization With MCC and Without MCC, respectively). Other Heart Assist System Implant (Proposed MS–DRG 215, Other Heart Assist System Implant). Cardiac Defibrillator Implant With Cardiac Catheterization With Acute Myocardial Infarction/Heart Failure/Shock (Proposed MS–DRGs 222 and 223, Cardiac Defibrillator Implant With Cardiac Catheterization With Acute Myocardial Infarction/ Heart Failure/Shock With MCC and Without MCC, respectively). Cardiac Defibrillator Implant With Cardiac Catheterization Without Acute Myocardial Infarction/Heart Failure/Shock (Proposed MS–DRGs 224 and 225, Cardiac Defibrillator Implant With Cardiac Catheterization Without Acute Myocardial Infarction/Heart Failure/Shock With MCC and Without MCC, respectively). Permanent Cardiac Pacemaker Implant With Major Cardiovascular Diagnosis or AICD Lead or Generator (Proposed MS– DRGs 242, 243, and 244, Permanent Cardiac Pacemaker Implant With MCC, With CC, and Without CC/MCC, respectively). Other Permanent Cardiac Pacemaker Implant Without Major Cardiovascular Diagnosis (Proposed MS–DRGs 242, 243, and 244, Permanent Cardiac Pacemaker Implant With MCC, With CC, and Without CC/MCC, respectively). Bilateral or Multiple Major Joint Procedures of Lower Extremity (Proposed MS–DRGs 461 and 462, Bilateral or Multiple Major Joint Procedures of Lower Extremity With MCC, or Without MCC, respectively). Major Joint Replacement or Reattachment of Lower Extremity (Proposed MS–DRGs 469 and 470, Major Joint Replacement or Reattachment of Lower Extremity With MCC or Without MCC, respectively). Revision of Hip or Knee Replacement (Proposed MS–DRGs 466, 467, and 468, Revision of Hip or Knee Replacement With MCC, With CC, or Without CC/MCC, respectively). CMS has requested and received new condition codes from the National Uniform Billing Committee to describe claims where a provider has received a device or product without cost. We will use these condition codes to reduce payment when the hospital used a device for which full or partial credit is given, or the item was replaced as a result of or under a warranty, field action, voluntary recall, involuntary recall, or otherwise provided free of charge. On November 4, 2005, we issued Change Request 4058, Transmittal 741, in the Medicare Claims Processing Manual. The effective date of this transmittal was April 1, 2006, and the implementation date was April 3, 2006. This transmittal specifies that the following two new condition codes have been created. They are defined below: <bullet≤ Condition Code 49—Product Replacement within Product Lifecycle. Replacement of a product earlier than the anticipated lifecycle due to an indication that the product is not functioning properly. <bullet≤ Condition Code 50—Product Replacement for Known Recall of a Product. The manufacturer or the FDA has identified the product for recall and therefore replacement. Hospitals must report these codes on any claim for IPPS services that includes a replacement device or VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 product for which they received full or partial credit. Hospital billing offices would report one of these condition codes in addition to the specific code for the type of procedure performed (for example, replacement of a defibrillator). When this code is received by Medicare and the discharge is assigned to a DRG that is subject to this policy, we are proposing to suspend the claim so that it does not automatically process and the fiscal intermediary (or, if applicable, the MAC) makes a manual payment determination. We are proposing to require the hospital to provide invoices or other information indicating its normal cost of the device and the amount of the credit it received. This transmittal can be accessed at the following Web site: http:// www.cms.hhs.gov/Transmittals/ downloads/R741CP.pdf. Under our policy, the fiscal intermediary (or, if applicable, the MAC) would manually process claims involving DRGs that are subject to this policy that include a device that is replaced without cost to the hospital for the device or with full or partial credit for the removed device as identified by condition codes 49 or 50. For a device provided to the hospital without cost, the fiscal intermediary (or, if applicable, the MAC) would subtract the cost of the device from the DRG payment. For a PO 00000 Frm 00067 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 device for which the hospital received a full or partial credit, the fiscal intermediary (or, if applicable, the MAC) would subtract the amount credited from the DRG payment. We are proposing to require the hospital to provide invoices or other information indicating the cost of the device and the amount of credit it received. We are seeking comment on the best approach to making this payment adjustment and what types of documentation hospitals should provide to the fiscal intermediary or MAC. We are proposing to invoke our special exceptions and adjustment authority under section 1886(d)(5)(I)(i) of the Act to make this adjustment. The special exceptions and adjustment authority authorizes us to provide ‘‘for such other exceptions and adjustments to [IPPS] payment amounts* * *as the Secretary deems appropriate.’’ We believe it would be appropriate to adjust payments for surgical procedures to replace certain devices by providing payments to hospitals only for the nondevice-related procedural costs when such a device is replaced without cost to the hospital for the device or with full credit for the removed device. To codify in regulations the proposed policies for the IPPS discussed above, we are proposing to add a new paragraph (g) to § 412.2 and a new E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24746 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB § 412.89 to 42 CFR Part 412, Subpart F. We are also proposing to make a technical, conforming change to the heading of Subpart F and to add an uncoded center heading before the proposed new § 412.89. H. Recalibration of DRG Weights (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘Recalibration of DRG Weights’’ at the beginning of your comment.) In section II.D.3. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we stated that we are proposing to continue to implement the cost-based DRG relative weights under a 3-year transition period such that, in FY 2008, year two of the transition, the relative weights would be recalibrated using a blend of 67 percent of the cost relative weight and 33 percent of the charge relative weight. By FY 2009, the relative weights will be 100 percent cost-based. We are proposing a few minor changes to the cost-weighting methodology that we adopted in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 47962 through 47971). However, in section II.E.2. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we request public comments about whether to adopt any of the short-term recommendations to the cost relative weighting methodology for FY 2008 made by RTI. Therefore, if we were to adopt any of the RTI recommendations based on public comment, our description of the cost-weighting methodology shown below would be modified accordingly in the IPPS final rule. In developing the FY 2008 proposed system of weights, we used two data sources: claims data and cost report data. As in previous years, the claims data source is the MedPAR file. This file is based on fully coded diagnostic and procedure data for all Medicare inpatient hospital bills. The FY 2006 MedPAR data used in this proposed rule include discharges occurring on October 1, 2005, through September 30, 2006, based on bills received by CMS through December 2006, from all hospitals subject to the IPPS and short-term acute care hospitals in Maryland (which are under a waiver from the IPPS under section 1814(b)(3) of the Act). The FY 2006 MedPAR file used in calculating the relative weights includes data for approximately 11,748,387 Medicare discharges from IPPS providers. Discharges for Medicare beneficiaries enrolled in a Medicare Advantage managed care plan are excluded from this analysis. The data exclude CAHs, including hospitals that subsequently became CAHs after the period from which the data were taken. The second data source used in the cost relative weight methodology is the FY 2005 VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 Medicare cost report data files from HCRIS, which represents the most recent full set of cost report data available. We used the December 31, 2006 update of the HCRIS cost report files for FY 2005 in setting the proposed relative cost based weights. Because we are implementing the relative weights on a transitional basis, it is necessary to calculate both chargebased and cost-based relative weights. The charge-based methodology used to calculate the DRG relative weights from the MedPAR data is the same methodology that was in place for FY 2006 and FY 2007 and was applied as follows: <bullet≤ To the extent possible, all the claims were regrouped using the MS– DRGs being proposed for FY 2008, as discussed in section II.D. of this preamble. <bullet≤ The transplant cases that were used to establish the relative weight for heart and heart-lung, liver and/or intestinal, and lung transplants (proposed MS–DRGs 001, 002, 005, 006, and 007, respectively; previously CMS DRGs 103, 480, and 495) were limited to those Medicare-approved transplant centers that have cases in the FY 2005 MedPAR file. (Medicare coverage for heart, heart-lung, liver and/or intestinal, and lung transplants is limited to those facilities that have received approval from CMS as transplant centers.) <bullet≤ Organ acquisition costs for kidney, heart, heart-lung, liver, lung, pancreas, and intestinal (or multivisceral organs) transplants continue to be paid on a reasonable cost basis. Because these acquisition costs are paid separately from the IPPS rates, it was necessary to subtract the acquisition charges from the total charges on each transplant bill that showed acquisition charges before computing the average charge for the DRG and before eliminating statistical outliers. <bullet≤ Total charges were standardized to remove the effects of differences in area wage levels, indirect medical education and disproportionate share payments, and, for hospitals in Alaska and Hawaii, the applicable costof-living adjustment. <bullet≤ Statistical outliers were eliminated by removing all cases that were beyond 3.0 standard deviations from the mean of the log distribution of both the standardized charges per case and the standardized charges per day for each DRG. <bullet≤ The average charge for each DRG was then recomputed (excluding the statistical outliers). To compute the average DRG charge, we sum the standardized charges by DRG and divide by the transfer adjusted case count. A PO 00000 Frm 00068 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 transfer case is counted as a fraction of a case based on the ratio of its transfer payment under the per diem payment methodology to the full DRG payment for nontransfer cases. That is, a transfer case receiving payment under the transfer methodology equal to half of what the case would receive as a nontransfer would be counted as 0.5 of a total case. The average charge per DRG is then divided by the national average standardized charge per case to determine the relative weight. The new charge-based weights were then normalized by an adjustment factor of 1.50808 so that the average case weight after recalibration was equal to the average case weight before recalibration. This normalization adjustment is intended to ensure that recalibration by itself neither increases nor decreases total payments under the IPPS as required by section 1886(d)(4)(C)(iii) of the Act. The methodology we used to calculate the DRG cost-based weights from the FY 2006 MedPAR claims data and FY 2005 Medicare cost report data is as follows: <bullet≤ To the extent possible, all the claims were regrouped using the FY 2008 proposed MS–DRG classifications discussed in section II.D. of this preamble. <bullet≤ The transplant cases that were used to establish the relative weight for heart and heart-lung, liver and/or intestinal, and lung transplants (proposed MS–DRGs 001, 002, 005, 006, and 007, respectively; previously CMS DRGs 103, 480, and 495) were limited to those Medicare-approved transplant centers that have cases in the FY 2006 MedPAR file. (Medicare coverage for heart, heart-lung, liver and/or intestinal, and lung transplants is limited to those facilities that have received approval from CMS as transplant centers.) <bullet≤ Organ acquisition costs for kidney, heart, heart-lung, liver, lung, pancreas, and intestinal (or multivisceral organs) transplants continue to be paid on a reasonable cost basis. Because these acquisition costs are paid separately from the prospective payment rate, it is necessary to subtract the acquisition charges from the total charges on each transplant bill that showed acquisition charges before computing the average cost for each DRG and before eliminating statistical outliers. <bullet≤ Claims with total charges or total length of stay less than or equal to zero were deleted. Claims that had an amount in the total charge field that differed by more than $10.00 from the sum of the routine day charges, intensive care charges, pharmacy charges, special equipment charges, therapy services charges, operating E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB room charges, cardiology charges, laboratory charges, radiology charges, other service charges, labor and delivery charges, inhalation therapy charges and anesthesia charges were also deleted. <bullet≤ At least 94 percent of the providers in the MedPAR file had charges for 10 of the 13 cost centers. Claims for providers that did not have charges greater than zero for at least 10 of the 13 cost centers were deleted. <bullet≤ Statistical outliers were eliminated by removing all cases that were beyond 3.0 standard deviations from the mean of the log distribution of both the total charges per case and the total charges per day for each DRG. Once the MedPAR data were trimmed and the statistical outliers were removed, the charges for each of the 13 cost groups for each claim were standardized to remove the effects of differences in area wage levels, indirect medical education and disproportionate share payments, and for hospitals in Alaska and Hawaii, the applicable costof-living adjustment. Charges were then VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 summed by DRG for each of the 13 cost groups such that each DRG had 13 standardized charge totals. These charges were then adjusted to cost by applying the national average CCRs developed from the FY 2005 cost report data. The 13 cost centers that we used in the relative weight calculation are shown in the following table. In addition, the table shows the lines on the cost report that we used to create the national cost center CCRs that we used to adjust the DRG charges to cost. For FY 2008, we are proposing to make minor revisions to the Cardiology, Laboratory, Radiology, and Other Services CCRs we are using to calculate the DRG relative weights, as follows: <bullet≤ The costs for cases involving Electroencephalography (EEG), cost report line 54, are currently in the Cardiology cost center group. However, MedPAR categorizes the claims data for EEG under Laboratory Charges (revenue codes 0740 and 0749). In order to maintain consistency with matching PO 00000 Frm 00069 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24747 costs on the cost report to charges on MedPAR claims, we are proposing to move cost report line 54 for EEG out of the Cardiology cost center group into the Laboratory cost center group. <bullet≤ In the FY 2007 IPPS proposed rule, we originally included the costs for Radioisotopes, cost report line 43, in the Radiology cost center group. However, in response to comments, we moved Radioisotopes to the Other Services cost center group. After researching this issue further over the past year, we believe that Radioisotopes is a radiology-related service that more appropriately belongs in the Radiology cost center group. Accordingly, for FY 2008, we are proposing to move the cost report line item for line 43, Radioisotopes, out of the Other Services cost center group and into the Radiology cost center group. The proposed version of the 13 cost center groupings are in the table below: BILLING CODE 4120–01–P E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 VerDate Mar 15 2010 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00070 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 EP03MY07.001 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 24748 VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00071 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24749 EP03MY07.002 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules VerDate Mar 15 2010 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00072 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 EP03MY07.003 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 24750 VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00073 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24751 EP03MY07.004 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules VerDate Mar 15 2010 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00074 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 EP03MY07.005 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 24752 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules We developed the national average CCRs as follows: Taking the FY 2005 cost report data, we removed CAHs, Indian Health Service hospitals, all-inclusive rate hospitals, and cost reports that represented time periods of less than 1 year (365 days). We included hospitals located in Maryland as we are including VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 their charges in our claims database. We then created CCRs for each provider for each cost center (see prior table for line items used in the calculations) and removed any CCRs that were greater than 10 or less than 0.01. We normalized the departmental CCRs by dividing the CCR for each department by the total CCR for the hospital for the purpose of trimming the data. We then PO 00000 Frm 00075 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 took the logs of the normalized cost center CCRs and removed any cost center CCRs where the log of the cost center CCR was greater or less than the mean log plus/minus 3 times the standard deviation for the log of that cost center CCR. Once the cost report data were trimmed, we calculated a Medicare-specific CCR. The Medicarespecific CCR was determined by taking E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 EP03MY07.006 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB BILLING CODE 4120–01–C 24753 24754 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules the Medicare charges for each line item from Worksheet D, Part 4 and deriving the Medicare specific costs by applying the hospital-specific departmental CCRs to the Medicare-specific charges for each line item from Worksheet D, Part 4. Once each hospital’s Medicarespecific costs were established, we summed the total Medicare-specific costs and divided by the sum of the total Medicare-specific charges to produce national average, charge-weighted CCRs. After we multiplied the total charges for each DRG in each of the 13 cost centers by the corresponding national average CCR, we summed the 13 ‘‘costs’’ across each DRG to produce a total standardized cost for the DRG. The average standardized cost for each DRG was then computed as the total standardized cost for the DRG divided by the transfer adjusted case count for the DRG. The average cost for each DRG was then divided by the national average standardized cost per case to determine the relative weight. The new cost-based weights were then normalized by an adjustment factor of 1.50988 so that the average case weight after recalibration was equal to the average case weight before recalibration. Since more trims were applied to the data under the cost-based weights methodology than under the charge-based methodology, a smaller universe of claims was used in the costbased methodology. In this instance, the different universe of claims also resulted in a slightly higher cost-based normalization factor than the normalization factor derived for chargebased weights. The normalization adjustment is intended to ensure that recalibration by itself neither increases nor decreases total payments under the IPPS as required by section 1886(d)(4)(C)(iii) of the Act. The 13 proposed national average CCRs for FY 2008 are as follows: Group Routine Days ...................................... Intensive Days .................................... Drugs .................................................. Supplies & Equipment ........................ Therapy Services ................................ Laboratory ........................................... Operating Room ................................. Cardiology ........................................... Radiology ............................................ Other Services .................................... Labor & Delivery ................................. Inhalation Therapy .............................. Anesthesia .......................................... DRG title 789 .......... 791 .......... Neonates, Died or Transferred to Another Acute Care Facility. Extreme Immaturity or Respiratory Distress Syndrome, Neonate. Prematurity With Major Problems ............... 792 .......... Prematurity Without Major Problems .......... 793 .......... Full-term Neonate With Major Problems .... 794 .......... Neonate With Other Significant Problems .. 795 .......... Normal Newborn ......................................... 790 .......... Crosswalk to DRG I. Proposed MS–LTC–DRG Reclassifications and Relative Weights for LTCHs for FY 2008 (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘MS–LTC–DRGs’’ at the beginning of your comment.) VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 0.52 0.48 0.21 0.34 0.42 0.17 0.30 0.19 0.18 0.37 0.47 0.19 0.14 When we recalibrated the DRG weights for previous years, we set a threshold of 10 cases as the minimum number of cases required to compute a reasonable weight. We used that same case threshold in recalibrating the DRG weights for FY 2008. Using the FY 2006 MedPAR data set, there are 7 proposed MS–DRGs that contain fewer than 10 cases. Under the proposed MS–DRGs, we have fewer low-volume DRGs than under the CMS DRGs because we no longer have separate DRGs for patients age 0 to 17 years. With the exception of newborns, we previously separated Low-volume DRG mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB CCR some DRGs based on whether the patient was age 0–17 or age 17 and older. Other than the age split, cases grouping to these DRGs are identical. The DRGs for patients age 0 to 17 years generally have very low volumes because children are typically ineligible for Medicare. In the past, we have found that the low volume of cases for the pediatric DRGs could lead to significant year-to-year instability in their relative weights. Although we have always encouraged non-Medicare payers to develop weights applicable to their own patient populations, we have heard frequent complaints from providers about the use of the Medicare relative weights in the pediatric population. We believe that eliminating this age split in the proposed MS–DRGs will provide more stable payment for pediatric cases by determining their payment using adult cases that are much higher in total volume. All of the low-volume DRGs listed below are for newborns. Newborns are unique and require separate DRGs that are not mirrored in the adult population. Therefore, it remains necessary to retain separate DRGs for newborns. In FY 2008, because we do not have sufficient MedPAR data to set accurate and stable cost weights for these low-volume DRGs, we are proposing to compute weights for the low-volume DRGs by adjusting their FY 2007 weights by the percentage change in the average weight of the cases in other DRGs. The crosswalk table we are proposing is shown below: FY 2007 FR weight other DRGs). FY 2007 FR weight other DRGs). FY 2007 FR weight other DRGs). FY 2007 FR weight other DRGs). FY 2007 FR weight other DRGs). FY 2007 FR weight other DRGs). FY 2007 FR weight other DRGs). (adjusted by percent change in average weight of the cases in (adjusted by percent change in average weight of the cases in (adjusted by percent change in average weight of the cases in (adjusted by percent change in average weight of the cases in (adjusted by percent change in average weight of the cases in (adjusted by percent change in average weight of the cases in (adjusted by percent change in average weight of the cases in 1. Background In the June 6, 2003 LTCH PPS final rule (68 FR 34122), we changed the LTCH PPS annual payment rate update cycle to be effective July 1 through June 30 instead of October 1 through September 30. In addition, because the patient classification system utilized under the LTCH PPS uses the same CMS DRGs as those currently used under the PO 00000 Frm 00076 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 IPPS for acute care hospitals, in that same final rule, we explained that the annual update of the long-term care diagnosis-related group (LTC–DRG) classifications and relative weights will continue to remain linked to the annual reclassification and recalibration of the CMS DRGs used under the IPPS. Therefore, we specified that we will continue to update the LTC–DRG E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules classifications and relative weights to be effective for discharges occurring on or after October 1 through September 30 each year. We further stated that we will publish the annual proposed and final update of the LTC–DRGs in same notice as the proposed and final update for the IPPS (69 FR 34125). In the past, the annual update to the IPPS CMS DRGs has been based on the annual revisions to the ICD–9–CM codes and was effective each October 1. As discussed in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 47971 through 47994) and in the Rate Year (RY) 2008 LTCH PPS proposed rule (72 FR 4783 through 4789), with the implementation of section 503(a) of Pub. L. 108–173, there is the possibility that one feature of the GROUPER software program may be updated twice during a Federal fiscal year (October 1 and April 1) as required by the statute for the IPPS. Section 503(a) of Pub. L. 108–173 amended section 1886(d)(5)(K) of the Act by adding a new clause (vii) which states that ‘‘the Secretary shall provide for the addition of new diagnosis and procedure codes in [sic] April 1 of each year, but the addition of such codes shall not require the Secretary to adjust the payment (or diagnosis-related group classification) * * * until the fiscal year that begins after such date.’’ This requirement improves the recognition of new technologies under the IPPS by accounting for those ICD–9–CM codes in the MedPAR claims data earlier than the agency had accounted for new technology in the past. In implementing the statutory change, the agency has provided that ICD–9–CM diagnosis and procedure codes for new medical technology may be created and assigned to existing CMS DRGs in the middle of the Federal fiscal year, on April 1. However, this policy change will not impact the DRG relative weights in effect for that year, which will continue to be updated only once a year (October 1), nor will it have any impact on Medicare payments. The use of the ICD– 9–CM code set is also compliant with the current requirements of the Transactions and Code Sets Standards regulations at 45 CFR Parts 160 and 162, promulgated in accordance with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), Pub. L. 104–191. As noted above, the patient classification system used under the LTCH PPS (LTC–DRGs) is based on the patient classification system used under the IPPS (CMS DRGs). Therefore, the ICD–9–CM codes currently used under both the IPPS and LTCH PPS may be updated as often as twice a year. This requirement is included as part of the VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 amendments to the Act relating to recognition of new medical technology under the IPPS. Because we do not publish a midyear IPPS rule, any April 1 ICD–9–CM coding update will not be published midyear. Rather, we will assign any new diagnosis or procedure codes to the same DRG in which its predecessor code was assigned, so that there will be no impact on the DRG assignments (as also discussed in section II.G.10. of this preamble). Any coding updates will be available through the Web sites provided in section II.G.10. of this preamble and through the Coding Clinic for ICD–9–CM, a product of the American Hospital Association. Publishers and software vendors currently obtain code changes through these sources in order to update their code books and software system. If new codes are implemented on April 1, revised code books and software systems, including the GROUPER software program, will be necessary because we must use current ICD–9–CM codes. Therefore, for purposes of the LTCH PPS, because each ICD–9–CM code must be included in the GROUPER algorithm to classify each case into a LTC–DRG, the GROUPER software program used under the LTCH PPS would need to be revised to accommodate any new codes. In implementing section 503(a) of Pub. L. 108–173, there will only be an April 1 update if new technology codes are requested and approved. We note that any new codes created for April 1 implementation will be limited to those diagnosis and procedure code revisions primarily needed to describe new technologies and medical services. However, we reiterate that the process of discussing updates to the ICD–9–CM is an open process through the ICD–9– CM Coordination and Maintenance Committee. Requestors will be given the opportunity to present the merits for a new code and to make a clear and convincing case for the need to update ICD–9–CM codes for purposes of the IPPS new technology add-on payment process through an April 1 update (as also discussed in section II.G.10. of this preamble). As we discussed in the RY 2008 LTCH PPS proposed rule (72 FR 4783 through 4789), at the September 28, 2006 ICD–9–CM Coordination and Maintenance Committee meeting, there were no requests for an April 1, 2007 implementation of ICD–9–CM codes. Therefore, the next update to the ICD– 9–CM coding system will not occur until October 1, 2007 (FY 2008). Because there were no coding changes suggested for an April 1, 2007 update, PO 00000 Frm 00077 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24755 the ICD–9–CM coding set implemented on October 1, 2006, will continue through September 30, 2007 (FY 2008). The update to the ICD–9–CM coding system for FY 2008 is discussed above in section II.G.10. of this preamble. Accordingly, in this proposed rule, as discussed in greater detail below, we are proposing to modify and revise the LTC–DRG classifications and relative weights, to be effective October 1, 2007 through September 30, 2008 (FY 2008). In addition, we will notify LTCHs of any revisions to the GROUPER software used under the IPPS and the LTCH PPS that may be implemented on April 1, 2008. The proposed LTC–DRGs and proposed relative weights for FY 2008 in this proposed rule are based on the proposed IPPS MS–DRGs (GROUPER Version 25.0) discussed in section II.B. of the preamble to this proposed rule. 2. Proposed Changes in the LTC–DRG Classifications a. Background Section 123 of Pub. L. 106–113 specifically requires that the agency implement a PPS for LTCHs that is a per discharge system with a DRG-based patient classification system reflecting the differences in patient resources and costs in LTCHs while maintaining budget neutrality. Section 307(b)(1) of Pub. L. 106–554 modified the requirements of section 123 of Pub. L. 106–113 by specifically requiring that the Secretary examine ‘‘the feasibility and the impact of basing payment under such a system [the LTCH PPS] on the use of existing (or refined) hospital diagnosis-related groups (DRGs) that have been modified to account for different resource use of long-term care hospital patients as well as the use of the most recently available hospital discharge data.’’ In accordance with section 123 of Pub. L. 106–113 as amended by section 307(b)(1) of Pub. L. 106–554 and § 412.515 of our existing regulations, the LTCH PPS uses information from LTCH patient records to classify patient cases into distinct LTC–DRGs based on clinical characteristics and expected resource needs. As described in II.D. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing to adopt MS–DRGs under the IPPS because we believe that adopting this system will result in a significant improvement in the DRG system’s recognition of severity of illness and resource usage. We believe these improvements in the DRG system would be equally applicable to the LTCH PPS. The changes we are currently proposing for the IPPS would be reflected in the FY 2008 GROUPER, E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 24756 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules Version 25.0, to be effective for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2007 through September 30, 2008. Currently, the LTC–DRGs used as the patient classification component of the LTCH PPS correspond to the current CMS DRGs applicable under the IPPS for acute care hospitals Consistent with our historical practice of having LTC–DRGs correspond to the DRGs applicable under the IPPS, under the broad authority of section 123(a) of Pub. L. 106–113, as modified by section 307(b) of Pub. L. 106–554, we are proposing to use MS–LTC–DRGs which correspond to the proposed MS–DRGs. In addition, as stated above, we are proposing to use the FY 2008 GOUPER Version 25.0, to be effective for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2007 through September 30, 2008. The proposed changes to the current CMS DRG classification system used under the IPPS for FY 2008 (GROUPER Version 25.0) are discussed in section II.D. of the preamble to this proposed rule. As noted above, the patient classification system used under the LTCH PPS (LTC–DRGs) is based on the patient classification system used under the IPPS (CMS DRGs), which historically has been updated annually as authorized by section 1886(d)(4)(C) of the Act and is effective for discharges occurring on or after October 1 through September 30 of each year. As such, the proposed updates to the CMS DRG classification system used under the IPPS for FY 2008 (GROUPER Version 25.0), discussed in section II.D. of the preamble of this proposed rule, would be applicable to updates under the LTCH PPS. In conjunction with the proposed changes to the existing CMS DRGs for the IPPS by adoption of the proposed MS–DRGs, we are proposing to adopt the MS–DRGs for the LTCH PPS, as both sets of DRGs are based on the same DRG structure. However, we refer to the proposed DRGs under the LTCH PPS as MS–LTC–DRGs. This proposed conforming change, that is, to replicate the MS–LTC–DRG structure after the proposed MS–DRG structure is appropriate in order to maintain consistency and uniformity among a number of stakeholders, such as acute care hospitals, LTCHs, epidemiologists, ratesetting organizations, and payors, among others. Under the LTCH PPS, as described in greater detail below, we determine relative weights for each of the DRGs to account for the difference in resource use by patients exhibiting the case complexity and multiple medical problems characteristic of LTCH patients. (Unless otherwise noted in this VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 proposed rule, our MS–LTC–DRG analysis is based on LTCH data from the December 2006 update of the FY 2006 MedPAR file, which contains hospital bills received through December 31, 2006, for discharges occurring in FY 2006.) LTCHs do not typically treat the full range of diagnoses as do acute care hospitals. Therefore, as we discussed in the August 30, 2002 LTCH PPS final rule (67 FR 55985), which implemented the LTCH PPS, and the FY 2006 IPPS final rule (70 FR 47324), we use lowvolume quintiles in determining the LTC–DRG relative weights for LTC– DRGs with less than 25 LTCH cases (low-volume LTC–DRGs). Specifically, we group those low-volume LTC–DRGs into 5 quintiles based on average charges per discharge. (A listing of the composition of low-volume quintiles for the FY 2007 LTC–DRGs (based on FY 2005 MedPAR data) appears in section II.I.2.d. of the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 47975 through 47978).) We also adjust for cases in which the stay at the LTCH is less than or equal to five-sixths of the geometric average length of stay; that is, short-stay outlier cases (§ 412.529), as discussed below in section II.I.4. of this preamble. b. Patient Classifications into DRGs Generally, under the LTCH PPS, Medicare payment is made at a predetermined specific rate for each discharge; that is, payment varies by the LTC–DRG to which a beneficiary’s stay is assigned. Just as cases have been classified into the proposed MS–DRGs for acute care hospitals under the IPPS (section II. of the preamble of this proposed rule), cases have been classified into proposed MS–LTC–DRGs for payment under the LTCH PPS based on the principal diagnosis, up to eight additional diagnoses, and up to six procedures performed during the stay, as well as age, sex, and discharge status of the patient. The diagnosis and procedure information is reported by the hospital using the ICD–9–CM codes. Under the proposed MS–DRGs for the IPPS and the proposed MS–LTC–DRGs for the LTCH PPS, these factors will not change. Section II.B. of the preamble of this proposed rule discusses the organization of the existing CMS DRGs, which we are proposing to maintain under the proposed MS–DRG and MS– LTC–DRG systems. As noted above, the patient classification system for the LTCH PPS is derived from the CMS DRGs and is similarly organized into 25 major diagnostic categories (MDCs). Most of these MDCs are based on a particular organ system of the body and PO 00000 Frm 00078 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 the remainder involves multiple organ systems (such as MDC 22, Burns). Accordingly, the principal diagnosis determines MDC assignment. Within most MDCs, cases are then divided into surgical DRGs and medical DRGs. Under the present CMS DRGs, some surgical and medical DRGs are further differentiated based on the presence or absence of CCs. The existing LTC–DRGs are similarly categorized. (See section II.B. of the preamble of this proposed rule for further discussion of surgical DRGs and medical DRGs.) The proposed MS–DRGs and the proposed MS–LTC–DRGs contain base DRGs that have been subdivided into one, two, or three severity levels. The most severe level has at least one code that is a major CC, referred to as ‘‘with MCC’’. The next lower severity level contains cases with at least one CC, referred to as ‘‘with CC’’. Those DRGs without an MCC or a CC are referred to as ‘‘without CC/MCC’’. When data did not support the creation of three severity levels, the base DRG was divided into either two levels or the base was not subdivided. The proposed two-level subdivisions consist of one of the following subdivisions: <bullet≤ With CC/MCC <bullet≤ Without CC/MCC In this type of subdivision, cases with at least one code that is on the CC or MCC list are assigned to the ‘‘with CC/ MCC’’ DRG. Cases without a CC or an MCC are assigned to the ‘‘without CC/ MCC’’ DRG. The other type of proposed two-level subdivision is as follows: <bullet≤ With MCC <bullet≤ Without MCC In this type of subdivision, cases with at least one code that is on the MCC list are assigned to the ‘‘with MCC’’ DRG. Cases that do not have an MCC are assigned to the ‘‘without MCC’’ DRG. This type of subdivision could include cases with a CC code, but no MCC. As under the present LTC–DRG system, we are proposing that the assignment of a case to a particular MS– LTC–DRG will determine the amount that is paid for the case. Therefore, it is important that the coding is accurate. Classifications and terminology used under the LTCH PPS are consistent with the ICD–9–CM and the Uniform Hospital Discharge Data Set (UHDDS), as recommended to the Secretary by the National Committee on Vital and Health Statistics (‘‘Uniform Hospital Discharge Data: Minimum Data Set, National Center for Health Statistics, April 1980’’) and as revised in 1984 by the Health Information Policy Council (HIPC) of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Again, we point E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules out that the ICD–9–CM coding terminology and the definitions of principal and other diagnoses of the UHDDS are consistent with the requirements of the Transactions and Code Sets Standards under HIPAA (45 CFR Parts 160 and 162). The emphasis on the need for proper coding cannot be overstated. As under the present LTC–DRG system, inappropriate coding of cases under the proposed MS–LTC–DRG system could adversely affect the uniformity of cases in each proposed MS–LTC–DRG and produce inappropriate weighting factors at recalibration and result in inappropriate payments under the LTCH PPS. LTCHs are required to follow the same coding guidelines established under the IPPS, described in section II.G.10 of the preamble of this proposed rule established under the IPPS. It is mandatory that the coders continue to report the same principal diagnosis on all claims and include all diagnosis codes for conditions that coexist at the time of admission, for conditions that are subsequently developed, or for conditions that affect the treatment received. Similarly, all procedures performed in a LTCH, or paid for under arrangements by a LTCH (§ 412.509), during that stay are to be reported on each claim. Consistent with current practice, there will be only one proposed MS–LTC–DRG assigned to each discharge of the patient from a LTCH. Under the proposed MS–LTC–DRG classification system, as is required under existing policy, upon the discharge of the patient from a LTCH, the LTCH must assign appropriate diagnosis and procedure codes from the ICD–9–CM. Completed claim forms are to be submitted electronically to the LTCH’s fiscal intermediary (or, if applicable, MAC). The fiscal intermediary or MAC enters the clinical and demographic information into their claims processing systems and subject this information to a series of automated screening processes called the MCE. These screens are designed to identify cases that require further review before assignment into a LTC–DRG can be made. After screening through the MCE, each LTCH claim will be classified into the appropriate LTC–DRG by the Medicare LTCH GROUPER. The LTCH GROUPER is specialized computer software and is the same GROUPER used under the IPPS. After the LTC– DRG is assigned, the fiscal intermediary or MAC determines the prospective payment by using the Medicare LTCH PPS PRICER program, which accounts for LTCH hospital-specific adjustments VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 and payment rates. As provided for under the IPPS, we provide an opportunity for the LTCH to review the LTC–DRG assignments made by the fiscal intermediary or MAC and to submit additional information, if necessary, within a specified timeframe (§ 412.513(c)). Under the proposed adoption of the MS–LTC–DRG, there would be no changes in this procedure. The LTCH GROUPER is used both to classify past cases in order to measure relative hospital resource consumption to establish the proposed MS–LTC–DRG weights and to classify current cases for purposes of determining payment. The records for all Medicare hospital inpatient discharges are maintained in the MedPAR file. The data in this file are used to evaluate possible DRG classification changes and to recalibrate the DRG weights during our annual update (as discussed in section II.H. of the preamble of this proposed rule). The proposed MS–LTC–DRG relative weights are based on data for the population of LTCH discharges. 3. Development of the Proposed FY 2008 MS–LTC–DRG Relative Weights a. General Overview of Development of the Proposed MS–LTC–DRG Relative Weights As we stated in the August 30, 2002 LTCH PPS final rule (67 FR 55981), one of the primary goals for the implementation of the LTCH PPS is to pay each LTCH an appropriate amount for the efficient delivery of medical care to Medicare patients. The system must be able to account adequately for each LTCH’s case-mix in order to ensure both fair distribution of Medicare payments and access to adequate care for those Medicare patients whose care is more costly. To accomplish these goals, we have annually adjusted the LTCH PPS standard Federal prospective payment system rate by the applicable LTC–DRG relative weight in determining payment to LTCHs for each case. (As we have noted above, we are proposing to adopt the MS–LTC–DRGs for the LTCH PPS for FY 2008. However, this proposed change in the patient classification system does not affect the basic principles of the development of relative weights under a DRG-based prospective payment system. For purposes of clarity, in the general discussion below in which we describe the basic methodology of the patient classification system, in use since the start of the LTCH PPS, we use ‘‘MS– LTC–DRG’’ to specify the proposed DRG system to be used by the LTCH prospective payment system in FY 2008.) PO 00000 Frm 00079 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24757 Although the proposed adoption of the MS–LTC–DRGs will result in some modifications of existing procedures for assigning weights in cases of zero volume and/or nonmonotonicity, discussed in detail in the following sections, the basic methodology for developing the proposed FY 2008 MS– LTC–DRG relative weights in this proposed rule continue to be determined in accordance with the general methodology established in the August 30, 2002 LTCH PPS final rule (67 FR 55989 through 55991). (Therefore, as noted above, in this preamble, ‘‘LTC–DRGs’’ will be used in descriptions of the basic methodology established at the beginning of the LTCH PPS that will remain unchanged if we adopt the proposed MS–LTC– DRGs. Use of ‘‘MS–LTC–DRGs’’ will indicate a discussion of specifics aspects of our proposed adoption of the severity-weighted patient classification system for FY 2008.) Under the LTCH PPS, relative weights for each proposed MS–LTC–DRG are a primary element used to account for the variations in cost per discharge and resource utilization among the payment groups (§ 412.515). To ensure that Medicare patients classified to each proposed MS–LTC–DRG have access to an appropriate level of services and to encourage efficiency, we calculate a relative weight for each proposed MS– LTC–DRG that represents the resources needed by an average inpatient LTCH case in that proposed MS–LTC–DRG. For example, cases in a proposed MS– LTC–DRG with a relative weight of 2 will, on average, cost twice as much to treat as cases in a proposed MS–LTC– DRG with a weight of 1. b. Data To calculate the proposed MS–LTC– DRG relative weights for FY 2008 in his proposed rule, we obtained total Medicare allowable charges from FY 2006 Medicare LTCH bill data from the December 2006 update of the MedPAR file, which are the best available data at this time, and we used the proposed Version 25.0 of the CMS GROUPER used under the IPPS (as discussed in section II.B. of the preamble of this proposed rule) to classify cases. To calculate the final MS–LTC–DRG relative weights for FY 2008, we are proposing that, if more recent data are available (that is, data from the March 2007 update of the MedPAR file), we would use those data and the finalized Version 25.0 of the CMS GROUPER used under the IPPS. As we discussed in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 47974), we have excluded the data from LTCHs that are E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24758 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB all-inclusive rate providers and LTCHs that are reimbursed in accordance with demonstration projects authorized under section 402(a) of Pub. L. 90–248. Data from demonstration projects authorized under section 222(a) of Pub. L. 92–603 are also excluded. Therefore, in the development of the proposed FY 2008 MS–LTC–DRG relative weights in this proposed rule, we have excluded the data of the 19 all-inclusive rate providers and the 3 LTCHs that are paid in accordance with demonstration projects that had claims in the FY 2006 MedPAR file. c. Hospital-Specific Relative Value Methodology By nature, LTCHs often specialize in certain areas, such as ventilatordependent patients and rehabilitation and wound care. Some case types (DRGs) may be treated, to a large extent, in hospitals that have, from a perspective of charges, relatively high (or low) charges. This nonarbitrary distribution of cases with relatively high (or low) charges in specific proposed MS–LTC–DRGs has the potential to inappropriately distort the measure of average charges. To account for the fact that cases may not be randomly distributed across LTCHs, we use a hospital-specific relative value (HSRV) method to calculate the proposed MS– LTC–DRG relative weights instead of the methodology used to determine the proposed CMS DRG relative weights under the IPPS described in section II.H. of the preamble this proposed rule. We believe this method will remove this hospital-specific source of bias in measuring LTCH average charges. Specifically, we reduce the impact of the variation in charges across providers on any particular LTC–DRG relative weight by converting each LTCH’s charge for a case to a relative value based on that LTCH’s average charge. Under the HSRV method, we standardize charges for each LTCH by converting its charges for each case to hospital-specific relative charge values and then adjusting those values for the LTCH’s case-mix. The adjustment for case-mix is needed to rescale the hospital-specific relative charge values (which, by definition, average 1.0 for each LTCH). The average relative weight for a LTCH is its case-mix, so it is reasonable to scale each LTCH’s average relative charge value by its case-mix. In this way, each LTCH’s relative charge value is adjusted by its case-mix to an average that reflects the complexity of the cases it treats relative to the complexity of the cases treated by all other LTCHs (the average case-mix of all LTCHs). VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 In accordance with the methodology established under § 412.523, as implemented in the August 30, 2002 LTCH PPS final rule (67 FR 55989 through 55991), we continue to standardize charges for each case by first dividing the adjusted charge for the case (adjusted for short-stay outliers under § 412.529 as described in section II.I.4. (step 3) of the preamble of this proposed rule) by the average adjusted charge for all cases at the LTCH in which the case was treated. Short-stay outliers under § 412.529 are cases with a length of stay that is less than or equal to five-sixths the average length of stay of the proposed MS–LTC–DRG. The average adjusted charge reflects the average intensity of the health care services delivered by a particular LTCH and the average cost level of that LTCH. The resulting ratio is multiplied by that LTCH’s case-mix index to determine the standardized charge for the case. Multiplying by the LTCH’s case-mix index accounts for the fact that the same relative charges are given greater weight at a LTCH with higher average costs than they would at a LTCH with low average costs, which is needed to adjust each LTCH’s relative charge value to reflect its case-mix relative to the average case-mix for all LTCHs. Because we standardize charges in this manner, we count charges for a Medicare patient at a LTCH with high average charges as less resource intensive than they would be at a LTCH with low average charges. For example, a $10,000 charge for a case at a LTCH with an average adjusted charge of $17,500 reflects a higher level of relative resource use than a $10,000 charge for a case at a LTCH with the same case-mix, but an average adjusted charge of $35,000. We believe that the adjusted charge of an individual case more accurately reflects actual resource use for an individual LTCH because the variation in charges due to systematic differences in the markup of charges among LTCHs is taken into account. d. Proposed Treatment of Severity Levels in Developing Relative Weights With the implementation of the LTCH PPS for FY 2003, we established a procedure to address setting relative weights for LTC–DRG ‘‘pairs’’ that were differentiated on the presence or absence of CCs (71 FR 47979). For FY 2008, we are proposing to adopt a severity-based patient classification system for the LTCH PPS, the MS–LTC– DRGs described above, which requires us to adapt our existing procedures for dealing with setting relative weights for the severity levels within a specific base DRG. We are also proposing to modify our existing methodology for PO 00000 Frm 00080 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 maintaining monotonicity when setting relative weights for the proposed MS– LTC–DRGs. As under the existing procedure, under the proposed MS–LTC–DRGs, for purposes of the annual setting of the relative weights, there continue to be three different categories of DRGs based on volume of cases within specific LTC– DRGs. DRGs with at least 25 cases are each assigned a relative weight; lowvolume proposed MS–LTC–DRGs (that is, proposed MS–LTC–DRGs that contain between one and 24 cases annually) are grouped into quintiles (described below) and assigned the weight of the quintile. Cases with novolume proposed MS–LTC–DRGs (that is, no cases in the databases were assigned to those proposed MS–LTC– DRGs) are crosswalked to other proposed MS–LTC–DRGs based on the clinical similarities and assigned the weight of the quintile that is closest to the relative weight of the crosswalked proposed MS–LTC–DRG. (We provide in-depth discussions of our proposals regarding weightsetting for low-volume MS–LTC–DRGs in section II.I.3.e. of the preamble of this proposed rule and for no-volume MS–LTC–DRGs, under Step 4 in section II.I.4. of the preamble of this proposed rule.) As described above, in response to the need to account for severity and pay appropriately for cases, we have developed a severity-adjusted patient classification system which we are proposing for both the IPPS and the LTCH PPS. As described in greater detail above, the proposed MS–LTC– DRG system can accommodate three severity levels: MCC (most severe); without CC/MCC (the least severe), and with CC, with each level assigned an individual MS–LTC–DRG number. In cases with two subdivisions, the levels are either with CC/MCC and without CC/MCC or with MCC and without MCC. Two parallel numbering systems have been developed, based on the MS– DRG patient classification system proposed under the IPPS, to describe proposed MS–LTC–DRGs. That is, while each severity level in each DRG category gets a unique MS–LTC–DRG number, in conjunction, each of the severity levels in a single DRG category are also assigned the same ‘‘base-DRG’’ number. We are proposing that the term ‘‘base DRG’’ is actually the MS–LTC–DRG number of the highest severity level and would be used when we refer to the MS–LTC–DRG category that encompasses all the levels of severity for that DRG. Therefore, under the proposed system, multiple sclerosis and cerebellar ataxia with MCC is MS–LTC– DRG 58; multiple sclerosis and E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules cerebellar ataxia with CC is MS–LTC– DRG 59; and multiple sclerosis and cerebellar ataxia without CC/MCC is MS–LTC–DRG 59, and the base MS– LTC–DRG for each is 58. As noted above, for FY 2008, we are proposing to adopt the MS–DRGs for use in both the LTCH PPS and the IPPS. While the LTCH PPS and the IPPS use the same patient classification system, the methodology that is used to set the DRG weights for use in each payment system differs because the overall volume of cases in the LTCH PPS is much less than in the IPPS. As a general rule, we are proposing to set the weights for the MS–LTC–DRGs using the following steps: (1) If an MS–LTC–DRG has at least 25 cases, it is assigned its own relative weight; (2) if an MS–LTC– DRGs has between 1 and 24 cases, it is assigned to a quintile to which we will assign a relative weight; and (3) if an MS–LTC–DRG has no cases, it is crosswalked to another DRG based upon clinical similarities and assigned the appropriate relative weight (as described in detail in Step 5, below). Theoretically, as with the existing LTC–DRG system, cases under the proposed MS–LTC–DRG system that are more severe require greater expenditure of medical care resources and will result in higher average charges. Therefore, in the three severity levels, weights should increase with severity, from lowest to highest. If the weights do not increase (that is, if based on the weight calculation, a proposed MS–LTC–DRG with MCC would have a lower relative weight than one with CC, or the DRG without CC/MCC would have a higher relative weight than either of the others), there is a problem with monotonicity. Since the start of the LTCH PPS for FY 2003 (67 FR 55990), we have adjusted the setting of the LTC– DRG relative weight in order to maintain monotonicity by grouping both sets of cases together and establishing a new relative weight that is assigned to both LTC–DRGs. Similarly, we are proposing a procedure for dealing with nonmonotonicity under the proposed MS–LTC–DRG classification system that we describe in detail in our explanation of our methodology for setting the proposed FY 2008 relative weights for the LTCH PPS, which is discussed in section II.F.4 of the preamble of this proposed rule. e. Low-Volume Proposed MS–LTC– DRGs In order to account for LTC–DRGs with low volume (that is, with fewer than 25 LTCH cases), under current VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 policy, in accordance with the methodology established in the August 30, 2002 LTCH PPS final rule (67 FR 55984), we group those ‘‘low-volume LTC–DRGs’’ (that is, DRGs that contained between 1 and 24 cases annually) into one of five categories (quintiles) based on average charges, for the purposes of determining relative weights. For this FY 2008 IPPS proposed rule, we are proposing to continue to employ this treatment of low-volume proposed MS–LTC–DRGs with a modification to combine proposed MS–LTC–DRGs for the purpose of computing a relative weight in cases where necessary to maintain monotonicity in determining the proposed FY 2008 MS–LTC–DRG relative weights using the best available LTCH data. In this proposed rule, using LTCH cases from the December 2006 update of the FY 2006 MedPAR file, we identified 307 proposed MS–LTC–DRGs that contained between 1 and 24 cases. This list of proposed MS–LTC–DRGs was then divided into one of the 5 lowvolume quintiles, each containing a minimum of 61 proposed MS–LTC– DRGs (307/5 = 61, with a remainder of 2 proposed MS–LTC–DRGs). Consistent with our current methodology, we are proposing to make an assignment to a specific low-volume quintile by sorting the low-volume proposed MS–LTC– DRGs in ascending order by average charge. For this proposed rule, this results in a proposed assignment to a specific low-volume quintile of the sorted 307 low-volume proposed MS– LTC–DRGs by ascending order by average charge. Because the number of low-volume proposed MS–LTC–DRGs for FY 2008 is not evenly divisible by five, to determine the composition of the low-volume quintiles in accordance with our established methodology, the average charge of the low-volume proposed MS–LTC–DRG was used to determine which low-volume quintile received the additional proposed MS– LTC–DRGs. After sorting the 307 lowvolume proposed MS–LTC–DRGs in ascending order, we grouped the first fifth (1st through 61st) of low-volume proposed MS–LTC–DRGs (with the lowest average charge) into Quintile 1. Because the average charge of the 62nd proposed MS–LTC–DRG in the sorted list is closer to the 61st proposed MS– LTC–DRGs average charge (assigned to Quintile 1) than to the average charge of the 63rd proposed MS–LTC–DRG in the sorted list (to be assigned to Quintile 2), we placed the 62nd proposed MS–LTC– DRG into Quintile 1. This process was repeated through the remaining low- PO 00000 Frm 00081 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24759 volume proposed MS–LTC–DRGs so that 2 low-volume quintiles contain 62 proposed MS–LTC–DRGs and 3 lowvolume quintiles contain 61 proposed MS–LTC–DRGs. The highest average charge cases were grouped into Quintile 5. In order to determine the proposed relative weights for the proposed MS– LTC–DRGs with low-volume for FY 2008, based on the methodology established in the August 30, 2002 LTCH PPS final rule (67 FR 55984), we are proposing to use the five lowvolume quintiles described above. In addition, in cases where the initial assignment of the low-volume proposed MS–LTC–DRGs to quintiles results in nonmonotonicity within a base DRG, we are proposing to combine those proposed MS–LTC–DRGs for the purpose of computing a relative weight and set the same relative weight to each of the proposed MS–LTC–DRGs within the base DRG that required combining. The treatment of low-volume proposed MS–LTC–DRGs to preserve monotonicity is further discussed in detail in section II.I.4 (Step 6 of the methodology for determining the proposed FY 2008 MS–LTC–DRG relative weights). The composition of each of the proposed five low-volume quintiles shown in the chart below was used in determining the proposed MS– LTC–DRG relative weights for FY 2008. We would determine a proposed relative weight and (geometric) average length of stay for each of the proposed five low-volume quintiles using the methodology that we apply to the regular proposed MS–LTC–DRGs (25 or more cases), as described below in section II.I.4. of the preamble of this proposed rule. We are proposing to assign the same relative weight and average length of stay to each of the proposed MS–LTC–DRGs that make up an individual proposed low-volume quintile. We note that, as this system is dynamic, it is possible that the number and specific type of MS–LTC–DRGs with a low volume of LTCH cases will vary in the future. We use the best available claims data in the MedPAR file to identify low-volume MS–LTC– DRGs and to calculate the relative weights based on our methodology. Therefore, we are proposing that, if we have updated data for the final rule, we will use that data to determine the finalized FY 2008 relative weights. E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24760 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules PROPOSED COMPOSITION OF LOW-VOLUME QUINTILES FOR FY 2008 Proposed MS–LTC– DRG Proposed MS–LTC–DRG description mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB QUINTILE 1 30 ................. 32 ................. 33 ................. 58 ................. 60 ................. 66 ................. 67 ................. 68 ................. 69 ................. 72 ................. 76 ................. 79 ................. 88 ................. 133 ............... 122 ............... 123 ............... 149 ............... 153 ............... 182 ............... 183 ............... 184 ............... 201 ............... 261 ............... 262 ............... 313 ............... 328 ............... 331 ............... 349 ............... 376 ............... 434 ............... 446 ............... 505 ............... 512 ............... 544 ............... 547 ............... 563 ............... 598 ............... 630 ............... 645 ............... 661 ............... 688 ............... 696 ............... 714 ............... 718 ............... 724 ............... 726 ............... 756 ............... 759 ............... 761 ............... 825 ............... 836 ............... 869 ............... 876 ............... 881 ............... 882 ............... 883 ............... 886 ............... 894 ............... 895 ............... 906 ............... 916 ............... 922 ............... 923 ............... Spinal procedures w/o CC/MCC. Ventricular shunt procedures w CC. Ventricular shunt procedures w/o CC/MCC. Multiple sclerosis & cerebellar ataxia w MCC*. Multiple sclerosis & cerebellar ataxia w/o CC/MCC*. Intracranial hemorrhage or cerebral infarction w/o CC/MCC. Nonspecific CVA & precerebral occlusion w/o infarct w MCC. Nonspecific CVA & precerebral occlusion w/o infarct w/o MCC. Transient ischemia. Nonspecific cerebrovascular disorders w/o CC/MCC. Viral meningitis w/o CC/MCC. Hypertensive encephalopathy w/o CC/MCC. Concussion w MCC***. Other ear, nose, mouth & throat O.R. procedures w CC/MCC***. Acute major eye infections w/o CC/MCC. Neurological eye disorders. Dysequilibrium. Otitis media & URI w/o MCC. Respiratory neoplasms w/o CC/MCC. Major chest trauma w MCC. Major chest trauma w CC**. Pneumothorax w/o CC/MCC. Cardiac pacemaker revision except device replacement w CC. Cardiac pacemaker revision except device replacement w/o CC/MCC. Chest pain. Stomach, esophageal & duodenal proc w/o CC/MCC. Major small & large bowel procedures w/o CC/MCC. Anal & stomal procedures w/o CC/MCC. Digestive malignancy w/o CC/MCC. Cirrhosis & alcoholic hepatitis w/o CC/MCC*. Disorders of the biliary tract w/o CC/MCC. Foot procedures w/o CC/MCC. Shoulder, elbow or forearm proc, exc major joint proc w/o CC/MCC. Pathological fractures & musculoskelet & conn tiss malig w/o CC/MCC. Connective tissue disorders w/o CC/MCC. Fx, sprn, strn & disl except femur, hip, pelvis & thigh w/o MCC. Malignant breast disorders w CC***. Other endocrine, nutrit & metab O.R. proc w/o CC/MCC. Endocrine disorders w/o CC/MCC. Kidney & ureter procedures for non-neoplasm w/o CC/MCC. Kidney & urinary tract neoplasms w/o CC/MCC. Kidney & urinary tract signs & symptoms w/o MCC. Transurethral prostatectomy w/o CC/MCC. Other male reproductive system O.R. proc exc malignancy w/o CC/MCC. Malignancy, male reproductive system w/o CC/MCC. Benign prostatic hypertrophy w/o MCC. Malignancy, female reproductive system w/o CC/MCC. Infections, female reproductive system w/o CC/MCC. Menstrual & other female reproductive system disorders w/o CC/MCC. Lymphoma & non-acute leukemia w other O.R. proc w/o CC/MCC. Acute leukemia w/o major O.R. procedure w/o CC/MCC. Other infectious & parasitic diseases diagnoses w/o CC/MCC. O.R. procedure w principal diagnoses of mental illness. Depressive neuroses. Neuroses except depressive. Disorders of personality & impulse control. Behavioral & developmental disorders. Alcohol/drug abuse or dependence, left ama. Alcohol/drug abuse or dependence w rehabilitation therapy. Hand procedures for injuries. Allergic reactions w/o MCC. Other injury, poisoning & toxic effect diag w MCC. Other injury, poisoning & toxic effect diag w/o MCC. QUINTILE 2 75 ................. 77 ................. VerDate Mar 15 2010 Viral meningitis w CC/MCC. Hypertensive encephalopathy w MCC. 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00082 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules PROPOSED COMPOSITION OF LOW-VOLUME QUINTILES FOR FY 2008—Continued mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Proposed MS–LTC– DRG Proposed MS–LTC–DRG description 78 ................. 83 ................. 84 ................. 99 ................. 102 ............... 113 ............... 121 ............... 125 ............... 148 ............... 152 ............... 156 ............... 157 ............... 158 ............... 184 ............... 188 ............... 200 ............... 245 ............... 282 ............... 285 ............... 304 ............... 311 ............... 336 ............... 382 ............... 384 ............... 390 ............... 433 ............... 437 ............... 443 ............... 499 ............... 514 ............... 534 ............... 535 ............... 553 ............... 555 ............... 556 ............... 578 ............... 598 ............... 599 ............... 600 ............... 601 ............... 642 ............... 660 ............... 687 ............... 693 ............... 694 ............... 723 ............... 730 ............... 744 ............... 769 ............... 803 ............... 815 ............... 816 ............... 842 ............... 848 ............... 864 ............... 897 ............... 903 ............... 905 ............... 917 ............... 918 ............... 929 ............... 956 ............... 964 ............... 965 ............... 977 ............... Hypertensive encephalopathy w CC**. Traumatic stupor & coma, coma ≤1 hr w CC. Traumatic stupor & coma, coma ≤1 hr w/o CC/MCC. Non-bacterial infect of nervous sys exc viral meningitis w/o CC/MCC. Headaches w MCC***. Orbital procedures w CC/MCC. Acute major eye infections w CC/MCC. Other disorders of the eye w/o MCC. Ear, nose, mouth & throat malignancy w/o CC/MCC. Otitis media & URI w MCC. Nasal trauma & deformity w/o CC/MCC. Dental & Oral Diseases w MCC***. Dental & Oral Diseases w CC***. Major chest trauma w CC***. Pleural effusion w/o CC/MCC*. Pneumothorax w CC. AICD lead & generator procedures. Circulatory disorders w AMI, discharged alive w/o CC/MCC. Circulatory disorders w AMI, expired w/o CC/MCC*. Hypertension w MCC. Angina pectoris. Peritoneal adhesiolysis w CC. Complicated peptic ulcer w/o CC/MCC. Uncomplicated peptic ulcer w/o MCC. G.I. obstruction w/o CC/MCC. Cirrhosis & alcoholic hepatitis w CC*. Malignancy of hepatobiliary system or pancreas w/o CC/MCC. Disorders of liver except malig, cirr, alc hepa w/o CC/MCC. Local excision & removal int fix devices of hip & femur w/o CC/MCC. Hand or wrist proc, except major thumb or joint proc w/o CC/MCC. Fractures of femur w/o MCC. Fractures of hip & pelvis w MCC. Bone diseases & arthropathies w MCC. Signs & symptoms of musculoskeletal system & conn tissue w MCC. Signs & symptoms of musculoskeletal system & conn tissue w/o MCC. Skin graft &/or debrid exc for skin ulcer or cellulitis w/o CC/MCC. Malignant breast disorders w CC**. Malignant breast disorders w/o CC/MCC**. Non-malignant breast disorders w CC/MCC. Non-malignant breast disorders w/o CC/MCC. Inborn errors of metabolism. Kidney & ureter procedures for non-neoplasm w CC. Kidney & urinary tract neoplasms w CC. Urinary stones w/o ESW lithotripsy w MCC. Urinary stones w/o ESW lithotripsy w/o MCC**. Malignancy, male reproductive system w CC. Other male reproductive system diagnoses w/o CC/MCC. D&C, conization, laparoscopy & tubal interruption w CC/MC Postpartum & post abortion diagnoses w O.R. procedure. Other O.R. proc of the blood & blood forming organs w CC. Reticuloendothelial & immunity disorders w CC. Reticuloendothelial & immunity disorders w/o CC/MCC**. Lymphoma & non-acute leukemia w/o CC/MCC. Chemotherapy w/o acute leukemia as secondary diagnosis w/o CC/MCC. Fever of unknown origin. Alcohol/drug abuse or dependence w/o rehabilitation therapy w/o MCC. Wound debridements for injuries w/o CC/MCC. Skin grafts for injuries w/o CC/MCC. Poisoning & toxic effects of drugs w MCC. Poisoning & toxic effects of drugs w/o MCC. Full thickness burn w skin graft or inhal inj w/o CC/MCC. Limb reattachment, hip & femur proc for multiple significant trauma. Other multiple significant trauma w CC. Other multiple significant trauma w/o CC/MCC. HIV w or w/o other related condition. QUINTILE 3 42 ................. 53 ................. VerDate Mar 15 2010 Periph & cranial nerve & other nerv syst proc w/o CC/MCC. Spinal disorders & injuries w/o CC/MCC. 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00083 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24761 24762 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules PROPOSED COMPOSITION OF LOW-VOLUME QUINTILES FOR FY 2008—Continued mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Proposed MS–LTC– DRG Proposed MS–LTC–DRG description 78 ................. 102 ............... 103 ............... 133 ............... 134 ............... 157 ............... 158 ............... 159 ............... 238 ............... 246 ............... 250 ............... 263 ............... 284 ............... 287 ............... 294 ............... 347 ............... 348 ............... 352 ............... 354 ............... 358 ............... 380 ............... 381 ............... 383 ............... 387 ............... 420 ............... 421 ............... 424 ............... 425 ............... 494 ............... 502 ............... 504 ............... 507 ............... 517 ............... 533 ............... 597 ............... 599 ............... 604 ............... 618 ............... 619 ............... 620 ............... 624 ............... 644 ............... 657 ............... 662 ............... 665 ............... 667 ............... 694 ............... 695 ............... 711 ............... 722 ............... 746 ............... 749 ............... 755 ............... 809 ............... 810 ............... 816 ............... 821 ............... 826 ............... 834 ............... 835 ............... 838 ............... 843 ............... 844 ............... 855 ............... 896 ............... 963 ............... 989 ............... Hypertensive encephalopathy w CC***. Headaches w MCC**. Headaches w/o MCC. Other ear, nose, mouth & throat O.R. procedures w CC/MCC**. Other ear, nose, mouth & throat O.R. procedures w/o CC/MCC**. Dental & Oral Diseases w MCC**. Dental & Oral Diseases w CC**. Dental & Oral Diseases w/o CC/MCC**. Major cardiovascular procedures w/o MCC. Percutaneous cardiovascular proc w drug-eluting stent w MCC. Perc cardiovasc proc w/o coronary artery stent or AMI w MCC. Vein ligation & stripping. Circulatory disorders w AMI, expired w CC*. Circulatory disorders except AMI, w card cath w/o MCC. Deep vein thrombophlebitis w CC/MCC. Anal & stomal procedures w MCC. Anal & stomal procedures w CC. Inguinal & femoral hernia procedures w/o CC/MCC. Hernia procedures except inguinal & femoral w CC. Other digestive system O.R. procedures w/o CC/MCC. Complicated peptic ulcer w MCC. Complicated peptic ulcer w CC. Uncomplicated peptic ulcer w MCC. Inflammatory bowel disease w/o CC/MCC*. Hepatobiliary diagnostic procedures w MCC. Hepatobiliary diagnostic procedures w CC. Other hepatobiliary or pancreas O.R. procedures w CC. Other hepatobiliary or pancreas O.R. procedures w/o CC/MCC. Lower extrem & humer proc except hip, foot, femur w/o CC/MCC. Soft tissue procedures w/o CC/MCC. Foot procedures w CC. Major shoulder or elbow joint procedures w CC/MCC. Other musculoskelet sys & conn tiss O.R. proc w/o CC/MCC. Fractures of femur w MCC. Malignant breast disorders w MCC. Malignant breast disorders w/o CC/MCC***. Trauma to the skin, subcut tiss & breast w MCC. Amputat of lower limb for endocrine, nutrit, & metabol dis w/o CC/MCC. O.R. procedures for obesity w MCC. O.R. procedures for obesity w CC**. Skin grafts & wound debrid for endoc, nutrit & metab dis w/o CC/MCC. Endocrine disorders w CC. Kidney & ureter procedures for neoplasm w CC. Minor bladder procedures w MCC. Prostatectomy w MCC. Prostatectomy w/o CC/MCC. Urinary stones w/o ESW lithotripsy w/o MCC***. Kidney & urinary tract signs & symptoms w MCC. Testes procedures w CC/MCC***. Malignancy, male reproductive system w MCC. Vagina, cervix & vulva procedures w CC/MCC. Other female reproductive system O.R. procedures w CC/MCC. Malignancy, female reproductive system w CC. Major hematol/immune diag exc sickle cell crisis & coagul w CC. Major hematol/immune diag exc sickle cell crisis & coagul w/o CC/MCC. Reticuloendothelial & immunity disorders w/o CC/MCC***. Lymphoma & leukemia w major O.R. procedure w CC. Myeloprolif disord or poorly diff neopl w maj O.R. proc w MCC. Acute leukemia w/o major O.R. procedure w MCC. Acute leukemia w/o major O.R. procedure w CC. Chemo w acute leukemia as sdx or w high dose chemo agent w CC. Other myeloprolif dis or poorly diff neopl diag w MCC***. Other myeloprolif dis or poorly diff neopl diag w CC***. Infectious & parasitic diseases w O.R. procedure w/o CC/MCC. Alcohol/drug abuse or dependence w/o rehabilitation therapy w MCC. Other multiple significant trauma w MCC. Non-extensive O.R. proc unrelated to principal diagnosis w/o CC/MCC. QUINTILE 4 28 ................. VerDate Mar 15 2010 Spinal procedures w MCC. 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00084 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules PROPOSED COMPOSITION OF LOW-VOLUME QUINTILES FOR FY 2008—Continued mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Proposed MS–LTC– DRG Proposed MS–LTC–DRG description 29 ................. 38 ................. 39 ................. 88 ................. 89 ................. 124 ............... 168 ............... 241 ............... 242 ............... 244 ............... 254 ............... 257 ............... 286 ............... 351 ............... 368 ............... 369 ............... 370 ............... 408 ............... 407 ............... 412 ............... 414 ............... 415 ............... 418 ............... 423 ............... 472 ............... 476 ............... 478 ............... 479 ............... 482 ............... 486 ............... 487 ............... 490 ............... 493 ............... 497 ............... 503 ............... 511 ............... 516 ............... 562 ............... 576 ............... 577 ............... 584 ............... 620 ............... 659 ............... 675 ............... 709 ............... 711 ............... 712 ............... 717 ............... 725 ............... 754 ............... 760 ............... 776 ............... 781 ............... 823 ............... 824 ............... 843 ............... 844 ............... 845 ............... 880 ............... 909 ............... 928 ............... 933 ............... 958 ............... 983 ............... 985 ............... 986 ............... Spinal procedures w CC. Extracranial procedures w CC. Extracranial procedures w/o CC/MCC. Concussion w MCC**. Concussion w CC. Other disorders of the eye w MCC. Other resp system O.R. procedures w/o CC/MCC. Amputation for circ sys disorders exc upper limb & toe w/o CC/MCC Permanent cardiac pacemaker implant w MCC***. Permanent cardiac pacemaker implant w/o CC/MCC. Other vascular procedures w/o CC/MCC. Upper limb & toe amputation for circ system disorders w/o CC/MCC*. Circulatory disorders except AMI, w card cath w MCC. Inguinal & femoral hernia procedures w CC. Major esophageal disorders w MCC. Major esophageal disorders w CC. Major esophageal disorders w/o CC/MCC**. Biliary tract proc except only cholecyst w or w/o c.d.e. w MCC***. Pancreas, liver & shunt procedures w/o CC/MCC. Cholecystectomy w c.d.e. w CC. Cholecystectomy except by laparoscope w/o c.d.e. w MCC. Cholecystectomy except by laparoscope w/o c.d.e. w CC. Laparoscopic cholecystectomy w/o c.d.e. w CC. Other hepatobiliary or pancreas O.R. procedures w MCC. Cervical spinal fusion w CC. Amputation for musculoskeletal sys & conn tissue dis w/o CC/MCC*. Biopsies of musculoskeletal system & connective tissue w CC. Biopsies of musculoskeletal system & connective tissue w/o CC/MCC. Hip & femur procedures except major joint w/o CC/MCC. Knee procedures w pdx of infection w CC. Knee procedures w pdx of infection w/o CC/MCC. Back & neck procedures except spinal fusion w CC/MCC or disc devices. Lower extrem & humer proc except hip, foot, femur w CC. Local excision & removal int fix devices exc hip & femur w/o CC/MCC. Foot procedures w MCC. Shoulder, elbow or forearm proc, exc major joint proc w CC. Other musculoskelet sys & conn tiss O.R. proc w CC. Fx, sprn, strn & disl except femur, hip, pelvis & thigh w MCC. Skin graft &/or debrid exc for skin ulcer or cellulitis w MCC. Skin graft &/or debrid exc for skin ulcer or cellulitis w CC. Breast biopsy, local excision & other breast procedures w CC/MCC. O.R. procedures for obesity w CC***. Kidney & ureter procedures for non-neoplasm w MCC. Other kidney & urinary tract procedures w/o CC/MCC. Penis procedures w CC/MCC. Testes procedures w CC/MCC**. Testes procedures w/o CC/MCC**. Other male reproductive system O.R. proc exc malignancy w CC/MCC. Benign prostatic hypertrophy w MCC. Malignancy, female reproductive system w MCC. Menstrual & other female reproductive system disorders w CC/MCC. Postpartum & post abortion diagnoses w/o O.R. procedure. Other antepartum diagnoses w medical complications. Lymphoma & non-acute leukemia w other O.R. proc w MCC. Lymphoma & non-acute leukemia w other O.R. proc w CC. Other myeloprolif dis or poorly diff neopl diag w MCC**. Other myeloprolif dis or poorly diff neopl diag w CC**. Other myeloprolif dis or poorly diff neopl diag w/o CC/MCC**. Acute adjustment reaction & psychosocial dysfunction. Other O.R. procedures for injuries w/o CC/MCC. Full thickness burn w skin graft or inhal inj w CC/MCC. Extensive burns or full thickness burns w MV 96+ hrs w/o skin graft. Other O.R. procedures for multiple significant trauma w CC. Extensive O.R. procedure unrelated to principal diagnosis w/o CC/MCC. Prostatic O.R. procedure unrelated to principal diagnosis w CC. Prostatic O.R. procedure unrelated to principal diagnosis w/o CC/MCC. QUINTILE 5 12 ................. VerDate Mar 15 2010 Tracheostomy for face, mouth & neck diagnoses w CC. 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00085 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24763 24764 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules PROPOSED COMPOSITION OF LOW-VOLUME QUINTILES FOR FY 2008—Continued mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Proposed MS–LTC– DRG Proposed MS–LTC–DRG description 26 ................. 31 ................. 37 ................. 131 ............... 134 ............... 137 ............... 139 ............... 159 ............... 164 ............... 226 ............... 227 ............... 237 ............... 242 ............... 243 ............... 248 ............... 258 ............... 260 ............... 327 ............... 329 ............... 330 ............... 335 ............... 350 ............... 370 ............... 405 ............... 406 ............... 408 ............... 409 ............... 417 ............... 454 ............... 456 ............... 459 ............... 460 ............... 466 ............... 467 ............... 469 ............... 470 ............... 471 ............... 477 ............... 480 ............... 481 ............... 485 ............... 488 ............... 492 ............... 498 ............... 513 ............... 582 ............... 664 ............... 668 ............... 669 ............... 670 ............... 691 ............... 712 ............... 713 ............... 715 ............... 802 ............... 829 ............... 837 ............... 845 ............... 957 ............... 969 ............... 970 ............... 984 ............... Craniotomy & endovascular intracranial procedures w CC. Ventricular shunt procedures w MCC. Extracranial procedures w MCC. Cranial/facial procedures w CC/MCC. Other ear, nose, mouth & throat O.R. procedures w/o CC/MCC***. Mouth procedures w CC/MCC. Salivary gland procedures. Dental & Oral Diseases w/o CC/MCC***. Major chest procedures w CC. Cardiac defibrillator implant w/o cardiac cath w MCC. Cardiac defibrillator implant w/o cardiac cath w/o MCC. Major cardiovascular procedures w MCC. Permanent cardiac pacemaker implant w MCC**. Permanent cardiac pacemaker implant w CC. Percutaneous cardiovasc proc w non-drug-eluting stent w MCC. Cardiac pacemaker device replacement w MCC. Cardiac pacemaker revision except device replacement w MCC. Stomach, esophageal & duodenal proc w CC. Major small & large bowel procedures w MCC. Major small & large bowel procedures w CC. Peritoneal adhesiolysis w MCC. Inguinal & femoral hernia procedures w MCC. Major esophageal disorders w/o CC/MCC***. Pancreas, liver & shunt procedures w MCC. Pancreas, liver & shunt procedures w CC. Biliary tract proc except only cholecyst w or w/o c.d.e. w MCC**. Biliary tract proc except only cholecyst w or w/o c.d.e. w CC. Laparoscopic cholecystectomy w/o c.d.e. w MCC. Combined anterior/posterior spinal fusion w CC. Spinal fusion exc cerv w spinal curv, malig or 9+ fusions w MCC. Spinal fusion except cervical w MCC. Spinal fusion except cervical w/o MCC. Revision of hip or knee replacement w MCC. Revision of hip or knee replacement w CC. Major joint replacement or reattachment of lower extremity w MCC. Major joint replacement or reattachment of lower extremity w/o MCC. Cervical spinal fusion w MCC. Biopsies of musculoskeletal system & connective tissue w MCC. Hip & femur procedures except major joint w MCC. Hip & femur procedures except major joint w CC. Knee procedures w pdx of infection w MCC. Knee procedures w/o pdx of infection w CC/MCC. Lower extrem & humer proc except hip, foot, femur w MCC. Local excision & removal int fix devices of hip & femur w CC/MCC. Hand or wrist proc, except major thumb or joint proc w CC/MCC. Mastectomy for malignancy w CC/MCC. Minor bladder procedures w/o CC/MCC. Transurethral procedures w MCC. Transurethral procedures w CC. Transurethral procedures w/o CC/MCC. Urinary stones w esw lithotripsy w CC/MCC. Testes procedures w/o CC/MCC***. Transurethral prostatectomy w CC/MCC. Other male reproductive system O.R. proc for malignancy w CC/MCC. Other O.R. proc of the blood & blood forming organs w MCC. Myeloprolif disord or poorly diff neopl w other O.R. proc w CC/MCC. Chemo w acute leukemia as sdx or w high dose chemo agent w MCC. Other myeloprolif dis or poorly diff neopl diag w/o CC/MCC***. Other O.R. procedures for multiple significant trauma w MCC. HIV w extensive O.R. procedure w MCC. HIV w extensive O.R. procedure w/o MCC. Prostatic O.R. procedure unrelated to principal diagnosis w MCC * One of the original 307 low-volume proposed MS–LTC–DRGs initially assigned to this proposed low-volume quintile; removed from this proposed low-volume quintile in addressing nonmonotonicity (see step 6 below). ** One of the original 307 low-volume proposed MS–LTC–DRGs initially assigned to a different proposed low-volume quintile but moved to this proposed low-volume quintile in addressing nonmonotonicity (see step 6 below). *** One of the original 307 low-volume proposed MS–LTC–DRGs initially assigned to this proposed low-volume quintile but moved to a different proposed low-volume quintile in addressing nonmonotonicity (see step 6 below). VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00086 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB We note that we will continue to monitor the volume (that is, the number of LTCH cases) in these low-volume quintiles to ensure that our proposed quintile assignment results in appropriate payment for such cases and does not result in an unintended financial incentive for LTCHs to inappropriately admit these types of cases. 4. Steps for Determining the Proposed FY 2008 MS–LTC–DRG Relative Weights As we noted previously, although the proposed adoption of the MS–LTC– DRGs will result in some modifications of existing procedures for assigning weights in cases of zero volume and/or nonmonotonicity, described in detail elsewhere in this section, the proposed FY 2008 MS–LTC–DRG relative weights in this proposed rule are based on the methodology established in the August 30, 2002 LTCH PPS final rule (67 FR 55989 through 55991). In summary, for FY 2008, LTCH cases would be grouped to the appropriate MS–LTC–DRG, while taking into account the low-volume proposed MS–LTC–DRGs as described above, before the proposed FY 2008 MS–LTC–DRG relative weights can be determined. After grouping the cases to the appropriate proposed MS–LTC– DRG, we are proposing to calculate the proposed relative weights for FY 2008 by first removing statistical outliers and cases with a length of stay of 7 days or less, as discussed in greater detail below. Next, we are proposing to adjust the number of cases in each proposed MS–LTC–DRG for the effect of shortstay outlier cases under § 412.529, as also discussed in greater detail below. The short-stay adjusted discharges and corresponding charges are used to calculate ‘‘relative adjusted weights’’ in each proposed MS–LTC–DRG using the HSRV method described above. Below we discuss in detail the steps for calculating the proposed FY 2008 MS–LTC–DRG relative weights. We note that, as we stated above in section II.I.3.b. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we have excluded the data of allinclusive rate LTCHs and LTCHs that are paid in accordance with demonstration projects that had claims in the FY 2006 MedPAR file. Step 1—Remove statistical outliers. The first step in the calculation of the proposed FY 2008 MS–LTC–DRG relative weights is to remove statistical outlier cases. We define statistical outliers as cases that are outside of 3.0 standard deviations from the mean of the log distribution of both charges per case and the charges per day for each proposed MS–LTC–DRG. These statistical outliers are removed prior to VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 calculating the proposed relative weights. As noted above, we believe that they may represent aberrations in the data that distort the measure of average resource use. Including those LTCH cases in the calculation of the proposed relative weights could result in an inaccurate relative weight that does not truly reflect relative resource use among the proposed MS–LTC–DRGs. Step 2—Remove cases with a length of stay of 7 days or less. The proposed FY 2008 MS–LTC–DRG relative weights reflect the average of resources used on representative cases of a specific type. Generally, cases with a length of stay of 7 days or less do not belong in a LTCH because these stays do not fully receive or benefit from treatment that is typical in a LTCH stay, and full resources are often not used in the earlier stages of admission to a LTCH. As explained above, if we were to include stays of 7 days or less in the computation of the proposed FY 2008 MS–LTC–DRG relative weights, the value of many relative weights would decrease and, therefore, payments would decrease to a level that may no longer be appropriate. We do not believe that it would be appropriate to compromise the integrity of the payment determination for those LTCH cases that actually benefit from and receive a full course of treatment at a LTCH, by including data from these very short-stays. Thus, as explained above, in determining the proposed FY 2008 MS–LTC–DRG relative weights, we remove LTCH cases with a length of stay of 7 days or less. Step 3—Adjust charges for the effects of short-stay outliers. After removing cases with a length of stay of 7 days or less, we are left with cases that have a length of stay of greater than or equal to 8 days. The next step in the calculation of the proposed FY 2008 MS–LTC–DRG relative weights is to adjust each LTCH’s charges per discharge for those remaining cases for the effects of short-stay outliers as defined in § 412.529(a). (We note that even if a case was removed in Step 2 (that is, cases with a length of stay of 7 days or less), it was paid as a short-stay outlier if its length of stay was less than or equal to five-sixths of the average length of stay of the MS–LTC–DRG, in accordance with § 412.529.) We make this adjustment by counting a short-stay outlier as a fraction of a discharge based on the ratio of the length of stay of the case to the average length of stay for the proposed MS– LTC–DRG for non-short-stay outlier cases. This has the effect of proportionately reducing the impact of the lower charges for the short-stay PO 00000 Frm 00087 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24765 outlier cases in calculating the average charge for the proposed MS–LTC–DRG. This process produces the same result as if the actual charges per discharge of a short-stay outlier case were adjusted to what they would have been had the patient’s length of stay been equal to the average length of stay of the proposed MS–LTC–DRG. As we explained in the FY 2007 IPPS final (71 FR 47979), counting short-stay outlier cases as full discharges with no adjustment in determining the proposed MS–LTC–DRG relative weights would lower the proposed LTC–DRG relative weight for affected proposed MS–LTC– DRGs because the relatively lower charges of the short-stay outlier cases would bring down the average charge for all cases within a proposed MS– LTC–DRG. This would result in an ‘‘underpayment’’ for nonshort-stay outlier cases and an ‘‘overpayment’’ for short-stay outlier cases. Therefore, we adjust for short-stay outlier cases under § 412.529 in this manner because it results in more appropriate payments for all LTCH cases. Step 4—Calculate the proposed FY 2008 MS–LTC–DRG relative weights on an iterative basis. The process of calculating the proposed MS–LTC–DRG relative weights using the HSRV methodology is iterative. First, for each LTCH case, we calculate a hospital-specific relative charge value by dividing the short-stay outlier adjusted charge per discharge (see step 3) of the LTCH case (after removing the statistical outliers (see step 1)) and LTCH cases with a length of stay of 7 days or less (see step 2) by the average charge per discharge for the LTCH in which the case occurred. The resulting ratio is then multiplied by the LTCH’s case-mix index to produce an adjusted hospital-specific relative charge value for the case. An initial case-mix index value of 1.0 is used for each LTCH. For each proposed DRG, the proposed FY 2008 MS–LTC–DRG relative weight is calculated by dividing the average of the adjusted hospital-specific relative charge values (from above) for the proposed MS–LTC–DRG by the overall average hospital-specific relative charge value across all cases for all LTCHs. Using these proposed recalculated MS– LTC–DRG relative weights, each LTCH’s average relative weight for all of its cases (case-mix) is calculated by dividing the sum of all the LTCH’s proposed MS–LTC–DRG relative weights by its total number of cases. The LTCHs’ hospital-specific relative charge values above are multiplied by these hospital-specific case-mix indexes. These hospital-specific case-mix E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24766 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules adjusted relative charge values are then used to calculate a new set of proposed MS–LTC–DRG relative weights across all LTCHs. In this proposed rule, this iterative process is continued until there is convergence between the weights produced at adjacent steps, for example, when the maximum difference is less than 0.0001. Step 5—Determine a proposed FY 2007 MS–LTC–DRG relative weight for proposed MS–LTC–DRGs with no LTCH cases. As we stated above, we determine the proposed relative weight for each proposed MS–LTC–DRG using total Medicare allowable charges reported in the December 2006 update of the FY 2006 MedPAR file. Of the 745 proposed MS–LTC–DRGs for FY 2008, we identified 124 proposed MS–LTC–DRGs for which there were no LTCH cases in the database. That is, based on data from the FY 2006 MedPAR file used in this proposed rule, no patients who would have been classified to those proposed MS–LTC–DRGs were treated in LTCHs during FY 2006 and, therefore, no charge data were reported for those proposed MS–LTC–DRGs. Thus, in the process of determining the proposed MS–LTC–DRG relative weights, we are unable to determine weights for these 124 proposed MS–LTC–DRGs using the methodology described in Steps 1 through 4 above. However, because patients with a number of the diagnoses under these proposed MS–LTC–DRGs may be treated at LTCHs beginning in FY 2008, for this proposed rule, we are proposing to assign relative weights to each of the 124 no-volume proposed MS–LTC–DRGs based on clinical similarity and relative costliness to one of the remaining 621 (745-124 = 621) proposed MS–LTC–DRGs for which we are able to determine proposed relative weights, based on FY 2006 LTCH claims data. In general, we determined proposed relative weights for the 124 proposed MS–LTC–DRGs with no LTCH cases in the FY 2006 MedPAR file used in this proposed rule by crosswalking these proposed MS–LTC–DRGs to other proposed MS–LTC–DRGs and then grouping them to the appropriate proposed low-volume quintile. This methodology is consistent with our methodology used in determining relative weights to account for the lowvolume proposed MS–LTC–DRGs described above. Our proposed methodology for determining the relative weights for the no-volume MS–LTC–DRGs is as follows: We crosswalk the no-volume proposed MS–LTC–DRG to a proposed MS–LTC– DRG for which there are LTCH cases in the FY 2006 MedPAR file and to which it is similar clinically and in intensity of use of resources as determined by care provided during the period of time surrounding surgery, surgical approach (if applicable), length of time of surgical procedure, postoperative care, and length of stay. If the proposed MS–LTC– DRG to which it is crosswalked is grouped to one of the proposed lowvolume quintiles, we assign the relative weight for the applicable low-volume quintile to the no volume proposed MS– LTC–DRG. However, if the proposed MS–LTC–DRG to which the no-volume proposed MS–LTC–DRG is crosswalked is not one of the proposed MS–LTC– DRGs in a low-volume quintile, we do the following: (1) compare the relative weight of the proposed MS–LTC–DRG to which the no-volume proposed MS– LTC–DRG is crosswalked to the relative weights of each of the five quintiles; (2) assign the no volume proposed MS– LTC–DRG the relative weight of the lowvolume quintile with the relative weight that is closest to the proposed MS–LTC– DRG to which the no volume proposed MS–LTC–DRG is crosswalked. (We note that in the infrequent case where nonmonotonicity involving a no volume proposed MS–LTC–DRG results, additional measures as described in Step 6 are required in order to maintain monotonically increasing relative weights.) or this proposed rule, a list of the no-volume proposed FY 2008 MS– LTC–DRGs and the proposed FY 2008 MS–LTC–DRG to which it is crosswalked is shown in the chart below. NO-VOLUME PROPOSED MS–LTC–DRG CROSSWALK FOR FY 2008 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Proposed MS–LTC– DRG Proposed MS–LTC–DRG description 9 .................. 20 ................ 21 ................ 22 ................ 23 ................ 24 ................ 34 ................ 35 ................ 36 ................ 61 ................ 62 ................ 63 ................ 115 .............. 116 .............. 117 .............. 129 .............. 130 .............. 135 .............. 136 .............. 150 .............. 151 .............. 215 .............. 216 .............. 217 .............. 218 .............. 219 .............. 220 .............. 221 .............. Bone marrow transplant ............................................................................................................................................. Intracranial vascular procedures w PDX hemorrhage w MCC .................................................................................. Intracranial vascular procedures w PDX hemorrhage w CC ..................................................................................... Intracranial vascular procedures w PDX hemorrhage w/o CC/MCC ........................................................................ Craniotomy w major device implant or acute complex CNS PDX w MCC ............................................................... Craniotomy w major device implant or acute complex CNS PDX w/o MCC ............................................................ Carotid artery stent procedure w MCC ...................................................................................................................... Carotid artery stent procedure w CC ......................................................................................................................... Carotid artery stent procedure w/o CC/MCC ............................................................................................................. Acute ischemic stroke w use of thrombolytic agent w MCC ..................................................................................... Acute ischemic stroke w use of thrombolytic agent w CC ........................................................................................ Acute ischemic stroke w use of thrombolytic agent w/o CC/MCC ............................................................................ Extraocular procedures except orbit .......................................................................................................................... Intraocular procedures w CC/MCC ............................................................................................................................ Intraocular procedures w/o CC/MCC ......................................................................................................................... Major head & neck procedures w CC/MCC or major device .................................................................................... Major head & neck procedures w/o CC/MCC ........................................................................................................... Sinus & mastoid procedures w CC/MCC .................................................................................................................. Sinus & mastoid procedures w/o CC/MCC ............................................................................................................... Epistaxis w MCC ........................................................................................................................................................ Epistaxis w/o MCC ..................................................................................................................................................... Other heart assist system implant ............................................................................................................................. Cardiac valve & oth maj cardiothoracic proc w card cath w MCC ............................................................................ Cardiac valve & oth maj cardiothoracic proc w card cath w CC ............................................................................... Cardiac valve & oth maj cardiothoracic proc w card cath w/o CC/MCC .................................................................. Cardiac valve & oth maj cardiothoracic proc w/o card cath w MCC ......................................................................... Cardiac valve & oth maj cardiothoracic proc w/o card cath w CC ............................................................................ Cardiac valve & oth maj cardiothoracic proc w/o card cath w/o CC/MCC ............................................................... VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00088 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC Proposed crosswalked MS–LTC–DRG 03MYP2 823 31 32 33 31 33 37 38 39 70 71 72 125 125 125 146 148 133 133 152 153 238 237 238 250 237 238 250 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules 24767 NO-VOLUME PROPOSED MS–LTC–DRG CROSSWALK FOR FY 2008—Continued mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Proposed MS–LTC– DRG 222 223 224 225 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 296 297 298 332 333 334 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 457 461 462 483 484 506 509 537 538 614 615 625 626 627 653 654 655 666 671 672 697 707 708 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 748 765 766 767 768 770 774 775 777 .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. VerDate Mar 15 2010 Proposed crosswalked MS–LTC–DRG Proposed MS–LTC–DRG description Cardiac defib implant w cardiac cath w AMI/HF/shock w MCC ................................................................................ Cardiac defib implant w cardiac cath w AMI/HF/shock w/o MCC ............................................................................. Cardiac defib implant w cardiac cath w/o AMI/HF/shock w MCC ............................................................................. Cardiac defib implant w cardiac cath w/oAMI/HF/shock w/o MCC ........................................................................... Other cardiothoracic procedures w MCC .................................................................................................................. Other cardiothoracic procedures w CC ..................................................................................................................... Other cardiothoracic procedures w/o CC/MCC ......................................................................................................... Coronary bypass w PTCA w MCC ............................................................................................................................ Coronary bypass w PTCA w/o MCC ......................................................................................................................... Coronary bypass w cardiac cath w MCC .................................................................................................................. Coronary bypass w cardiac cath w/o MCC ............................................................................................................... Coronary bypass w/o cardiac cath w MCC ............................................................................................................... Coronary bypass w/o cardiac cath w/o MCC ............................................................................................................ Cardiac arrest, unexplained w MCC .......................................................................................................................... Cardiac arrest, unexplained w CC ............................................................................................................................. Cardiac arrest, unexplained w/o CC/MCC ................................................................................................................. Rectal resection w MCC ............................................................................................................................................ Rectal resection w CC ............................................................................................................................................... Rectal resection w/o CC/MCC ................................................................................................................................... Appendectomy w complicated principal diag w MCC ............................................................................................... Appendectomy w complicated principal diag w CC .................................................................................................. Appendectomy w complicated principal diag w/o CC/MCC ...................................................................................... Appendectomy w/o complicated principal diag w MCC ............................................................................................ Appendectomy w/o complicated principal diag w CC ............................................................................................... Appendectomy w/o complicated principal diag w/o CC/MCC ................................................................................... Minor small & large bowel procedures w MCC ......................................................................................................... Minor small & large bowel procedures w CC ............................................................................................................ Minor small & large bowel procedures w/o CC/MCC ................................................................................................ Spinal fusion exc cerv w spinal curv, malig or 9+ fusions w CC .............................................................................. Bilateral or multiple major joint procs of lower extremity w MCC ............................................................................. Bilateral or multiple major joint procs of lower extremity w/o MCC .......................................................................... Major joint & limb reattachment proc of upper extremity w CC/MCC ....................................................................... Major joint & limb reattachment proc of upper extremity w/o CC/MCC .................................................................... Major thumb or joint procedures ................................................................................................................................ Arthroscopy ................................................................................................................................................................ Sprains, strains, & dislocations of hip, pelvis & thigh w CC/MCC ............................................................................ Sprains, strains, & dislocations of hip, pelvis & thigh w/o CC/MCC ......................................................................... Adrenal & pituitary procedures w CC/MCC ............................................................................................................... Adrenal & pituitary procedures w/o CC/MCC ............................................................................................................ Thyroid, parathyroid & thyroglossal procedures w MCC ........................................................................................... Thyroid, parathyroid & thyroglossal procedures w CC .............................................................................................. Thyroid, parathyroid & thyroglossal procedures w/o CC/MCC .................................................................................. Major bladder procedures w MCC ............................................................................................................................. Major bladder procedures w CC ................................................................................................................................ Major bladder procedures w/o CC/MCC .................................................................................................................... Prostatectomy w CC .................................................................................................................................................. Urethral procedures w CC/MCC ................................................................................................................................ Urethral procedures w/o CC/MCC ............................................................................................................................. Urethral stricture ........................................................................................................................................................ Major male pelvic procedures w CC/MCC ................................................................................................................ Major male pelvic procedures w/o CC/MCC ............................................................................................................. Pelvic evisceration, rad hysterectomy & rad vulvectomy w CC/MCC ....................................................................... Pelvic evisceration, rad hysterectomy & rad vulvectomy w/o CC/MCC .................................................................... Uterine & adnexa proc for ovarian or adnexal malignancy w MCC .......................................................................... Uterine & adnexa proc for ovarian or adnexal malignancy w CC ............................................................................. Uterine & adnexa proc for ovarian or adnexal malignancy w/o CC/MCC ................................................................. Uterine,adnexa proc for non-ovarian/adnexal malig w MCC ..................................................................................... Uterine,adnexa proc for non-ovarian/adnexal malig w CC ........................................................................................ Uterine,adnexa proc for non-ovarian/adnexal malig w/o CC/MCC ........................................................................... Uterine & adnexa proc for non-malignancy w CC/MCC ............................................................................................ Uterine & adnexa proc for non-malignancy w/o CC/MCC ......................................................................................... Female reproductive system reconstructive procedures ........................................................................................... Cesarean section w CC/MCC .................................................................................................................................... Cesarean section w/o CC/MCC ................................................................................................................................. Vaginal delivery w sterilization &/or D&C .................................................................................................................. Vaginal delivery w O.R. proc except steril &/or D&C ................................................................................................ Abortion w D&C, aspiration curettage or hysterotomy .............................................................................................. Vaginal delivery w complicating diagnoses ............................................................................................................... Vaginal delivery w/o complicating diagnoses ............................................................................................................ Ectopic pregnancy ..................................................................................................................................................... 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00089 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 242 243 242 243 252 253 254 237 238 237 238 237 238 283 284 285 356 357 358 371 372 373 371 372 373 371 372 373 456 480 482 480 482 514 505 505 505 629 630 628 629 630 659 660 661 665 687 688 688 660 661 717 718 754 755 756 754 755 756 755 756 749 744 769 769 769 769 769 769 769 24768 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules NO-VOLUME PROPOSED MS–LTC–DRG CROSSWALK FOR FY 2008—Continued Proposed MS–LTC– DRG mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 778 779 780 782 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 799 800 801 827 887 927 955 .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. Threatened abortion ................................................................................................................................................... Abortion w/o D&C ...................................................................................................................................................... False labor ................................................................................................................................................................. Other antepartum diagnoses w/o medical complications .......................................................................................... Neonates, died or transferred to another acute care facility ..................................................................................... Extreme immaturity or respiratory distress syndrome, neonate ................................................................................ Prematurity w major problems ................................................................................................................................... Prematurity w/o major problems ................................................................................................................................ Full term neonate w major problems ......................................................................................................................... Neonate w other significant problems ....................................................................................................................... Normal newborn ......................................................................................................................................................... Splenectomy w MCC ................................................................................................................................................. Splenectomy w CC .................................................................................................................................................... Splenectomy w/o CC/MCC ........................................................................................................................................ Myeloprolif disord or poorly diff neopl w maj O.R. proc w CC .................................................................................. Other mental disorder diagnoses .............................................................................................................................. Extensive burns or full thickness burns w MV 96+ hrs w skin graft ......................................................................... Craniotomy for multiple significant trauma ................................................................................................................ To illustrate this methodology for determining the proposed relative weights for the 124 proposed MS–LTC– DRGs with no LTCH cases, we are providing the following example, which refers to the no volume proposed MS– LTC–DRGs crosswalk information for FY 2008 provided in the chart above. Example 1: There were no cases in the FY 2006 MedPAR file used for this proposed rule for proposed MS–LTC–DRG 22 (Intracranial vascular procedures w PDX hemorrhage w/o CC/MCC). We determined that proposed MS–LTC– DRG 33 (Ventricular shunt procedures w/o CC/MCC), which is assigned to lowvolume Quintile 1 for the purpose of determining the proposed FY 2008 relative weights, is similar clinically and based on resource use to proposed MS–LTC–DRG 22. Therefore, we are proposing to assign the same relative weight of proposed MS–LTC–DRG 33 of 0.48011 (Quintile 1) for FY 2008 (Table 11 in the Addendum to this proposed rule) to proposed MS–LTC–DRG 22. Furthermore, for FY 2008 we are proposing to establish proposed MS– LTC–DRG relative weights of 0.0000 for the following transplant proposed MS– LTC–DRGs: Heart transplant or implant of heart assist system w MCC (proposed LTC–DRG 1); Heart transplant or implant of heart assist system w/o MCC (proposed LTC–DRG 2); Liver transplant w MCC or intestinal transplant (proposed LTC–DRG 5); Liver transplant w/o MCC (proposed LTC–DRG 6); Lung transplant (proposed LTC–DRG 7); Simultaneous pancreas/kidney transplant (proposed LTC–DRG 8); and Pancreas transplant (proposed LTC– DRG 10). This is because Medicare will VerDate Mar 15 2010 Proposed crosswalked MS–LTC–DRG Proposed MS–LTC–DRG description 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 only cover these procedures if they are performed at a hospital that has been certified for the specific procedures by Medicare and presently no LTCH has been so certified. Based on our research, we found that most LTCHs only perform minor surgeries, such as minor small and large bowel procedures, to the extent any surgeries are performed at all. Given the extensive criteria that must be met to become certified as a transplant center for Medicare, we believe it is unlikely that any LTCHs will become certified as a transplant center. In fact, in the nearly 20 years since the implementation of the IPPS, there has never been a LTCH that even expressed an interest in becoming a transplant center. If in the future a LTCH applies for certification as a Medicare-approved transplant center, we believe that the application and approval procedure would allow sufficient time for us to determine appropriate weights for the proposed MS–LTC–DRGs affected. At the present time, we would only include these seven proposed transplant MS– LTC–DRGs in the GROUPER program for administrative purposes only. Because we use the same GROUPER program for LTCHs as is used under the IPPS, removing these proposed MS– LTC–DRGs would be administratively burdensome. Again, we note that, as this system is dynamic, it is entirely possible that the number of proposed MS–LTC–DRGs with no volume of LTCH cases based on the system will vary in the future. We used the most recent available claims data in the MedPAR file to identify no volume proposed MS–LTC–DRGs and to PO 00000 Frm 00090 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 759 759 759 759 761 761 760 761 760 760 761 423 424 425 823 881 933 26 determine the proposed relative weights in this proposed rule. Table 11 in the Addendum to this proposed rule lists the proposed MS– LTC–DRGs and their respective proposed relative weights, geometric mean length of stay, and five-sixths of the geometric mean length of stay (to assist in the determination of short-stay outlier payments under § 412.529) for FY 2008. Step 6—Adjust the proposed FY 2008 MS–LTC–DRG relative weights to account for nonmonotonically increasing relative weights. As explained in section II.B. of this preamble, the IPPS proposed FY 2008 MS–DRGs, on which the proposed FY 2008 MS–LTC–DRGs are based, provide a significant improvement in the DRG system’s recognition of severity of illness and resource usage. The proposed MS-DRGs contain base DRGs that have been subdivided into one, two, or three severity levels. Where there are three severity levels, the most severe level has at least one code that is referred to as an MCC. The next lower severity level contains cases with at least one code that is a CC. Those cases without a MCC or a CC are referred to as without CC/MCC. When data did not support the creation of three severity levels, the base was divided into either two levels or the base was not subdivided. The two-level subdivisions could consist of the CC/MCC and the without CC/MCC. Alternatively, the other type of two level subdivision could consist of the MCC and without MCC. In base DRGs with two levels, cases classified into a ‘‘without CC/ MCC’’ proposed MS–LTC–DRG are expected to have lower resource use E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules (and lower costs) than the ‘‘with CC/ MM’’ and ‘‘with MCC.’’ That is, theoretically, cases that are more severe typically require greater expenditure of medical care resources and will result in higher average charges. Therefore, in the three severity levels, relative weights should increase by severity, from lowest to highest. If the weights do not increase (that is, if within a base MS–LTC–DRG, a proposed MS–LTC–DRG with MCC has a lower relative weight than one with CC, or the proposed MS–LTC–DRG without CC/MCC has a higher relative weight than either of the others, they are nonmonotonic. We continue to believe that utilizing nonmonotonic relative weights to adjust Medicare payments would result in inappropriate payments. Consequently, we are proposing that, in general, we would combine proposed MS–LTC–DRG severity levels within a proposed base MS–LTC–DRG for the purpose of computing a relative weight when necessary to ensure that monotonicity is maintained. Specifically, under each of the example scenarios provided below, we would combine severity levels within a proposed base MS–LTC–DRG as follows: The first example of nonmonotonically increasing relative weights for MS–LTC–DRG pertains to base DRGs with a three-level split and each of the three levels has 25 or more LTCH cases and, therefore, did not fall into one of the proposed five lowvolume quintiles. If nonmonotonicity is detected in the relative weights of proposed MS–LTC–DRGs in adjacent severity levels (for example, the relative weight of the ‘‘with MCC’’ (the highest severity level) is less than the ‘‘with CC’’ (the middle level), or the ‘‘with CC’’ is less than the ‘‘without CC/MCC’’), we are proposing to combine the adjacent proposed MS–LTC–DRGs and determine one relative weight based on the caseweighted average of the combined LTCH cases of the nonmonotonic proposed MS–LTC–DRG. The case-weighted average charge is determined by dividing the total charges for all LTCH cases in both severity levels by the total number of LTCH cases for the combined proposed MS–LTC–DRGs. We are proposing to apply this relative weight to both affected levels of the proposed base MS–LTC–DRG. If nonmonotonicity remains an issue because the above process results in a relative weight that is still nonmonotonic to the remaining proposed MS–LTC–DRG, we are proposing to combine all three of the severity levels to determine one relative weight which is assigned to each of the VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 proposed MS–LTC–DRG in that proposed base MS–LTC–DRG. A second scenario of nonmonotonically increasing relative weights for an MS–LTC–DRG pertains to the situation where one or more of the severity levels within a base DRG has less than 25 LTCH cases (that is, low volume). If nonmonotonicity occurs in the case where either the highest or lowest severity level (with MCC’’ or ‘‘without CC/MCC’’) has 25 LTCH cases or more and the other two severity levels are low volume (and therefore the other two severity levels would otherwise be assigned to quintiles), we are proposing to combine the data for the cases in the two adjacent lowvolume proposed MS–LTC–DRGs for the purpose of determining a relative weight. If the combination results in at least 25 cases, we are proposing to calculate one relative weight and assign it to both of the proposed severity levels. If the combination results in less than 25 cases, based on the caseweighted average charge of the combined low-volume MS–LTC–DRGs, both MS–LTC–DRGs, are assigned the relative weight of the quintile that has the closest relative weight to the case weighted average change of the combined low volume case. If nonmonotonicity persists, we are proposing to combine all three severity levels and one relative weight would be assigned to all three levels based on the case weighted average of the combined severity level. Similarly, in nonmonotonic cases where the middle level has 25 cases or more but either or both the lowest or highest severity level has less than 25 cases (that is, low volume), we are proposing to combine the nonmonotonic low-volume proposed MS–LTC–DRG with the middle level proposed MS–LTC–DRG of the base DRG. We are proposing to calculate one relative weight and apply it to both of the affected proposed MS– LTC–DRGs. If the nonmonotonicity persists, we are proposing to combine all three levels for the purpose of determining a relative weight, and apply that relative weight to all three levels. A third scenario addresses nonmonotonicity in a base DRG where at least one of the severity levels has no cases. As discussed in greater detail in Step 5, based on clinical similarity, we would cross-walk the proposed MS– LTC–DRG to a proposed MS–LTC–DRG to which it is similar clinically and in intensity of resource use and then assign it to a quintile with the relative weight closest to that of the MS–LTC–DRG to which the no-volume MS–LTC–DRG had been cross-walked. If this results in nonmonotonicity, in the case where the PO 00000 Frm 00091 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24769 no-volume proposed MS–LTC–DRG is either the lowest or highest severity level, we are proposing to assign to the no-volume proposed MS–LTC–DRG the same relative weight that is assigned to the middle level of the MS–LTC–DRG in that base DRG. If nonmonotonicity persists, we are proposing that all three severity levels be combined for the purpose of calculating one relative weight which is applied to each of the three levels. We note that this is a departure from our current treatment of no-volume LTC–DRGs which results in an ultimate assignment to a quintile. However, we propose that in the infrequent case where nonmonotonicity involves a no-volume proposed MS– LTC–DRG, we believe it is appropriate to resolve the nonmonotonicity by assigning the no-volume proposed MS– LTC–DRG the relative weight of the proposed MS–LTC–DRG(s) in the base DRG, regardless of whether the other proposed MS–LTC–DRG(s) is low volume (therefore assigned a relative weight of a quintile) or high volume (assigned its own relative weight). We believe this treatment achieves monotonically increasing relative weights while providing appropriate payment for the no-volume proposed MS–LTC–DRG because the relative weight assigned to the no-volume proposed MS–LTC–DRG is based on the average charges of services rendered within the same proposed base MS– LTC–DRG, rather than a quintile which contains proposed MS–LTC–DRGs from different proposed base MS–LTC–DRGs. We are proposing to apply the same process where the proposed base MS– LTC–DRG contains a two-level split. For example, if nonmonotonicity occurs in a proposed base MS–LTC–DRG with two severity levels (that is, the higher severity level relative weight is less than the lower severity level), where both of the MS–LTC–DRGs have at least 25 cases or where one or both of the proposed MS–LTC–DRGs is low volume, we are proposing to combine the two proposed MS–LTC–DRGs of that proposed base MS–LTC–DRG for the purpose of determining a case-weighted relative weight. If the combination still results in at least 25 cases, we are proposing to calculate one relative weight and assign it to both of the proposed MS–LTC–DRGs. If the combination results in less than 25 cases, we determine the quintile assignment for both MS–LTC–DRGs based on the case-weighted average charge and assign both MS–LTC–DRGs the same relative weight of the appropriate quintile. Step 7—Calculate the proposed FY 2008 budget neutrality factor. E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 24770 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules As we stated in the FY 2008 LTCH PPS proposed rule (72 FR 4784 through 4786), under the broad authority conferred upon the Secretary under section 123 of Pub. L. 106–113 as amended by section 307(b) of Pub. L. 106–554 to develop the LTCH PPS, we proposed that, beginning with the MS– LTC–DRG update for FY 2008, the annual update to the proposed MS– LTC–DRG classifications and relative weights would be done in a budget neutral manner such that estimated aggregate LTCH PPS payments would be unaffected, that is, would be neither greater than nor less than the estimated aggregate LTCH PPS payments that would have been made without the proposed MS–LTC–DRG classification and relative weight changes. Currently under § 412.517, the LTC–DRG classifications and relative weights are adjusted annually to reflect changes in factors affecting the relative use of LTCH resources, such as treatment patterns, technology and number of discharges. In addition, there are currently no statutory or regulatory requirements that the annual update to the LTC–DRG classifications and relative weights be done in a budget neutral manner. Since the initial implementation of the LTCH PPS in FY 2003, we have updated the LTC–DRG relative weights each year without a budget neutrality adjustment based on the most recent available LTCH claims data, which reflect current LTCH patient mix and coding practices, and appropriately reflected more or less resource use than the previous year’s LTC–DRG relative weights (71 FR 47991). Historically, we have not updated the LTC–DRGs in a budget neutral manner because we believed that past fluctuations in the LTC–DRG relative weights were primarily due to changes in LTCH coding practices. We believe that changes in the LTCH PPS payment rates, including the LTC–DRG relative weights, should accurately reflect changes in LTCHs’ true cost of treating patients (real CMI increase), and should not be influenced by changes in coding practices (apparent CMI increase). Because LTCH 2006 claims data does not appear to significantly reflect changes in LTCH coding practices in response to the implementation of the LTCH PPS, we believe that it may be appropriate to update the LTC–DRGs so that estimated aggregate LTCH PPS payments would neither increase nor decrease. Thus, in the FY 2008 LTCH PPS proposed rule (72 FR 4784), we proposed that the annual update to the LTC–DRG classifications and relative weights be done in a budget neutral manner. (For VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 a detailed discussion on updating the LTC–DRG classifications and relative weights in a budget neutral manner, refer to the FY 2008 LTCH PPS proposed rule (72 FR 4784 through 4786). Updating the LTC–DRGs in a budget neutral manner would result in an annual update to the individual LTC–DRG classifications and relative weights based on the most recent available data to reflect changes in relative LTCH resource use, and the LTC–DRG relative weights would be uniformly adjusted to ensure that estimated aggregate payments under the LTCH PPS would not be affected (that is, decreased or increased). Consistent with that proposal, we are proposing to update the proposed MS–LTC–DRG classifications and relative weights for FY 2008 based on the most recent available data and include a budget neutrality adjustment. To ensure budget neutrality in updating the MS–LTC–DRG classifications and relative weights under the proposed change to § 412.517, we are proposing to use a method that is similar to the methodology used under the IPPS. (A discussion of the IPPS DRG budget neutrality adjustment can be found in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 47970).) Specifically, we are proposing that, after recalibrating the proposed MS–LTC–DRG relative weights, as we do under the methodology as described in detail in Steps 1 through 6 above, we would calculate and apply a normalization factor to the proposed MS–LTC–DRG relative weights to ensure that estimated payments are not influenced by changes in the composition of case types or changes made to the classification system. That is, the normalization adjustment is intended to ensure that the recalibration of the proposed MS–LTC–DRG relative weights (that is, the process itself) neither increases nor decreases total estimated payments. To calculate the normalization factor, we are proposing to use the most recent available claims data (FY 2006) and apply the proposed GROUPER (Version 25.0) to calculate the proposed relative weights. Furthermore, we are proposing to use the most recent available claims data in the analysis for the final rule. These weights are determined such that the average CMI value is 1.0. Then, we are proposing to group the same claims data (FY 2006) using the current GROUPER (Version 24.0) and current relative weights. The average CMI is calculated for the claims data using the current GROUPER and relative weights. Finally, the ratio of the average CMI of the claims data set under the current PO 00000 Frm 00092 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 GROUPER and the proposed GROUPER is calculated as the proposed normalization factor. For FY 2008, based on the latest available data, the proposed normalization factor is estimated as 1.020302, which is applied to each proposed MS–LTC–DRG relative weight. (However, if more current data become available prior to publication of the final rule, we will use those data to determine the normalization factor.) That is, each proposed MS–LTC–DRG relative weight is multiplied by 1.020302 in the first step of the budget neutrality process. We are also proposing to ensure that estimated aggregate LTCH PPS payments (based on the most recent available LTCH claims data) after recalibration (the proposed relative weights) would be equal to estimated aggregate LTCH PPS payments (for the same most recent available LTCH claims data) before recalibration (the existing relative weights). Therefore, we are proposing to calculate the budget neutrality adjustment factor by simulating estimated payments under both sets of GROUPERs and relative weights. We are proposing to simulate total estimated payments under the current payment policies (RY 2007) using the most recent available claims data (FY 2006) and using the proposed GROUPER (Version 25.0), and normalized relative weights. Then, we are proposing to simulate estimated payments using the most recent available claims data (FY 2006) and apply the proposed GROUPER (Version 25.0). We next calculate payments using the same claims data (FY 2006) with the current GROUPER (Version 24.0). The ratio of the estimated average payment under the current GROUPER and the proposed GROUPER is calculated as the proposed budget neutrality factor. Then each of the proposed normalized relative weights is multiplied by the budget neutrality factor to determine the proposed budget neutral relative weight for each proposed MS–LTC–DRG. Accordingly, based on the most recent available data, we are proposing a budget neutrality factor of 1.003924 that is applied to the relative weights after normalizing. If more current data become available prior to publication of the final rule, we will use those data to determine the budget neutrality factor. The relative weights in Table 11 in the Addendum of this proposed rule reflect those budget neutral weights. If, as a result of comments, we decide not to finalize the proposed budget neutrality policy, the proposed weights in Table 11 of the Addendum to this proposed E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules rule change by the two factors discussed herein. Step 8—Apply the proposed case-mix budget neutrality factor to the proposed MS–LTC–DRG relative weight. As discussed under section II.D.6. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing a budget neutral adjustment for FY 2008 and FY 2009 to eliminate the effect of changes in coding or classification of discharges that do not reflect real change in case-mix because we believe that adoption of the proposed MS–LTC–DRGs would create a risk of increased aggregate levels of payment as a result of increased documentation and coding. The additional step 8 would be necessary for FY 2008 and FY 2009 to ensure that estimated aggregate LTCH PPS payments would be neither greater than nor less than the estimated aggregate LTCH PPS payments that would have been made without the adoption of the proposed MS–LTC–DRG patient classification system. Accordingly, each of the relative weights in Table 11 of the Addendum to this proposed rule reflects this proposed adjustment. That is, each proposed MS–LTC–DRG relative weight is multiplied by a factor of 0.976 to account for changes in coding or classification of discharges resulting from the adoption of the new patient classification system. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB J. Proposed Add-On Payments for New Services and Technologies (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘New Technology’’ at the beginning of your comment.) 1. Background Sections 1886(d)(5)(K) and (L) of the Act establish a process of identifying and ensuring adequate payment for new medical services and technologies (sometimes collectively referred to in this section as ‘‘new technologies’’) under the IPPS. Section 1886(d)(5)(K)(vi) of the Act specifies that a medical service or technology will be considered new if it meets criteria established by the Secretary after notice and opportunity for public comment. Section 1886(d)(5)(K)(ii)(I) of the Act specifies that the process must apply to a new medical service or technology if, ‘‘based on the estimated costs incurred with respect to discharges involving such service or technology, the DRG prospective payment rate otherwise applicable to such discharges under this subsection is inadequate.’’ The regulations implementing this provision establish three criteria for new medical services and technologies to receive an additional payment. First, § VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 412.87(b)(2) defines when a specific medical service or technology will be considered new for purposes of new medical service or technology add-on payments. The statutory provision contemplated the special payment treatment for new medical services or technologies until such time as data are available to reflect the cost of the technology in the DRG weights through recalibration. There is a lag of 2 to 3 years from the point a new medical service or technology is first introduced on the market and when data reflecting the use of the medical service or technology are used to calculate the DRG weights. For example, data from discharges occurring during FY 2006 are used to calculate the proposed FY 2008 DRG weights in this proposed rule. Section 412.87(b)(2) provides that, ‘‘a medical service or technology may be considered new within 2 or 3 years after the point at which data begin to become available reflecting the ICD–9-CM code assigned to the new medical service or technology (depending on when a new code is assigned and data on the new medical service or technology become available for DRG recalibration). After CMS has recalibrated the DRGs based on available data to reflect the costs of an otherwise new medical service or technology, the medical service or technology will no longer be considered ‘new’ under the criterion for this section.’’ The 2-year to 3-year period during which a medical service or technology can be considered new would ordinarily begin with FDA approval, unless there was some documented delay in bringing the product onto the market after that approval (for instance, component production or drug production has been postponed until FDA approval due to shelf life concerns or manufacturing issues). After the DRGs have been recalibrated to reflect the costs of an otherwise new medical service or technology, the special add-on payment for new medical services or technologies ceases (§ 412.87(b)(2)). For example, an approved new technology that received FDA approval in October 2006 and entered the market at that time may be eligible to receive add-on payments as a new technology until FY 2010 (discharges occurring before October 1, 2009), when data reflecting the costs of the technology could be used to recalibrate the DRG weights. Because the FY 2009 DRG weights would be calculated using FY 2007 MedPAR data, the costs of such a new technology would be reflected in the FY 2009 DRG weights. Section 412.87(b)(3) further provides that new medical services or PO 00000 Frm 00093 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24771 technologies must be inadequately paid otherwise under the DRG system to receive the add-on payment. To assess whether technologies would be inadequately paid under the DRGs, we establish thresholds to evaluate applicants for new technology add-on payments. In the FY 2004 IPPS final rule (68 FR 45385), we established the threshold at the geometric mean standardized charge for all cases in the DRG plus 75 percent of 1 standard deviation above the geometric mean standardized charge (based on the logarithmic values of the charges and transformed back to charges) for all cases in the DRG to which the new medical service or technology is assigned (or the case-weighted average of all relevant DRGs, if the new medical service or technology occurs in many different DRGs). However, section 503(b)(1) of Pub. L. 108–173 amended section 1886(d)(5)(K)(ii)(I) of the Act to provide for ‘‘applying a threshold * * * that is the lesser of 75 percent of the standardized amount (increased to reflect the difference between cost and charges), or 75 percent of 1 standard deviation for the diagnosis-related group involved.’’ The provisions of section 503(b)(1) apply to classification for fiscal years beginning with FY 2005. (Refer to section IV.D. of the preamble to the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 49084) for a discussion of the revision of the regulations to incorporate the change made by section 503(b)(1) of Pub. L. 108–173.) Table 10 of the Addendum to the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 48319) contained the final thresholds that are being used to evaluate applications for new technology add-on payments for FY 2008. An applicant must demonstrate that the cost threshold is met using information from inpatient hospital claims. We were recently asked to revisit the issue of whether the HIPAA Privacy Rule at 45 CFR Parts 160 and 164 applies to claims information that providers submit with applications for new technology add-on payments. We previously addressed this issue in the September 7, 2001 final rule (66 FR 46917) that established the new technology add-on payment regulations. In the preamble to that final rule, we explained that health plans, including Medicare, and providers that conduct certain transactions electronically, including the hospitals that would be receiving payment under the FY 2001 IPPS final rule, are required to comply with the HIPAA Privacy Rule. We further explained how such entities could meet the applicable HIPAA E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 24772 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules requirements by discussing how the HIPAA Privacy Rule permitted providers to share with health plans information needed to ensure correct payment, if they have obtained consent from the patient to use that patient’s data for treatment, payment, or health care operations. We also explained that because the information to be provided within applications for new technology add-on payment would be needed to ensure correct payment, no additional consent would be required. The HHS Office of Civil Rights has since amended the HIPAA Privacy Rule, but the results remain. The HIPAA Privacy Rule no longer requires covered entities to obtain consent from patients to use or disclose individually identifiable health information for treatment, payment, or health care operations, and expressly permits such entities to use or to disclose individually identifiable health information to covered entities for any of these purposes (45 CFR § § 164.502(a)(1)(ii), and 506(c)(1) and (c)(3); and the Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information published in the Federal Register on August 14, 2002 for a full discussion of changes in consent requirements). Section 412.87(b)(1) of our existing regulations provides that a new technology is an appropriate candidate for an additional payment when it represents ‘‘an advance that substantially improves, relative to technologies previously available, the diagnosis or treatment of Medicare beneficiaries.’’ For example, a new technology represents a substantial clinical improvement when it reduces mortality, decreases the number of hospitalizations or physician visits, or reduces recovery time compared to the technologies previously available. (Refer to the September 7, 2001 final rule (66 FR 46902) for a complete discussion of this criterion.) The new medical service or technology add-on payment policy provides additional payments for cases with high costs involving eligible new medical services or technologies while preserving some of the incentives under the average-based payment system. The payment mechanism is based on the cost to hospitals for the new medical service or technology. Under § 412.88, Medicare pays a marginal cost factor of 50 percent for the costs of a new medical service or technology in excess of the full DRG payment. If the actual costs of a new medical service or technology case exceed the DRG payment by more than the 50-percent marginal cost factor of the new medical service or technology, Medicare VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 payment is limited to the DRG payment plus 50 percent of the estimated costs of the new technology. The Congressional report language accompanying section 533 of Pub. L. 106–554 indicated Congress’ intent to require the Secretary to implement the new mechanism on a budget neutral basis (H.R. Conf. Rep. No. 106–1033, 106th Cong., 2nd Sess. at 897 (2000)). Section 1886(d)(4)(C)(iii) of the Act requires that the adjustments to annual DRG classifications and relative weights must be made in a manner that ensures that aggregate payments to hospitals are not affected. Therefore, in the past, we accounted for projected payments under the new medical service and technology provision during the upcoming fiscal year at the same time we estimated the payment effect of changes to the DRG classifications and recalibration. The impact of additional payments under this provision was then included in the budget neutrality factor, which was applied to the standardized amounts and the hospital-specific amounts. Section 1886(d)(5)(K)(ii)(III) of the Act, as amended by section 503(d)(2) of Pub. L. 108–173, provides that there shall be no reduction or adjustment in aggregate payments under the IPPS due to add-on payments for new medical services and technologies. Therefore, add-on payments for new medical services or technologies for FY 2005 and later years have not been budget neutral. Applicants for add-on payments for new medical services or technologies for FY 2009 must submit a formal request, including a full description of the clinical applications of the medical service or technology and the results of any clinical evaluations demonstrating that the new medical service or technology represents a substantial clinical improvement, along with a significant sample of data to demonstrate the medical service or technology meets the high-cost threshold. Complete application information, along with final deadlines for submitting a full application, will be available on our web site after publication of the IPPS FY 2008 final rule at: http://www.cms.hhs.gov/ AcuteInpatientPPS/08—newtech.asp. To allow interested parties to identify the new medical services or technologies under review before the publication of the proposed rule for FY 2009, the web site will also list the tracking forms completed by each applicant. 2. Public Input Before Publication of a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking on AddOn Payments Section 1886(d)(5)(K)(viii) of the Act, as amended by section 503(b)(2) of Pub. PO 00000 Frm 00094 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 L. 108–173, provides for a mechanism for public input before publication of a notice of proposed rulemaking regarding whether a medical service or technology represents a substantial clinical improvement or advancement. The process for evaluating new medical service and technology applications requires the Secretary to— <bullet≤ Provide, before publication of a proposed rule, for public input regarding whether a new service or technology represents an advance in medical technology that substantially improves the diagnosis or treatment of Medicare beneficiaries. <bullet≤ Make public and periodically update a list of the services and technologies for which applications for add-on payments are pending. <bullet≤ Accept comments, recommendations, and data from the public regarding whether a service or technology represents a substantial clinical improvement. <bullet≤ Provide, before publication of a proposed rule, for a meeting at which organizations representing hospitals, physicians, manufacturers, and any other interested party may present comments, recommendations, and data regarding whether a new medical service or technology represents a substantial clinical improvement to the clinical staff of CMS. In order to provide an opportunity for public input regarding add-on payments for new medical services and technologies for FY 2008 before publication of the FY 2008 IPPS proposed rule, we published a notice in the Federal Register on December 22, 2006 (71 FR 77031), and held a town hall meeting at the CMS Headquarters Office in Baltimore, MD, on February 22, 2007. In the announcement notice for the meeting, we stated that the opinions and alternatives provided during the meeting would assist us in our evaluations of applications by allowing public discussion of the substantial clinical improvement criterion for each of the FY 2008 new medical service and technology add-on payment applications before the publication of the FY 2008 IPPS proposed rule. Approximately 70 individuals attended the town hall meeting in person, while additional participants listened over an open telephone line. Boston Scientific presented data on how its product (Wingspan[reg] Stent System with GatewayTM PTA Balloon Catheter) meets the substantial clinical improvement criterion, as well as the need for additional payments to ensure its access to Medicare beneficiaries. No other attendees at the town hall meeting E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB made a presentation with regard to the Wingspan[reg] new technology add-on payment application. We considered Boston Scientific’s presentation made at the town hall meeting, as well as written comments submitted with their application, in our evaluation of the Wingspan[reg] new technology application for FY 2008 in this proposed rule. We have summarized these comments under section I.4. of this preamble. We did not receive any other comments regarding substantial clinical improvement of Wingspan[reg]. However, there were a number of public comments made at the town hall meeting suggesting that CMS provide more specific detail about how it would apply the substantial clinical improvement criterion. For example, the public commenters at the town hall meeting suggested that CMS provide clear guidance with respect to the type of data that applicants should submit to support an application for add-on payments for new medical services and technologies. We were asked to work with stakeholders, including researchers, clinicians, representatives of patients, and manufacturers, to develop specific criteria and data quality standards that would make determinations of ‘‘substantial clinical improvement’’ more predictable and transparent. We welcome public comment on this issue. In particular, we are interested in any ‘‘specific criteria or data quality standards’’ that the commenters believe we should adopt to improve the new technology add-on application process, or any concerns or challenges that commenters believe we may encounter in undertaking this effort. Again, as we stated at the new technology town hall meeting, we are always interested in working with our stakeholders to improve the inpatient new technology add-on payment process. We are interested in ensuring that the latest medical technology that improves care for the Medicare patient population continues to be available to our beneficiaries. 3. FY 2008 Status of Technologies Approved for FY 2007 Add-On Payments a. Endovascular Graft Repair of the Thoracic Aorta W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. submitted an application for consideration of its Endovascular Graft Repair of the Thoracic Aorta (GORE TAG) for new technology add-on payments for FY 2006. The manufacturer argued that endovascular stent-grafting of the descending thoracic aorta provides a less invasive alternative VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 to the traditional open surgical approach required for the management of descending thoracic aortic aneurysms. The GORE TAG device is a tubular stent-graft mounted on a catheter-based delivery system, and it replaces the synthetic graft normally sutured in place during open surgery. The device was initially identified using ICD–9–CM procedure code 39.79 (Other endovascular repair (of aneurysm) of other vessels). The applicant also requested a unique ICD–9–CM procedure code. As noted in Table 6B of the FY 2006 IPPS final rule (70 FR 47637), new procedure code 39.73 (Endovascular implantation of graft in thoracic aorta) was assigned to this technology. In the FY 2006 IPPS final rule (70 FR 47356), we approved the GORE TAG device for new technology add-on payment for FY 2006. FDA approved GORE TAG on March 23, 2005. Because the technology remained within the 2to 3-year period during which it could be considered new for FY 2007, we continued add-on payments for the endovascular graft repair of the thoracic aorta in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 47999). GORE TAG will have been on the market for more than 3 years as of March 23, 2008, or less than 6 months of FY 2008. Our practice has been to begin and end new technology add-on payments on the basis of a fiscal year. In general, we extend add-on payments for an additional year only if the 3-year anniversary date of the product’s entry on the market occurs in the latter half of the fiscal year (70 FR 47362). Because the 3-year anniversary date of GORE TAG’s entry onto the market was in the first half of the fiscal year, we are proposing to discontinue its new technology add-on payment for FY 2008. b. Restore[supreg] Rechargeable Implantable Neurostimulator Medtronic Neurological submitted an application for new technology add-on payments for its Restore[supreg] Rechargeable Implantable Neurostimulator for FY 2006. The Restore[supreg] Rechargeable Implantable Neurostimulator is designed to deliver electrical stimulation to the spinal cord to block the sensation of pain. The technology standard for neurostimulators uses internal sealed batteries as the power source to generate the electrical current. These internal batteries have finite lives, and require replacement when their power has been completely discharged. According to the manufacturer, the Restore[supreg] Rechargeable Implantable Neurostimulator ‘‘represents the next generation of PO 00000 Frm 00095 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24773 neurostimulator technology, allowing the physician to set the voltage parameters in such a way that fully meets the patient’s requirements to achieve adequate pain relief without fear of premature depletion of the battery.’’ The applicant stated that the expected life of the Restore[supreg] rechargeable battery is 9 years, compared to an average life of 3 years for conventional neurostimulator batteries. We approved new technology add-on payments for all rechargeable, implantable neurostimulators for FY 2006 and FY 2007. Cases involving these devices, made by any manufacturer, are identified by the presence of newly created ICD–9–CM code 86.98 (Insertion or replacement of dual array rechargeable neurostimulator pulse generator). The FDA approved the Restore[supreg] Rechargeable Implantable Neurostimulator in 2005. However, as noted in the FY 2006 IPPS final rule (70 FR 47358), at least one similar product was approved by the FDA as early as April 2004. Because the Restore’’ Rechargeable Implantable Neurostimulator will be beyond the 2to 3-year period during which it can be considered new for FY 2008, we are proposing to discontinue add-on payments for the technology in FY 2008. c. X STOP Interspinous Process Decompression System St. Francis Medical Technologies submitted an application for new technology add-on payments for the X STOP Interspinous Process Decompression System (X STOP) for FY 2007. Lumbar spinal stenosis describes a condition that occurs when the spaces between bones in the spine become narrowed due to arthritis and other agerelated conditions. This narrowing, or stenosis, causes nerves coming from the spinal cord to be compressed, thereby causing symptoms including pain, numbness, and weakness. It particularly causes symptoms when the spine is in extension, when a patient stands fully upright or leans back. The X STOP device is inserted between the spinous processes of adjacent vertebrae in order to provide a minimally invasive alternative to conservative treatment (exercise and physical therapy) and invasive surgery (spinal fusion). It works by limiting the spine’s extension that compresses the nerve’s roots while still preserving as much motion as possible. The device is inserted in a relatively simple, primarily outpatient procedure using local anesthesia. However, in some circumstances, the physician may prefer to admit the E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 24774 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules patient for an inpatient stay. The manufacturer described the device as providing ‘‘a new minimally invasive, stand-alone alternative treatment for lumbar spinal stenosis.’’ The X STOP Interspinous Process Decompression system received premarket approval from the FDA on November 21, 2005. The device is currently described by ICD–9–CM code 84.58 (Implantation of Interspinous process decompression device) (excluding: Fusion of spine (codes 81.00 through 81.08, and 81.30 through 81.39)). This ICD–9–CM code went into effect on October 1, 2005. In the FY 2007 final rule, with respect to substantial clinical improvement, we noted our concern that, during the FDA approval process, the Center for Devices and Radiological Health Advisory Panel voted against pre-market approval of X STOP because of concerns about proper patient selection, as well as the lack of objective endpoints. The applicant addressed our concerns by demonstrating that the mechanism of effect on the spine in cadavers with in vivo clinical radiographic data. That is, the applicant was able to show that the X STOP device limits spine extension that compresses the nerve. Thus, we indicated that we believed the technology has promise for providing a less invasive alternative to procedures such as laminectomy or fusion for patients that have failed conservative treatment (exercise, physical therapy and medication). The X STOP system represents a new level of treatment on the continuum of care for patients with lumbar spinal stenosis that previously did not exist. Accordingly, after consideration of the comments received, we approved the X STOP Interspinous Process Decompression System for new technology add-on payment for FY 2007. Cases involving X STOP are identified by ICD–9–CM code 84.58 (Implantation of interspinous process decompression device). These cases are generally included in CMS–DRG 499 (Back and Neck Procedures Except Spinal Fusion with CC) and CMS–DRG 500 (Back and Neck Procedures Except Spinal Fusion without CC) for FY 2007. The X STOP Interspinous Process Decompression System is still within the 2- to 3-year period during which it can be considered new for FY 2008. However, we are concerned that it may no longer meet the cost-threshold criterion. In section II.D. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing to adopt MS–DRGs for FY 2008 and assign cases with procedure codes 84.58 into proposed MS–DRG 490 (Back and Neck Procedures Except Spinal Fusion VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 with CC or MCC or Disc Devices). Proposed MS–DRG 490 includes back and neck procedures except spinal fusion with a CC or MCC. As indicated earlier, we did a comprehensive review of the spinal fusion and nonspinal fusion DRGs. Based on this review, we are proposing to further modify MS– DRG 490 to also include the higher cost of cases where the patient receives a spinal disc device such as an artificial spinal disc prosthesis, or an interspinous process decompression system. Our earlier analysis of the spinal and nonspinal fusion DRGs showed that the average charge per case for cases involving X STOP is $29,162. The average charge per case for MS– DRG 490 is $29,656. Therefore, cases that use X STOP have a lower average charge per case than all cases in MS– DRG 490. The data show that the technology is not inadequately paid under the revised MS–DRGs, and it no longer meets the cost threshold for new technology add-on payment. For this reason, we are proposing to discontinue new technology add-on payments for X STOP in FY 2008 and correlate the payments under MS–DRG 490. The high costs for cases using X STOP that necessitated an add-on payment under the CMS DRGs will no longer be necessary because of the higher payment that would be made under the proposed MS–DRG 490. 4. FY 2008 Application for New Technology Add-On Payments Boston Scientific submitted an application for the Wingspan[reg] Stent System with Gateway PTA Balloon Catheter (Wingspan[reg]) for new technology add-on payments for FY 2008. The device is designed for the treatment of patients with significant intracranial arterial stenosis who are refractory to medical management. The device consists of the following: a selfexpanding nitinol stent; a multilumen over wire delivery catheter; and a GatewayTM PTA Balloon Catheter. The device is used to treat stenoses that occur in the intracranial vessels. Prior to stent placement, the GatewayTM PTA Balloon is inflated to dilate the target lesion, and then the stent is deployed across the lesion to restore and maintain luminal patency. Effective October 1, 2004, two new ICD–9–CM procedure codes were created to code intracranial angioplasty and intracranial stenting procedures: procedure codes 00.62 (Percutaneous angioplasty or atherectomy of intracranial vessels) and 00.65 (Percutaneous insertion of intracranial vascular stents). On August 3, 2005, the Wingspan[reg] was approved by the FDA as a PO 00000 Frm 00096 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 Humanitarian Device Exemption (HDE). We note that the applicant submitted an application for new technology add-on payments in FY 2006 but was not approved for add-on payments because it had not yet received FDA approval. In November 2006, we issued a national coverage determination (NCD) on intracranial stents. The NCD stated that the treatment of cerebral artery stenosis in patients with intracranial atherosclerotic disease with intracranial percutaneous transluminal angioplasty (PTA) and stenting is reasonable and necessary when furnished in accordance with the FDA-approved protocols governing Category B Investigational Device Exemption (IDE) clinical trials. Currently, there are no clinical trials in place for the Wingspan[reg]. However, because the technology is covered by Medicare, if it is used in the setting of a clinical trial, we will evaluate whether the Wingspan[reg] meets the criteria for an inpatient new technology add-on payment. The Wingspan[reg] has been available on the market since August 3, 2005. Therefore, we believe that the technology meets the newness criterion. The applicant noted in its application that cases of intracranial angioplasty and stenting cases are currently grouped to CMS DRGs 533 (Extracranial Procedure with CC) and 534 (Extracranial Procedure Without CC). However, the applicant believes these cases should be assigned to CMS DRGs 1 (Craniotomy Age ≤ 17 With CC), 2 (Craniotomy Age ≤ 17 Without CC), and 543 (Craniotomy With Major Device Implant or Acute Complex Central Nervous System Principal Diagnosis) based on resource use and for clinical consistency with other endovascular intracranial procedures assigned to these DRGs. As discussed in section II.D. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing to move procedure code 00.62 to proposed MS– DRGs 25, 26, and 27 (Craniotomy & Endovascular Intracranial Procedures With MCC, With CC, and Without CC/ MCC, respectively) and proposed MS– DRGs 23 and 24 (Craniotomy With Major Device Implant or Acute Complex Central Nervous System Principal Diagnosis With MCC or Without MCC, respectively) under the proposed MS– DRG system, which are comparable to DRGs 1, 2, and 543 under the current CMS–DRG system. To demonstrate that the Wingspan[reg] meets the cost threshold, the manufacturer submitted data from MedPAR and non-MedPAR databases. Using the FY 2005 MedPAR data, the applicant identified cases of intracranial angioplasty that had a procedure code of 39.50 (Angioplasty or atherectomy of E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules other noncoronary vessels) in combination with one of the following principal diagnosis codes: Any principal diagnosis code that begins with the prefix of 433 (Occlusion and stenosis of precerebral arteries), excluding 433.10 (Cartoid artery without mention of cerebral infarction) and 433.11 (Cartoid artery with cerebral infarction); any principal diagnosis code that begins with the prefix of 434 (Occlusion of cerebral arteries), 437.0 (Cerebral atherosclerosis), 437.1 (Other generalized ischemic cerebrovascular disease), or 437.9 (Unspecified). The applicant noted that procedure code 39.50 is the predecessor code for identifying cases of intracranial angioplasty. The applicant explained that, given the newness of procedure codes 00.62 and 00.65 that were implemented beginning October 1, 2005, it believes there are still cases being coded with the predecessor procedure codes. Using this methodology, the applicant found 577 cases in DRG 533 and 179 cases in DRG 534. The applicant noted that charges in the MedPAR file do not include the total costs of devices, drugs, and medical supplies associated with the Wingspan[reg], so the applicant conducted an estimate of the charges associated with the Wingspan[reg]. The applicant determined that costs associated with the Wingspan[reg] are approximately $10,073. Because we use charges to determine if a technology meets the threshold, it is necessary to inflate the costs to charges. Using the national average CCR of 0.47, the applicant inflated the costs associated with the Wingspan[reg] to $21,432 in charges. After adding the charges associated with the Wingspan[reg], the average standardized charge per case was $76,416 and $51,277 for DRGs 533 and 534, respectively. We are concerned regarding whether the cases identified by the applicant are a useful proxy to identify cases of intracranial angioplasty. Procedure code 39.50 describes cases of angioplasty in any artery of the body except the heart. Intracranial angioplasty with stenting was not covered by Medicare in any circumstance prior to October 2006. Therefore, the Medicare cases submitted by the applicant under procedure code 39.50 should not involve intracranial angioplasty because they are neither described by the code nor covered by Medicare. Furthermore, procedure code 00.62 is assigned to the Non-Covered Procedure edit of the MCE. The applicant supplied Medicare data from FY 2005 for claims coded with procedure code 00.62. It is unclear to us how these claims were processed despite the Non-Covered Procedure edit. VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 Because these data appear to be based on claims that may not have been coded or processed correctly, we question the reliability and validity of these data. We are concerned that it may not be appropriate to rely on these data for purposes of determining whether the technology meets the cost threshold. As stated above, the applicant also submitted non-Medicare data. The applicant used the 2005 patient discharge data from California’s Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development database for hospitals in California and the 2005 patient data from Florida’s Agency for Health Care Administration for hospitals in Florida. Similar to the analysis above, the applicant identified cases of intracranial angioplasty using procedure code 39.50 in combination with the diagnosis codes listed above. The applicant identified 43 cases in DRG 533, and 21 cases in DRG 534. Because these cases already include charges associated with Wingspan[supreg], it was not necessary to include the $21,432 in charges associated with Wingspan[supreg]. The average standardized charge per case was $89,697 and $40,475 for DRGs 533 and 534, respectively. As discussed above, we are concerned about whether these cases actually represent cases of intracranial angioplasty. We also note that we are unable to validate these data because they are non-Medicare data. In addition, similar to the analysis described above, the applicant also identified cases of intracranial angioplasty using procedure code 00.62. The applicant found 30 cases in DRG 533, and 23 cases in DRG 534. The average standardized charge per case was $93,215 and $31,479 for DRGs 533 and 534, respectively. Based on these data, the applicant maintains that the technology meets the cost threshold. As noted above, the applicant has requested that cases of the Wingspan[supreg] be reassigned to CMS DRGs 1, 2 and 543. In section II.G.2. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing to assign procedure code 00.62 to proposed MS-DRGs 23, 24, 25, 26 and 27, which replace DRGs 1, 2, and 543 of the current CMS DRGs. The thresholds in Table 10 of the Addendum of the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (as corrected at 71 FR 60040) for DRGs 1, 2 and 543 are $53,969, $37,116 and $64,397, respectively. Analyzing the same Medicare and non-Medicare data that the applicant used to demonstrate that the Wingspan[supreg] exceeds the cost threshold for DRGs 533 and 534, the applicant compared the average standardized charge per case to the thresholds for DRGs 1, 2, and 543. The applicant maintains that the Wingspan[supreg] would still exceed PO 00000 Frm 00097 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24775 the cost threshold even if it were reassigned to DRGs 1, 2, and 543. However, for the reasons described above, it is not clear whether Wingspan[supreg] meets the cost threshold for new technology add-on payment. We welcome public comments on this issue. The applicant also maintains that the technology meets the substantial clinical improvement criterion. In the past there has been no surgical or medical treatment available for recurrent strokes that occur despite optimal medical management. The applicant asserts that the Wingspan[supreg] provides a new treatment option for these patients. The applicant submitted three studies to support this position. First, the applicant cites data derived from a series of cases of 45 patients who received the Wingspan[supreg] that demonstrate 4.4 percent composite ipsilateral stroke or death at 30 days, 7.0 percent composite ipsilateral stroke or death at 6 months, and 9.3 percent ipsilateral stroke or death at 13 months. The applicant then used patients in the well known Warfarin-Aspirin Symptomatic Intracranial Disease (WASID) trial as a historical control against which to compare patients who received Wingspan[supreg]. The WASID trial compared the warfarin vs. aspirin therapy in treating symptomatic intracranial arterial stenosis, and it demonstrated a 23 percent stroke/death rate at one year in patients with severe (70 percent or greater) stenosis, and a 21 percent stroke/death rate at 2 years in patients with 50 percent or greater stenosis. The applicant also submitted data from an ongoing Wingspan[supreg] registry of patients that demonstrate a 4.8 percent stroke/death rate at 30 days, and a 9.7 percent stroke/death rate at 3 to 6 month follow up in 72 patients. In addition, the applicant submitted data from a multicenter NIH registry of 131 patients with 70 percent or greater stenosis that demonstrate an 8.4 percent rate of stroke, intracerebral hemorrhage or death at 30 days and a 9.9 percent rate of stroke and death at the mean 3.2 months followup. While we recognize that Wingspan[supreg] may represent a promising technology in patients with significant intracranial arterial stenosis who are refractory to medical management, we are concerned that, to date, there has been no controlled, randomized trial to demonstrate its clinical efficacy. We are also concerned that the Wingspan[supreg] data did not compare patients over the same followup periods as WASID. In addition, we are concerned over the use E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24776 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules of WASID patients as a control group against which to compare Wingspan[supreg] patients. The current FDA Humanitarian Device Exemption, in combination with the current CMS NCD, while providing access to this technology for very ill patients with generally poor prognoses who have few other options, also effectively designates the technology as investigational, and in need of further studies to prove its effectiveness. We would prefer that the product’s effectiveness be demonstrated before we judge whether the product represents a substantial clinical improvement. For these reasons, we are concerned that there may not be sufficient evidence that Wingspan[supreg] represents an advance that substantially improves the diagnosis or treatment of Medicare beneficiaries. However, we welcome public comments that may pertain to this matter. 5. Technical Correction Section 1886(d)(5)(K)(i) of the Act requires that the Secretary establish a mechanism to recognize the costs of new medical services and technologies under subsection (d) of section 1886 of the Act. As made clear under section 1886(d)(1)(A) of the Act, subsection (d) provides the methodology for payment with respect to the operating costs of inpatient hospital services. Section 1886(g) of the Act provides for payment of capital costs of inpatient hospital services. Although it has always been our policy that new technology add-on payment is available only with respect to operating costs, § 412.88(a)(2) of our regulations does not specifically refer to operating costs or the operating CCR. Therefore, we are proposing to revise § 412.88(a)(2) to clarify that the new technology add-on payment is available only for operating costs, and that we estimate the costs of a case by applying the hospital’s operating CCR to the billed charges. This proposed correction would not have an impact on new technology add-on payments because, to the best of our knowledge, MACs already correctly apply only the operating CCR to calculate new technology add-on payments. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB III. Proposed Changes to the Hospital Wage Index A. Background Section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act requires that, as part of the methodology for determining prospective payments to hospitals, the Secretary must adjust the standardized amounts ‘‘for area differences in hospital wage levels by a factor (established by the Secretary) reflecting the relative hospital wage VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 level in the geographic area of the hospital compared to the national average hospital wage level.’’ In accordance with the broad discretion conferred under the Act, we currently define hospital labor market areas based on the definitions of statistical areas established by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). A discussion of the proposed FY 2008 hospital wage index based on the statistical areas, including OMB’s revised definitions of Metropolitan Areas, appears under section III.B. of this preamble. Beginning October 1, 1993, section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act requires that we update the wage index annually. Furthermore, this section provides that the Secretary base the update on a survey of wages and wage-related costs of short-term, acute care hospitals. The survey must exclude the wages and wage-related costs incurred in furnishing skilled nursing services. This provision also requires us to make any updates or adjustments to the wage index in a manner that ensures that aggregate payments to hospitals are not affected by the change in the wage index. The proposed adjustment for FY 2008 is discussed in section II.B. of the Addendum to this proposed rule. As discussed below in section III.I. of this preamble, we also take into account the geographic reclassification of hospitals in accordance with sections 1886(d)(8)(B) and 1886(d)(10) of the Act when calculating IPPS payment amounts. Under section 1886(d)(8)(D) of the Act, the Secretary is required to adjust the standardized amounts so as to ensure that aggregate payments under the IPPS after implementation of the provisions of sections 1886(d)(8)(B) and (C) and 1886(d)(10) of the Act are equal to the aggregate prospective payments that would have been made absent these provisions. The proposed budget neutrality adjustment for FY 2008 is discussed in section II.A.4.b. of the Addendum to this proposed rule. Section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act also provides for the collection of data every 3 years on the occupational mix of employees for short-term, acute care hospitals participating in the Medicare program, in order to construct an occupational mix adjustment to the wage index. A discussion of the occupational mix adjustment that we are proposing to apply beginning October 1, 2007 (the FY 2008 wage index) appears under section III.C. of this preamble. B. Core-Based Statistical Areas for the Hospital Wage Index (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the PO 00000 Frm 00098 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 caption ‘‘CBSAs’’ at the beginning of your comments.) The wage index is calculated and assigned to hospitals on the basis of the labor market area in which the hospital is located. In accordance with the broad discretion under section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act, beginning with FY 2005, we define hospital labor market areas based on the Core-Based Statistical Areas (CBSAs) established by OMB and announced in December 2003 (69 FR 49027). For a discussion of OMB’s revised definitions of CBSAs and our implementation of the CBSA definitions, we refer readers to the preamble of the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 49026 through 49032). The revised area designations established by OMB resulted in a higher wage index for some areas and a lower wage index for others. Further, some hospitals that were previously classified as urban became classified as rural. Given the significant payment impacts upon some hospitals because of these changes, we provided a transition period to the new labor market areas in the FY 2005 IPPS final rule. As part of that transition, we allowed urban hospitals that became rural under the new definitions to maintain their assignment to the MSA where they were previously located for the 3-year period of FY 2005, FY 2006, and FY 2007. For a discussion of the transition, we refer readers to the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 49032 through 49034). FY 2007 was the last year of the transition period for urban hospitals that became classified as rural. Therefore, for discharges on or after October 1, 2007 (FY 2008), these hospitals will receive their statewide rural wage index or their FY 2008 MGCRB reclassified age index. (These hospitals were and are eligible to apply for reclassification by the MGCRB both during the transition period and in subsequent years. These hospitals are considered rural for reclassification purposes.) Consistent with the FY 2005, FY 2006, and FY 2007 IPPS final rules, for FY 2008 we are proposing to provide that hospitals receive 100 percent of their wage index based upon the CBSA configurations. Specifically, for each hospital, we will determine a wage index for FY 2008 employing wage index data from FY 2004 hospital cost reports and using the CBSA labor market definitions. We consider CBSAs that are MSAs to be urban, and CBSAs that are Micropolitan Statistical Areas as well as areas outside of CBSAs to be rural. In addition, where an MSA has been divided into Metropolitan Divisions, we consider the Metropolitan E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Division to comprise the labor market areas for purposes of calculating the wage index (69 FR 49029). On December 18, 2006, OMB announced the inclusion of two new CBSAs and the revision of designations for six areas (OMB Bulletin No. 07–01). The new CBSAs are as follows: <bullet≤ Lake Havasu-Kingman, Arizona (CBSA 29420). This CBSA comes from Mohave County, Arizona; <bullet≤ Palm Coast, Florida (CBSA 37380). This CBSA comes from Flager County, Florida; The revised CBSA designations are as follows: <bullet≤ Mauldin, South Carolina and Easley, South Carolina qualify as new principal cities of the GreenvilleMauldin-Easley, South Carolina CBSA; <bullet≤ Conway, Arkansas qualifies as a new principal city of the Little Rock-North Little Rock-Conway, Arkansas CBSA; <bullet≤ Goleta, California qualifies as a new principal city of the Santa Barbara-Santa Maria-Goleta, California CBSA; <bullet≤ Franklin, Tennessee qualifies as a new principal city of the NashvilleDavidson-Murfreesboro-Franklin, Tennessee CBSA; <bullet≤ Fort Pierce, Florida no longer qualifies as a principal city of the Port St. Lucie-Fort Pierce, Florida CBSA; the new designation is Port St. Lucie, Florida CBSA. (We note also that OMB renamed the Essex County, Massachusetts Metropolitan Division as the Peabody, Massachusetts Metropolitan Division. OMB also changed the CBSA code from 21604 to 37764.) The OMB bulletin is available on the OMB Web site at http:// www.whitehouse.gov/OMB—go to ‘‘Bulletins’’ or ‘‘Statistical Programs and Standards.’’ CMS will apply these changes to the IPPS beginning October 1, 2007. C. Proposed Occupational Mix Adjustment to the Proposed FY 2008 Wage Index (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘Occupational Mix Adjustment’’ at the beginning of your comment.) As stated earlier, section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act provides for the collection of data every 3 years on the occupational mix of employees for each short-term, acute care hospital participating in the Medicare program, in order to construct an occupational mix adjustment to the wage index, for application beginning October 1, 2004 (the FY 2005 wage index). The purpose of the occupational VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 mix adjustment is to control for the effect of hospitals’ employment choices on the wage index. For example, hospitals may choose to employ different combinations of registered nurses, licensed practical nurses, nursing aides, and medical assistants for the purpose of providing nursing care to their patients. The varying labor costs associated with these choices reflect hospital management decisions rather than geographic differences in the costs of labor. 1. Development of Data for the Proposed FY 2008 Occupational Mix Adjustment On October 14, 2005, we published a notice in the Federal Register (70 FR 60092) proposing to use a new survey, the 2006 Medicare Wage Index Occupational Mix Survey (the 2006 survey) to apply an occupational mix adjustment to the FY 2008 wage index. In the proposed 2006 survey, we included several modifications based on the comments and recommendations we received on the 2003 survey, including (1) allowing hospitals to report their own average hourly wage rather than using BLS data; (2) extending the prospective survey period; and (3) reducing the number of occupational categories but refining the subcategories for registered nurses. We made the changes to the occupational categories in response to MedPAC comments to the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 49036). Specifically, MedPAC recommended that CMS assess whether including subcategories of registered nurses would result in a more accurate occupational mix adjustment. MedPAC believed that including all registered nurses in a single category may obscure significant wage differences among the subcategories of registered nurses, for example, the wages of surgical registered nurses and floor registered nurses may differ. Also, to offset additional reporting burden for hospitals, MedPAC recommended that CMS should combine the general service categories that account for only a small percentage of a hospital’s total hours with the ‘‘all other occupations’’ category because most of the occupational mix adjustment is correlated with the nursing general service category. In addition, in response to the public comments on the October 14, 2005 notice, we modified the 2006 survey. On February 10, 2006, we published a Federal Register notice (71 FR 7047) that solicited comments and announced our intent to seek OMB approval on the revised occupational mix survey (Form CMS–10079 (2006)). OMB approved the survey on April 25, 2006. PO 00000 Frm 00099 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24777 The 2006 survey provides for the collection of hospital-specific wages and hours data, a 6-month prospective reporting period (that is, January 1, 2006, through June 30, 2006), the transfer of each general service category that comprised less than 4 percent of total hospital employees in the 2003 survey to the ‘‘all other occupations’’ category (the revised survey focuses only on the mix of nursing occupations), additional clarification of the definitions for the occupational categories, an expansion of the registered nurse category to include functional subcategories, and the exclusion of average hourly rate data associated with advance practice nurses. The 2006 survey included only two general occupational categories: nursing and ‘‘all other occupations.’’ The nursing category has four subcategories: registered nurses, licensed practical nurses, aides, orderlies, attendants, and medical assistants. The registered nurse subcategory includes two functional subcategories: Management personnel and staff nurses or clinicians. As indicated above, the 2006 survey provided for a 6-month data collection period, from January 1, 2006 through June 30, 2006. However, we allowed flexibility for the reporting period begin and end dates to accommodate some hospitals’ bi-weekly payroll and reporting systems. That is, the 6-month reporting period had to begin on or after December 25, 2005, and end before July 9, 2006. We are proposing to use the 6-month 2006 survey data to calculate the occupational mix adjustment for the FY 2008 wage index. We used the 1st quarter of 2006 survey data in the FY 2007 wage index to comply with a court decision in Bellevue Hosp. Center v. Leavitt, 443 F.3d 163 (2nd Cir. 2006). For a discussion of our use of the 2006 survey data in the FY 2007 wage index, in compliance with the Bellevue decision, we refer readers to the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 48007) as well as the FY 2007 IPPS final notice (71 FR 90886). However, as stated above, we are proposing to use the entire 6-month 2006 survey data (that is, from the period January 1, 2006 through June 30, 2006) to calculate the occupational mix adjustment for the FY 2008 wage index. 2. Timeline for the Collection, Review, and Correction of the Occupational Mix Data In a Joint-Signature Memorandum that we issued on April 21, 2006 (JSM– 06412), and in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 48008), we discussed the schedule for the 1st quarter 2006 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24778 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules occupational mix survey data that would be used in the FY 2007 wage index. The schedule included deadlines for— <bullet≤ Hospitals to submit 1st quarter occupational mix data. The deadline was June 1, 2006. <bullet≤ MAC review of the submitted 1st quarter data. The deadline was June 22, 2006. <bullet≤ Availability of the submitted first quarter data on the CMS Web site. The deadline was June 29, 2006. <bullet≤ Hospitals to submit requests to their MACs for corrections to their 1st quarter occupational mix data. The deadline was July 13, 2006. <bullet≤ MACs to submit corrected 1st quarter occupational mix survey data to CMS. The deadline was July 27, 2006. In the Joint-Signature Memorandum, we also indicated that hospitals were to submit their 2nd quarter 2006 occupational mix survey data to their intermediaries (MACs) by August 31, 2006. On October 6, we published on our web site both the audited 1st quarter and unaudited 2nd quarter 2006 occupational survey data and Worksheet S–3 wage data to be used in calculating the FY 2008 wage index. In addition, we sent a letter to hospitals through their MACs (dated October 6, 2006) that discussed the timeframe for reviewing and correcting Worksheet S–3 wage data and the 2nd quarter 2006 survey data, and an opportunity for hospitals to request additional adjustments to their 1st quarter 2006 survey data for the FY 2008 wage index. The revision and correction process for all of the data to be used for computing the FY 2008 wage index is discussed in detail in section III.K. of this preamble. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 3. Calculation of the Proposed Occupational Mix Adjustment for FY 2008 For FY 2008 (as we did for FY 2007), we are proposing to calculate the occupational mix adjustment factor using the following steps: Step 1—For each hospital, determine the percentage of the total nursing category attributable to a nursing subcategory by dividing the nursing subcategory hours by the total nursing category’s hours (registered nurse management personnel and registered nurse staff nurses or clinicians are treated as separate nursing subcategories). Repeat this computation for each of the five nursing subcategories: registered nurse VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 management personnel, registered nurse staff nurses or clinicians, licensed practical nurses; nursing aides, orderlies, and attendants; and medical assistants. Step 2—Determine a national average hourly rate for each nursing subcategory by dividing a subcategory’s total salaries for all hospitals in the occupational mix survey database by the subcategory’s total hours for all hospitals in the occupational mix survey database. Step 3—For each hospital, determine an adjusted average hourly rate for each nursing subcategory by multiplying the percentage of the total nursing category (from Step 1) by the national average hourly rate for that nursing subcategory (from Step 2). Repeat this calculation for each of the five nursing subcategories. Step 4—For each hospital, determine the adjusted average hourly rate for the total nursing category by summing the adjusted average hourly rate (from Step 3) for each of the nursing subcategories. Step 5—Determine the national average hourly rate for the total nursing category by dividing total nursing category salaries for all hospitals in the occupational mix survey database by total nursing category hours for all hospitals in the occupational mix survey database. Step 6—For each hospital, compute the occupational mix adjustment factor for the total nursing category by dividing the national average hourly rate for the total nursing category (from Step 5) by the hospital’s adjusted average hourly rate for the total nursing category (from Step 4). If the hospital’s adjusted average hourly rate is less than the national average hourly rate (indicating the hospital employs a less costly mix of nursing employees), the occupational mix adjustment factor would be greater than 1.0000. If the hospital’s adjusted average hourly rate is greater than the national average hourly rate, the occupational mix adjustment factor would be less than 1.0000. Step 7—For each hospital, calculate the occupational mix adjusted salaries and wage-related costs for the total nursing category by multiplying the hospital’s total salaries and wage-related costs (from Step 5 of the unadjusted wage index calculation in section III.F. of this preamble) by the percentage of the hospital’s total workers attributable to the total nursing category (using the occupational mix survey data, this percentage is determined by dividing the hospital’s total nursing category PO 00000 Frm 00100 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 salaries by the hospital’s total salaries for ‘‘nursing and all other’’) and by the total nursing category’s occupational mix adjustment factor (from Step 6 above). The remaining portion of the hospital’s total salaries and wage-related costs that is attributable to all other employees of the hospital is not adjusted by the occupational mix. A hospital’s all other portion is determined by subtracting the hospital’s nursing category percentage from 100 percent. Step 8—For each hospital, calculate the total occupational mix adjusted salaries and wage-related costs for a hospital by summing the occupational mix adjusted salaries and wage-related costs for the total nursing category (from Step 7) and the portion of the hospital’s salaries and wage-related costs for all other employees (from Step 7). To compute a hospital’s occupational mix adjusted average hourly wage, divide the hospital’s total occupational mix adjusted salaries and wage-related costs by the hospital’s total hours (from Step 4 of the unadjusted wage index calculation in section III.F. of this preamble). Step 9—To compute the occupational mix adjusted average hourly wage for an urban or rural area, sum the total occupational mix adjusted salaries and wage-related costs for all hospitals in the area, then sum the total hours for all hospitals in the area. Next, divide the area’s occupational mix adjusted salaries and wage-related costs by the area’s hours. Step 10—To compute the national occupational mix adjusted average hourly wage, sum the total occupational mix adjusted salaries and wage-related costs for all hospitals in the Nation, then sum the total hours for all hospitals in the Nation. Next, divide the national occupational mix adjusted salaries and wage-related costs by the national hours. Step 11—To compute the occupational mix adjusted wage index, divide each area’s occupational mix adjusted average hourly wage (Step 9) by the national occupational mix adjusted average hourly wage (Step 10). Step 12—To compute the Puerto Rico specific occupational mix adjusted wage index, follow Steps 1 through 11 above. The table below is an illustrative example of the proposed occupational mix adjustment. BILLING CODE 4120–01–P E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00101 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4725 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24779 EP03MY07.007 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules BILLING CODE 4120–01–C VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Because the occupational mix adjustment is required by statute, all Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00102 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 hospitals that are subject to payments under the IPPS, or any hospital that E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 EP03MY07.008 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 24780 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules would be subject to the IPPS if not granted a waiver, must complete the occupational mix survey, unless the hospital has no associated cost report wage data that are included in the proposed FY 2008 wage index. For the FY 2007 wage index, if a hospital did not respond to the occupational mix survey, or if we determined that a hospital’s submitted data were too erroneous to include in the wage index, we assigned the hospital the average occupational mix adjustment for the labor market area (71 FR 48013). We believed this method had the least impact on the wage index for other hospitals in the area. For areas where no hospital submitted data for purposes of calculating the occupational mix adjustment, we applied the national occupational mix factor of 1.0000 in calculating the area’s FY 2007 occupational mix adjusted wage index. We indicated in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule that we reserve the right to apply a different approach in future years, including potentially penalizing nonresponsive hospitals. For the FY 2008 wage index, we are proposing to handle the data for hospitals that did not respond to the occupational mix survey (neither the 1st quarter nor 2nd quarter data) in the same manner as discussed above for the FY 2007 wage index. In addition, if a hospital submitted survey data for either the 1st quarter or 2nd quarter, but not for both quarters, we are proposing to use the data the hospital submitted for one quarter to calculate the hospital’s FY 2008 occupational mix adjustment factor. Lastly, if a hospital submitted a survey(s), but that survey data could not be used because we determined it to be aberrant, we also assigned the hospital the average occupational mix adjustment for its labor market area. For example, if a hospital’s individual nurse category average hourly wages were out of range (that is, unusually high or low), and the hospital did not provide sufficient documentation to explain the aberrancy, or the hospital did not submit any registered nurse staff salaries or hours data, we assigned the hospital the average occupational mix adjustment for the labor market area in which it is located. In calculating the average occupational mix adjustment factor for a labor market area, we replicated Steps 1 through 6 of the calculation for the occupational mix adjustment. However, instead of performing these steps at the hospital level, we aggregated the data at the labor market area level. In following these steps, for example, for CBSAs that contain providers that did not submit occupational mix survey data, the VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 occupational mix adjustment factor ranged from a low of 0.8972 (CBSA 39820, Redding, CA), to a high of 1.0728 (CBSA 19, Rural Louisiana). Also, in computing a hospital’s occupational mix adjusted salaries and wage-related costs for nursing employees (Step 7 of the calculation), in the absence of occupational mix survey data, we multiplied the hospital’s total salaries and wage-related costs by the percentage of the area’s total workers attributable to the area’s total nursing category. For FY 2008, there is one CBSA in which none of the providers submitted the occupational mix survey (CBSA 49740, Yuma, AZ). In the absence of any data in this labor market area, we applied an occupational mix adjustment factor of 1.0 to all provider(s). In the FY 2007 IPPS final rule, we also indicated that we would give serious consideration to applying a hospital-specific penalty if a hospital does not comply with regulations requiring submission of occupational mix survey data in future years. We stated that we believe that section 1886(d)(5)(I)(i) of the Act provides us with the authority to penalize hospitals that do not submit occupational mix survey data. That section authorizes us to provide for exceptions and adjustments to the payment amounts under IPPS as the Secretary deems appropriate. We also indicated that we would address this issue in the FY 2008 IPPS proposed rule. We are soliciting comments and suggestions for a hospital-specific penalty for hospitals that do not submit occupational mix survey. In response to the FY 2007 IPPS proposed rule, some commenters suggested a 1-percent to 2percent reduction in the hospital’s wage index value or a set percentage of the standardized amount. Any penalty that we would determine for nonresponsive hospitals would apply to a future wage index, not the FY 2008 wage index. 4. Proposed 2007–2008 Occupational Mix Survey for the FY 2010 Wage Index As stated earlier, section 304(c) of Pub. L. 106–554 amended section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act to require CMS to collect data every 3 years on the occupational mix of employees for each short-term, acute care hospital participating in the Medicare program. We are currently using occupational mix survey data collected in 2006 in the FY 2007 IPPS. Since we implemented the 2006 survey, we received several public comments suggesting further improvements to the occupational mix survey instructions and definitions. Specifically, some commenters PO 00000 Frm 00103 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24781 recommended that we include certain employees, such as surgical technicians and paramedics in the occupational mix adjustment. The commenters indicated that these occupations perform similar functions, and in some cases, are used as substitutes for nursing staff. Therefore, they recommended that CMS include these occupations with the nursing categories on the survey. (On the 2003 and 2006 surveys, these categories were included in the ‘‘All Other Occupations’’ category.) The commenters also recommended that CMS expand the list of cost centers for the survey to include additional cost centers that contain a significant number of nursing personnel. Some commenters suggested that CMS not collect occupational mix data for the ‘‘Registered Nurse’’ subcategories (that is, Management Personnel and Staff Nurse/Clinician). The commenters expressed concern that requiring the subcategories led to errors and inconsistencies in reporting, and added to the hospitals’ collection burden. The commenters did not believe that this level of specificity significantly affects the adjustment. Therefore they recommended that CMS eliminate the RN subcategories. In addition, commenters recommended that CMS provide for a 1year data collection period rather than a 6-month data collection period for the next survey collection. The commenters suggested that a 1-year data collection period would provide a better representation of a hospital’s employment mix, which can vary during different times of the year. The commenters also indicated that a 1-year data collection period would allow hospitals to verify their wages and hours to year-end payroll reports and contractor invoices. In response to these suggestions we have modified the occupational mix survey. The revised 2007–2008 occupational mix survey will provide for the collection of hospital-specific wages and hours data for a 1-year prospective reporting period from July 1, 2007, through June 30, 2008, additional clarifications to the survey instructions, the elimination of the registered nurse subcategories, some refinements to the definitions of the occupational categories, and the inclusion of additional cost centers that typically provide nursing services. The revised 2007–2008 Medicare occupational mix survey will be applied beginning with the FY 2010 wage index. On February 2, 2007, we published a notice soliciting comments on the proposed revisions to the occupational mix survey (Form CMS–10079 (2006)) E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24782 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules (72 FR 5055). The comment period for the proposed survey ended on April 3, 2007. A final notice is expected to be published in the Federal Register by July 1, 2007. D. Worksheet S–3 Wage Data for the Proposed FY 2008 Wage Index (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘Wage Data’’ at the beginning of your comment.) The proposed FY 2008 wage index values (to be effective for hospital discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2007, and before October 1, 2008) in section II.B. of the Addendum to this proposed rule are based on the data collected from the Medicare cost reports submitted by hospitals for cost reporting periods beginning in FY 2004 (the FY 2007 wage index was based on FY 2003 wage data). mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 1. Included Categories of Costs The proposed FY 2008 wage index includes the following categories of data associated with costs paid under the IPPS (as well as outpatient costs): <bullet≤ Salaries and hours from short-term, acute care hospitals (including paid lunch hours and hours associated with military leave and jury duty). <bullet≤ Home office costs and hours. <bullet≤ Certain contract labor costs and hours (which includes direct patient care, certain top management, pharmacy, laboratory, and nonteaching physician Part A services). <bullet≤ Wage-related costs, including pensions and other deferred compensation costs. 2. Contract Labor for Indirect Patient Care Services In the FY 2003 IPPS final rule (67 FR 50022), we discussed the inclusion of contract labor cost in calculating the wage index. Our policy has evolved over the years with the increasing role of contract labor in meeting special personnel needs of hospitals. In response to suggestions that we further expand our definition of contract labor for the wage index, we indicated our intent to begin collecting data in future Medicare cost reports on the following overhead services: administrative and general (A&G); housekeeping; and dietary. We selected these three overhead services for consideration because they are provided at all hospitals, either directly or through contracts, and together they comprise about 60 percent of a hospital’s overhead hours. Consistent with our consideration of contract A&G services, we also stated that we would begin collecting costs and hours data VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 associated with other contract management services that would not be included on the cost report as overhead A&G and are not top management contracts (that is, the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, and nurse administrator) that are included on Line 9 of Worksheet S–3, Part II. We revised the cost report, beginning October 1, 2003 (the FY 2004 cost report), to provide for the collection of cost and hours data for the four identified contract indirect patient care services. We added four new line items to Worksheet S–3, Part II: Line 9.03 (Contract management and administrative services); Line 22.01 (Contract A & G services); Line 26.01 (Contract housekeeping services); and Line 27.01 (Contract dietary services). We stated in the FY 2003 final rule that our decision on whether to include these costs in calculating the wage index would depend on our analyses of the data and public comments. The FY 2008 wage index, which is based on FY 2004 cost report data, is the first year that we can assess the impact of including these costs in the wage index. As part of the FY 2008 wage index desk review program, we required the fiscal intermediaries (or, if applicable, the MAC) to verify the accuracy of the data reported on the new Lines 9.03, 22.01, 26.01, and 27.01. After the completion of these reviews, some hospitals continued to fail our edits for reasonableness: 12 hospitals (0.3 percent) failed edits for Line 9.03; 130 hospitals (3.6 percent) failed edits for Line 22.01; 56 hospitals (1.6 percent) failed edits for Line 26.01; and 99 hospitals (2.8 percent) failed edits for Line 27.01. Many of these edit failures are for wage data that are not to be included in the wage index and will be excluded through the wage index calculation. That is, as specified in the cost reporting instructions in the Provider Reimbursement Manual, Part II, section 3605.2, if a hospital’s ratio of excluded area hours (Lines 8 and 8.0) on Worksheet S–3, Part II to total adjusted hours is less than 15 percent, Lines 21 through 35 of Part II should not be completed by hospitals. In addition, some of the aberrant data will be resolved by the final rule through the correction process described in section III.K. of the preamble of this proposed rule. Nevertheless, we believe that the amount of aberrant data on these new line items is minimal and will have little impact on area wage index values. In addition, we have simulated the effect of including these wage data for contract indirect patient care services on the wage index. Under this simulation, we found that the resulting average PO 00000 Frm 00104 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 hourly wage would not affect 3,231 hospitals (90.2 percent), would decrease for 121 hospitals (3.4 percent), and would increase for 229 hospitals (6.4 percent). Only one hospital would experience a decrease of greater than 1 percent (3 percent), and 19 hospitals would experience an increase of greater than 1 percent (the largest being 7.8 percent). At the labor market area level, we found that the resulting average hourly wage would not affect 316 areas (72.6 percent), would decrease for 28 areas (6.4 percent), and would increase for 91 areas (20.9 percent). No area, rural or urban, would experience an increase or decrease of greater than 0.6 percent in its wage index. We believe that the combined effect of including these costs in the wage index is negligible because the higher labor costs associated with contract management and A&G services are offset by the lower labor costs associated with contract housekeeping and dietary services. Public commenters have expressed interest in including in the wage index the costs and hours for contract management, A&G, housekeeping, and dietary services. We also believe that including a more comprehensive measure of area differences in the cost of labor will improve the accuracy of the wage index. For these reasons, we are proposing to include these contract services in the wage index, beginning with FY 2008. Although we invite public comment on whether we should revise a future cost report to collect contract labor data for the remaining indirect patient care cost centers on Worksheet S–3, Part II for possible inclusion in the wage index, we will consider these comments in the context of potential reforms of the IPPS wage index for FY 2009 and subsequent years. As indicated in section III.M. of the preamble of this proposed rule, section 106(b) of the MIEA-TRHCA (Pub. L. 109–432) requires the Secretary to consider a MedPAC study and nine specific aspects of the wage index in making one or more proposals for revisions in FY 2009. 3. Excluded Categories of Costs Consistent with the wage index methodology for FY 2007, the proposed wage index for FY 2008 also excludes the direct and overhead salaries and hours for services not subject to IPPS payment, such as SNF services, home health services, costs related to GME (teaching physicians and residents) and certified registered nurse anesthetists (CRNAs), and other subprovider components that are not paid under the IPPS. The proposed FY 2008 wage index E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules also excludes the salaries, hours, and wage-related costs of hospital-based rural health clinics (RHCs), and Federally qualified health centers (FQHCs) because Medicare pays for these costs outside of the IPPS (68 FR 45395). In addition, salaries, hours, and wage-related costs of CAHs are excluded from the wage index, for the reasons explained in the FY 2004 IPPS final rule (68 FR 45397). mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 4. Use of Wage Index Data by Providers Other Than Acute Care Hospitals under the IPPS Data collected for the IPPS wage index are also currently used to calculate wage indices applicable to other providers, such as SNFs, home health agencies, and hospices. In addition, they are used for prospective payments to IRFs, IPFs, and LTCHs, and for hospital outpatient services. We note that, in the IPPS rules, we do not address comments pertaining to the wage indices for non-IPPS providers. Such comments should be made in response to separate proposed rules for those providers. E. Verification of Worksheet S–3 Wage Data (If you choose to comment on this section, please include the caption ‘‘Wage Data’’ at the beginning of your comment.) The wage data for the proposed FY 2008 wage index were obtained from Worksheet S–3, Parts II and III of the FY 2004 Medicare cost reports. Instructions for completing the Worksheet S–3, Parts II and III are in the Provider Reimbursement Manual, Part I, sections 3605.2 and 3605.3. The data file used to construct the proposed wage index includes FY 2004 data submitted to us as of February 26, 2007 As in past years, we will perform an intensive review of the wage data, mostly through the use of edits designed to identify aberrant data. We asked our fiscal intermediaries/ MACs to revise or verify data elements that resulted in specific edit failures. We identified and excluded 23 hospitals with data that was too aberrant to include in the proposed wage index, although if these data elements are corrected, we may include some of these providers in the FY 2008 final wage index. However, some unresolved data elements are included in the calculation of the proposed FY 2008 wage index. We instructed fiscal intermediaries/ MACs to complete their data verification of questionable data elements and to transmit any changes to the wage data no later than April 13, 2007. We believe all unresolved data VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 elements will be resolved by the date the final rule is issued. The revised data will be reflected in the final rule. In constructing the proposed FY 2008 wage index, we include the wage data for facilities that were IPPS hospitals in FY 2004, even for those facilities that have since terminated their participation in the program as hospitals, as long as those data do not fail any of our edits for reasonableness. We believe that including the wage data for these hospitals is, in general, appropriate to reflect the economic conditions in the various labor market areas during the relevant past period. However, we exclude the wage data for CAHs as discussed in 68 FR 45397. For this proposed rule, we removed 18 hospitals that converted to CAH status between February 17, 2006, the cut-off date for CAH exclusion from the FY 2007 wage index, and February 16, 2007, the cut-off date for CAH exclusion from the FY 2008 wage index. After removing hospitals with aberrant data and hospitals that converted to CAH status, the proposed FY 2008 wage index is calculated based on 3,581 hospitals. F. Wage Index for Multicampus Hospitals (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘Multicampus Hospitals’’ at the beginning of your comment.) As discussed earlier under section III.B. of this preamble, effective October 1, 2004, for the IPPS, CMS implemented new labor market areas based on the CBSA definitions of MSAs. As a result of the new labor market areas, there are multicampus hospitals previously located in a single MSA that are now located in more than one CBSA. A multicampus hospital is a single integrated institution. For this reason, the multicampus hospital has one provider number and submits a single cost report that combines the total wages and hours of each of its campuses. When campuses of a multicampus hospital are located in the same CBSA, the wages and hours for the entire institution are included in the calculation of the wage index for that labor market area and there is no need to separate the data by campus. However, when a multicampus hospital has campuses located in different labor market areas, wages and hours are reported in a single CBSA even though the hospital’s staff is working at campuses in more than one labor market area. The wage data are reported in the labor market area of the hospital campus associated with the provider number. Wages and hours are not reported PO 00000 Frm 00105 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24783 separately for each campus and no data from the multicampus hospital are used in determining the wage index for the labor market area(s) where the other campus(es) are located. Under § 412.64(b)(5) of our regulations, the wage-adjusted standardized amount is based on geographic location of the hospital facility at which the discharge occurred. Therefore, the wage index for each hospital campus used to make the IPPS payment is based on its geographic location, while the wage data from all of the campuses, including those that may be located in a different geographic area, are applied to one area only. We have received inquiries from several hospitals suggesting that we should adopt a policy that results in an allocation of a multicampus hospital’s wages and hours across the different labor market areas where its campuses are located. The wage index was developed to adjust the IPPS standardized amount to reflect area differences in hospital wage levels in the hospital’s geographic area compared to the national hospital wage level as required under section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act. Although we acknowledge that reporting the wage data into a single labor market area when individual campuses of a multicampus hospital are located in different labor market areas may not allocate wage data with exact precision, the Medicare cost report, in its current form, does not enable a multicampus hospital to separately report its costs by location. The fact that a multicampus hospital submits a single cost report reflects that it is an integrated institution with one accounting structure. Nevertheless, we agree with the comments brought to our attention that we should consider a policy that allocates a multicampus hospital’s wages and hours among the different labor market areas where it is located. That is, rather than giving 100 percent of the hospital’s wage data to the labor market area associated with its provider number, we believe that an allocation of its wage data should be made to each campus. We considered three alternative methods of apportionment: beds, discharges, or FTE staff. A hospital’s number of discharges can fluctuate from year to year and may be an unstable data source to use in allocating a hospital’s wages and hours among the different campuses. Alternatively, while a hospital’s number of beds is a more static number, it likely does not correlate well with how a hospital incurs its wage costs. Furthermore, neither of these numbers is available on a campus-specific basis in Medicare’s data systems. (While an individual E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 24784 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules campus of a multicampus hospital located in a different labor market area than the remainder of the institution is required to indicate a suffix on its provider number when submitting a claim in order to receive payment using the wage index for its geographic location, the suffix is only used by the fiscal intermediary (or, if applicable, the MAC) and is not retained in Medicare’s historical data files that we use to determine IPPS rates). Given the unavailability of beds and discharges and their respective drawbacks for allocating wages and hours across multiple campuses, we are proposing to apportion wages and hours for each campus of a multicampus hospital based on FTE staff. For example, a multicampus hospital may have three campuses located in two different labor market areas. Campuses A and B are located in labor market area 1 and have 50 and 25 FTEs, respectively. Campus C is located in labor market area 2 and has an additional 25 FTEs. Therefore, 75 percent of the hospital’s FTEs work in labor market 1 and 25 percent in labor market area 2. Under the proposed policy, we would apportion 75 percent of the hospital’s occupational mix adjusted total salaries, wage-related costs and hours to labor market 1 and 25 percent to labor market 2. We believe that the number of FTEs will provide the best method of apportioning wages and hours among the different campuses, thereby allowing the apportioned wage data to be included in each geographic area where the hospital has employees working. This proposed policy requires the identification of all multicampus hospitals located in more than one CBSA, the county, State, and zip code of each campus, and the campusspecific number of FTEs. Based on our comprehensive interactions with our fiscal intermediaries since adopting the revised labor market areas beginning in FY 2005, we are only aware of three multicampus hospitals that are located in more than one labor market area. We are beginning the process to make updates and refinements to the cost report for the future. We are currently planning to add additional lines to Worksheet S–2 of the cost report that will allow a multicampus hospital to report the locations of its different campuses (county, State, and zip code) and number of FTE staff by location so this information would become part of the cost report submission process. The effective date of the revised cost report is not expected until FY 2009. Therefore, we would not have data from multicampus hospitals under our VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 normal wage data collection process to be able to allocate wages to each labor market area by FTEs until at least the FY 2013 wage index. In the interim, we will collect this information from multicampus hospitals on a small survey form through our fiscal intermediaries/MACs as part of the wage index desk review process beginning with the FY 2009 wage index. We will not be able to apply this policy to the FY 2008 wage index unless we have this information from multicampus hospitals prior to the close of the comment period on this proposed rule. Therefore, for the FY 2008 wage index, multicampus hospitals with campuses located in more than one geographic area should submit the information during the comment period on this proposed rule for the county, State, and zip code of its campuses, and the FTE number, including contract labor, per campus along with supporting documentation to: Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, Wage Index Team, C4–08–06, 7500 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, Maryland 21244, Attn: Kathy Ellingson. The hospitals should submit data from their FY 2004 cost reporting period to match the same data that will be used for the FY 2008 wage index. However, if unavailable, the hospital may submit the data for a subsequent cost reporting period that is closest to the FY 2004 reporting period that provides the information in order to apportion the hospital’s wage data among its campuses. These data will enable CMS to apportion the wages and hours of the multicampus hospital among its different campuses for use in the FY 2008 wage index calculations should this proposal become final. As stated earlier, we are only aware of three hospitals that would be affected by this proposed information collection request. As stipulated under 5 CFR 1320.3(c)(4), the proposed information collection request is exempt from the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) as it does not affect 10 or more persons within a 12-month period. However, if during the IPPS rule comment period, we determine the number of affected persons surpasses the threshold of 10 as specified in 5 CFR 1320.3(c)(4), we will not adopt the policy until FY 2009 in order for us to seek the requisite approval from OMB under the PRA. G. Computation of the Proposed FY 2008 Unadjusted Wage Index (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘Wage Index’’ at the beginning of your comment.) PO 00000 Frm 00106 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 1. Method for Computing the Proposed FY 2008 Unadjusted Wage Index The method used to compute the proposed FY 2008 wage index without an occupational mix adjustment follows: Step 1—As noted above, we based the proposed FY 2008 wage index on wage data reported on the FY 2004 Medicare cost reports. We gathered data from each of the non-Federal, short-term, acute care hospitals for which data were reported on the Worksheet S–3, Parts II and III of the Medicare cost report for the hospital’s cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 2003, and before October 1, 2004. In addition, we include data from some hospitals that had cost reporting periods beginning before October 2003 and reported a cost reporting period covering all of FY 2004. These data are included because no other data from these hospitals would be available for the cost reporting period described above, and because particular labor market areas might be affected due to the omission of these hospitals. However, we generally describe these wage data as FY 2004 data. We note that, if a hospital had more than one cost reporting period beginning during FY 2004 (for example, a hospital had two short cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2003, and before October 1, 2004), we include wage data from only one of the cost reporting periods, the longer, in the wage index calculation. If there was more than one cost reporting period and the periods were equal in length, we include the wage data from the later period in the wage index calculation. Step 2—Salaries—The method used to compute a hospital’s average hourly wage excludes certain costs that are not paid under the IPPS. In calculating a hospital’s average salaries plus wagerelated costs, we subtract from Line 1 (total salaries) the GME and CRNA costs reported on Lines 2, 4.01, 6, and 6.01, the Part B salaries reported on Lines 3, 5 and 5.01, home office salaries reported on Line 7, and exclude salaries reported on Lines 8 and 8.01 (that is, direct salaries attributable to SNF services, home health services, and other subprovider components not subject to the IPPS). We also subtract from Line 1 the salaries for which no hours were reported. To determine total salaries plus wage-related costs, we add to the net hospital salaries the costs of contract labor for direct patient care, certain top management, pharmacy, laboratory, and nonteaching physician Part A services (Lines 9 and 10), home office salaries and wage-related costs reported by the E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules hospital on Lines 11 and 12, and nonexcluded area wage-related costs (Lines 13, 14, and 18). We note that contract labor and home office salaries for which no corresponding hours are reported are not included. In addition, wage-related costs for nonteaching physician Part A employees (Line 18) are excluded if no corresponding salaries are reported for those employees on Line 4. Step 3—Hours—With the exception of wage-related costs, for which there are no associated hours, we compute total hours using the same methods as described for salaries in Step 2. Step 4—For each hospital reporting both total overhead salaries and total overhead hours greater than zero, we then allocate overhead costs to areas of the hospital excluded from the wage index calculation. First, we determine the ratio of excluded area hours (sum of Lines 8 and 8.01 of Worksheet S–3, Part II) to revised total hours (Line 1 minus the sum of Part II, Lines 2, 3, 4.01, 5, 5.01, 6, 6.01, 7, and Part III, Line 13 of Worksheet S–3). We then compute the amounts of overhead salaries and hours to be allocated to excluded areas by multiplying the above ratio by the total overhead salaries and hours reported on Line 13 of Worksheet S–3, Part III. Next, we compute the amounts of overhead wage-related costs to be allocated to excluded areas using three steps: (1) we determine the ratio of overhead hours (Part III, Line 13) to revised hours (Line 1 minus the sum of Lines 2, 3, 4.01, 5, 5.01, 6, 6.01, 7, 8, and 8.01); (2) we compute overhead wage-related costs by multiplying the overhead hours ratio by wage-related costs reported on Part II, Lines 13, 14, and 18; and (3) we multiply the computed overhead wagerelated costs by the above excluded area hours ratio. Finally, we subtract the computed overhead salaries, wagerelated costs, and hours associated with excluded areas from the total salaries (plus wage-related costs) and hours derived in Steps 2 and 3. Step 5—For each hospital, we adjust the total salaries plus wage-related costs to a common period to determine total adjusted salaries plus wage-related costs. To make the wage adjustment, we estimate the percentage change in the employment cost index (ECI) for compensation for each 30-day increment from October 14, 2003, through April 15, 2005, for private industry hospital workers from the BLS’ 24785 Compensation and Working Conditions. We use the ECI because it reflects the price increase associated with total compensation (salaries plus fringes) rather than just the increase in salaries. In addition, the ECI includes managers as well as other hospital workers. This methodology to compute the monthly update factors uses actual quarterly ECI data and assures that the update factors match the actual quarterly and annual percent changes. We also note that, since April 2006 with the publication of March 2006 data, the BLS’ ECI uses a different classification system, the North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS), instead of the Standard Industrial Codes (SICs), which no longer exist. We have consistently used the ECI as the data source for our wages and salaries and other price proxies in the IPPS market basket and are not proposing to make any changes to the usage at this time. However, we are soliciting comments on our continued use of the BLS ECI data in light of the BLS change in system usage to the NAICS-based ECI. The factors used to adjust the hospital’s data were based on the midpoint of the cost reporting period, as indicated below. MIDPOINT OF COST REPORTING PERIOD Before Adjustment Factor 10/14/2003 11/14/2003 12/14/2003 01/14/2004 02/14/2004 03/14/2004 04/14/2004 05/14/2004 06/14/2004 07/14/2004 08/14/2004 09/14/2004 10/14/2004 11/14/2004 12/14/2004 01/14/2005 02/14/2005 03/14/2005 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB After 11/15/2003 12/15/2003 01/15/2004 02/15/2004 03/15/2004 04/15/2004 05/15/2004 06/15/2004 07/15/2004 08/15/2004 09/15/2004 10/15/2004 11/15/2004 12/15/2004 01/15/2005 02/15/2005 03/15/2005 04/15/2005 1.05743 1.05355 1.04964 1.04578 1.04198 1.03830 1.03482 1.03153 1.02821 1.02466 1.02086 1.01705 1.01344 1.01003 1.00671 1.00336 1.00000 0.99663 For example, the midpoint of a cost reporting period beginning January 1, 2004, and ending December 31, 2004, is June 30, 2004. An adjustment factor of 1.02821 would be applied to the wages of a hospital with such a cost reporting period. In addition, for the data for any cost reporting period that began in FY 2004 and covered a period of less than 360 days or more than 370 days, we annualize the data to reflect a 1-year cost report. Dividing the data by the number of days in the cost report and then multiplying the results by 365 accomplishes annualization. Step 6—Each hospital is assigned to its appropriate urban or rural labor market area before any reclassifications under section 1886(d)(8)(B), section 1886(d)(8)(E), or section 1886(d)(10) of the Act. Within each urban or rural labor market area, we add the total adjusted salaries plus wage-related costs obtained in Step 5 for all hospitals in that area to determine the total adjusted salaries plus wage-related costs for the labor market area. Step 7—We divide the total adjusted salaries plus wage-related costs obtained under both methods in Step 6 by the sum of the corresponding total hours (from Step 4) for all hospitals in each labor market area to determine an average hourly wage for the area. Step 8—We add the total adjusted salaries plus wage-related costs obtained in Step 5 for all hospitals in the Nation and then divide the sum by the national VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00107 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24786 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB sum of total hours from Step 4 to arrive at a national average hourly wage. Using the data as described above, the proposed national average hourly wage is $30.9298. Step 9—For each urban or rural labor market area, we calculate the hospital wage index value, unadjusted for occupational mix, by dividing the area average hourly wage obtained in Step 7 by the national average hourly wage computed in Step 8. Step 10—Following the process set forth above, we develop a separate Puerto Rico-specific wage index for purposes of adjusting the Puerto Rico standardized amounts. (The national Puerto Rico standardized amount is adjusted by a wage index calculated for all Puerto Rico labor market areas based on the national average hourly wage as described above.) We add the total adjusted salaries plus wage-related costs (as calculated in Step 5) for all hospitals in Puerto Rico and divide the sum by the total hours for Puerto Rico (as calculated in Step 4) to arrive at an overall proposed average hourly wage of $13.4729 for Puerto Rico. For each labor market area in Puerto Rico, we calculate the Puerto Rico-specific wage index value by dividing the area average hourly wage (as calculated in Step 7) by the overall Puerto Rico average hourly wage. Step 11—Section 4410 of Pub. L. 105– 33 provides that, for discharges on or after October 1, 1997, the area wage index applicable to any hospital that is located in an urban area of a State may not be less than the area wage index applicable to hospitals located in rural areas in that State. For FY 2008, this change affects 239 hospitals in 65 urban areas. The areas affected by this provision are identified by a footnote in Table 4A in the Addendum of this proposed rule. 2. Expiration of the Imputed Floor (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘Imputed Floor’’ at the beginning of your comment.) Section 4410 of Pub. L. 105–33 provides that the area wage index applicable to any hospital that is located in an urban area of a State may not be less than the area wage index applicable to hospitals located in rural areas of that State (‘‘the rural floor’’). There are two States that have no rural areas (New Jersey and Rhode Island) and one State that has rural areas but no IPPS hospitals located in the rural areas of the State (Massachusetts). In the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 49109), we adopted an ‘‘imputed’’ floor measure to address the concern that hospitals in all- VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 urban States were disadvantaged by the absence of rural areas, because there is no floor within the State. We limited application of the policy to FYs 2005, 2006, and 2007 and indicated our intent to make additional changes to the policy or eliminate it for fiscal years after FY 2007. In FY 2008, the rural floor will apply to 239 hospitals in 25 States. If the imputed rural floor were to continue into FY 2008, it would apply to an additional 28 hospitals in New Jersey. In FY 2007, 40 hospitals in 10 urban areas received higher wage indices due to the imputed floor policy: Massachusetts (10 hospitals in 2 areas); New Jersey (30 hospitals in 8 areas); Rhode Island (no areas and no hospitals). In Massachusetts, the imputed rural floor will no longer apply even if it were to continue because one hospital acquired rural status under § 412.103. We note that if a State has a hospital reclassified as rural under § 412.103, the State will be considered to have IPPS hospitals located in rural areas because, in this case, the reclassified hospital is treated as being located in a rural area in accordance with section 1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act. This policy also accords with how we defined an ‘‘all-urban State’’ under § 412.64(h)(5) of the regulations, which specifies that ‘‘A State with rural areas and with hospitals reclassified as rural under § 412.103 is not an allurban State.’’ Therefore, in the case where a State has no hospitals that are geographically located in its rural areas, and one or more hospitals in the State are reclassified as rural under § 412.103, the data for the reclassified rural hospitals will be used to set the rural floor for the State until a new geographically located rural hospital opens and data are available from that hospital (as noted above, 4 years later) to compute the rural floor. We are proposing to discontinue the imputed floor policy after the FY 2007 wage index. After further considering the issue, we do not believe that it is necessary to have an ‘‘imputed’’ rural floor in States that have no rural areas or no rural hospitals. As discussed above, the imputed floor would not apply to two of the three States: it is not necessary for Rhode Island and is no longer necessary for Massachusetts. In addition, the imputed rural floor methodology creates a disadvantage in the application of the wage index to hospitals in States with rural hospitals but no urban hospitals receiving the rural floor. Because the application of a rural floor requires a transfer of payments from hospitals in States with rural hospitals but where the rural floor is not applied to hospitals in States PO 00000 Frm 00108 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 where either a rural or imputed floor is applied, we believe the policy should apply only when required by statute. Thus, only States with both rural areas and hospitals located in such areas (including any hospital reclassified under § 412.103) would benefit from the rural floor, as required by Congress. For all of the reasons stated above, we are not proposing to continue the imputed rural floor. Nevertheless, we recognize that we would still need a policy for determining the rural wage index when a new IPPS hospital opens in a State that has rural areas, but no IPPS hospitals. There is a lag between the time a hospital opens or becomes an IPPS provider and when the hospital’s cost report wage data are available to include in calculating the area wage index. For example, if a hospital files its first Medicare cost report as an IPPS provider with a beginning date of January 1, 2007, and an ending date of December 31, 2007, the hospital’s FY 2007 wage data would not be included in the wage index until the FY 2011 IPPS update. Therefore, when a rural IPPS hospital opens in a State that has rural areas, but no wage data are available to calculate a rural wage index, we are proposing to apply a wage index to that hospital using the same methodology that we currently use for home health and other post-acute care providers in rural Massachusetts (71 FR 65906). That is, we would use the unweighted average of the wage indices from all CBSAs that are contiguous to the rural counties of the State. (We define contiguous as sharing a border.) We would apply the wage index calculated above until the new IPPS hospital files a cost report for the base year that is used in calculating the wage index. (In the above example, the rural hospital’s wage index would be calculated for FYs 2008, 2009, and 2010 using urban area data.) Further, under section 4410 of Pub. L. 105–33, the wage index for this rural hospital would become the State’s rural floor. As stated above, however, if a State has rural areas, and a hospital is reclassified as rural under § 412.103, then there would be no need to apply the above policy. The reclassified hospital would set the rural floor, and the wage data of the newly opened rural hospitals would be included in the calculation of the wage index of the rural area only once their wage data correlated with the survey year used to establish the wage index (4 years after wage data are reported). 3. CAHs Reverting Back to IPPS Hospitals and Raising the Rural Floor (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules caption ‘‘Rural Floor’’ at the beginning of your comment.) Medicare payments to CAHs are based on 101 percent of reasonable costs and are generally greater than the payments Medicare would make if the same hospitals were paid under the IPPS, which pays hospitals a fixed rate per discharge. Also, as a CAH, a hospital is guaranteed to recover is costs, while under the IPPS, it is not. We are aware of a situation where two rural hospitals in a State are considering converting from CAH status back to IPPS even though they continue to be CAH eligible. The CAHs would convert back to IPPS even though it would not directly benefit them. As IPPS providers, the hospitals’ wage data would eventually set the rural floor for the State (that is, in 4 years when the hospitals’ first IPPS cost reports would be included in a base year used in calculating the State’s rural wage index). In this case, we are concerned that these hospitals are converting solely in order to take advantage of the rural floor provisions for the other hospitals in the State, but not for any reasons that are intrinsic to the two specific hospitals. Because the hospitals’ wage levels are higher than most, if not all, of the urban IPPS hospitals in the State, including one hospital in the State that acquired rural status under § 412.103, the wage indices for most, if not all, of the State’s urban hospitals would increase as a result of the rural floor provision if the CAHs convert to IPPS status. Such an arrangement would increase payments to the hospitals in the State at the expense of every other IPPS hospital in the nation. The two rural hospitals that are currently CAHs were last paid under the IPPS in FY 2003. We simulated the effect of allowing these two hospitals to set the State’s rural floor with the same data used to calculate the FY 2003 wage index as would occur in FY 2011 if these hospitals were to convert to IPPS status in FY 2007 and no other hospitals were to open in the rural area of the State. Based on this simulation, all hospitals except two would be paid using the rural floor, increasing payments in excess of $220 million for a single year. If the average hourly wage for these two hospitals increased faster than the national average, the increase in payments would be even higher. It seems likely that over 5 years, Medicare payments to hospitals in this State would increase by more than $1 billion. Again, these increased payments would be budget neutralized at the expense of all other IPPS hospitals nationwide. Given that the hospitals continue to be eligible for the higher paying CAH VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 status, we are concerned that hospitals are converting to IPPS status solely in order to raise the State’s rural floor. We are concerned about the propriety of such an arrangement if the intent is to manipulate the State’s area wage index values to receive higher Medicare reimbursement. Section 1886(d)(5)(I)(i) of the Act allows the Secretary the authority to ‘‘provide by regulation for such other exceptions and adjustments * * * as the Secretary deems appropriate.’’ We are soliciting comments regarding whether it would be appropriate for CMS to establish a policy under this authority to preclude the arrangement described above and, if so, how such a policy would be applied. We believe that any policy should only apply to a CAH that continues to meet the CAH certification requirements and should not apply if a CAH no longer met those requirements and converted to an IPPS provider. 4. Application of Rural Floor Budget Neutrality Section 4410 of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (BBA) established the rural floor by requiring that the wage index for a hospital in any urban area cannot be less than the area wage index determined for the State’s rural area. Since FY 1998, we have implemented the budget neutrality requirement of this provision by adjusting the standardized amounts. A discussion and illustration of the calculation of the standardized amounts is shown in the Addendum of every year’s IPPS rule.16 In this proposed rule, we are proposing a prospective change to how budget neutrality is applied to implement the rural floor for FY 2008 and subsequent years. Section 4410(a) of the BBA indicates that ‘‘the area wage index applicable * * * to any hospital which is not located in a rural area’may not be less than the area wage index applicable * * * to hospitals located in rural areas in the State in which the hospital is located.’’ Section 4410(b) of the BBA imposes the budget neutrality requirement and states that the Secretary shall ‘‘adjust the area wage index referred to in subsection (a) for 16 The BBA was enacted on August 5, 1997, and required application of the rural floor beginning with the FY 1998 IPPS. See the following for a description and calculation of the IPPS standardized amounts since that time: 62 FR 46038–46043, August 29, 1997; 63 FR 41006–41010, July 31, 1998; 64 FR 41544–41549, July 30, 1999; 65 FR 47111–47116, August 1, 2000; 66 FR 39939– 39946, August 1, 2001; 67 FR 50120–50126, August 1, 2002; 68 FR 45474–45480, August 1, 2003; 69 FR 49273–49282, August 11, 2004; 70 FR 47491–47498, August 12, 2005; 71 FR 59889–58980, October 11, 2006. PO 00000 Frm 00109 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24787 hospitals not described in such subsection.’’ One possible interpretation of section 4410(b) of the BBA is that the budget neutrality adjustment would be applied only to those hospitals that do not receive the rural floor. In other words, the wage index of an urban hospital subject to the rural floor would be increased to the level of the rural wage index in the same State, but would not be adjusted for budget neutrality. Thus, urban hospitals receiving the rural floor would receive a higher wage index than the rural hospitals within the same State (because rural floor hospitals would not be subject to budget neutrality, whereas rural hospitals would be). We believe such a reading would not be in accordance with Congressional intent, which was to set a floor for urban hospitals, not to pay urban hospitals a wage index higher than the wage index applicable to rural hospitals. In order to avoid the apparent contradiction between raising an urban hospital’s wage index to the rural floor and not applying budget neutrality to its wage index, we also believe the statute could be read to allow an iterative calculation of budget neutrality and wage indices. Under such iterative calculations (consistent with section 4410(a) of the BBA), we would raise the wage index for urban hospitals to the level of the pre-budget neutrality rural wage index. Consistent with section 4410(b) of the BBA, we would adjust the wage index for all nonrural floor hospitals to achieve budget neutrality. However, such an adjustment would result in an urban hospital that would receive the rural floor having a higher wage index than a rural hospital in the same State. Therefore, we would then decrease wage indices for the rural floor hospitals so they are equal to the adjusted rural wage index in the same State. At this point, payments would be less in the aggregate than they were prior to applying the rural floor. Accordingly, a new budget neutrality adjustment would have to be calculated to raise the wage indices and total payments for rural hospitals and nonrural floor urban hospitals. The rural wage index would now be higher than the wage index for the rural floor hospitals in the same State. Therefore, the wage index for rural floor hospitals would then be increased again to the level of the State’s rural wage index, leading to budget neutrality being recalculated again, the wage index reduced for rural floor hospitals, and so forth until the wage index and the budget neutrality adjustment stabilize. We have determined that the iterative method is substantively equivalent to E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24788 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules simply adjusting all area wage indices by a uniform percentage. We have performed the iterative calculation using provider-level data based on FY 2007 MedPAR data and the first half of FY 2007 wage index data. Using such data, we determined that the iterative method results in the same final wage indices through four decimal places that would result if a uniform budget neutrality factor were applied to all hospitals’ wage indices. Furthermore, an iterative method, which requires adjusting only the wage index values of nonrural floor providers, reassigning the lowered rural floor value to rural floor providers, and reiterating the budget neutrality factor applied to the nonrural floor providers would require an excessive number of iterations and computer processing, which is not necessary if we simply apply a uniform budget neutrality adjustment to all wage index values. The latter method is accomplished more quickly, is less complex, and arrives at the same final wage index values. Because the IPPS schedule is relatively condensed, with a proposed rule issued in April, a 60-day comment period until June, and then only 2 months to analyze comments, respond to them, determine final policies and calculate final rates prior to the August 1 publication, we believe it would not be practical to require such multiple layers of calculations, when a uniform adjustment would produce substantively identical results. Therefore, we are proposing to implement the rural floor budget neutrality requirement by applying a uniform budget neutrality adjustment to all hospital wage indices rather than the more complicated iterative process illustrated below. The following hypothetical example, which includes a series of nine iterations, illustrates how the iterative process works. The example assumes three IPPS hospitals in one State. Hospital A is rural and Hospitals B and C are urban. PRE-FLOOR WAGE INDEX Hospital A Wage Index ............................ Relative Weights .................... Location .................................. Standardized Amounts ........... Payments ............................... Hospital B Hospital C Total 0.9500 .................................... 100 ......................................... Rural ...................................... $1,000 .................................... $95,000 .................................. 1.1700 .................................... 200 ......................................... Urban ..................................... $1,000 .................................... $234,000 ................................ 0.8600 .................................... 150 ......................................... Urban ..................................... $1,000 .................................... $129,000 ................................ ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................ $458,000 Note: Hospital C is urban and has a lower wage index than Hospital A which is rural. Post-Floor Wage Index; Pre-Budget Neutrality I Hospital A Hospital B Hospital C Total Wage Index ............................ Relative Weights .................... Location .................................. Standardized Amounts ........... Payments ............................... 0.9500 .................................... 100 ......................................... Rural ...................................... $1,000 .................................... $95,000 .................................. 1.1700 .................................... 200 ......................................... Urban ..................................... $1,000 .................................... $234,000 ................................ 0.9500 .................................... 150 ......................................... Urban ..................................... $1,000 .................................... $142,500 ................................ ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................ $471,500 Note: Hospital C’s wage index is raised to the same level as Hospital A. Post Floor—Budget Neutrality Process Iteration 1: Step 1: Apply budget neutrality to Hospital A and Hospital B. I Hospital A Hospital B Hospital C Wage Index ....................... Relative Weights ............... Location ............................. Standardized Amounts ...... Payments ........................... 0.9110 ............................... 100 .................................... Rural .................................. $1,000 ............................... $91,102 ............................. 1.1220 ............................... 200 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $224,398 ........................... 0.9500 ............................... 150 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $142,500 ........................... Total BN Factor. 0.95897. Target. $458,000. $458,000. Step 2: Reduce Hospital C’s wage index to Hospital A’s level. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB I Hospital A Hospital B Hospital C Wage Index ....................... Relative Weights ............... Location ............................. Standardized Amounts ...... Payments ........................... 0.9110 ............................... 100 .................................... Rural .................................. $1,000 ............................... $91,102 ............................. 1.1220 ............................... 200 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $224,398 ........................... 0.9110 ............................... 150 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $136,653 ........................... VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00110 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Total BN Factor. 0.95897. Target. $458,000. $452,153. 24789 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules Iteration 2: Step 1: Apply budget neutrality to Hospital A and Hospital B. I Hospital A Hospital B Hospital C Wage Index ....................... Relative Weights ............... Location ............................. Standardized Amounts ...... Payments ........................... 0.9279 ............................... 100 .................................... Rural .................................. $1,000 ............................... $92,790 ............................. 1.1428 ............................... 200 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $228,557 ........................... 0.9110 ............................... 150 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $136,653 ........................... Total BN Factor. 1.01853. Target. $458,000. $458,000. Step 2: Increase Hospital C’s wage index to Hospital A’s level. I Hospital A Hospital B Hospital C Wage Index ....................... Relative Weights ............... Location ............................. Standardized Amounts ...... Payments ........................... 0.9279 ............................... 100 .................................... Rural .................................. $1,000 ............................... $92,790 ............................. 1.1428 ............................... 200 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $228,557 ........................... 0.9279 ............................... 150 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $139,185 ........................... Iteration 3: Total BN Factor. 1.01854. Target. $458,000. $460,532. Step 1: Apply budget neutrality to Hospital A and Hospital B. I Hospital A Hospital B Hospital C Wage Index ....................... Relative Weights ............... Location ............................. Standardized Amounts ...... Payments ........................... 0.9206 ............................... 100 .................................... Rural .................................. $1,000 ............................... $92,059 ............................. 1.1338 ............................... 200 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $226,756 ........................... 0.9279 ............................... 150 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $139,185 ........................... Total BN Factor. 0.99212. Target. $458,000. $458,000. Step 2: Reduce Hospital C’s wage index to Hospital A’s level. I Hospital A Hospital B Hospital C Wage Index ....................... Relative Weights ............... Location ............................. Standardized Amounts ...... Payments ........................... 0.9206 ............................... 100 .................................... Rural .................................. $1,000 ............................... $92,059 ............................. 1.1338 ............................... 200 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $226,756 ........................... 0.9206 ............................... 150 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $138,088 ........................... Iteration 4: Total BN Factor. 0.99212. Target. $458,000. $456,903. Step 1: Apply budget neutrality to Hospital A and Hospital B. I Hospital A Hospital B Hospital C Wage Index ....................... Relative Weights ............... Location ............................. Standardized Amounts ...... Payments ........................... 0.9238 ............................... 100 .................................... Rural .................................. $1,000 ............................... $92,376 ............................. 1.1377 ............................... 200 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $227,536 ........................... 0.9206 ............................... 150 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $138,088 ........................... Total BN Factor. 1.00344. Target. $458,000. $458,000. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Step 2: Increase Hospital C’s wage index to Hospital A’s level. I Hospital A Hospital B Hospital C Wage Index ....................... Relative Weights ............... Location ............................. Standardized Amounts ...... Payments ........................... 0.9238 ............................... 100 .................................... Rural .................................. $1,000 ............................... $92,376 ............................. 1.1377 ............................... 200 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $227,536 ........................... 0.9238 ............................... 150 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $138,563 ........................... VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00111 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Total BN Factor. 1.00344. Target. $458,000. $458,475. 24790 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules Iteration 5: Step 1: Apply budget neutrality to Hospital A and Hospital B. I Hospital A Hospital B Hospital C Wage Index ....................... Relative Weights ............... Location ............................. Standardized Amounts ...... Payments ........................... 0.9224 ............................... 100 .................................... Rural .................................. $1,000 ............................... $92,238 ............................. 1.1360 ............................... 200 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $227,198 ........................... 0.9238 ............................... 150 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $138,563 ........................... Total BN Factor. 0.99852. Target. $458,000. $458,000. Step 2: Reduce Hospital C’s wage index to Hospital A’s level. I Hospital A Hospital B Hospital C Wage Index ....................... Relative Weights ............... Location ............................. Standardized Amounts ...... Payments ........................... 0.9224 ............................... 100 .................................... Rural .................................. $1,000 ............................... $92,238 ............................. 1.1360 ............................... 200 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $227,198 ........................... 0.9224 ............................... 150 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $138,358 ........................... Iteration 6: Total BN Factor. 0.99852. Target. $458,000. $457,794. Step 1: Apply budget neutrality to Hospital A and Hospital B. I Hospital A Hospital B Hospital C Wage Index ....................... Relative Weights ............... Location ............................. Standardized Amounts ...... Payments ........................... 0.9230 ............................... 100 .................................... Rural .................................. $1,000 ............................... $92,298 ............................. 1.1367 ............................... 200 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $227,344 ........................... 0.9224 ............................... 150 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $138,358 ........................... Total BN Factor. 1.00064. Target. $458,000. $458,000. Step 2: Increase Hospital C’s wage index to Hospital A’s level. I Hospital A Hospital B Hospital C Wage Index ....................... Relative Weights ............... Location ............................. Standardized Amounts ...... Payments ........................... 0.9230 ............................... 100 .................................... Rural .................................. $1,000 ............................... $92,298 ............................. 1.1367 ............................... 200 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $227,344 ........................... 0.9230 ............................... 150 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $138,447 ........................... Iteration 7: Total BN Factor. 1.00064. Target. $458,000. $458,089. Step 1: Apply budget neutrality to Hospital A and Hospital B. I Hospital A Hospital B Hospital C Wage Index ....................... Relative Weights ............... Location ............................. Standardized Amounts ...... Payments ........................... 0.9227 ............................... 100 .................................... Rural .................................. $1,000 ............................... $92,272 ............................. 1.1364 ............................... 200 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $227,281 ........................... 0.9230 ............................... 150 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $138,447 ........................... Total BN Factor. 0.99972. Target. $458,000. $458,000. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Step 2: Reduce Hospital C’s wage index to Hospital A’s level. I Hospital A Hospital B Hospital C Wage Index ....................... Relative Weights ............... Location ............................. Standardized Amounts ...... Payments ........................... 0.9227 ............................... 100 .................................... Rural .................................. $1,000 ............................... $92,272 ............................. 1.1364 ............................... 200 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $227,281 ........................... 0.9227 ............................... 150 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $138,408 ........................... VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00112 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Total BN Factor. 0.99972. Target. $458,000. $457,961. 24791 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules Iteration 8: Step 1: Apply budget neutrality to Hospital A and Hospital B. I Hospital A Hospital B Hospital C Wage Index ....................... Relative Weights ............... Location ............................. Standardized Amounts ...... Payments ........................... 0.9228 ............................... 100 .................................... Rural .................................. $1,000 ............................... $92,283 ............................. 1.1365 ............................... 200 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $227,308 ........................... 0.9227 ............................... 150 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $138,408 ........................... Total BN Factor. 1.00012. Target. $458,000. $458,000. Step 2: Increase Hospital C’s wage index to Hospital A’s level. I Hospital A Hospital B Hospital C Wage Index ....................... Relative Weights ............... Location ............................. Standardized Amounts ...... Payments ........................... 0.9228 ............................... 100 .................................... Rural .................................. $1,000 ............................... $92,283 ............................. 1.1365 ............................... 200 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $227,308 ........................... 0.9228 ............................... 150 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $138,425 ........................... Iteration 9: Total BN Factor. 1.00012. Target. $458,000. $458,016. Step 1: Apply budget neutrality to Hospital A and Hospital B. I Hospital A Hospital B Hospital C Wage Index ....................... Relative Weights ............... Location ............................. Standardized Amounts ...... Payments ........................... 0.9228 ............................... 100 .................................... Rural .................................. $1,000 ............................... $92,279 ............................. 1.1365 ............................... 200 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $227,297 ........................... 0.9228 ............................... 150 .................................... Urban ................................ $1,000 ............................... $138,425 ........................... In the example above, the wage indices are shown only to the 4th decimal place even though they are not rounded. However, the actual wage indices that we calculate for the IPPS are rounded to 4 decimal places. In the 9th and final iteration of the budget neutrality adjustment shown above, there was no change to the wage indices through the 4th decimal place relative to the 8th iteration. Therefore, because the wage indices stopped changing, we could not obtain further precision in the budget neutrality and wage index calculations in the example shown above with further iterations. We note Total BN Factor. 0.99995. Target. $458,000. $458,000. that the example above produces the same result as simply applying a uniform adjustment to hospital wage indices. Using the same data as the above hypothetical example, we show this result below: PRE-FLOOR WAGE INDEX Hospital A Wage Index ............................ Relative Weights .................... Location .................................. Standardized Amounts ........... Payments ............................... Hospital B Hospital C Total 0.9500 .................................... 100 ......................................... Rural ...................................... $1,000 .................................... $95,000 .................................. 1.1700 .................................... 200 ......................................... Urban ..................................... $1,000 .................................... $234,000 ................................ 0.8600 .................................... 150 ......................................... Urban ..................................... $1,000 .................................... $129,000 ................................ ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................ $458,000 Note: Hospital C is urban and has a lower wage index than Hospital A which is rural. Post-Floor Wage Index; Pre-Budget Neutrality mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB I Hospital A Hospital B Hospital C Total Wage Index ............................ Relative Weights .................... Location .................................. Standardized Amounts ........... Payments ............................... 0.9500 .................................... 100 ......................................... Rural ...................................... $1,000 .................................... $95,000 .................................. 1.1700 .................................... 200 ......................................... Urban ..................................... $1,000 .................................... $234,000 ................................ 0.9500 .................................... 150 ......................................... Urban ..................................... $1,000 .................................... $142,500 ................................ ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................ $471,500 Note: Hospital C’s wage index is raised to the same level as Hospital A. VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00113 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24792 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules Post Floor—Budget Neutrality I Hospital A Hospital B Hospital C Wage Index ............................ Relative Weights .................... Location .................................. Standardized Amounts ........... Payments ............................... 0.9228 .................................... 100 ......................................... Rural ...................................... $1,000 .................................... $92,280 .................................. 1.1365 .................................... 200 ......................................... Urban ..................................... $1,000 .................................... $227,300 ................................ 0.9228 .................................... 150 ......................................... Urban ..................................... $1,000 .................................... $138,420 ................................ mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB We note that our proposed change would apply the budget neutrality adjustment to the wage index, and not to the standardized amount. In previous years, we applied a budget neutrality adjustment to the standardized amount to ensure that payments remained constant to payments that would have occurred in the absence of the rural floor requirement in section 4410 of the BBA. We believe such an adjustment is in keeping with the statute, which requires that the rural floor will not result in aggregate payments that are greater or less than those that would have been made in the absence of a rural floor. We believe that an adjustment to the wage index would result in a substantially similar payment as an adjustment to the standardized amount, as both involve multipliers to the standardized amount, and both would be based upon the same modeling parameters. We do note that because hospitals have different labor-related shares (62 percent for hospitals with wage indices less than or equal to 1; 69.7 percent for hospitals with wage indices greater than 1), an adjustment to the wage index would have slightly different effects from an adjustment to the standardized amount, as each wage index would be adjusted by a uniform percentage. For FY 2008, we are proposing to use FY 2006 discharge data and FY 2008 wage indices to simulate IPPS payments without the rural floor. We would compare these simulated payments to simulated payments using the same data with a rural floor. We believe that the statute supports either an adjustment to the standardized amount or the wage indices because under either methodology, the rural floor would not result in aggregate payments that were greater or less than those that would have been made in the absence of a rural floor. H. Analysis and Implementation of the Proposed Occupational Mix Adjustment and the Proposed FY 2008 Occupational Mix Adjusted Wage Index (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘Occupational Mix Adjusted Wage Index’’ at the beginning of your comment.) As discussed in section III.C. of this preamble, for FY 2008, we are proposing VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 Total BN Factor 0.971368 Target $458,000 $458,000 Based on the January through June 2006 occupational mix survey data, we determined (in Step 7 of the occupational mix calculation) that the proposed national percentage of hospital employees in the Nurse category is 42.9 percent, and the proposed national percentage of hospital employees in the All Other Occupations category is 57.1 percent. At the CBSA level, the percentage of hospital employees in the Nurse category ranged from a low of 27.3 percent in one CBSA, to a high of 85.3 percent in another CBSA. We compared the final FY 2007 occupational mix adjusted wage indices for each CBSA to the proposed FY 2008 wage indices adjusted for occupational mix. In proposing to implement an occupational mix adjusted wage index based on the above calculation using 6 months of survey data for FY 2008 as opposed to 3 months of survey data used for FY 2007, the final wage index values for 17 rural areas (36.2 percent) and 189 urban areas (48.7 percent) would decrease as a result of the adjustment. Nine rural areas (19.1 percent) and 127 urban areas (32.7 percent) would experience a decrease of 1 percent or greater in their wage index values. The largest negative impacts Occupational mix nursing Average hour- would be 3.40 percent and 14.82 subcategory ly wage percent for a rural and urban area, National RN Management .... $38.6214 respectively. In addition, 30 rural areas National RN Staff .................. 33.4800 (63.8 percent) and 197 urban areas (50.8 National LPN ........................ 19.2485 percent) would experience an increase National Nurse Aides, Orderin their wage index values. Twelve rural lies, and Attendants .......... 13.7267 areas (25.5 percent) and 131 urban areas National Medical Assistants 15.7936 National Nurse Category ...... 28.7439 (33.8 percent) would experience an increase of 1 percent or greater in their The proposed national average hourly wage index values. The largest increase for a rural area would be 10.75 percent wage for the entire nurse category as and the largest increase for an urban computed in Step 5 of the occupational mix calculation is $28.7439. Hospitals area would be 16.87 percent. Two urban with a nurse category average hourly areas would be unaffected. These results wage (as calculated in Step 4) of greater indicate that a larger percentage of rural than the national nurse category average areas benefit from an occupational mix hourly wage receive an occupational adjustment than do urban areas. mix adjustment factor (as calculated in However, as was the case with the FY Step 6) of less than 1.0. Hospitals with 2007 occupational mix data, a nurse category average hourly wage (as approximately a third of rural CBSAs calculated in Step 4) of less than the (36.2 percent) continue to experience a national nurse category average hourly decrease in their wage indices as a wage receive an occupational mix result of the occupational mix adjustment factor (as calculated in Step adjustment. 6) of greater than 1.0. to apply the occupational mix adjustment to 100 percent of the FY 2008 wage index. We calculated the occupational mix adjustment using data from the 2006 occupational mix survey data, using the methodology described in section III.C.3. of this preamble. Using the first and second quarter occupational mix survey data and applying the occupational mix adjustment to 100 percent of the FY 2008 wage index results in a proposed national average hourly wage of $30.9074 and a proposed Puerto Ricospecific average hourly wage of $13.4678. After excluding data of hospitals that either submitted aberrant data that failed critical edits, or that do not have FY 2004 Worksheet S–3 cost report data for use in calculating the proposed FY 2008 wage index, we calculated the proposed FY 2008 wage index using the occupational mix survey data from 3,368 hospitals. Using the Worksheet S–3 cost report data of 3,581 hospitals and occupational mix first and/or second quarter survey data from 3,368 hospitals represents a 94.1 percent survey response rate. The proposed FY 2008 national average hourly wages for each occupational mix nursing subcategory as calculated in Step 2 of the occupational mix calculation are as follows: PO 00000 Frm 00114 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules The proposed wage index values for FY 2008 (except those for hospitals receiving wage index adjustments under section 1886(d)(13) of the Act) are shown in Tables 4A, 4B, 4C, and 4F in the Addendum to this proposed rule. Tables 3A and 3B in the Addendum to this proposed rule list the 3-year average hourly wage for each labor market area before the redesignation of hospitals based on FYs 2006, 2007, and 2008 cost reporting periods. Table 3A lists these data for urban areas and Table 3B lists these data for rural areas. In addition, Table 2 in the Addendum to this proposed rule includes the adjusted average hourly wage for each hospital from the FY 2002 and FY 2003 cost reporting periods, as well as the FY 2004 period used to calculate the proposed FY 2008 wage index. The 3year averages are calculated by dividing the sum of the dollars (adjusted to a common reporting period using the method described previously) across all 3 years, by the sum of the hours. If a hospital is missing data for any of the previous years, its average hourly wage for the 3-year period is calculated based on the data available during that period. The proposed wage index values in Tables 4A, 4B, 4C, and 4F and the average hourly wages in Tables 2, 3A, and 3B in the Addendum to this proposed rule include the proposed occupational mix adjustment as well as the budget neutrality adjustment for the rural floor. I. Revisions to the Proposed Wage Index Based on Hospital Redesignations (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘Hospital Reclassifications and Redesignations’’ at the beginning of your comment.) mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 1. General Under section 1886(d)(10) of the Act, the Medicare Geographic Classification Review Board (MGCRB) considers applications by hospitals for geographic reclassification for purposes of payment under the IPPS. Hospitals must apply to the MGCRB to reclassify by September 1 of the year preceding the year during which reclassification is sought. Generally, hospitals must be proximate to the labor market area to which they are seeking reclassification and must demonstrate characteristics similar to hospitals located in that area. The MGCRB issues its decisions by the end of February for reclassifications that become effective for the following fiscal year (beginning October 1). The regulations applicable to reclassifications by the MGCRB are located in § § 412.230 through 412.280. VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 Section 1886(d)(10)(D)(v) of the Act provides that, beginning with FY 2001, a MGCRB decision on a hospital reclassification for purposes of the wage index is effective for 3 fiscal years, unless the hospital elects to terminate the reclassification. Section 1886(d)(10)(D)(vi) of the Act provides that the MGCRB must use the 3 most recent years’ average hourly wage data in evaluating a hospital’s reclassification application for FY 2003 and any succeeding fiscal year. Section 304(b) of Pub. L. 106–554 provides that the Secretary must establish a mechanism under which a statewide entity may apply to have all of the geographic areas in the State treated as a single geographic area for purposes of computing and applying a single wage index, for reclassifications beginning in FY 2003. The implementing regulations for this provision are located at § 412.235. Section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act requires the Secretary to treat a hospital located in a rural county adjacent to one or more urban areas as being located in the MSA to which the greatest number of workers in the county commute, if the rural county would otherwise be considered part of an urban area under the standards for designating MSAs and if the commuting rates used in determining outlying counties were determined on the basis of the aggregate number of resident workers who commute to (and, if applicable under the standards, from) the central county or counties of all contiguous MSAs. In light of the new CBSA definitions and the Census 2000 data that we implemented for FY 2005 (69 FR 49027), we undertook to identify those counties meeting these criteria. The eligible counties are identified under section III.I.8. of this preamble. 2. Effects of Reclassification/ Redesignation Section 1886(d)(8)(C) of the Act provides that the application of the wage index to redesignated hospitals is dependent on the hypothetical impact that the wage data from these hospitals would have on the wage index value for the area to which they have been redesignated. These requirements for determining the wage index values for redesignated hospitals is applicable both to the hospitals located in rural counties deemed urban under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act and hospitals that were reclassified as a result of the MGCRB decisions under section 1886(d)(10) of the Act. Therefore, as provided in section 1886(d)(8)(C) of the Act, the wage index values were determined by considering the following: PO 00000 Frm 00115 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24793 <bullet≤ If including the wage data for the redesignated hospitals would reduce the wage index value for the area to which the hospitals are redesignated by 1 percentage point or less, the area wage index value determined exclusive of the wage data for the redesignated hospitals applies to the redesignated hospitals. <bullet≤ If including the wage data for the redesignated hospitals reduces the wage index value for the area to which the hospitals are redesignated by more than 1 percentage point, the area wage index determined inclusive of the wage data for the redesignated hospitals (the combined wage index value) applies to the redesignated hospitals. <bullet≤ If including the wage data for the redesignated hospitals increases the wage index value for the urban area to which the hospitals are redesignated, both the area and the redesignated hospitals receive the combined wage index value. Otherwise, the hospitals located in the urban area receive a wage index excluding the wage data of hospitals redesignated into the area. Rural areas whose wage index values would be reduced by excluding the wage data for hospitals that have been redesignated to another area continue to have their wage index values calculated as if no redesignation had occurred (otherwise, redesignated rural hospitals are excluded from the calculation of the rural wage index). The wage index value for a redesignated rural hospital cannot be reduced below the wage index value for the rural areas of the State in which the hospital is located. CMS has also adopted the following policies by regulation: <bullet≤ The wage data for a reclassified urban hospital is included in both the wage index calculation of the area to which the hospital is reclassified (subject to the rules described above) and the wage index calculation of the urban area where the hospital is physically located. <bullet≤ In cases where urban hospitals have reclassified to rural areas under 42 CFR 412.103, the urban hospital wage data are: (a) Included in the rural wage index calculation, unless doing so would reduce the rural wage index; and (b) included in the urban area where the hospital is physically located. 3. FY 2008 MGCRB Reclassifications (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘MGCRB’’ at the beginning of your comment.) Under section 1886(d)(10) of the Act, the MGCRB considers applications by hospitals for geographic reclassification E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 24794 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules for purposes of payment under the IPPS. The specific procedures and rules that apply to the geographic reclassification process are outlined in § 412.230 through § 412.280. At the time this proposed rule was constructed, the MGCRB had completed its review of FY 2008 reclassification requests. There were 365 hospitals approved for wage index reclassifications by the MGCRB for FY 2008. Because MGCRB wage index reclassifications are effective for 3 years, hospitals reclassified during FY 2006 or FY 2007 are eligible to continue to be reclassified based on prior reclassifications to current MSAs during FY 2008. There were 299 hospitals reclassified for wage index in FY 2006 and 214 hospitals reclassified for wage index in FY 2007. Some of the hospitals that reclassified for FY 2006 and FY 2007 have elected not to continue their reclassifications in FY 2008 because, under the revised labor market area definitions, they are now physically located in the areas to which they previously reclassified. Of all of the hospitals approved for reclassification for FY 2006, FY 2007, and FY 2008, 866 hospitals are in a reclassification status for FY 2008. Prior to FY 2004, hospitals had been able to apply to be reclassified for purposes of either the wage index or the standardized amount. Section 401 of Pub. L. 108–173 established that all hospitals will be paid on the basis of the large urban standardized amount, beginning with FY 2004. Consequently, all hospitals are paid on the basis of the same standardized amount, which made such reclassifications moot. Although there could still be some benefit in terms of payments for some hospitals under the DSH payment adjustment for operating IPPS, section 402 of Pub. L. 108–173 equalized DSH payment adjustments for rural and urban hospitals, with the exception that the rural DSH adjustment is capped at 12 percent (except that rural referral centers and, effective for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2006, MDHs have no cap). (A detailed discussion of this application appears in section IV.I. of the preamble of the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 49085). The exclusion of MDHs from the 12 percent DSH cap under Pub. L. 109–171 was discussed under section IV.F.4. of the preamble of the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 48066.) Under § 412.273, hospitals that have been reclassified by the MGCRB are permitted to withdraw their applications within 45 days of the publication of a proposed rule. The request for withdrawal of an application VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 for reclassification or termination of an existing 3-year reclassification that would be effective in FY 2008 must be received by the MGCRB within 45 days of the publication of this proposed rule. If a hospital elects to withdraw its wage index application after the MGCRB has issued its decision, but prior to the above date, it may later cancel its withdrawal in a subsequent year and request the MGCRB to reinstate its wage index reclassification for the remaining fiscal year(s) of the 3-year period (§ 412.273(b)(2)(i)). The request to cancel a prior withdrawal or termination must be in writing to the MGCRB no later than the deadline for submitting reclassification applications for the following fiscal year (§ 412.273(d)). For further information about withdrawing, terminating, or canceling a previous withdrawal or termination of a 3-year reclassification for wage index purposes, we refer the reader to § 412.273, as well as the August 1, 2002, IPPS final rule (67 FR 50065) and the August 1, 2001 IPPS final rule (66 FR 39887). Changes to the wage index that result from withdrawals of requests for reclassification, wage index corrections, appeals, and the Administrator’s review process will be incorporated into the wage index values published in the final rule. These changes may affect not only the wage index value for specific geographic areas, but also the wage index value redesignated hospitals receive; that is, whether they receive the wage index that includes the data for both the hospitals already in the area and the redesignated hospitals. Further, the wage index value for the area from which the hospitals are redesignated may be affected. Applications for FY 2009 reclassifications are due to the MGCRB by September 4, 2007 (the first working day of September 2007). We note that this is also the deadline for canceling a previous wage index reclassification withdrawal or termination under § 412.273(d). Applications and other information about MGCRB reclassifications may be obtained, beginning in mid-July 2007, via the CMS Internet Web site at: http:// cms.hhs.gov/providers/prrb/ mgcinfo.asp, or by calling the MGCRB at (410) 786–1174. The mailing address of the MGCRB is: 2520 Lord Baltimore Drive, Suite L, Baltimore, MD 21244– 2670. PO 00000 Frm 00116 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 4. Hospitals That Applied for Reclassification Effective in FY 2008 and Reinstating Reclassifications in FY 2008 Applications for FY 2008 reclassifications were due to the MGCRB by September 1, 2006. We note that this deadline also applied for canceling a previous wage index reclassification withdrawal or termination under § 412.273(d). The MGCRB, in evaluating a hospital’s request for reclassification for FY 2008 for the wage index, utilized the official data used to develop the FY 2007 wage index. The wage data used to support the hospital’s wage comparisons were from the CMS hospital wage survey. Generally, the source for these data is the IPPS final rule to be published on or before August 1, 2006. However, the wage tables identifying the 3-year average hourly wage of hospitals were not available in time to include them in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule. Therefore, we made the data available subsequent to the publication of the FY 2007 IPPS final rule. Section 1886(d)(10)(C)(ii) of the Act indicates that a hospital requesting a change in geographic classification for a fiscal year must submit its application to the MGCRB not later than the first day of the 13-month period ending on September 30 of the preceding fiscal year. Thus, the statute requires that FY 2008 reclassification applications were to be submitted to the MGCRB by no later than September 1, 2006. For this reason, we required hospitals to file an FY 2008 reclassification application by the September 1, 2006 deadline even though the average hourly wage data used to develop the final FY 2007 wage indices were not yet available. However, as outlined in § 412.256(c)(2), we also allowed hospitals with incomplete applications submitted by the deadline to request an extension beyond September 1, 2006, to complete their applications. We also allowed hospitals 30 days from the date the final wage data were posted on the CMS Web site to request to cancel a withdrawal or termination in order to reinstate a reclassification for FY 2008 or FY 2009, or both fiscal years. For a more detailed discussion of the procedures used for the FY 2008 MGCRB applications we refer readers to the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 48022–48023). 5. Clarification of Policy on Reinstating Reclassifications Under § 412.273(a) of our regulations, a hospital or group of hospitals may withdraw its application for reclassification at any time before the E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules MGCRB issues its decision or, if after the MGCRB issues its decision, within 45 days after publication of CMS’s annual notice of proposed rulemaking for the upcoming fiscal year. In addition, a hospital may terminate a reclassification that is already in effect within 45 days after publication of the notice of proposed rulemaking for the upcoming fiscal year. Once a withdrawal or termination has been made, the hospital or group of hospitals will not be reclassified for purposes of the wage index to the same area for that year. The hospital also will not be reclassified to the withdrawn or terminated reclassification area in subsequent fiscal years unless the hospital subsequently cancels its withdrawal or termination. The procedures for making a withdrawal or termination, as well as for canceling a withdrawal or termination are specified at § 412.273. In the FY 2003 IPPS final rule (67 FR 50065–50066), we clarified our existing policy stating that a previous 3-year reclassification may not be reinstated after a subsequent 3-year reclassification to another area takes effect. Therefore, a hospital can only have one active 3-year reclassification at a time. We have been asked whether a hospital (or group of hospitals) can reinstate the two remaining years of a previously approved 3-year reclassification to one area, while at the same time the individual hospital (or group) request a new 3-year reclassification from the MGCRB to a different area and be approved for both at the same time. In this case, the hospital or group of hospitals is permitted to apply to a different area than the previously approved reclassification but, as stated in § 412.273(b)(2), once they accept a newly approved reclassification, a previously terminated and reinstated 3-year reclassification would be permanently terminated. Following the policy set forth at § 412.273(d), a hospital may cancel a previous withdrawal or termination by submitting written notice of its intent to the MGCRB no later than September 1 for reclassifications effective at the start of the second following fiscal year 13 months later. At the same time (because the deadline for geographic reclassification applications for the second following fiscal year 13 months later is also September 1), a hospital or group of hospitals could apply for reclassification to a different area. If the application is denied, the hospital or group of hospitals can select between the reinstated geographic reclassification and the home area wage VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 index for the following fiscal year. The hospital or group of hospitals must file a written request to the MGCRB within 45 days after publication of the notice of proposed rulemaking to terminate the reinstated reclassification and receive the home area wage index. If the hospital or group of hospitals takes no action, the pending geographic reclassification will go into effect. If the new geographic reclassification application is approved, the hospital or group of hospitals will have 45 days from publication of the notice of proposed rulemaking to accept either of the two pending geographic reclassifications or revert to the home area wage index. If the hospital or group of hospitals takes no action, the most recent approved geographic reclassification will go into effect and the prior reclassification will be permanently terminated. Alternatively, the hospital or group of hospitals can withdraw the most recent approved reclassification and accept the previously approved and reinstated reclassification within 45 days of publication of the notice of proposed rulemaking. Such an action will permanently terminate the most recently approved geographic reclassification. Finally, the hospital or group hospitals can write to the MGCRB within 45 days of publication of the notice of proposed rulemaking to withdraw both geographic reclassifications in order to receive the home area wage index. In this case, the hospital or group of hospitals can only reinstate one of the two geographic reclassifications. The other geographic reclassification is permanently terminated. Once a hospital or group of hospitals makes a decision for the following fiscal year within 45 days of publication of the notice of proposed rulemaking, the hospital or group of hospitals cannot change the decision for that fiscal year. It is also important to note that the reinstatement of a reclassification only applies to those withdrawals which were made after the MGCRB issued an approved 3-year decision, not a withdrawal made prior to the MGCRB issuing an approval decision. For example, a hospital has been reclassified to area ‘‘A’’ for FYs 2007 through 2009. The hospital accepts this geographic reclassification for FY 2007. The hospital also applies for reclassification to a different area ‘‘B’’ for FYs 2008 through 2010 by September 1, 2006. If reclassification to area ‘‘B’’ is denied, the hospital can either withdraw or terminate its reclassification to area ‘‘A’’ within 45 PO 00000 Frm 00117 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24795 days of publication of the proposed rule for FY 2008 and receive the home area wage index for FY 2008 or receive the reclassification to area ‘‘A’’ for FY 2008. If the hospital does nothing, it will receive the area ‘‘A’’ reclassification. If the hospital’s reclassification application to area ‘‘B’’ is approved by the MGCRB, the hospital can (1) do nothing (and, therefore, receives the reclassification to area ‘‘B’’ for FY 2008, permanently terminating the reclassification to area ‘‘A’’); (2) within 45 days of publication of the notice of proposed rulemaking, withdraw the reclassification to area ‘‘B’’ and receive the reclassification to area ‘‘A’’ for FY 2008 (permanently terminating the reclassification to area ‘‘B’’); or (3) withdraw or terminate both the reclassifications to both areas ‘‘A’’ and ‘‘B’’ and receive the home area wage index for FY 2008). If the latter option is selected, the hospital can only reinstate one of the withdrawn/ terminated reclassifications by September 1, 2007 (to take effect for FY 2009). Upon the sunset of the 45-day window, the reclassification selection is final and the hospital will receive that wage index for the fiscal year, in this case for FY 2008. 6. ‘‘Fallback’’ Reclassifications As indicated in section III.I.3. of this preamble, the regulations at § 412.273 provide the process that a hospital wishing to withdraw or terminate a reclassification must follow. If a hospital has an existing reclassification and then applies to the MGCRB to a second area and is approved, it has a choice between two reclassifications and its home area wage index for the following fiscal year. We have been asked a procedural question about how the hospital accepts its previously approved reclassification (its ‘‘fall back’’ reclassification) or how it can ‘‘fall back’’ to its home area wage index. As the example provided in the section III.I.5. of this preamble illustrates, a hospital will automatically be given its most recently approved reclassification (thereby permanently terminating any previously approved reclassifications) unless it provides written notice to the MGCRB within 45 days of publication of the notice of proposed rulemaking that it wishes to withdraw its most recently approved reclassification and ‘‘fall back’’ to either its prior reclassification or its home area wage index for the following fiscal year. If the hospital wishes to accept its home area wage index in preference to its previous ‘‘fall back’’ reclassification, the hospital must also state in its request to the MGCRB that it is not only withdrawing its most E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24796 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules recently approved reclassification but also terminating its previously approved reclassification. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 7. Geographic Reclassification Issues for Multicampus Hospitals (If you choose to comments on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘Multicampus Hospitals’’ at the beginning of your comment.] In FY 2005, we modified the reclassification rules at § 412.230(d)(2)(iii) to allow campuses of multicampus hospitals located in separate wage index areas to support a reclassification application to the geographic area in which another campus is located using the average hourly wage data submitted on the cost report for the entire hospital. This special rule applies for applications for reclassifications effective in FYs 2006 through FY 2008. In the FY 2007 IPPS final rule, we decided not to extend this special rule for multicampus hospitals. However, we believe that the proposed change to how we allocate a multicampus hospital’s wage data has implications for multicampus hospitals’ reclassification requests. As stated above, we are proposing to allocate the multicampus hospital’s wage data across the different labor market areas where the campuses are located based upon FTEs. For this reason, an individual campus located in a geographic area distinct from the geographic area associated with the provider number of the multicampus hospital will now have published, hospital-specific wage data that it may use to support a request for individual reclassification. The campus’s wage data will be included in the wage data public use file and also provided to the MGCRB. These data will be considered appropriate wage data under § 412.230, because it will be part of the CMS hospital wage survey used to construct the wage index. We note, that where a multicampus hospital spanning two or more geographic areas does not provide us with appropriate FTE data, its campus-specific data will not be included in the public use files we use to construct the wage index. For this reason, unless a multicampus hospital has provided us with FTE data, we will not have appropriate campus-specific wage data that could be used to support an individual reclassification under § 412.230, and the reclassification request for the individual campus would be denied. In this sense, our policy allowing the allocation of wage data using FTEs is somewhat different from our prior policy on multicampus hospitals. VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 We note that when a multicampus hospital’s wage data are divided by FTEs, the ratio of wages to hours remains constant. Thus, the effect of our policy, in some sense, is that the individual campus of a multicampus hospital effectively uses the average hourly wage of the entire multicampus institution to support its individual reclassification request. However, as stated in the paragraph above, appropriate wage data will exist, only if the hospital has provided FTE data that can be used to allocate institution-wide wages and hours. Under current policy, an individual campus of a multicampus hospital located in a different area than the one associated with the provider number does not have to provide any official wage index data to join a group reclassification. However, given that we are allocating a portion of the average hourly wage of the hospital’s data to the labor market area that includes this campus, we are also proposing that this same data be used as part of a group reclassification application. Again, these data will be published in a public use file and will be considered appropriate wage data under § § 412.232 and 412.234. If a multicampus hospital spanning more than one geographic area has not provided us with FTE data, then, in accordance with our current policies for treating hospitals without official wage data, the individual campus would still be permitted to join the group application (and indeed would be required to join the application since all hospitals in a group must join in the application). In this case, the group application would omit the wage data from the individual campus of a multicampus hospital. 8. Redesignations of Hospitals Under Section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act Beginning October 1, 1988, section 1886 (d)(8)(B) of the Act required us to treat a hospital located in a rural county adjacent to one or more urban areas as being located in the MSA if certain criteria were met. Prior to FY 2005, the rule was that a rural county adjacent to one or more urban areas would be treated as being located in the MSA to which the greatest number of workers in the county commute, if the rural county would otherwise be considered part of an urban area under the standards published in the Federal Register on January 3, 1980 (45 FR 956) for designating MSAs (and New England County Metropolitan Areas (NECMAs)), and if the commuting rates used in determining outlying counties (or, for New England, similar recognized areas) were determined on the basis of the PO 00000 Frm 00118 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 aggregate number of resident workers who commute to (and, if applicable under the standards, from) the central county or counties of all contiguous MSAs (or NECMAs). Hospitals that met the criteria using the January 3, 1980 version of these OMB standards were deemed urban for purposes of the standardized amounts and for purposes of assigning the wage data index. Effective beginning FY 2005, we use OMB’s 2000 CBSA standards and the Census 2000 data to identify counties qualifying for redesignation under section 1886(d)(8)(B) for the purpose of assigning the wage index to the urban area. Hospitals located in these counties have been known as ‘‘Lugar’’ hospitals and the counties themselves are often referred to as ‘‘Lugar’’ counties. We provide the chart below with the listing of the rural counties designated as urban under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act that we are proposing to use for FY 2008. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2007, hospitals located in the first column of this chart will be redesignated for purposes of using the wage index of the urban area listed in the second column. RURAL COUNTIES REDESIGNATED AS URBAN UNDER SECTION 1886(D)(8)(B) OF THE ACT [Based on CBSAs and Census 2000 Data] Rural county Cherokee, AL Macon, AL ...... Talladega, AL Hot Springs, AR. Windham, CT Bradford, FL ... Flagler, FL ...... Hendry, FL ..... Levy, FL ......... Walton, FL ..... Banks, GA ...... Chattooga, GA Jackson, GA .. Lumpkin, GA .. Morgan, GA ... Peach, GA ..... Polk, GA ......... Talbot, GA ...... Bingham, ID ... Christian, IL .... DeWitt, IL ....... Iroquois, IL ..... Logan, IL ........ Mason, IL ....... Ogle, IL .......... E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 CBSA Rome, GA. Auburn-Opelika, AL. Anniston-Oxford, AL. Hot Springs, AR. Hartford-West Hartford-East Hartford, CT. Gainesville, FL. Deltona-Daytona Beach-Ormond Beach, FL. West Palm Beach-Boca Raton-Boynton, FL. Gainesville, FL. Fort Walton BeachCrestview-Destin, FL. Gainesville, GA. Chattanooga, TN–GA. Atlanta-Sandy Springs-Marietta, GA. Atlanta-Sandy Springs-Marietta, GA. Atlanta-Sandy Springs-Marietta, GA. Macon, GA. Atlanta-Sandy Springs-Marietta, GA. Columbus, GA–AL. Idaho Falls, ID. Springfield, IL. Bloomington-Normal, IL. Kankakee-Bradley, IL. Springfield, IL. Peoria, IL. Rockford, IL. Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules RURAL COUNTIES REDESIGNATED AS URBAN UNDER SECTION 1886(D)(8)(B) OF THE ACT—Continued RURAL COUNTIES REDESIGNATED AS URBAN UNDER SECTION 1886(D)(8)(B) OF THE ACT—Continued [Based on CBSAs and Census 2000 Data] [Based on CBSAs and Census 2000 Data] Rural county Rural county CBSA Clinton, IN ...... Henry, IN ........ Spencer, IN .... Starke, IN ....... Warren, IN ..... Boone, IA ....... Buchanan, IA Cedar, IA ........ Allen, KY ........ Assumption Parish, LA. St. James Parish, LA. Allegan, MI ..... Montcalm, MI Oceana, MI .... Shiawassee, MI. Tuscola, MI .... Fillmore, MN .. Dade, MO ...... Pearl River, MS. Caswell, NC ... Granville, NC Harnett, NC .... Lincoln, NC .... Polk, NC ......... Los Alamos, NM. Lyon, NV ........ Cayuga, NY ... Columbia, NY Genesee, NY Greene, NY .... Schuyler, NY .. Sullivan, NY ... Wyoming, NY Ashtabula, OH mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Champaign, OH. Columbiana, OH. Cotton, OK ..... Linn, OR ......... Adams, PA ..... Clinton, PA ..... Greene, PA .... Monroe, PA .... Schuylkill, PA Susquehanna, PA. Clarendon, SC Lee, SC .......... Oconee, SC ... Union, SC ...... Meigs, TN ...... Bosque, TX .... Falls, TX ......... VerDate Mar 15 2010 CBSA Lafayette, IN. Indianapolis-Carmel, IN. Evansville, IN–KY. Gary, IN. Lafayette, IN. Ames, IA. Waterloo-Cedar Falls, IA. Iowa City, IA. Bowling Green, KY. Baton Rouge, LA. Fannin, TX ..... Grimes, TX ..... Harrison, TX ... Henderson, TX Milam, TX ....... Van Zandt, TX Willacy, TX ..... Buckingham, VA. Floyd, VA ....... Baton Rouge, LA. Middlesex, VA Holland-Grand Haven, MI. Grand Rapids-Wyoming, MI. Muskegon-Norton Shores, MI. Lansing-East Lansing, MI. Page, VA ........ Shenandoah, VA. Island, WA ..... Saginaw-Saginaw Township North, MI. Rochester, MN. Springfield, MO. Gulfport-Biloxi, MS. Burlington, NC. Durham, NC. Raleigh-Cary, NC. Charlotte-Gastonia-Concord, NC–SC. Spartanburg, NC. Santa Fe, NM. Carson City, NV. Syracuse, NY. Albany-Schenectady-Troy, NY. Rochester, NY. Albany-Schenectady-Troy, NY. Ithaca, NY. Poughkeepsie-NewburghMiddletown, NY. Buffalo-Niagara Falls, NY. Cleveland-Elyria-Mentor, OH. Springfield, OH. Youngstown-WarrenBoardman, OH–PA. Lawton, OK. Corvallis, OR. York-Hanover, PA. Williamsport, PA. Pittsburgh, PA. Allentown-Bethlehem-Easton, PA–NJ. Reading, PA. Binghamton, NY. Sumter, SC. Sumter, SC. Greenville, SC. Spartanburg, SC. Cleveland, TN. Waco, TX. Waco, TX. 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 Mason, WA .... Wahkiakum, WA. Jackson, WV .. Roane, WV .... Green, WI ...... Green Lake, WI. Jefferson, WI .. Walworth, WI Dallas-Plano-Irving, TX. College Station-Bryan, TX. Longview, TX. Dallas-Plano-Irving, TX. Austin-Round Rock, TX. Dallas-Plano-Irving, TX. Brownsville-Harlingen, TX. Charlottesville, VA. Blacksburg-ChristiansburgRadford, VA. Virginia Beach-Norfolk-Newport News, VA. Harrisonburg, VA. Winchester, VA–WV. Seattle-Bellevue-Everett, WA. Olympia, WA. Longview, WA. Charleston, WV. Charleston, WV. Madison, WI. Fond du Lac, WI. Milwaukee-Waukesha-West Allis, WI. Milwaukee-Waukesha-West Allis, WI. As in the past, hospitals redesignated under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act are also eligible to be reclassified to a different area by the MGCRB. Affected hospitals are permitted to compare the reclassified wage index for the labor market area in Table 4C in the Addendum to this proposed rule into which they have been reclassified by the MGCRB to the wage index for the area to which they are redesignated under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act. Hospitals may withdraw from an MCGRB reclassification within 45 days of the publication of this proposed rule. 9. Reclassifications Under Section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act We have been asked whether Lugar hospitals and counties (discussed above in section III.H.8. of this preamble) are considered urban or rural for MGCRB reclassification purposes. As stated in the regulations at 42 CFR 412.64(b)(3), as well as in section 1886(d)(8)(C) of the Act, Lugar hospitals and counties are deemed to be located in an urban area. Therefore, because they are physically located in a rural area and are deemed urban, they receive the reclassified wage index (Table 4C in the Addendum to this proposed rule) for the urban area to PO 00000 Frm 00119 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24797 which they have been redesignated. Because Lugar hospitals are treated like reclassified hospitals, when they are seeking reclassification by the MCGRB, they are subject to the rural reclassification rules set forth at § 412.230. The procedural rules set forth at § 412.230 list the criteria which a hospital must meet in order to reclassify as a rural hospital. Lugar hospitals would be subject to the proximity criteria and payment thresholds that apply to rural hospitals. Specifically, the hospital would have to be no more than 35 miles from the area to which it seeks reclassification (§ 412.230(b)(1)); the hospital would have to show that its average hourly wage is at least 106 percent of the average hourly wage of all other hospitals in the area in which the hospital is located (§ 412.230(d)(1)(iii)(C)); and the hospital would have to demonstrate that its average hourly wage is equal to at least 82 percent of the average hourly wage of hospitals in the area to which it seeks redesignation (§ 412.230(d)(1)(iv)(C)). Hospitals not located in a Lugar county seeking reclassification to the urban area where the Lugar hospitals have been redesignated are not permitted to measure to the Lugar county to demonstrate proximity (no more than 15 miles for an urban hospital, and no more than 35 miles for a rural hospital or the closest urban or rural area for RRCs or SCHs) in order to be reclassified to such urban area. These hospitals must measure to the urban area exclusive of the Lugar County to meet the proximity or nearest urban or rural area requirement. 10. New England Deemed Counties Our regulations at 42 CFR 412.64(b)(1)(ii)(B) list New England counties that are deemed to be parts of urban areas under section 601(g) of the Social Security Amendments of 1983 (Pub. L. 98–21, 42 U.S.C. 1395ww(note)). These counties include Litchfield County, Connecticut; York County, Maine; Sagadahoc County, Maine; Merrimack County, New Hampshire; and Newport County, Rhode Island. OMB standards designate and define two categories of CBSAs: Metropolitan Statistical Areas (MSAs) and Micropolitan Statistical Areas (65 FR 82235). For our labor market area definitions, we treat micropolitan areas as rural. Of these five counties, three (York County, Sagadahoc County, and Newport County) are also included in metropolitan areas by OMB, whereas the remaining two, Litchfield County and Merrimack County, are located in micropolitan statistical areas and would E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24798 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB be treated as rural under our labor market area definitions were they not deemed urban under § 412.64(b)(1)(ii)(B) of the regulations. Litchfield County and Merrimack County have been listed as being part of urban CBSA 25540 Hartford-West Hartford-East Hartford, CT, and urban CBSA 31700 Manchester-Nashua, NH, respectively. Even though hospitals located in Litchfield County and Merrimack County are in micropolitan statistical areas, they have been treated as urban for reclassification purposes. Under our regulations, we have deemed both of these two New England counties and the hospitals within them as urban. Because the counties themselves were deemed urban, the hospitals within them have also been treated as urban for reclassification purposes, even though Litchfield and Merrimack counties are in micropolitan statistical areas. However, upon further consideration of this issue, we believe the hospitals located within these New England counties should be treated the same as Lugar hospitals. That is, the area would be considered rural but the hospitals within them would be deemed to be urban. Therefore, we are proposing to change our policy and consider Litchfield County and Merrimack County as rural but would continue to consider the hospitals within them as being redesignated to urban CBSA 25540 Hartford-West Hartford-East Hartford, CT, and urban CBSA 31700 Manchester-Nashua, NH, respectively. Under our proposal, hospitals located in these counties—like the Lugar hospitals described in section III.I.8. of this preamble—must meet the rural requirements set forth at § 412.230 for individual reclassifications and § 412.232 for group reclassifications. We are proposing to revise § 412.64(b)(1)(ii)(B) accordingly. Hospitals not located inside one of these deemed New England counties are not permitted to measure to these counties to demonstrate close proximity in order to be reclassified to the CBSA(s) to which the hospitals in Litchfield and Merrimack counties are redesignated. We note that Tables 2, 3A, 3B, 4A, and 4B in the Addendum to this proposed rule do not reflect this proposed change; rather, they reflect the wage index based on the current policy. 11. Reclassifications Under Section 508 of Pub. L. 108–173 (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘508 Reclassifications’’ at the beginning of your comment.) Under section 508 of Pub. L. 108–173, a qualifying hospital could appeal the VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 wage index classification otherwise applicable to the hospital and apply for reclassification to another area of the State in which the hospital is located (or, at the discretion of the Secretary, to an area within a contiguous State). We implemented this process through notices published in the Federal Register on January 6, 2004 (69 FR 661), and February 13, 2004 (69 FR 7340). Such reclassifications were applicable to discharges occurring during the 3year period beginning April 1, 2004, and ending March 31, 2007. Section 106(a) of the MIEA–TRHCA (Pub. L. 109–432), extended any geographic reclassifications of hospitals that were made under section 508 and that would expire on March 31, 2007, by 6 months until September 30, 2007. On March 23, 2007, we published a notice in the Federal Register (72 FR 13799) that indicated how we are implementing section 106(a) of the MIEA–TRHCA through September 30, 2007. Because the section 508 provision will expire on September 30, 2007, and will not be applicable in FY 2008, in this proposed rule, we are not making any proposals related to the provision. 12. Other Issues We have been advised of a reclassification scenario of concern to a particular hospital. In this scenario, two hospitals were approved by the Medicare Geographic Classification Review Board (MGCRB) for a 3-year group reclassification. Prior to the second year of the 3-year reclassification, one of the hospitals reclassified individually to another area. Consistent with our policy, the second hospital retained its group geographic reclassification for the two remaining years (see 66 FR 39888, August 1, 2001). However, once the group reclassification expires, the second hospital does not qualify to reclassify individually to another area. We have been asked to consider potential regulatory options that would allow this hospital to either reclassify or receive a declining blend of its home area and reclassified wage index as a transition to its post-reclassified wage index. There are no options under our current regulations that would allow this hospital to reclassify individually or as a group. The hospital does not meet the well established wage data comparison criteria to reclassify as an individual hospital. In order for a group reclassification to be approved, all hospitals in the county must apply as a group. We have been informed that one hospital will not join the group reclassification because it qualifies individually to reclassify to a different PO 00000 Frm 00120 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 area with a higher wage index than where the group applied. We considered whether to change our regulations for this type of situation. However, we decided not to propose a change to our regulations given the need to gather additional information and better understand the policy issues in such a case. In this regard, we would be interested in receiving comments on whether such a situation is consistent with the purpose of reclassification. In particular, we would like to receive comments on how a hospital that is applying to reclassify would demonstrate similarity to hospitals in the neighboring area when the hospital would qualify to be part of a group reclassification if all other hospitals in the county the hospital is located agreed to apply. In addition, we would be interested in comments on how we could make a determination that a hospitals own area wage index is inappropriate when the hospital does not meet the current criteria for reclassification on its own, but would meet the criteria for a group reclassification in the event all hospitals in the county in which the hospital is located would agree to submit a group application. Finally, given that reclassifications are in effect for three years, we request comments on whether or how we could address this situation while simultaneously maintaining the distinction between group and individual reclassifications— particularly the rule that all members of a group must apply for a group reclassification. For all the above reasons, we decided, as noted, not to propose changes to the regulations to address the situation brought to our attention. Rather, we think it is appropriate to gather additional information and seek comment on this or similar situations. If commenters wish to raise issues with the points described in this section or comment on other issues we did not consider in the questions raised above, we welcome such public comments. J. Proposed FY 2008 Wage Index Adjustment Based on Commuting Patterns of Hospital Employees (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘Out-Migration Adjustment’’ at the beginning of your comment.) In accordance with the broad discretion under section 1886(d)(13) of the Act, as added by section 505 of Pub. L. 108–173, beginning with FY 2005, we established a process to make adjustments to the hospital wage index based on commuting patterns of hospital employees. The process, E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules outlined in the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 49061), provides for an increase in the wage index for hospitals located in certain counties that have a relatively high percentage of hospital employees who reside in the county but work in a different county (or counties) with a higher wage index. Such adjustments to the wage index are effective for 3 years, unless a hospital requests to waive the application of the adjustment. A county will not lose its status as a qualifying county due to wage index changes during the 3-year period, and counties will receive the same wage index increase for those 3 years. However, a county that qualifies in any given year may no longer qualify after the 3-year period, or it may qualify but receive a different adjustment to the wage index level. Hospitals that receive this adjustment to their wage index are not eligible for reclassification under section 1886(d)(8) or section 1886(d)(10) of the Act. Adjustments under this provision are not subject to the budget neutrality requirements under section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act. Hospitals located in counties that qualify for the wage index adjustment are to receive an increase in the wage index that is equal to the average of the differences between the wage indices of the labor market area(s) with higher wage indices and the wage index of the resident county, weighted by the overall percentage of hospital workers residing in the qualifying county who are employed in any labor market area with a higher wage index. To date, we have used pre-reclassified wage indices when determining the out-migration adjustment. In the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 49061 through 49063), we stated that it was reasonable to interpret the term ‘‘wage index’’ in section 1886(d)(13)(D) of the Act to mean the pre-reclassified, pre-adjusted wage index. At the time, we stated that it was unclear whether to use the pre- or postreclassified wage index as the basis for comparison to determine the outmigration adjustment. We also cited complicating factors such as the use of blended wage indices as a result of the labor market area transition as another reason to base the out-migration adjustment on the pre-reclassified wage index. However, we indicated that we will continue to examine the possibility of employing post-reclassification wage indexes as we refine our policy for future adjustments. We have reconsidered our policy in this proposed rule and are proposing to calculate the out-migration adjustment using the post-reclassified wage index. First, the labor-market area transition has ended and the use of blended wage VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 indexes is no longer a complicating factor in determining whether to use pre- or post-reclassified wage indexes to determine the out-migration adjustment. Second, we are proposing to apply budget neutrality for application of the rural floor to area wage indices rather than to the standardized amount beginning in FY 2008. The budget neutrality adjustment for the rural floor is being applied to the postreclassification wage indices and is a component of the wage index that is being used to adjust for area differences in wages. Therefore, we believe the outmigration adjustment should be determined using post-reclassified wage index that reflects the budget neutrality adjustment for application of the rural floor. We are proposing to use the same formula described in the FY 2005 final rule (69 FR 49064), with the addition of now using the post-reclassified wage indices, to calculate the out-migration adjustment. This adjustment is calculated as follows: Step 1. Subtract the wage index for the qualifying county from the wage index of each of the higher wage area(s) to which hospital workers commute. Step 2. Divide the number of hospital employees residing in the qualifying county who are employed in such higher wage index area by the total number of hospital employees residing in the qualifying county who are employed in any higher wage index area. For each of the higher wage areas, multiply this result by the result obtaining in Step 1. Step 3. Sum the products resulting from Step 2 (if the qualifying county has workers commuting to more than one higher wage area). Step 4. Multiply the result from Step 3 by the percentage of hospital employees who are residing in the qualifying county and who are employed in any higher wage index area. These adjustments will be effective for each county for a period of 3 fiscal years. Hospitals that received the adjustment in FY 2007 will be eligible to retain that same adjustment for FY 2008. For hospitals in newly qualified counties, adjustments to the wage index are effective for 3 years, beginning with discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2007. Hospitals receiving the wage index adjustment under section 1886(d)(13)(F) of the Act are not eligible for reclassification under sections 1886(d)(8) or (d)(10) of the Act unless they waive the out-migration adjustment. Consistent with our FY 2005, 2006, and 2007 final rules, we are PO 00000 Frm 00121 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24799 proposing that hospitals redesignated under section 1886(d)(8) of the Act or reclassified under section 1886(d)(10) of the Act will be deemed to have chosen to retain their redesignation or reclassification. Section 1886(d)(10) hospitals that wish to receive the outmigration adjustment, rather than their reclassification, should follow the termination/withdrawal procedures specified in 42 CFR 412.273 and section III.I.3. of the preamble of this proposed rule. Otherwise, they will be deemed to have waived the out-migration adjustment. Hospitals redesignated under section 1886(d)(8) of the Act will be deemed to have waived the outmigration adjustment, unless they explicitly notify CMS that they elect to receive the out-migration adjustment instead within 45 days from the publication of this proposed rule. These notifications should be sent to the following address: Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, Center for Medicare Management, Attention: Wage Index Adjustment Waivers, Division of Acute Care, Room C4–08–06, 7500 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21244–1850. Table 4J in the Addendum to this proposed rule lists the proposed outmigration wage index adjustments for FY 2008. Hospitals that are not otherwise reclassified or redesignated under section 1886(d)(8) or section 1886(d)(10) of the Act will automatically receive the listed adjustment. In accordance with the procedures discussed above, redesignated/reclassified hospitals will be deemed to have waived the outmigration adjustment unless CMS is otherwise notified. Hospitals that are eligible to receive the out-migration wage index adjustment and that withdraw their application for reclassification automatically receive the wage index adjustment listed in Table 4J in the Addendum to this proposed rule. Hospitals should carefully review the wage index adjustment that they would receive under this provision (as listed in Table 4J) and the area wage index value as listed in Table 4A (both included in the Addendum to this proposed rule) in comparison to the wage index value that they would receive under the MGCRB reclassification (Table 4C in the Addendum to this proposed rule). K. Process for Requests for Wage Index Data Corrections (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘Wage Index Data Corrections’’ at the beginning of your comment.) E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 24800 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules The preliminary Worksheet S–3 wage data and occupational mix survey data files (1st and 2nd quarter 2006) for the FY 2008 wage index were made available on October 6, 2006, through the Internet on the CMS Web site at: http://cms.hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/. In a memorandum dated October 6, 2006, we instructed all fiscal intermediaries to inform the IPPS hospitals they service of the availability of the wage index data files and the process and timeframe for requesting revisions (including the specific deadlines listed below). We also instructed the fiscal intermediaries to advise hospitals that these data are also made available directly through their representative hospital organizations. If a hospital wished to request a change to its data as shown in the October 6, 2006 wage and occupational mix data files, the hospital was to submit corrections along with complete, detailed supporting documentation to its fiscal intermediary by December 4, 2006. Hospitals were notified of this deadline and of all other possible deadlines and requirements, including the requirement to review and verify their data as posted on the preliminary wage index data file on the Internet, through the October 6, 2006 memorandum referenced above. In the October 6, 2006 memorandum, we also specified that a hospital could request revisions to 1st and/or 2nd quarter occupational mix survey data if they missed the previous deadlines (June 1, 2006, for the 1st quarter data collection and August 31, 2006, for the 2nd quarter collection) for submitting occupational mix survey data to their fiscal intermediaries. A hospital requesting revisions to its 1st and/or 2nd quarter occupational mix survey data was to copy its record(s) from the CY 2006 occupational mix preliminary files posted to our website in October, highlight the revised cells on its spreadsheet, and submit its spreadsheet(s) and complete documentation to its fiscal intermediary no later than December 4, 2006. The fiscal intermediaries (or, if applicable, the MAC) notified the hospitals by mid-February 2007 of any changes to the wage index data as a result of the desk reviews and the resolution of the hospitals’ earlyDecember revision requests. The fiscal intermediaries or MAC also submitted the revised data to CMS by midFebruary 2007. CMS published the proposed wage index public use files that included hospitals’ revised wage data on February 23, 2007. In a memorandum also dated February 23, 2007, we instructed fiscal VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 intermediaries and the MAC to notify all hospitals regarding the availability of the proposed wage index public use files and the criteria and process for requesting corrections and revisions to the wage index data. Hospitals had until March 12, 2007 to submit requests to the fiscal intermediaries or the MAC for reconsideration of adjustments made by the fiscal intermediaries or the MAC as a result of the desk review, and to correct errors due to CMS’s or the fiscal intermediary’s (or, if applicable, the MAC’s) mishandling of the wage index data. Hospitals were also required to submit sufficient documentation to support their requests. After reviewing requested changes submitted by hospitals, fiscal intermediaries or the MAC are to transmit any additional revisions resulting from the hospitals’ reconsideration requests by April 13, 2007. The deadline for a hospital to request CMS intervention in cases where the hospital disagreed with the fiscal intermediary’s (or, if applicable, the MAC’s) policy interpretations is April 20, 2007. Hospitals should also examine Table 2 in the Addendum to this proposed rule. Table 2 of this proposed rule contained each hospital’s adjusted average hourly wage used to construct the wage index values for the past 3 years, including the FY 2004 data used to construct the proposed FY 2008 wage index. We note that the hospital average hourly wages shown in Table 2 only reflect changes made to a hospital’s data and transmitted to CMS by February 21, 2007. We will release the final wage index data public use files in early May 2007 on the Internet at http:/ www.cms.hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/. The May 2007 public use files will be made available solely for the limited purpose of identifying any potential errors made by CMS or the fiscal intermediary or MAC in the entry of the final wage index data that result from the correction process described above (revisions submitted to CMS by the fiscal intermediaries or the MAC by April 13, 2007). If, after reviewing the May 2007 final files, a hospital believes that its wage or occupational mix data are incorrect due to a fiscal intermediary or MAC or CMS error in the entry or tabulation of the final data, the hospital should send a letter to both its fiscal intermediary or MAC and CMS that outlines why the hospital believes an error exists and to provide all supporting information, including relevant dates (for example, when it first became aware of the error). CMS and the fiscal intermediaries (or, if applicable, PO 00000 Frm 00122 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 the MAC) must receive these requests no later than June 08, 2007. Requests mailed to CMS should be sent to: Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, Center for Medicare Management, Attention: Wage Index Team, Division of Acute Care, C4–08– 06, 7500 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21244–1850. Each request also must be sent to the fiscal intermediary or the MAC. The fiscal intermediary or the MAC will review requests upon receipt and contact CMS immediately to discuss its findings. At this point in the process, that is, after the release of the May 2007 wage index data files, changes to the wage and occupational mix data will only made in those very limited situations involving an error by the fiscal intermediary or the MAC or CMS that the hospital could not have known about before its review of the final wage index data files. Specifically, neither the fiscal intermediary or the MAC nor CMS will approve the following types of requests: <bullet≤ Requests for wage index data corrections that were submitted too late to be included in the data transmitted to CMS by fiscal intermediaries or the MAC on or before April 13, 2007. <bullet≤ Requests for correction of errors that were not, but could have been, identified during the hospital’s review of the February 23, 2007 wage index public use files. <bullet≤ Requests to revisit factual determinations or policy interpretations made by the fiscal intermediary or the MAC or CMS during the wage index data correction process. Verified corrections to the wage index data received timely by CMS and the fiscal intermediaries or the MAC (that is, by June 08, 2007) will be incorporated into the final wage index to be published by August 1, 2007, to be effective October 1, 2007. We created the processes described above to resolve all substantive wage index data correction disputes before we finalize the wage and occupational mix data for the FY 2008 payment rates. Accordingly, hospitals that do not meet the procedural deadlines set forth above will not be afforded a later opportunity to submit wage index data corrections or to dispute the fiscal intermediary’s (or, if applicable the MAC’s) decision with respect to requested changes. Specifically, our policy is that hospitals that do not meet the procedural deadlines set forth above will not be permitted to challenge later, before the Provider Reimbursement Review Board, the failure of CMS to make a requested data revision. (See W.A. Foote Memorial E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules Hospital v. Shalala, No. 99–CV–75202– DT (E.D. Mich. 2001) and Palisades General Hospital v. Thompson, No. 99– 1230 (D.D.C. 2003.) We refer the reader also to the FY 2000 final rule (64 FR 41513) for a discussion of the parameters for appealing to the PRRB for wage index data corrections. Again, we believe the wage index data correction process described above provides hospitals with sufficient opportunity to bring errors in their wage and occupational mix data to the fiscal intermediary’s (or, if applicable, the MAC’s) attention. Moreover, because hospitals will have access to the final wage index data by early May 2007, they have the opportunity to detect any data entry or tabulation errors made by the fiscal intermediary or the MAC or CMS before the development and publication of the final FY 2008 wage index by August 1, 2007, and the implementation of the FY 2008 wage index on October 1, 2007. If hospitals avail themselves of the opportunities afforded to provide and make corrections to the wage and occupational mix data, the wage index implemented on October 1 should be accurate. Nevertheless, in the event that errors are identified by hospitals and brought to our attention after June 08, 2007, we retain the right to make midyear changes to the wage index under very limited circumstances. Specifically, in accordance with § 412.64(k)(1) of our existing regulations, we make midyear corrections to the wage index for an area only if a hospital can show that: (1) The fiscal intermediary or the MAC or CMS made an error in tabulating its data; and (2) the requesting hospital could not have known about the error or did not have an opportunity to correct the error, before the beginning of the fiscal year. For purposes of this provision, ‘‘before the beginning of the fiscal year’’ means by the June deadline for making corrections to the wage data for the following fiscal year’s wage index. This provision is not available to a hospital seeking to revise another hospital’s data that may be affecting the requesting hospital’s wage index for the labor market area. As indicated earlier, since CMS makes the wage index data available to hospitals on the CMS Web site prior to publishing both the proposed and final IPPS rules, and the fiscal intermediaries or the MAC notify hospitals directly of any wage index data changes after completing their desk reviews, we do not expect that midyear corrections will be necessary. However, under our current policy, if the correction of a data error changes the wage index value for an area, the VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 revised wage index value will be effective prospectively from the date the correction is made. In the FY 2006 IPPS final rule (70 FR 47385), we revised § 412.64(k)(2) to specify that, effective on October 1, 2005, that is beginning with the FY 2006 wage index, a change to the wage index can be made retroactive to the beginning of the Federal fiscal year only when: (1) the fiscal intermediary (or, if applicable, the MAC) or CMS made an error in tabulating data used for the wage index calculation; (2) the hospital knew about the error and requested that the fiscal intermediary (or if applicable the MAC) and CMS correct the error using the established process and within the established schedule for requesting corrections to the wage index data, before the beginning of the fiscal year for the applicable IPPS update (that is, by the June 08, 2007 deadline for the FY 2008 wage index); and (3) CMS agreed that the fiscal intermediary (or if applicable, the MAC) or CMS made an error in tabulating the hospital’s wage index data and the wage index should be corrected. In those circumstances where a hospital requests a correction to its wage index data before CMS calculates the final wage index (that is, by the June deadline), and CMS acknowledges that the error in the hospital’s wage index data was caused by CMS’s or the fiscal intermediary’s (or, if applicable, the MAC’s) mishandling of the data, we believe that the hospital should not be penalized by our delay in publishing or implementing the correction. As with our current policy, we indicated that the provision is not be available to a hospital seeking to revise another hospital’s data. In addition, the provision cannot be used to correct prior years’ wage index data; it can only be used for the current Federal fiscal year. In other situations where our policies would allow midyear corrections, we continue to believe that it is appropriate to make prospectiveonly corrections to the wage index. We note that, as with prospective changes to the wage index, the final retroactive correction will be made irrespective of whether the change increases or decreases a hospital’s payment rate. In addition, we note that the policy of retroactive adjustment will still apply in those instances where a judicial decision reverses a CMS denial of a hospital’s wage index data revision request. L. Labor-Related Share for the Proposed Wage Index for FY 2008 (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the PO 00000 Frm 00123 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24801 caption ‘‘Labor-Related Share’’ at the beginning of your comment.) Section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act directs the Secretary to adjust the proportion of the national prospective payment system base payment rates that are attributable to wages and wagerelated costs by a factor that reflects the relative differences in labor costs among geographic areas. It also directs the Secretary to estimate from time to time the proportion of hospital costs that are labor-related: ‘‘The Secretary shall adjust the proportion (as estimated by the Secretary from time to time) of hospitals’ costs which are attributable to wages and wage-related costs of the DRG prospective payment rates* * *’’ We refer to the portion of hospital costs attributable to wages and wage-related costs as the labor-related share. The labor-related share of the prospective payment rate is adjusted by an index of relative labor costs, which is referred to as the wage index. Section 403 of Pub. L. 108–173 amended section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act to provide that the Secretary must employ 62 percent as the labor-related share unless this ‘‘would result in lower payments to a hospital than would otherwise be made.’’ However, this provision of Pub. L. 108–173 did not change the legal requirement that the Secretary estimate ‘‘from time to time’’ the proportion of hospitals’ costs that are ‘‘attributable to wages and wagerelated costs.’’ We believe that this reflected Congressional intent that hospitals receive payment based on either a 62-percent labor-related share, or the labor-related share estimated from time to time by the Secretary, depending on which labor-related share resulted in a higher payment. We have continued our research into the assumptions employed in calculating the labor-related share. Our research involves analyzing the compensation share separately for urban and rural hospitals, using regression analysis to determine the proportion of costs influenced by the area wage index, and exploring alternative methodologies to determine whether all or only a portion of professional fees and nonlabor intensive services should be considered labor-related. In the FY 2006 IPPS final rule (70 FR 47392), we presented our analysis and conclusions regarding the frequency and methodology for updating the laborrelated share for FY 2006. We also recalculated a labor-related share of 69.731 percent, using the FY 2002-based PPS market basket for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2005. In addition, we implemented this revised and rebased labor-related share in a E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 24802 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules budget neutral manner, but consistent with section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act, we did not take into account the additional payments that would be made as a result of hospitals with a wage index less than or equal to 1.0 being paid using a labor-related share lower than the labor-related share of hospitals with a wage index greater than 1.0. The labor-related share is used to determine the proportion of the national PPS base payment rate to which the area wage index is applied. In this proposed rule, we are not proposing to make any changes to the national average proportion of operating costs that are attributable to wages and salaries, fringe benefits, professional fees, contract labor, and labor intensive services. Therefore, we are proposing to continue to use a labor-related share of 69.731 percent for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2007. Tables 1A and 1B will reflect this proposed labor-related share. We note that section 403 of Pub. L. 108–173 amended sections 1886(d)(3)(E) and 1886(d)(9)(C)(iv) of the Act to provide that the Secretary must employ 62 percent as the laborrelated share unless this employment ‘‘would result in lower payments to a hospital than would otherwise be made.’’ We also are proposing to continue to use a labor-related share for the Puerto Rico-specific standardized amounts of 58.7 percent for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2007. Consistent with our methodology for determining the national labor-related share, we added the Puerto Rico-specific relative weights for wages and salaries, fringe benefits, contract labor, nonmedical professional fees, and other labor-intensive services to determine the labor-related share. Puerto Rico hospitals are paid based on 75 percent of the national standardized amounts and 25 percent of the Puerto Rico-specific standardized amounts. For Puerto Rico hospitals, the national labor-related share will always be 62 percent because the wage index for all Puerto Rico hospitals is less than 1.0. A Puerto Rico-specific wage index is applied to the Puerto Rico-specific portion of payments to the hospitals. The labor-related share of a hospital’s Puerto Rico-specific rate will be either 62 percent or the Puerto Rico-specific labor-related share depending on which results in higher payments to the hospital. If the hospital has a Puerto Rico-specific wage index of greater than 1.0, we will set the hospital’s rates using a labor-related share of 62 percent for the 25 percent portion of the hospital’s payment determined by the Puerto Rico standardized amounts because this amount will result in higher payments. VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 Conversely, a hospital with a Puerto Rico-specific wage index of less than 1.0 will be paid using the Puerto Ricospecific labor-related share of 58.7 percent of the Puerto Rico-specific rates because the lower labor-related share will result in higher payments. The Puerto Rico labor-related share of 58.7 percent for FY 2007 is reflected in the Table 1C of the Addendum to this proposed rule. M. Wage Index Study Required Under Pub. L. 109–432 Section 106(b)(1) of the MIEA– TRHCA (Pub. L. 109–432) requires MedPAC to submit to Congress, not later than June 30, 2007, a report on the Medicare wage index classification system applied under the Medicare Prospective Payment System. Section 106(b) of MIEA–TRHCA requires the report to include any alternatives that MedPAC recommends to the method to compute the wage index under section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act. In addition, section 106(b)(2) of Pub. L. 109–432 instructs the Secretary of Health and Human Services, taking into account MedPAC’s recommendations on the Medicare wage index classification system, to include in the FY 2009 IPPS proposed rule one or more proposals to revise the wage index adjustment applied under section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act for purposes of the IPPS. The proposal (or proposals) must consider each of the following: <bullet≤ Problems associated with the definition of labor markets for the wage index adjustment; <bullet≤ The modification or elimination of geographic reclassifications and other adjustments; <bullet≤ The use of Bureau of Labor of Statistics data or other data or methodologies to calculate relative wages for each geographic area; <bullet≤ Minimizing variations in wage index adjustments between and within MSAs and statewide rural areas; <bullet≤ The feasibility of applying all components of CMS’ proposal to other settings; <bullet≤ Methods to minimize the volatility of wage index adjustments while maintaining the principle of budget neutrality; <bullet≤ The effect that the implementation of the proposal would have on health care providers on each region of the country; <bullet≤ Methods for implementing the proposal(s) including methods to phase in such implementations; and <bullet≤ Issues relating to occupational mix such as staffing practices and any evidence on quality of care and patient safety including any PO 00000 Frm 00124 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 recommendation for alternative calculations to the occupational mix. We look forward to reviewing the MedPAC report on the wage index later this year. As required by the law, we will consider MedPAC’s recommendations and each of the factors specified above in making a proposal (or proposals) in the FY 2009 IPPS proposed rule. N. Proxy for the Hospital Market Basket (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘Hospital Market Basket’’ at the beginning of your comment.) In the FY 2006 IPPS final rule (70 FR 47387), we changed the base year cost structure for the IPPS hospital index for the hospital market basket for operating costs from FY 1997 to FY 2002. As discussed in that final rule, the IPPS hospital index primarily uses the BLS data as price proxies, which are grouped in one of the three BLS categories. The categories are Producer Price Indexes (PPIs), Consumer Price Indexes (CPIs), and Employment Cost Indexes (ECIs), discussed in detail in the FY 2006 IPPS final rule (70 FR 47388 through 47391). We evaluate the price proxies using the criteria of reliability, timeliness, availability, and relevance. The PPIs, CPIs, and ECIs selected by us and used for this proposed rule meet these criteria as described in the FY 2006 IPPS final rule. We believe they continue to be the best measures of price changes for the cost categories. Beginning April 2006 with the publication of March 2006 data, the BLS’ ECI began using a different classification system, the North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS), instead of the Standard Industrial Codes (SIC), which no longer exists. We have consistently used the ECI as the data source for our wages and salaries and other price proxies in the IPPS market basket and are not making any changes to the usage at this time. Thus, we propose to use the BLS– NAICS-based ECIs as price proxies in the market basket. IV. Other Decisions and Proposed Changes to the IPPS for Operating Costs and GME Costs A. Reporting of Hospital Quality Data for Annual Hospital Payment Update (§ 412.64(d)(2)) (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘Hospital Quality Data’’ at the beginning of your comment.) 1. Background Section 5001(a) of the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005, Pub. L. 109–171 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules (DRA), set out new requirements for the Reporting Hospital Quality Data for Annual Payment Update (RHQDAPU) program. We established the RHQDAPU program in order to implement section 501(b) of Pub. L. 108–173. It builds on our ongoing voluntary Hospital Quality Initiative which is intended to empower consumers with quality of care information to make more informed decisions about their health care while also encouraging hospitals and clinicians to improve their quality of care. Section 5001(a) of the DRA revised the mechanism used to update the standardized amount for payment for hospital inpatient operating costs. Specifically, sections 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii)(I) and (II) of the Act provide that the payment update for FY 2007 and each subsequent fiscal year will be reduced by 2.0 percentage points for any ‘‘subsection (d) hospital’’ (that is, a hospital paid under the IPPS) that does not submit certain quality data in a form and manner, and at a time, specified by the Secretary. Sections 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii)(III) and (IV) of the Act required that we expand the ‘‘starter set’’ of 10 quality measures established by the Secretary as of November 1, 2003, provided certain requirements were met. In expanding this set of measures, section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii)(IV) of the Act provides that we must begin to adopt the baseline set of performance measures as set forth in a 2005 report issued by the Institute of Medicine (IOM) of the National Academy of Sciences under section 238(b) of the MMA,17 effective for payments beginning with FY 2007. The IOM measures include: Hospital Quality Alliance (HQA) quality measures (the HQA is a public-private collaboration to improve the quality of care provided by the nation’s hospitals by measuring and publicly reporting on that care), the HCAHPS patient perspective survey, and three structural measures. The structural measures are: (1) Implementation of computerized provider order entry for prescriptions, (2) staffing of intensive care units with intensivists, and (3) evidence-based hospital referrals. These structural measures constitute the Leapfrog Group’s original ‘‘three leaps,’’ and are part of the National Quality Forum’s 30 Safe Practices for Better Healthcare. Sections 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii)(V) and (VI) of the Act require that, effective for payments beginning with FY 2008, we 17 Institute of Medicine, ‘‘Performance Measurement: Accelerating Improvement,’’ December 1, 2005, available at http://www.iom.edu/ CMS/3809/ 19805/31310.aspx. VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 add other quality measures that reflect consensus among affected parties, and provide the Secretary with the discretion to replace any quality measures or indicators in appropriate cases, such as where all hospitals are effectively in compliance with a measure, or the measures or indicators have been subsequently shown to not represent the best clinical practice. Thus, the Secretary has broad discretion to replace measures on the basis that they are not appropriate. Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii)(VII) of the Act requires that we establish procedures for making quality data available to the public after ensuring that a hospital has the opportunity to review, in advance, its data that are to be made public. In addition, this section requires that we report quality measures of process, structure, outcome, patients’ perspective on care, efficiency, and costs of care that relate to services furnished in inpatient settings on the CMS Web site. Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii)(I) of the Act also provides that any reduction in a hospital’s payment update will apply only with respect to the fiscal year involved, and will not be taken into account for computing the applicable percentage increase for a subsequent fiscal year. The starter set of 10 quality measures we established as of November 1, 2003 are as follows: Heart Attack (Acute Myocardial Infarction or AMI) <bullet≤ Was aspirin given to the patient upon arrival to the hospital? <bullet≤ Was aspirin prescribed when the patient was discharged? <bullet≤ Was a beta-blocker given to the patient upon arrival to the hospital? <bullet≤ Was a beta-blocker prescribed when the patient was discharged? <bullet≤ Was an ACE inhibitor given for the patient with heart failure? Heart Failure (HF) <bullet≤ Did the patient get an assessment of his or her heart function? <bullet≤ Was an ACE inhibitor given to the patient? Pneumonia (PNE) <bullet≤ Was an antibiotic given to the patient in a timely way? <bullet≤ Had the patient received a pneumococcal vaccination? <bullet≤ Was the patient’s oxygen level assessed? We adopted these measures after the Secretary of HHS joined in a partnership with several collaborators intended to promote hospital quality improvement and public reporting of hospital quality information. These collaborators included the American Hospital Association, the Federation of American Hospitals, the Association of American PO 00000 Frm 00125 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24803 Medical Colleges, the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (the Joint Commission), the National Quality Forum (NQF), the American Medical Association, the Consumer-Purchaser Disclosure Project, the AARP, the American Federation of Labor-Congress of Industrial Organizations, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ), as well as CMS and others. This collaboration, originally known as the National Voluntary Hospital Reporting Initiative, is now known as the HQA. This starter set of 10 quality measures was endorsed by the NQF. NQF is a voluntary consensus standard-setting organization established to standardize health care quality measurement and reporting through its consensus development process. In addition, this starter set is a subset of measures currently collected for The Joint Commission as part of its certification program. We chose these 10 quality measures in order to collect data that will: (1) Provide useful and valid information about hospital quality to the public; (2) provide hospitals with a sense of predictability about public reporting expectations; (3) begin to standardize data and data collection mechanisms; and (4) foster hospital quality improvement. Hospitals submit quality data through the QualityNet Exchange secure Web site (http://www.qnetexchange.org). We believe that this Web site meets or exceeds all current Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act requirements for security of personal health information. Data from this initiative are used to populate the Hospital Compare Web site, http:// www.hospitalcompare.hhs.gov. This Web site assists beneficiaries and the general public by providing information on hospital quality of care for consumers who need to select a hospital. It further serves to encourage consumers to work with their doctors and hospitals to discuss the quality of care they provide to patients, thereby providing an additional incentive to improve their quality of that care. In the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 48137), we amended our regulations at § 412.64(d)(2) to reflect the 2.0 percentage point reduction in the payment update for FY 2007 and subsequent fiscal years for hospitals that do not comply with requirements for reporting quality data as provided for under section 5001(a) of the DRA. We also added 11 additional quality E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24804 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules measures to the 10 measure starter set to establish an expanded set of 21 quality measures (71 FR 48029 through 48037). These 21 measures are as follows: Topic Quality measure Heart Attack (Acute Myocardial Infarction) .............................................. <bullet≤ Aspirin at arrival.* <bullet≤ Aspirin prescribed at discharge.* <bullet≤ ACE inhibitor (ACE–I) or Angiotensin Receptor Blocker (ARBs) for left ventricular systolic dysfunction.* <bullet≤ Beta blocker at arrival.* <bullet≤ Beta blocker prescribed at discharge.* <bullet≤ Thrombolytic agent received within 30 minutes of hospital arrival. <bullet≤ Percutaneous Coronary Intervention (PCI) received within 120 minutes of hospital arrival. <bullet≤ Adult smoking cessation advice/counseling. <bullet≤ Left ventricular function assessment.* <bullet≤ ACE inhibitor (ACE–I) or Angiotensin Receptor Blocker (ARBs) for left ventricular systolic dysfunction.* <bullet≤ Discharge instructions. <bullet≤ Adult smoking cessation advice/counseling. <bullet≤ Initial antibiotic received within 4 hours of hospital arrival.* <bullet≤ Oxygenation assessment.* <bullet≤ Pneumococcal vaccination status.* <bullet≤ Blood culture performed before first antibiotic received in hospital. <bullet≤ Adult smoking cessation advice/counseling. <bullet≤ Appropriate initial antibiotic selection. <bullet≤ Influenza vaccination status. <bullet≤ Prophylactic antibiotic received within 1 hour prior to surgical incision. <bullet≤ Prophylactic antibiotics discontinued within 24 hours after surgery end time. Heart Failure (HF) .................................................................................... Pneumonia (PNE) ..................................................................................... Surgical Care Improvement Project (SCIP)—named SIP for discharges prior to July 2006 (3Q06). *Measure included in 10 measure starter set. In addition, in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 48031 through 48044), we set out RHQDAPU program procedures for data submission, program withdrawal, data validation, attestation, public display of hospitals’ quality data, and reconsiderations. In response to public comments, we required that reporting of the expanded quality measures begin with discharges occurring on or after the third calendar quarter of 2006 (July through September discharges). We also responded to public comments regarding whether we should establish more structured reconsideration procedures for FY 2008 and what such procedures might include. Under section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii)(V) of the Act, for payments beginning with FY 2008, we are required to add other measures that reflect consensus among affected parties, and, to the extent feasible and practicable, we must include measures set forth by one or more national consensus building entities. 2. FY 2008 Quality Measures Commenters on the FY 2007 IPPS proposed rule requested that we notify the public as far in advance as possible of any proposed expansions of the measurement set and program procedures in order to encourage broad collaboration and to give hospitals time to prepare for any anticipated change. Taking these concerns into account, in the CY 2007 OPPS final rule (71 FR 68201), we adopted additional quality measures for the FY 2008 update. The six additional measures we adopted are as follows: <bullet≤ HCAHPS survey <bullet≤ SCIP Quality Measures —SCIP–VTE 1: Venous thromboembolism (VTE) prophylaxis ordered for surgery patient —SCIP–VTE 2: VTE prophylaxis within 24 hours pre/post surgery —SCIP Infection 2: Prophylactic antibiotic selection for surgical patients <bullet≤ Mortality (Medicare Patients) —Acute Myocardial Infarction 30-day mortality Medicare patients —Heart Failure 30-day mortality Medicare patients For the FY 2008 payment determination, hospitals are required to report the following 27 measures: Quality measure Heart Attack (Acute Myocardial Infarction) .............................................. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Topic <bullet≤ Aspirin at arrival.* <bullet≤ Aspirin prescribed at discharge.* <bullet≤ ACE inhibitor (ACE–I) or Angiotensin Receptor Blocker (ARBs) for left ventricular systolic dysfunction.* <bullet≤ Beta blocker at arrival.* <bullet≤ Beta blocker prescribed at discharge.* <bullet≤ Thrombolytic agent received within 30 minutes of hospital arrival.** <bullet≤ Percutaneous Coronary Intervention (PCI) received within 120 minutes of hospital arrival.** <bullet≤ Adult smoking cessation advice/counseling.** <bullet≤ Left ventricular function assessment.* <bullet≤ ACE inhibitor (ACE–I) or Angiotensin Receptor Blocker (ARBs) for left ventricular systolic dysfunction.* Heart Failure (HF) .................................................................................... VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00126 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules Topic 24805 Quality measure Pneumonia (PNE) ..................................................................................... Surgical Care Improvement Project (SCIP)—named SIP for discharges prior to July 2006 (3Q06). Mortality Measures (Medicare patients) ................................................... Patients’ Experience of Care .................................................................... <bullet≤ Discharge instructions.** <bullet≤ Adult smoking cessation advice/counseling.** <bullet≤ Initial antibiotic received within 4 hours of hospital arrival.* <bullet≤ Oxygenation assessment.* <bullet≤ Pneumococcal vaccination status.* <bullet≤ Blood culture performed before first antibiotic received in hospital.** <bullet≤ Adult smoking cessation advice/counseling.** <bullet≤ Appropriate initial antibiotic selection.** <bullet≤ Influenza vaccination status.** <bullet≤ Prophylactic antibiotic received within 1 hour prior to surgical incision.** <bullet≤ Prophylactic antibiotics discontinued within 24 hours after surgery end time.** <bullet≤ SCIP–VTE 1: Venous thromboembolism (VTE) prophylaxis ordered for surgery patients.*** <bullet≤ SCIP–VTE 2: VTE prophylaxis within 24 hours pre/post surgery.*** <bullet≤ SCIP Infection 2: Prophylactic antibiotic selection for surgical patients.*** <bullet≤ Acute Myocardial Infarction 30-day mortality Medicare patients.*** <bullet≤ Heart Failure 30-day mortality Medicare patients.*** <bullet≤ HCAHPS patient survey.*** *Measure included in 10 measure starter set. **Measure included in 21 measure expanded set. *** Measure added in CY 2007 OPPS final rule. We did not adopt any other new RHQDAPU measures for FY 2008. 3. New Quality Measures and Program Requirements for FY 2009 and Subsequent Years mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB a. Proposed New Quality Measures for FY 2009 and Subsequent Years We are proposing to add 1 outcome measure and 4 process measures to the existing 27 measure set to establish a new set of 32 quality measures to be used for the FY 2009 annual payment determination. We plan to adopt these measures a year in advance in order to provide additional time for hospitals to prepare for changes related to the RHQDAPU program. We are proposing to add the following quality measures for the FY 2009 RHQDAPU program. <bullet≤ Pneumonia 30-day Mortality (Medicare patients) <bullet≤ SCIP Infection 4: Cardiac Surgery Patients with Controlled 6AM Postoperative Serum Glucose <bullet≤ SCIP Infection 6: Surgery Patients with Appropriate Hair Removal <bullet≤ SCIP Infection 7: Colorectal Patients with Immediate Postoperative Normothermia <bullet≤ SCIP Cardiovascular 2: Surgery Patients on a Beta-Blocker Prior to Arrival Who Received a Beta-Blocker During the Perioperative Period The above measures reflect our continuing commitment to quality improvement in both clinical care and VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 patient safety. These additional measures also demonstrate our commitment to include in the RHQDAPU program only those quality measures that reflect consensus among the affected parties and that have been reviewed by a consensus building process. The proposed measures have been put forth by the HQA for inclusion in its public reporting set, contingent on endorsement by the NQF. (In the case of SCIP Infection 7, the HQA recently withdrew its previous support unless the measure receives NQF endorsement.) We anticipate that the NQF will endorse these measures prior to the publication of the FY 2008 IPPS final rule. Any measure that has not been endorsed by that time will not be finalized in that rule. CMS requests public comment on these five measures, as well as whether to add other measures to the RHQDAPU program measure set for FY 2009 and subsequent years. CMS may, based on comments received, include one or more of the measures discussed below in the RHQDAPU program measure set for FY 2009 payments. We will finalize the FY 2009 RHQDAPU measure set in the FY 2008 IPPS final rule. The following table contains a list of 18 measures and 8 measure sets from which additional quality measures could be selected for inclusion in the RHQDAPU program. It includes measures and measure sets that PO 00000 Frm 00127 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 highlight CMS’ interest in improving patient safety and outcomes of care, with a particular focus on the quality of surgical care and patient outcomes. In order to engender a broad review of potential performance measures, the list includes measures that have not yet been considered for approval by the HQA or endorsement by the NQF consensus review process for public reporting. It also includes measures developed by organizations other than CMS as well as measures that are to be derived from administrative data (such as claims) that may need to be modified for specific use by the Medicare program if implemented under the RHQDAPU program. We hope to receive comment from a broad set of stakeholders on the measures and measure sets that are listed, as well as any critical gaps or ‘‘missing’’ measures or measure sets. We specifically requests input concerning the following: <bullet≤ Which of the measures or measure sets should be included in the FY 2009 RHQDAPU program or in subsequent years? <bullet≤ What challenges for data collection and reporting are posed by the identified measures and measure sets? What improvements could be made to data collection or reporting that might offset or otherwise address those challenges? E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24806 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules POSSIBLE MEASURES AND MEASURE SETS FOR THE RHQDAPU PROGRAM FOR FY 2009 AND SUBSEQUENT YEARS Measure Clinical condition Intensive Care Unit (ICU) Critical Care Measures 1 ....... 2 ....... Stress Ulcer Disease Prophylaxis ..................................................................................................................... Urinary Catheter-Associated Urinary Tract Infection For Intensive Care Unit (ICU) Patients .......................... ICU/critical care. ICU/critical care. Readmission Measures 3 4 5 6 ....... ....... ....... ....... Readmission Readmission Readmission Readmission Heart Failure (HF) Within 30 Days Rate—Medicare Only (CMS Methodology) ......................... (same hospital) Acute Myocardial Infarction (AMI) Within 30 Days Rate ................................... (same hospital) PNE Within 30 Days Rate ................................................................................. Within 30 Days Of Surgery—Medicare Only (SCIP Global–2) ................................................... Efficiency/HF. Efficiency/AMI. Efficiency/PNE. Surgical Care. NQF—Nursing Sensitive Condition Set (Outcomes Measures Only) 7 ....... 8 ....... 9 ....... 10 ..... Failure To Rescue—Nursing Sensitive Measure .............................................................................................. Pressure Ulcer Prevalence—Nursing Sensitive Measure ................................................................................. Patient Falls Prevalence—Nursing Sensitive Measure ..................................................................................... Patient Falls With Injury—Nursing Sensitive Measure ...................................................................................... Patient Patient Patient Patient centered. centered. centered. centered. Cancer (Inpatient) Measures 11 12 13 14 15 ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... Patients With Early Stage Breast Cancer Who Have Evaluation Of The Axilla ............................................... College Of American Pathologists Breast Cancer Protocol .............................................................................. Surgical Resection Includes At Least 12 Nodes (ACOS–02) ........................................................................... College Of American Pathologists Colon And Rectum Protocol ....................................................................... Completeness Of Pathologic Reporting (CCO–04) ........................................................................................... Cancer—Breast. Cancer—Breast. Cancer—Colon. Cancer—Colon. Cancer—Colon. Leapfrog Leaps, identified by IOM and Deficit Reduction Act 16 ..... 17 ..... 18 ..... Use Of Computerized Physician Order Entry (CPOE) Systems ....................................................................... Use of Intensivists in ICUs/ICU Physician Staffing (IPS) .................................................................................. Evidence-Based Hospital Referrals ................................................................................................................... Patient safety. Patient safety. Patient Safety. Measure Sets of Potential Interest (Individual measures not specified in this proposed rule) Sets Under Active Review by National Quality Forum (NQF) 1 ....... 2 ....... 3 ....... 4 ....... Healthcare-Associated Infection measures—under consideration by the NQF National Voluntary Consensus Standards for Reporting of Healthcare-associated Infections Data Project. Readmission Rates by Condition—under consideration by NQF National Voluntary Consensus Standards for Hospital Care: Additional Priorities, 2007 Project. Average Length of Stay (ALOS) by Condition—under consideration by NQF National Voluntary Consensus Standards for Hospital Care: Additional Priorities, 2007 Project. AHRQ Quality Indicators, including Patient Safety Indicators—under consideration by NQF National Voluntary Consensus Standards for Hospital Care: Additional Priorities, 2007 Project. Patient Safety. Efficiency. Efficiency. Patient Safety, various conditions. Measure Sets/Practices Previously Endorsed by NQF 5 ....... 6 ....... Safe Practices for Better Healthcare ................................................................................................................. Serious Reportable Events in Healthcare (‘‘Never Events’’) ............................................................................. Patient Safety. Patient Safety. Other Hospital Measure Sets 7 ....... 8 ....... Hospital Emergency Department Measures ...................................................................................................... Vascular Surgery Complications (for Carotid Endarterectomy, Lower Extremity Bypass, Open Surgery Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm Repair, Endovascular Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm Repair). mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB b. Data Submission In order to be eligible for the full FY 2009 market basket update, we are proposing that hospitals will be required to submit data on 32 measures (the 27 existing measures plus the 5 proposed new measures). The technical specifications for this requirement are published in the CMS/Joint Commission Specifications Manual for National Hospital Quality Measures. This manual can be found on the QualityNet.org Web site. VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 For the additional SCIP measures that we are proposing to add through this rule, (SCIP Infection 4, 6, and 7 and SCIP–Card–2), hospitals will be required to submit data to the QIO Clinical Warehouse starting with discharges that occur in CY 2008. We are proposing that the deadline for hospitals to submit this data for first calendar quarter of 2008 would be August 15, 2008. Data must be submitted for each subsequent quarter PO 00000 Frm 00128 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 Various. Surgical Care. by 4.5 months after the end of the quarter. We are proposing this time period to allow hospitals sufficient time to prepare for the data collection. The three SCIP Infection measures that we are proposing to include for FY 2009 were added to the Manual in version 2.0, effective with third calendar quarter of 2006 (3Q06) and the proposed SCIP Cardiovascular measure was added in version 2.1d of the Manual, effective with fourth calendar quarter of 2006 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB (4Q06). Hospitals may report data on these measures for discharges prior to CY 2008 discharges, if they so choose. For the proposed Pneumonia 30-day Mortality measure, we are proposing to use claims data that are already being collected for index hospitalizations to calculate the mortality rates. As is the case with the other 30-day mortality (outcome) measures already associated with the RHQDAPU program (AMI, HF), hospitals need not submit additional data. Claims data submitted to CMS for index hospitalizations occurring from July 2006 through June 2007 (3Q06 through 2Q07) will be used to calculate the Pneumonia 30-day mortality rate that will be used for FY 2009 annual payment determination. All measures that we have previously finalized, and that we finalize in the future through the rulemaking process, will be required for the RHQDAPU program annual payment determination each year until further notice. CMS, working in conjunction with The Joint Commission, maintains the specifications for the set of measures used both for the RHQDAPU program and for reporting under the HQA initiative. The specifications are updated semiannually and changes are made prospectively, except in exceptional circumstances. Revised specifications can be found at http:// www.qualitynet.org. 4. Retiring or Replacing RHQDAPU Program Quality Measures Over time, CMS expects that the set of measures used for the RHQDAPU program will evolve and change. New measures will be added to reflect clinical and other program goals. Measures that are no longer supported by clinical evidence would be modified or dropped. Through its public reporting and RHQDAPU program activities, CMS seeks to balance the competing goals of assuring the development of a comprehensive yet parsimonious set of quality measures while reducing reporting burden on hospitals. Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii)(VI) of the Act gives the Secretary authority to replace any measures or indicators in appropriate cases, such as where all hospitals are effectively in compliance or the measures or indicators have been subsequently shown not to represent the best clinical practice. CMS recognizes the need to develop a process related to the retirement and/or replacement of measures that comprise the RHQDAPU program measure set. In this proposed rule, we solicit public comment and suggestions concerning the criteria and mechanism for a process that would identify and, where appropriate, retire VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 or replace measures that comprise the RHQDAPU program measure set. 5. Procedures for the RHQDAPU Program for FY 2008 and FY 2009 a. Procedures for Participating in the RHQDAPU Program The ‘‘Reporting Hospital Quality Data for Annual Payment Update Reference Checklist’’ section of the QualityNet Exchange Web site contains all of the forms to be completed by hospitals participating in the program. In order to participate in the hospital reporting initiative for FY 2008, hospitals must follow these steps: <bullet≤ Identify a QualityNet Exchange Administrator who follows the registration process and submits the information through the QIO Clinical Warehouse. This must be done regardless of whether the hospital uses a vendor for transmission of data. <bullet≤ Complete the revised ‘‘Reporting Hospital Quality Data for Annual Payment Update Notice of Participation’’ form. These hospitals must send this form to their QIO, no later than August 15, 2007. In effort to alleviate the burden associated with submitting this form annually, we are proposing that a hospital that submits this form will be considered an active RHQDAPU program participant until such time as the hospital submits a withdrawal form to CMS. In addition, before participating hospitals initially begin reporting data, they must register with the QualityNet Exchange, regardless of the method used for submitting data. <bullet≤ Collect and report data for 24 of the 27 required measures (listed in Table—under the following headings: Acute Myocardial Infarction, Heart Failure, Pneumonia and SCIP). A hospital must report this data for discharges occurring in or after first quarter CY 2007. Hospitals must submit the data to the QIO Clinical Warehouse either using the CMS Abstraction & Reporting Tool (CART), the JCAHO ORYX[reg] Core Measures Performance Measurement System, or using another third-party vendor tool that has met the measurement specification requirements for data transmission to QualityNet Exchange. All submissions will be executed through QualityNet Exchange. Because the information in the QIO Clinical Warehouse is considered QIO information, it is subject to the stringent QIO confidentiality regulations in 42 CFR part 480. The QIO Clinical Warehouse will submit the data to CMS on behalf of the hospitals. <bullet≤ For each quality measure that requires hospitals to collect and PO 00000 Frm 00129 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24807 report data, submit complete data regarding the quality measures in accordance with the joint CMS/Joint Commission sampling requirements located on the QualityNet Exchange Web site. These requirements specify that hospitals must submit a random sample or complete population of cases for each of topics covered by the quality measures. Hospitals must meet these sampling requirements for these quality measures for discharges in each quarter. <bullet≤ Submit aggregate population and sample size counts for Medicare and non-Medicare discharges for the four topic areas (AMI, HF, PNE, and SCIP) on a quarterly basis to CMS. <bullet≤ Continuously collect HCAHPS data beginning with July 2007 discharges in accordance with the HCAHPS Quality Assurance Guidelines, Version 2.0, located at http:// www.hcahpsonline.org. The CY 2007 OPPS rule required HCAHPS-eligible hospitals to participate in the March 2007 dry run of the HCAHPS survey, if they have not already participated in a previous dry run. Hospitals must submit HCAHPS dry run data to the QIO Clinical Warehouse by July 13, 2007. As part of the March 2007 dry run, hospitals were required to survey HCAHPS-eligible discharges between 48 hours and 6 weeks following hospital discharge. <bullet≤ For the AMI 30-day and HF 30-day mortality measures, CMS will use Part A and Part B claims for Medicare fee-for-service patients to calculate the mortality measures. For FY 2008, hospital inpatient claims (Part A) from July 1, 2005 to June 30, 2006 will be used to identify the relevant patients and the index hospitalizations. Inpatient claims for the index hospitalization and Part A and Part B claims for all inpatient, outpatient and physician services received one year prior to the index hospitalizations are used to determine patient comorbidity, which is used in the risk adjustment calculation (see http://www.qualitynet.org/ dcs/ ContentServer?cid=1163010398556 &pagename=QnetPublic%2FPage %2FQnetTier2&c=Page). No other hospital data submission is required to calculate the mortality rates. b. Procedures for Participating in the RHQDAPU Program for FY 2009 For FY 2009, the requirements for FY 2008 discussed above will apply, except that hospitals will be required to collect and report data on any additional measures that we finalize through the rulemaking process and for which we specify that data submission is required. Mortality measures will be expanded to E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24808 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules include pneumonia pending final NQF endorsement. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB c. Chart Validation Requirements (1) FY 2008 Validation Requirements For the FY 2008 update, and until further notice, we will continue to require that hospitals meet the chart validation requirements that we implemented in the FY 2006 IPPS final rule. There were no chart-audit validation criteria in place for FY 2005. Based upon our experience with the FY 2005 submissions and our requirement for reliable and validated data, in the FY 2006 IPPS final rule we discussed additional requirements that we had established for the data that hospitals were required to submit in order to receive the full FY 2006 payment update (70 FR 47421 and 47422). These requirements, as well as additional information on validation requirements, will continue and are being placed on the QualityNet Exchange Web site. For the FY 2008 payment update, and until further notice, hospitals must pass our validation requirement of a minimum of 80 percent reliability, based upon our chart-audit validation process, for the first three quarters of data from CY 2006. These data are due to the QIO Clinical Warehouse by August 15, 2006 (first quarter CY 2006 discharges), November 15, 2006 (second quarter CY 2006 discharges), and February 15, 2007 (third quarter CY 2006 discharges). We use confidence intervals to determine if a hospital has achieved an 80-percent reliability aggregated over the three quarters. The use of confidence intervals allows us to establish an appropriate range below the 80-percent reliability threshold that demonstrates a sufficient level of reliability to allow the data to still be considered validated. We estimate the percent reliability based upon a review of five charts, and then calculate the upper 95-percent confidence limit for that estimate. If this upper limit is above the required 80-percent reliability, the hospital data are considered validated. We are using the design-specific estimate of the variance for the confidence interval calculation, which, in this case, is a stratified single stage cluster sample, with unequal cluster sizes. (For reference, see Cochran, William G.: Sampling Techniques, John Wiley & Sons, New York, chapter 3, section 3.12 (1977); and Kish, Leslie.: Survey Sampling, John Wiley & Sons, New York, chapter 3, section 3.3 (1964).) Each quarter is treated as a stratum for variance estimation purposes. We will use a two-step process to determine if a hospital is submitting VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 valid data. In the first step, we calculate the percent agreement for all of the variables submitted in all of the charts. If a hospital falls below the 80-percent cutoff, we proceed to the second step and restrict the comparison to those variables associated with payment. For first and second quarter CY 2006 discharges (1Q06, 2Q06), that means we limit the calculations to the 10-measure starter set. For third quarter CY 2006 discharges (3Q06), we include 21 measures. We recalculate the percent agreement and the estimated 95-percent confidence interval and again compare to the 80-percent cutoff point. If a hospital passes under this restricted set of variables, the hospital is considered to be submitting valid data for purposes of the RHQDAPU program. Due to time constraints, we will not apply the validation requirement for the FY 2008 update to 3 SCIP measures that are included in the RHQDAPU measure set, Infection 2, VTE 1 and VTE 2. For HCAHPS, hospitals and survey vendors must participate in a quality oversight process conducted by the HCAHPS project team. Prior to July 2007, the purpose of the oversight activities will be to provide feedback to hospitals and survey vendors on data collection procedures. Starting in July 2007, we may ask hospitals/survey vendors to correct any problems that are found and provide follow-up documentation of corrections for review within a defined time period. If the HCAHPS project team finds that the hospital has not made these corrections, CMS may determine that the hospital is not submitting appropriate HCAHPS data for the RHQDAPU program. As part of these activities, HCAHPS project staff will review and discuss with survey vendors and hospitals selfadministering the survey their specific Quality Assurance Plans, survey management procedures, sampling and data collection protocols, and data preparation and submission. This review may take place in-person or through other means of communication. (2) FY 2009 Chart Validation Requirements For the FY 2009 update, all 2008 requirements apply, except for the following modifications. We will modify the validation requirement to pool the quarterly validation estimates for 4th quarter CY 2006 through 3rd quarter 2007 discharges. We will also expand the list of validated measures in the FY 2009 update to add SCIP Infection-2, SCIP VTE–1, and SCIP VTE–2 starting with 4th quarter CY 2006 discharges. We will also drop the current two-step process to determine if the hospital is submitting valid data. We PO 00000 Frm 00130 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 propose for the FY 2009 update to pool validation estimates covering the 4 quarters (4th quarter CY 2006 discharges through 3rd quarter 2007 discharges) in a similar manner to the current 3 quarter pooled confidence interval. (3) Validation and Submission Requirements We plan to apply the validation and submission requirements for FY 2008 and FY 2009 payment determination for the quality measures. For the validation and submission requirements for the FY 2008 payment year, we plan to use the following: <bullet≤ The 10 measure starter set for both submission and validation for 1st through 3rd quarters CY 2006 discharges. <bullet≤ The additional 11 measures that make up the expanded measure set for both submission and validation for 3rd quarter CY 2006 discharges. <bullet≤ SCIP VTE 1, 2, and SCIP Infection 2 submission only for 1Q 2007 discharges only. <bullet≤ HCAHPS measures, both submission of dry run data and continuous submission beginning with July 2007 discharges. <bullet≤ AMI and HF 30-day mortality measures as described previously. For FY 2009 payment year, we plan to use the following: <bullet≤ The 21 expanded measure set for submission and validation starting with fourth quarter CY 2006 (4Q06) through third quarter CY 2007 discharges. <bullet≤ SCIP VTE 1, 2, and SCIP Infection 2 submission and validation second quarter CY 2007 and 3rd Quarter CY 2007 discharges. <bullet≤ HCAHPS measures, continuous submission. <bullet≤ AMI, HF, and PN 30-day mortality measures as described previously. As additional measures are finalized for inclusion in the FY 2009 payment decision, we anticipate making changes to the above plan to incorporate those measures. c. Data Validation and Attestation For the FY 2008 update and in subsequent years, we will revise and post up-to-date confidence interval information on the QualityNet Exchange Web site explaining the application of the confidence interval to the overall validation results. The data are being validated at several levels. There are consistency and internal edit checks to ensure the integrity of the submitted data; there are external edit checks to E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules verify expectations about the volume of the data received. We will require for FY 2008 and subsequent years that hospitals attest each quarter to the completeness and accuracy of their data, including the volume of data, submitted to the QIO Clinical Warehouse in order to improve aspects of the validation checks. We will provide additional information to explain this attestation requirement, as well as provide the relevant form to be completed on the QualityNet Exchange Web site. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB d. Public Display We will continue to display quality information for public viewing as required by section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii)(VII) of the Act. Before we display this information, hospitals will be permitted to review their information as recorded in the QIO Clinical Warehouse. Currently, hospitals that share the same Medicare Provider Number (MPN) must combine data collection and submission across their multiple campuses (for both clinical measures and for HCAHPS). These measures are then publicly reported as if they apply to a single hospital. We estimate that approximately 5 to 10 percent of the hospitals reported on the Hospital Compare Web site share MPNs. For FY 2008 and subsequent years, we are proposing to require hospitals to begin to report the name and address of each hospital that shares the same MPN. This information will be gathered through the RHQDAPU program Notice of Participation form, which hospitals will submit to their QIOs by August 15, 2007. To increase transparency in public reporting and improve the usefulness of Hospital Compare, CMS plans to note on the Web site where publicly reported measures combine results from two or more hospitals. e. Reconsideration and Appeal Procedures If we deny a hospital the full market basket update, the hospital may submit a letter requesting that we reconsider our decision that the hospital did not meet the RHQDAPU program requirements. For FY 2008, a hospital must submit such a request for reconsideration on or before November 1, 2007. We also are establishing additional procedural rules that will govern RHQDAPU program reconsiderations. We will post these rules on the QualityNet Exchange Web site. If a hospital is dissatisfied with the result of a RHQDAPU program reconsideration, the hospital may file a VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 claim under 42 CFR Part 405, Subpart R (a Provider Reimbursement Review Board (PRRB) appeal). In this proposed rule we are again soliciting public comment and suggestions related to reconsideration. f. RHQDAPU Program Withdrawal Requirements For the FY 2008 update, hospitals may withdraw from the RHQDAPU program at any time up to August 15, 2007. If a hospital withdraws from the program, it will receive a 2.0 percentage point reduction in its payment update. 6. Electronic Medical Records In the FY 2006 IPPS final rule, we encouraged hospitals to take steps toward the adoption of electronic medical records (EMRs) that will allow for reporting of clinical quality data from the EMRs directly to a CMS data repository (70 FR 47420). We intend to begin working toward creating measures specifications and a system or mechanism, or both, that will accept the data directly without requiring the transfer of the raw data into an XML file as is currently done. The Department continues to work cooperatively with other Federal agencies in the development of Federal health architecture data standards. We encouraged hospitals that are developing systems to conform them to both industry standards and, when developed, the Federal Health Architecture Data standards, and to ensure that the data necessary for quality measures are captured. Ideally, such systems will also provide point-ofcare decision support that enables high levels of performance on the measures. Hospitals using EMRs to produce data on quality measures will be held to the same performance expectations as hospitals not using EMRs. Due to the low volume of comments we received on this issue in response to the FY 2006 proposed IPPS rule, in the proposed IPPS rule for FY 2007 (71 FR 24095), we again invited comments on these requirements and options. In the FY 2007 IPPS final rule, we summarized and addressed the additional comments we received. We would welcome additional comments on this issue. 7. New Hospitals In addition, we are proposing a minor change to our policies regarding new hospitals. In the FY 2006 IPPS final rule, we noted that a new hospital should begin collecting and reporting data immediately and complete the registration requirements for the RHQDAPU. (70 FR 47421 and 47428). We also explained that a new hospital PO 00000 Frm 00131 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24809 would be held to the same standard as established facilities when determining the expected number of discharges for the calendar quarters covered for each fiscal year. We also stated that fiscal intermediaries would provide information on new hospitals to the QIO in the state in which the hospital has opened for operations as a Medicare provider as soon as possible so that the QIO can enter the provider information into its Program Resource System (PRS) and follow through with ensuring provider participation with the requirements for quality data reporting under this rule. We believe that some new hospitals have found it difficult to start reporting RHQDAPU measures immediately after signing up to participate in the RHADAPU program. Therefore, we are proposing a modification to our policy to reduce burden on new hospitals. We are proposing that the fiscal intermediary would continue to provide information on the new hospital to the QIO in the state in which the hospital is located as soon as possible so that the QIO could enter the provider information into its PRS and follow through with ensuring provider participation with the requirements for quality data reporting. However, for a new hospital that receives a provider number on or after October 1st of each year (beginning with October 1, 2007), we are proposing that the hospital would be required to report RHQDAPU data beginning with the first day of the quarter following the date the hospital registers to participate in the RHQDAPU program. For example, a hospital that receives its MPN on October 2, 2007 and signs up to participate in RHQDAPU on November 1, 2007 will be expected to meet all data submission requirements for discharges on or after January 1, 2008. B. Development of the Medicare Hospital Value-Based Purchasing Plan (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘Value-Based Purchasing Plan’’ at the beginning of your comment.) Section 5001(b) of the DRA specifies that CMS develop a plan to implement a Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program for payments under the Medicare program for subsection (d) hospitals beginning with FY 2009. Congress specified that the ‘‘plan’’ include consideration of the following issues: <bullet≤ The ongoing development, selection, and modification process for measures of quality and efficiency in hospital inpatient settings. E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 24810 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules <bullet≤ The reporting, collection, and validation of quality data. <bullet≤ The structure of value-based payment adjustments, including the determination of thresholds or improvements in quality that would substantiate a payment adjustment, the size of such payments, and the sources of funding for the value-based payments. <bullet≤ The disclosure of information on hospital performance. In developing the plan, we must consult with relevant affected parties and consider experience with demonstrations that are relevant to the value-based purchasing program. We have created an internal Hospital Pay-for-Performance Workgroup that is charged with developing the VBP Plan for Medicare hospital services. The workgroup is organized into four subgroups to address each of the required planning issues: (1) measures; (2) data collection and validation; (3) incentive structure; and (4) public reporting. The workgroup has been charged with preparing a set of design options, narrowing the set of design options to prepare a draft plan, and preparing the final plan for implementing VBP for Medicare hospital services that will be provided to Congress. CMS is hosting two public ‘‘Listening Sessions’’ in early 2007 to solicit comments from relevant affected parties on outstanding design questions associated with development of the final plan. The first listening session was held on January 17, 2007, to consider design questions posed in an issues paper that has been posted since December 22, 2006, on the Medicare Web site, Hospital Center, under Spotlights at: http://www.cms.hhs.gov/ center/ hospital.asp. An audio download of the listening session and the PowerPoint slides used during the session are also posted on this Web site. The second listening session will be held on April 12, 2007, to consider the draft plan, which will be posted on the Medicare Web site, Hospital Center, on March 22, 2007. A notice announcing this listening session was published in the Federal Register on February 23, 2007 (71 FR 8179). It is hoped that hospitals, hospital associations, and other interested parties will attend and make comments on the draft plan in person. It will also be possible to participate by teleconference, and limited time will be allocated for verbal comments by telephone participants. Registration to participate in person or by telephone is open until April 5, 2007. The agenda and PowerPoint slides for the session will be posted by April 9, 2007. An audio download of the second VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 listening session will be posted by April 17, 2007. Written comments are welcomed and will be accepted until 5 PM EDT on April 19, 2007. The perspectives expressed during this session and in writing will assist CMS in making revisions to the draft plan to create the final Medicare Hospital Value-Based Purchasing Plan expected to be completed by June 2007. While section 5001(b) of the DRA authorized development of this plan, additional legislation will be required to establish and implement the Medicare Hospital Value-Based Purchasing Program. As described in the draft plan, we proposed that the current RHQDAPU Program will provide the foundation for and be incorporated into the new Medicare Hospital Value-Based Purchasing Program. C. Rural Referral Centers (RRCs) (§ 412.96) (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘RRCs’’ at the beginning of your comment.) Under the authority of section 1886(d)(5)(C)(i) of the Act, the regulations at § 412.96 set forth the criteria that a hospital must meet in order to qualify under the IPPS as an RRC. For discharges occurring before October 1, 1994, RRCs received the benefit of payment based on the other urban standardized amount rather than the rural standardized amount. Although the other urban and rural standardized amounts are the same for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1994, RRCs continue to receive special treatment under both the DSH payment adjustment and the criteria for geographic reclassification. Section 402 of Pub. L. 108–173 raised the DSH adjustment for other rural hospitals with less than 500 beds and RRCs. Other rural hospitals with less than 500 beds are subject to a 12-percent cap on DSH payments. RRCs are not subject to the 12-percent cap on DSH payments that is applicable to other rural hospitals (with the exception of rural hospitals with 500 or more beds). RRCs are not subject to the proximity criteria when applying for geographic reclassification, and they do not have to meet the requirement that a hospital’s average hourly wage must exceed 106 percent of the average hourly wage of the labor market area where the hospital is located. Section 4202(b) of Pub. L. 105–33 states, in part, ‘‘[a]ny hospital classified as an RRC by the Secretary * * * for fiscal year 1991 shall be classified as such an RRC for fiscal year 1998 and each subsequent year.’’ In the August 29, 1997 final rule with comment period PO 00000 Frm 00132 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 (62 FR 45999), we also reinstated RRC status for all hospitals that lost the status due to triennial review or MGCRB reclassification, but not to hospitals that lost RRC status because they were now urban for all purposes because of the OMB designation of their geographic area as urban. However, subsequently, in the August 1, 2000 final rule (65 FR 47089), we indicated that we were revisiting that decision. Specifically, we stated that we would permit hospitals that previously qualified as an RRC and lost their status due to OMB redesignation of the county in which they are located from rural to urban to be reinstated as an RRC. Otherwise, a hospital seeking RRC status must satisfy the applicable criteria. We used the definitions of ‘‘urban’’ and ‘‘rural’’ specified in Subpart D of 42 CFR Part 412. 1. Proposed Annual Update of RRC Status Criteria One of the criteria under which a hospital may qualify as a RRC is to have 275 or more beds available for use (§ 412.96(b)(1)(ii)). A rural hospital that does not meet the bed size requirement can qualify as an RRC if the hospital meets two mandatory prerequisites (a minimum CMI and a minimum number of discharges) and at least one of three optional criteria (relating to specialty composition of medical staff, source of inpatients, or referral volume) (§ 412.96(c)(1) through (c)(5)). (See also the September 30, 1988 Federal Register (53 FR 38513).) With respect to the two mandatory prerequisites, a hospital may be classified as an RRC if— <bullet≤ The hospital’s CMI is at least equal to the lower of the median CMI for urban hospitals in its census region, excluding hospitals with approved teaching programs, or the median CMI for all urban hospitals nationally; and <bullet≤ The hospital’s number of discharges is at least 5,000 per year, or, if fewer, the median number of discharges for urban hospitals in the census region in which the hospital is located. (The number of discharges criterion for an osteopathic hospital is at least 3,000 discharges per year, as specified in section 1886(d)(5)(C)(i) of the Act.) a. Case-Mix Index Section 412.96(c)(1) provides that CMS will establish updated national and regional CMI values in each year’s annual notice of prospective payment rates for purposes of determining RRC status. The methodology we use to determine the national and regional CMI values is set forth in regulations at § 412.96(c)(1)(ii). The proposed national E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules median CMI value for FY 2008 includes all urban hospitals nationwide, and the regional values for FY 2008 are the median CMI values of urban hospitals within each census region, excluding those hospitals with approved teaching programs (that is, those hospitals receiving indirect medical education payments as provided in § 412.105(f)). These values are based on discharges occurring during FY 2006 (October 1, 2005 through September 30, 2006) and include bills posted to CMS’ records through December 2006. We are proposing that, in addition to meeting other criteria, if they are to qualify for initial RRC status for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2007, rural hospitals with fewer than 275 beds must have a CMI value for FY 2006 that is at least— <bullet≤ 1.2258; or <bullet≤ The median CMI value (not transfer-adjusted) for urban hospitals (excluding hospitals with approved teaching programs as identified in § 412.105(f)) calculated by CMS for the census region in which the hospital is located. The proposed median CMI values by region are set forth in the following table: Case-mix index value Region 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. New England (CT, ME, MA, NH, RI, VT) .................................................................................................................................... Middle Atlantic (PA, NJ, NY) ....................................................................................................................................................... South Atlantic (DE, DC, FL, GA, MD, NC, SC, VA, WV) ........................................................................................................... East North Central (IL, IN, MI, OH, WI) ...................................................................................................................................... East South Central (AL, KY, MS, TN) ......................................................................................................................................... West North Central (IA, KS, MN, MO, NE, ND, SD) .................................................................................................................. West South Central (AR, LA, OK, TX) ........................................................................................................................................ Mountain (AZ, CO, ID, MT, NV, NM, UT, WY) ........................................................................................................................... Pacific (AK, CA, HI, OR, WA) ..................................................................................................................................................... The preceding numbers will be revised in the final rule to the extent required to reflect the updated FY 2006 MEDPAR file, which will contain data from additional bills received through March 2007. Hospitals seeking to qualify as RRCs or those wishing to know how their CMI value compares to the criteria should obtain hospital-specific CMI values (not transfer-adjusted) from their fiscal intermediaries. Data are available on the Provider Statistical and Reimbursement (PS&R) System. In keeping with our policy on discharges, these CMI values are computed based on all Medicare patient discharges subject to the IPPS DRG-based payment. b. Discharges Section 412.96(c)(2)(i) provides that CMS will set forth the national and regional numbers of discharges in each year’s annual notice of prospective payment rates for purposes of determining RRC status. As specified in section 1886(d)(5)(C)(ii) of the Act, the national standard is set at 5,000 discharges. We are proposing to update the regional standards based on discharges for urban hospitals’ cost reporting periods that began during FY 2004 (that is, October 1, 2003 through September 30, 2004), which is the latest Number of discharges mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB New England (CT, ME, MA, NH, RI, VT) .................................................................................................................................... Middle Atlantic (PA, NJ, NY) ....................................................................................................................................................... South Atlantic (DE, DC, FL, GA, MD, NC, SC, VA, WV) ........................................................................................................... East North Central (IL, IN, MI, OH, WI) ...................................................................................................................................... East South Central (AL, KY, MS, TN) ......................................................................................................................................... West North Central (IA, KS, MN, MO, NE, ND, SD) .................................................................................................................. West South Central (AR, LA, OK, TX) ........................................................................................................................................ Mountain (AZ, CO, ID, MT, NV, NM, UT, WY) ........................................................................................................................... Pacific (AK, CA, HI, OR, WA) ..................................................................................................................................................... These numbers will be revised in the FY 2008 IPPS final rule based on the latest available cost report data. We note that the median number of discharges for hospitals in each census region is greater than the national standard of 5,000 discharges. Therefore, 5,000 discharges is the minimum criterion for all hospitals. We reiterate that if an osteopathic hospital is to qualify for RRC status for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2007, the hospital VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 would be required to have at least 3,000 discharges for its cost reporting period that began during FY 2004. 2. Acquired Rural Status and RRCs (§ 412.103(g)) With the following exceptions, a hospital must be rural to qualify as an RRC: <bullet≤ Consistent with section 4202(b) of Pub. L. 105–33, any hospital designated as an RRC in FY 1991 retains PO 00000 Frm 00133 Fmt 4701 1.2389 1.2675 1.3524 1.3499 1.2909 1.2780 1.4013 1.4260 1.3722 available cost report data we have at this time. Therefore, we are proposing that, in addition to meeting other criteria, a hospital, if it is to qualify for initial RRC status for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2007, must have as the number of discharges for its cost reporting period that began during FY 2004 a figure that is at least— <bullet≤ 5,000 (3,000 for an osteopathic hospital); or <bullet≤ The median number of discharges for urban hospitals in the census region in which the hospital is located, as indicated in the following table: Region 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 24811 Sfmt 4702 7,749 10,603 10,562 9,209 7,596 7,963 7,167 9,116 8,420 that status for FY 1998 and each subsequent year. <bullet≤ Hospitals located in a rural county that would have lost their RRC status as a result of an OMB redesignation of the area from rural to urban were permitted to remain as RRCs (69 FR 49056). <bullet≤ Hospitals located in urban areas that apply for reclassification as rural under § 412.103 (that is, the hospital is located in an urban area but it E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 24812 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules ‘‘acquires’’ rural status under the regulations) also may qualify as RRCs. Under § 412.103(g), a hospital may cancel its rural reclassification by submitting a written request to the CMS Regional Office no less than 120 days prior to the end of its current cost reporting period. A hospital may choose to cancel its acquired rural status if it determines it may be more financially beneficial to return to urban status and the associated IPPS payments rather than remain rural and receive the special treatments of certain rural providers such as RRCs, SCHs and CAHs. The hospital’s acquired rural status is canceled beginning with its next cost reporting period. We have received inquiries asking whether a hospital retains its RRC status once it voluntarily cancels its acquired rural status. As indicated above, a hospital generally must be rural to be classified as an RRC. However, a hospital may retain its RRC status only in the special circumstances where it would have lost status due to OMB redesignation of its area from rural to urban, or where it was already designated as an RRC in 1991. In these situations, there were either special statutory provisions that require the hospital to retain its RRC status or the hospital’s geographic status changed from rural to urban through no action of its own. We do not believe that an urban hospital that acquires rural status under § 412.103 and subsequently is approved as an RRC should be able to retain the benefits of being an RRC when it voluntarily cancels that acquired rural status. For this reason, Medicare’s policy has been that a hospital cannot continue to be an RRC once it cancels acquired rural status under § 412.103. It follows from the requirement that an RRC must be located in a rural area that cancellation of acquired rural status negates a hospital’s RRC designation. In this proposed rule, we are clarifying our current policy that a hospital that cancels its acquired rural status, received under § 412.103, would also lose its RRC designation under § 412.96. In this situation, the hospital would lose its RRC designation under § 412.96 as of the date the cancellation of its acquired rural status takes effect. As indicated above, RRCs are not subject to a maximum DSH adjustment of 12 percent that applies to other rural hospitals with less than 500 beds. Further, RRCs are not subject to the proximity criteria when applying for geographic reclassification (§ 412.230(a)(3)), and they do not have to meet certain wage comparison tests for reclassification (§ 412.230(d)(1)(iii)). A hospital located in an urban area that VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 cancels its acquired rural status under § 412.103 loses its RRC status and would become subject to a 12-percent cap on the DSH adjustment applicable to urban hospitals with less than 100 beds (if the hospital has 100 beds or more, it would not be subject to the cap on the DSH adjustment). Further, the hospital would also have to meet the proximity requirement for geographic reclassification at § 412.230(a)(3). We note that the hospital would maintain the benefit of being exempt from the average hourly wage criterion for geographic reclassification requiring the comparison of the hospital’s wages to the wages of the area in which it is located, as stated in section 1886(d)(10)(D)(iii) of the Act. We are also proposing to revise the regulations at § 412.103(g) with respect to when cancellation of acquired rural status becomes effective. Currently, § 412.103(g)(2) states ‘‘The hospital’s cancellation of the classification is effective beginning with the hospital’s next full cost reporting period following the date of its request for cancellation.’’ While this policy is appropriate for hospitals paid under reasonable costs, such as CAHs, it is inconsistent with the IPPS that makes changes prospectively on the basis of a Federal fiscal year. In addition, to address concerns that some IPPS hospitals are acquiring rural status solely to benefit from reclassification rules applying to hospitals that were once RRCs and then canceling that rural status within a short period of time, such as a few months, we are proposing to require IPPS hospitals to retain acquired rural status for at least one 12month cost reporting period. If the hospital chooses to cancel its rural reclassification, the effective date of that cancellation would occur both after at least one 12-month cost reporting period and at the start of the next Federal fiscal year. Thus, for example, if a hospital with a cost reporting period from July 1, 2008, to June 30, 2009, becomes rural on May 30, 2008, its acquired rural status under § 412.103 would remain in effect from May 30, 2008, through at least September 30, 2009 (that is, the date it acquired rural status through the end of the fiscal year containing a full cost reporting period). We believe this policy is reasonable, given that acquired rural status for IPPS hospitals should be a considered decision for hospitals that truly wish to be considered as rural, and not purely as a mechanism for reclassifying. We are not proposing a duration requirement for hospitals paid under cost reimbursement because we are not aware of similar manipulations of rural status in these cases. Therefore, we are proposing to change our current PO 00000 Frm 00134 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 policy by revising § 412.103(g) to specify that a hospital’s cancellation of its acquired rural status under § 412.103 is effective for hospitals under reasonable cost reimbursement (such as CAHs) with the hospital’s next cost reporting period and for hospitals under the IPPS after at least one 12-month cost reporting period as rural and not until the beginning of a Federal fiscal year following both the request for cancellation and the 12-month cost reporting period. Under the proposed revised regulations, an IPPS hospital (such as an RRC or SCH) that cancels its acquired rural status would continue to be paid as rural until the beginning of the next fiscal year after at least one 12month cost reporting period as rural. In addition, for these IPPS hospitals, the deadline for seeking cancellation of the acquired rural status would be not less than 120 days before the end of the fiscal year. D. Indirect Medical Education (IME) Adjustment (§ 412.105) (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘IME Adjustment’’ at the beginning of your comment.) 1. Background Section 1886(d)(5)(B) of the Act provides that prospective payment hospitals that have residents in an approved graduate medical education (GME) program receive an additional payment to reflect the higher indirect patient care costs of teaching hospitals relative to nonteaching hospitals. The regulations regarding the calculation of this additional payment, known as the indirect medical education (IME) adjustment, are located at § 412.105. The Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (Pub. L. 105–33) established a limit on the number of allopathic and osteopathic residents that a hospital may include in its full-time equivalent (FTE) resident count for direct GME and IME payment purposes. Under section 1886(h)(4)(F) of the Act, a hospital’s unweighted FTE count of residents may not exceed the hospital’s unweighted FTE count for its most recent cost reporting period ending on or before December 31, 1996. Under section 1886(d)(5)(B)(v) of the Act, the limit on the FTE resident count for IME purposes is effective for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1997. A similar limit is effective for direct GME purposes for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1997. 2. IME Adjustment Factor for FY 2008 The IME adjustment to the DRG payment is based in part on the E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules applicable IME adjustment factor. The IME adjustment factor is calculated using a hospital’s ratio of residents to beds, which is represented as r, and a formula multiplier, which is represented as c, in the following equation: c x [●1 + rb .405–1]. The formula is traditionally described in terms of a certain percentage increase in payment for every 10-percent increase in the resident-to-bed ratio. Section 502(a) of Pub. L. 108–173 modified the formula multiplier (c) to be used in the calculation of the IME adjustment. Prior to the enactment of Pub. L. 108–173, the formula multiplier was fixed at 1.35 for discharges occurring during FY 2003 and thereafter. Section 502(a) modified the formula multiplier beginning midway through FY 2004 and provided for a new schedule of formula multipliers for FY 2005 and thereafter. In the FY 2005 IPPS rule, we announced the schedule of formula multipliers to be used in the calculation of the IME adjustment and incorporated the schedule in our regulations at § 412.105(d)(3)(viii) through (d)(3)(xii). In this proposed rule, we are specifying that, for any discharges occurring during FY 2008, the statutorily mandated formula multiplier is 1.35. Previously, for discharges occurring during FY 2007, the mandated formula multiplier was 1.32. We estimate that application of the mandated formula multiplier for FY 2008 will result in an increase of 5.5 percent in IME payment for every approximately 10-percent increase in the resident-to-bed ratio. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 3. Time Spent by Residents on Vacation or Sick Leave and in Orientation a. Background In the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 48080), we clarified our policy with respect to the time that residents spend in nonpatient care activities (such as conferences and seminars) as part of approved residency programs. We amended our regulations concerning the FTE resident count at 42 CFR 412.105(f)(1)(iii)(C) to state, ‘‘In order to be counted, a resident must be spending time in patient care activities, as defined in § 413.75(b) * * *’’ The regulations at § 413.75(b) define patient care activities as ‘‘the care and treatment of particular patients, including services for which a physician or other practitioner may bill.’’ In light of this clarification, during the past year, we have received questions from the teaching hospital community as to whether the time that residents spend on vacation or sick leave, and in orientation activities that typically occur at the beginning of a VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 residency training program, is counted for IME payment purposes. Historically, time spent by residents on vacation or sick leave and in initial orientation activities has been included in the FTE resident count for IME and direct GME. (The sick leave we are referring to throughout this discussion is sick leave that does not require the resident to make up for his or her absence by adding additional training time at the end of the program.) The practice of allowing vacation and sick leave to be included in the IME count appears to be based on a provision in the Provider Reimbursement Manual, Part I, at section 2405.3.H.2. This manual provision discusses the treatment of residents who are on vacation or sick leave in the context of our prior ‘‘one day count’’ policy for counting residents for IME payment. Generally, effective with cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1984, and before July 1, 1991, residents were counted for IME purposes on a uniform reporting date of September 1. A hospital’s FTE residents were counted based on their assignment to that hospital’s IPPS or outpatient areas on September 1 of an academic year. Because it was possible that a resident might not actually be present in the hospital on September 1 because he or she was on approved vacation or sick leave, to ensure that the hospital’s IME FTE count would not be understated for the entire year, section 2405.3.H.2 of the PRM–I states that ‘‘interns and residents using vacation and sick leave on the day of the count may be included in the count.’’ Although the regulations were changed effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 1991 (55 FR 36059) to reflect the current resident-counting methodology (that is, to count the number of FTE residents based on the amount of time required to fill a residency slot as specified at § 412.105(f)(1)(iii)(A)), the fiscal intermediary (or MAC) have continued to include time spent by residents on vacation and sick leave in the FTE resident counts for purposes of both IME and direct GME payments. Orientation time is time spent by residents in activities that typically take place at the beginning of a resident’s training program, and include orientation regarding hospital employment, the hospital’s policies and procedures in general, as well as policies and procedures specific to the residency training program. As is the case for vacation and sick leave, time spent by residents in orientation has continued to be included by intermediaries/MACs in the FTE PO 00000 Frm 00135 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24813 resident counts for purposes of both IME and direct GME. We understand why we have received numerous questions regarding whether FTE resident time spent on vacation or sick leave, or in orientation activities, should be counted for purposes of IME payment. The time a resident spends on vacation or sick leave is not addressed within the current definition of ‘‘patient care activities’’ at § 413.75(b). In fact, time spent on vacation or sick leave would not be spent at the hospital location at all, so no patient care activities would occur during this time. Time spent in orientation might be spent in the hospital complex (or at a nonhospital setting), but would not involve the care and treatment of particular patients. Thus, although time spent by residents on vacation or sick leave or in orientation has historically been included in the IME and direct GME FTE counts, it seems apparent that this time should be carefully considered in light of our clarified policy and current regulations. We believe these types of activities (vacation time, sick leave, and orientation) are inherently different from the types of ‘‘patient care activities’’ and ‘‘nonpatient care activities’’ we have discussed in depth in previous rules, and most recently in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule. We believe the aforementioned activities should be distinguished from other activities, patient care or otherwise, in which the resident participates as part of the approved program. b. Vacation and Sick Leave Time We believe that approved vacation time and sick leave are not appropriately categorized as patient care activities, or as didactic, research, or other nonpatient care activities. In addition, although the Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education (ACGME) has some rules regarding resident duty hours and work environment, the ACGME is not explicit regarding resident vacation and sick leave policies. Rather, vacation and sick leave policies are determined by the resident’s employer and can vary by residency training program. Consequently, although vacation and sick leave are fringe benefits to which every employee, hospital or otherwise, is typically entitled, vacation and sick leave are not, in fact, part of the training time spent by residents in an approved program. Therefore, we believe vacation and sick leave are not properly considered as either patient care time or nonpatient care time, but are within a distinct third category of time. As we noted above, it has been our policy to include the time spent by residents on E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 24814 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules vacation or sick leave in the FTE resident count for IME and direct GME. However, we do not believe the continuation of this policy is appropriate in light of our current policy as clarified in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule and expressed in revised regulations that permit only time spent by residents in patient care activities to be counted for purposes of IME. We initially considered proposing a policy to no longer count the time spent by residents on vacation or sick leave for purposes of IME on the ground that this time is not spent in patient care activities in accordance with our regulations. However, we do not believe such a policy would have recognized the unique character of vacation and sick time as time that is not spent in any aspect of residency training—patient care or nonpatient care. Because we believe time spent by residents on vacation and sick leave is not properly considered patient care time or nonpatient care time, but fit within a distinct third category of time that is neither patient care nor nonpatient care, we believe it would be more appropriate to remove the time altogether from the FTE calculation for each resident for both IME and direct GME payment purposes. Accordingly, we are proposing to remove vacation and sick leave from the total time considered to constitute an FTE resident for purposes of IME payment effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2007. Further, in order to have a consistent conception of an FTE resident for purposes of IME and direct GME payment, we are proposing to remove vacation and sick leave from the total FTE resident time for purposes of direct GME payment as well effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2007. We acknowledge that removing vacation and sick leave time from the denominator of the FTE count for both IME and direct GME could have some impact on the FTE count, but the impact is fact-specific. In some cases, it would result in a lower FTE count, and in some cases, it would result in a higher FTE count. In addition, we note that under our current policy, residents who are on maternity leave or other approved sick leave of extended duration that prolongs the total time a resident is participating in the approved program beyond the normal duration of the program are not counted while they are out on extended sick or maternity leave. This is because the FTE time spent by such residents is counted in accordance with our FTE counting policies during the training time they VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 spend to make up for their absence. For example, a resident in an internal medicine program who takes 3 months of approved maternity leave and, therefore, must stay an additional 3 months beyond the normal 3 years to complete her training, would not be counted while she is on maternity leave for IME and direct GME payment purposes. Rather, time spent during the additional 3 months of training in which she must participate to make up for her 3 month absence will be counted in accordance with our FTE-counting policies for IME and direct GME. We are not proposing to change our policy with respect to time spent by residents on maternity leave or other approved sick leave of extended duration. c. Orientation Activities As discussed above, we believe that orientation activities in which residents participate, often prior to the start of their residency training program, are also distinct from the typical ‘‘patient care’’ and ‘‘nonpatient care’’ activities in which residents participate as part of their training program. For example, before residents begin training in an approved residency program, the hospital (or in many cases, the medical school as the employer of the residents) is required to provide orientation for their residents. Most of these orientation activities involve neither patient care nor the typical didactic or research activities that comprise the residency training program. Instead, such orientation consists of basic informational sessions in which all new employees, residents and other staff, must participate at the beginning of employment. There could also be other orientation activities designed specifically to prepare residents to furnish patient care in a particular setting or to participate in a particular approved residency training program. We recognize that certain portions of orientation activities are specific to residents in particular approved programs and are required by the accrediting organizations. Other components of orientation relate to employment and are common to all employees. Still other components of orientation may involve training regarding particular hospital policies and procedures, some of which would relate to patient care and safety. In many ways, these orientation activities resemble ‘‘didactic’’ activities. However, we believe there are important differences between the ‘‘didactic’’ activities that are part of orientation and the other conferences and seminars in which the residents engage throughout the course of their training. That is, we PO 00000 Frm 00136 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 do not envision orientation activities as including scholarly didactic activities such as conferences or seminars that may occur throughout a residency training program. Rather, we believe orientation activities would occur either at the beginning of a particular specialty program, or when a resident goes to another facility for training. In orientation sessions, much of the information being imparted to the residents is essential knowledge for the residents in order to furnish patient care services in a particular hospital facility or approved program. Thus, the information furnished during orientation is not information that merely enhances the resident’s patient care delivery knowledge and skills during the residency program, but it is a necessary prerequisite for the residents as they commence (or continue) their training program and is often required as a term of employment. Because we recognize the distinct character of orientation activities as essential to the provision of patient care by residents, and the fundamental differences between orientation and the typical didactic activities in which a resident may participate throughout a residency training program, we are proposing to continue to count the time spent by residents in orientation activities, whether they occur in the hospital or nonhospital setting, and are proposing to amend our regulations accordingly. (We note that orientation activities in the hospital setting have historically been counted for direct GME payment purposes in accordance with the regulations at § 413.78(a) which state ‘‘Residents in an approved program working in all areas of the hospital complex may be counted.’’) We are proposing to amend § 413.75(b) to add a definition of the term ‘‘orientation activities,’’ to mean ‘‘activities that are principally designed to prepare an individual for employment as a resident in a particular setting, or for participation in a particular specialty program and patient care activities associated with that particular specialty program.’’ We understand that orientation activities typically occur at the beginning of a resident’s first program year. However, we are interested in hearing from commenters on whether orientation activities typically occur during other times during an approved residency training program. We are proposing to amend the definition of ‘‘patient care activities’’ at § 413.75(b) as follows: ‘‘the care and treatment of particular patients, including services for which a physician or other practitioner may bill, and E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules orientation activities as defined at § 413.75(b).’’ In addition, we are proposing to amend the regulations at § § 412.105(f)(1)(iii)(A) and 413.78(b) to specify that ‘‘Vacation and sick leave are not included in the determination of full-time equivalency.’’ d. Proposed Regulation Changes In summary, we are proposing, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October, 1, 2007, for direct GME and IME, that time spent by residents on vacation or sick leave would not be included in the determination of what constitutes an FTE resident (or would be removed from both the numerator and denominator of the FTE count) for both IME and direct GME payment purposes. In addition, we are proposing to continue to count time spent by residents in orientation activities for both IME and direct GME payment purposes. We are proposing to amend the regulations at § § 412.105(f)(1)(iii)(A) and 413.78(b). Lastly, we are proposing to amend § 413.75(b) to include the definition of the term ‘‘orientation activities’’ and to amend the definition of ‘‘patient care activities’’ to add ‘‘orientation activities.’’ mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB E. Hospital Emergency Services Under EMTALA (§ 489.24) (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘EMTALA’’ at the beginning of your comments.) 1. Background Sections 1866(a)(1)(I), 1866(a)(1)(N), and 1867 of the Act impose specific obligations on certain Medicareparticipating hospitals and CAHs. (Throughout this section of this proposed rule, when we reference the obligation of a ‘‘hospital’’ under these sections of the Act and in our regulations, we mean to include CAHs as well.) These obligations concern individuals who come to a hospital emergency department and request examination or treatment for medical conditions, and apply to all of these individuals, regardless of whether they are beneficiaries of any program under the Act. The statutory provisions cited above are frequently referred to as the Emergency Medical Treatment and Labor Act (EMTALA), also known as the patient antidumping statute. EMTALA was passed in 1986 as part of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (COBRA), Pub. L. 99–272. Congress enacted these antidumping provisions in the Social Security Act to ensure that individuals with emergency medical conditions are VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 not denied essential lifesaving services because of a perceived inability to pay. Under section 1866(a)(1)(I)(i) of the Act, a hospital that fails to fulfill its EMTALA obligations under these provisions may be liable for termination of its Medicare provider agreement, which would result in loss of all Medicare and Medicaid payments. Section 1867 of the Act sets forth requirements for medical screening examinations for individuals who come to the hospital and request examination or treatment for a medical condition. The section further provides that if a hospital finds that such an individual has an emergency condition, it is obligated to provide that individual with either necessary stabilizing treatment or an appropriate transfer to another medical facility where stabilization can occur. The EMTALA statute also outlines the obligation of hospitals to receive appropriate transfers from other hospitals. Section 1867(g) of the Act states that a participating hospital that has specialized capabilities or facilities (such as burn units, shock-trauma units, neonatal intensive care units or (with respect to rural areas) regional referral centers as identified by the Secretary in regulation) shall not refuse to accept an appropriate transfer of an individual who requires these specialized capabilities or facilities if the hospital has the capacity to treat the individual. The regulations implementing section 1867 of the Act are found at 42 CFR 489.24. 2. Recent Legislation Affecting EMTALA Implementation a. Secretary’s Authority To Waive Requirements During National Emergencies Section 1135 of the Act authorizes the Secretary to temporarily waive or modify the application of several requirements of titles XVIII, XIX, or XXI of the Act (the Medicare, Medicaid, and State Children’s Health Insurance Program provisions) and their implementing regulations in an emergency area during an emergency period. Section 1135(g)(1) of the Act defines an ‘‘emergency area’’ as the geographical area in which there exists an emergency or disaster declared by the President pursuant to the National Emergencies Act or the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (subsection A) and a public health emergency declared by the Secretary pursuant to section 247d of Title 42 of the United States Code. Section 1135(g)(1) of the Act also defines an ‘‘emergency period’’ as the period during which such a disaster exists. PO 00000 Frm 00137 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24815 Section 1135(b) of the Act lists the actions for which the otherwise applicable statutory provisions and implementing regulations may be waived. Included among these actions are, in subparagraph (b)(3)(A), a transfer of an individual who has not been stabilized in violation of the EMTALA requirements restricting transfer until an individual has been stabilized (section 1867(c) of the Act) and, in subparagraph (b)(3)(B), the direction or relocation of an individual to receive medical screening in an alternate location, in accordance with an appropriate State emergency preparedness plan. Section 1135(b) of the Act further states that a waiver or modification provided for under section 1135(b)(3) of the Act shall be limited to a 72-hour period beginning upon implementation of a hospital disaster protocol. All other waivers arising out of section 1135(b) of the Act (except for section 1135(b)(7)) ordinarily may continue in effect for the duration of the declaration of emergency or disaster, or the declaration of a public health emergency, or for 60-day periods as described in section 1135(e)(1) of the Act. To take into account the effect of section 1135 waivers on the EMTALA requirements, § 489.24(a)(2) of our regulations specifies that sanctions under the EMTALA regulations for inappropriate transfer during a national emergency do not apply to a hospital with a dedicated emergency department located in an emergency area, as specified in section 1135(g)(1) of the Act. For further information about section 1135 of the Act and its applicability, we refer readers to the CMS Web site: http://www.cms.hhs.gov/Emergency/ 02—Hurricanes.asp. b. Provisions of the Pandemic and AllHazards Preparedness Act On December 19, 2006, Congress enacted the Pandemic and All-Hazards Preparedness Act, Pub. L. 109–417. Section 302(b) of Pub. L. 109–417 makes two specific changes that affect EMTALA implementation in emergency areas during an emergency period. As noted above, section 1135(b)(3) of the Act authorizes the Secretary to waive sanctions for either the transfer of an unstabilized individual in violation of the requirements of section 1867(c) of the Act where such transfer is necessitated by the circumstances of the declared emergency in the emergency area during the emergency period or the direction or relocation of an individual to receive medical screening in an E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24816 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB alternate location in accordance with an appropriate State emergency preparedness plan. Section 302(b)(1)(A) of Pub. L. 109–417 amended section 1135(b)(3)(B) of the Act to state that sanctions for the direction or relocation of an individual for screening may be waived where, in the case of a public health emergency that involves a pandemic infectious disease, that direction or relocation occurs pursuant to a State pandemic preparedness plan or to an appropriate State emergency preparedness plan. In addition, sections 302(b)(1)(B) and (b)(1)(C) of Pub. L. 109– 417 amended section 1135(b) of the Act to state that, if a public health emergency involves a pandemic infectious disease (such as pandemic influenza), the duration of a waiver or modification for such emergency shall be determined in accordance with section 1135(e) of the Act as that subsection applies to public health emergencies. The amendments to section 1135(b) of the Act made by section 302(b) of Pub. L. 109–417 are effective as of the date of enactment of that legislation (December 19, 2006) and apply to public health emergencies declared pursuant to section 247(d) of Title 42 of the United States Code. c. Proposed Revisions to the EMTALA Regulations Currently, the EMTALA regulation at 42 CFR 489.24(a)(2) specifies that sanctions under this section (§ 489.24) for inappropriate transfer during a national emergency do not apply to a hospital with a dedicated emergency department located in an emergency area, as specified in section 1135(g)(1) of the Act. To implement the changes made by section 302(b) of Pub. L. 109– 417 and to ensure that our regulations accurately reflect section 1135 of the Act, we are proposing to make two changes to paragraph (a)(2) of § 489.24. First, we would specify that the sanctions that do not apply are those for either the inappropriate transfer of an individual who has not been stabilized or those for the direction or relocation of an individual to receive medical screening at an alternate location. We also are proposing to revise § 489.24 by adding a second sentence to paragraph (a)(2) to state that a waiver of these sanctions for EMTALA violations is limited to a 72-hour period beginning upon the implementation of a hospital disaster protocol, except that if a public health emergency involves a pandemic infectious disease (such as pandemic influenza), the duration of the waiver will be determined in accordance with subsection (e) of section 1135 of the Act as that subsection applies to public VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 health emergencies. This proposed change would clarify that, in the case of public health emergencies involving pandemic infectious diseases, the waiver of EMTALA sanctions is not limited to 72 hours, but will remain in effect until the termination of the applicable declaration of a public health emergency as described in section 1135(e)(1)(B) of the Act. F. Disclosure of Physician Ownership in Hospitals and Patient Safety Measures 1. Disclosure of Physician Ownership in Hospitals (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘Physician Ownership in Hospitals’’ at the beginning of your comment.) Section 1866 of the Act states that any provider of services (except a fund designated for purposes of section 1814(g) and section 1835(e) of the Act) shall be qualified to participate in the Medicare program and shall be eligible for Medicare payments if it files a Medicare provider agreement and abides by the requirements applicable to Medicare provider agreements. These requirements are incorporated into our regulations in 42 CFR part 489, subparts A and B (Provider Agreements and Supplier Approval). Section 1861(e) of the Act defines the term ‘‘hospital.’’ Section 1861(e)(9) of the Act defines a hospital and authorizes the Secretary to establish requirements as he finds necessary in the interest of patient health and safety. Section 1820(e)(3) of the Act authorizes the Secretary to establish criteria necessary for an institution to be certified as a critical access hospital. Section 5006 of Pub. L. 109–171 (DRA) required the Secretary to develop a ‘‘strategic and implementing plan’’ to address certain issues related to physician investment in ‘‘specialty hospitals.’’ In the strategic and implementing plan included in our ‘‘Final Report to the Congress and Strategic and Implementing Plan Required under Section 5006 of the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005’’ issued on August 8, 2006 (page 69), available on our Web site at: http://www.cms. hhs.gov/PhysicianSelfReferral/06a— DRA—Reports.asp (hereinafter referred to as the ‘‘DRA Report to Congress’’), we stated that our plan for addressing issues related to physician investment in specialty hospitals involved promoting transparency of investment. Consistent with that approach, we stated that we would adopt a disclosure requirement that would require hospitals to disclose to patients whether PO 00000 Frm 00138 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 they are physician-owned, and if so, disclose the names of the physician owners. Accordingly, we are proposing changes to regulations governing Medicare provider agreements to effectuate this change, under our authority at sections 1861(e)(9), 1820(e) and 1866 of the Act and under our rulemaking authority at sections 1871 and 1102 of the Act. We are seeking comment as to whether these changes best effectuated through changes to the Medicare provider agreement regulations or whether it would be more appropriate to include these changes in the conditions of participation requirements applicable to hospitals and critical access hospitals. Specifically, we are proposing to amend § 489.3 to define a ‘‘physicianowned hospital’’ as any participating hospital (as defined in § 489.24) in which a physician or physicians have an ownership or investment interest. We solicit comments on whether, for purposes of the ownership disclosure requirements only, the definition of ‘‘physician-owned hospital’’ should exclude certain physician ownership or investment interests based on the nature of the interest or the relative size of the interest or the entity’s assets (for example, whether the interest would satisfy the exception at § 4111.356(a) for physician ownership or investment interest in public-traded securities and mutual funds). We are proposing to add a new provision at § 489.20(u)(1) to require that patients be given written notice that a hospital is physician-owned and that the list of physician owners is available upon request. We are proposing to require that the notice, in a manner reasonably designed to be understood by all patients, disclose the fact that the hospital meets the Federal definition of a ‘‘physician-owned hospital’’ and that patients will be provided the list of the hospital’s physician owners upon request. In addition, we are proposing to add a new provision at § 489.20(u)(2) which will require hospitals to require that all physician owners who are also members of the hospital’s medical staff disclose, in writing, their ownership interest in the hospital to all patients they refer to the hospital, as a condition of continued medical staff membership. Patient disclosure would be required at the time a physician makes a referral. We believe that these provisions are in the interest of the health and safety of individuals who are furnished services in these institutions. This notice requirement will permit individuals to make more informed decisions regarding their treatment and to E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB evaluate whether the existence of a financial relationship, in the form of an ownership interest, suggests a conflict of interest that is not in their best interest. In order to enforce these proposed requirements, we are proposing to amend § 489.12 to deny a provider agreement to a hospital that does not have procedures in place to notify patients of physician ownership in the hospital. In addition, we are proposing to amend § 489.53 to permit CMS to terminate a provider agreement with a physician-owned hospital if the hospital fails to comply with the requirements of § 489.20(u). 2. Patient Safety Measures (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘Patient Safety Measures’’ at the beginning of your comment.) In the DRA Report to Congress (page 67), we stated that it was appropriate to issue further guidance on what we expect of all hospitals with respect to the appraisal, initial treatment, and referral, when appropriate, of patients with medical emergencies. The Medicare hospital conditions of participation regulations at 42 CFR part 482 impose requirements on hospitals that have emergency departments, as well as requirements on hospitals without emergency departments. We believe that hospitals should be required to disclose to patients at the time of inpatient admission or registration for an outpatient service information concerning whether a physician is available on the premises 24 hours a days, 7 days a week. Under the authority at sections 1861(e)(9), 1820(e)(3), 1866, 1871, and 1102 of the Act (described previously), we are proposing to add a new provision at § 489.20(v)(1) to require that hospitals furnish all patients notice at the beginning of their hospital stay or outpatient service if a doctor of medicine or a doctor of osteopathy is not present in the hospital 24 hours per day, 7 days a week, and to describe how the hospital will meet the medical needs of any patient who develops an emergency medical condition, at a time when no physician is present in the hospital. We are seeking comment as to whether this change best effectuated through changes to the Medicare provider agreement regulations or whether it would be more appropriate to include this change in the conditions of participation requirements applicable to hospitals and critical access hospitals. It has also come to our attention that some hospitals have called 9–1–1 when a patient has gone into respiratory arrest, a physician has not been on the VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 premises, and the onsite clinical personnel have lacked the requisite equipment or training to provide the required assessment, initial treatment, and referral that are required of all hospitals. In some cases, required interventions to initiate emergency treatment may be outside the scope of practice of the clinical personnel onsite. This has occurred even in hospitals that operate emergency departments. Therefore, in this proposed rule, we are soliciting comments on whether current requirements for emergency service capability in hospitals with or without emergency departments should be strengthened in certain areas. Specifically, we are seeking feedback on whether present regulatory provisions should be expanded with respect to the type of clinical personnel that must be present at all times in hospitals with and without emergency departments; the competencies that such personnel must demonstrate, such as training in Advanced Cardiac Life Support, or successful completion of specified professional training programs; the type of emergency response equipment that must be available and the manner in which it must be available, such as in each emergency department, or inpatient unit, among others; and whether emergency departments must be operated 24 hours/day, 7 days a week. After evaluating the comments we receive, we will consider whether we should amend the Medicare hospital conditions of participation related to provision of emergency services in hospitals with and without emergency departments. G. Rural Community Hospital Demonstration Program (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘Rural Community Hospital Demonstration’’ at the beginning of your comments.) In accordance with the requirements of section 410A(a) of Pub. L. 108–173, the Secretary has established a 5-year demonstration program (beginning with selected hospitals’ first cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 2004) to test the feasibility and advisability of establishing ‘‘rural community hospitals’’ for Medicare payment purposes for covered inpatient hospital services furnished to Medicare beneficiaries. A rural community hospital, as defined in section 410A(f)(1), is a hospital that— <bullet≤ Is located in a rural area (as defined in section 1886(d)(2)(D) of the Act) or is treated as being located in a rural area under section 1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act; PO 00000 Frm 00139 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24817 <bullet≤ Has fewer than 51 beds (excluding beds in a distinct part psychiatric or rehabilitation unit) as reported in its most recent cost report; <bullet≤ Provides 24-hour emergency care services; and <bullet≤ Is not designated or eligible for designation as a CAH. As we indicated in the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 49078), in accordance with sections 410A(a)(2) and (a)(4) of Pub. L. 108–173 and using 2002 data from the U.S. Census Bureau, we identified 10 States with the lowest population density from which to select hospitals: Alaska, Idaho, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New Mexico, North Dakota, South Dakota, Utah, and Wyoming (Source: U.S. Census Bureau Statistical Abstract of the United States: 2003). Nine rural community hospitals located within these States are currently participating in the demonstration program for FY 2008. (Of the 13 hospitals that participated in the first 2 years of the demonstration program, 4 hospitals located in Nebraska have withdrawn from the program; they have become CAHs.) Under the demonstration program, participating hospitals are paid the reasonable costs of providing covered inpatient hospital services (other than services furnished by a psychiatric or rehabilitation unit of a hospital that is a distinct part), applicable for discharges occurring in the first cost reporting period beginning on or after the October 1, 2004, implementation date of the demonstration program. Payments to the participating hospitals will be the lesser amount of the reasonable cost or a target amount in subsequent cost reporting periods. The target amount in the second cost reporting period is defined as the reasonable costs of providing covered inpatient hospital services in the first cost reporting period, increased by the inpatient prospective payment update factor (as defined in section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act) for that particular cost reporting period. The target amount in subsequent cost reporting periods is defined as the preceding cost reporting period’s target amount, increased by the inpatient prospective payment update factor (as defined in section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act) for that particular cost reporting period. Covered inpatient hospital services are inpatient hospital services (defined in section 1861(b) of the Act), and include extended care services furnished under an agreement under section 1883 of the Act. Section 410A of Pub. L. 108–173 requires that ‘‘in conducting the E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 24818 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules demonstration program under this section, the Secretary shall ensure that the aggregate payments made by the Secretary do not exceed the amount which the Secretary would have paid if the demonstration program under this section was not implemented.’’ Generally, when CMS implements a demonstration program on a budget neutral basis, the demonstration program is budget neutral in its own terms; in other words, the aggregate payments to the participating providers do not exceed the amount that would be paid to those same providers in the absence of the demonstration program. This form of budget neutrality is viable when, by changing payments or aligning incentives to improve overall efficiency, or both, a demonstration program may reduce the use of some services or eliminate the need for others, resulting in reduced expenditures for the demonstration program’s participants. These reduced expenditures offset increased payments elsewhere under the demonstration program, thus ensuring that the demonstration program as a whole is budget neutral or yields savings. However, the small scale of this demonstration program, in conjunction with the payment methodology, makes it extremely unlikely that this demonstration program could be viable under the usual form of budget neutrality. Specifically, cost-based payments to the nine participating small rural hospitals are likely to increase Medicare outlays without producing any offsetting reduction in Medicare expenditures elsewhere. Therefore, a rural community hospital’s participation in this demonstration program is unlikely to yield benefits to the participant if budget neutrality were to be implemented by reducing other payments for these providers. In order to achieve budget neutrality for this demonstration program for FY 2008, we are proposing to adjust the national inpatient PPS rates by an amount sufficient to account for the added costs of this demonstration program. We are proposing to apply budget neutrality across the payment system as a whole rather than merely across the participants in this demonstration program. As we discussed in the FY 2005, FY 2006, and FY 2007 IPPS final rules (69 FR 49183; 70 FR 47462; and 71 FR 48100), we believe that the language of the statutory budget neutrality requirements permits the agency to implement the budget neutrality provision in this manner. For FY 2008, using cost report data for FY 2003, adjusted to account for the VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 increased estimated costs for the remaining nine participating hospitals, we estimate that the adjusted amount would be $9,681,893. This proposed estimated adjusted amount reflects the estimated difference between the participating hospitals’ costs and the IPPS payment based on data from the hospitals’ cost reports. We discuss the proposed payment rate adjustment that would be required to ensure the budget neutrality of the demonstration program for FY 2008 in section II.A.4. of the Addendum to this proposed rule. V. Proposed Changes to the IPPS for Capital-Related Costs (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘Capital IPPS’’ at the beginning of your comment.) A. Background Section 1886(g) of the Act requires the Secretary to pay for the capital-related costs of inpatient acute hospital services ‘‘in accordance with a prospective payment system established by the Secretary.’’ Under the statute, the Secretary has broad authority in establishing and implementing the IPPS for acute care hospital inpatient capitalrelated costs. We initially implemented the IPPS for capital-related costs in the August 30, 1991 IPPS final rule (56 FR 43358), in which we established a 10year transition period to change the payment methodology for Medicare hospital inpatient capital-related costs from a reasonable cost-based methodology to a prospective methodology (based fully on the Federal rate). Federal fiscal year (FFY) 2001 was the last year of the 10-year transition period established to phase in the IPPS for hospital inpatient capital-related costs. For cost reporting periods beginning in FY 2002, capital IPPS payments are based solely on the Federal rate for most acute care hospitals (other than certain new hospitals and hospitals receiving certain exception payments). The basic methodology for determining capital prospective payments using the Federal rate is set forth in § 412.312. For the purpose of calculating payments for each discharge, the standard Federal rate is adjusted as follows: (Standard Federal Rate) x (DRG Weight) x (Geographic Adjustment Factor (GAF)) x (Large Urban Add-on, if applicable) x (COLA for hospitals located in Alaska and Hawaii) x (1 + Capital DSH Adjustment Factor + Capital IME Adjustment Factor, if applicable). Hospitals also may receive outlier payments for those cases that qualify PO 00000 Frm 00140 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 under the threshold established for each fiscal year as specified in § 412.312(c) of the regulations. The regulations at § 412.348(f) provide that a hospital may request an additional payment if the hospital incurs unanticipated capital expenditures in excess of $5 million due to extraordinary circumstances beyond the hospital’s control. This policy was originally established for hospitals during the 10-year transition period, but as we discussed in the August 1, 2002 IPPS final rule (67 FR 50102), we revised the regulations at § 412.312 to specify that payments for extraordinary circumstances are also made for cost reporting periods after the transition period (that is, cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2001). Additional information on the exception payment for extraordinary circumstances in § 412.348(f) can be found in the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 49185 and 49186). During the transition period, under § § 412.348(b) through (e), eligible hospitals could receive regular exception payments. These exception payments guaranteed a hospital a minimum payment percentage of its Medicare allowable capital-related costs depending on the class of hospital (§ 412.348(c)), but were available only during the 10-year transition period. After the end of the transition period, eligible hospitals can no longer receive this exception payment. However, even after the transition period, eligible hospitals receive additional payments under the special exceptions provisions at § 412.348(g), which guarantees all eligible hospitals a minimum payment of 70 percent of its Medicare allowable capital-related costs provided that special exceptions payments do not exceed 10 percent of total capital IPPS payments. Special exceptions payments may be made only for the 10 years from the cost reporting year in which the hospital completes its qualifying project, and the hospital must have completed the project no later than the hospital’s cost reporting period beginning before October 1, 2001. Thus, an eligible hospital may receive special exceptions payments for up to 10 years beyond the end of the capital IPPS transition period. Hospitals eligible for special exceptions payments were required to submit documentation to the intermediary indicating the completion date of their project. (For more detailed information regarding the special exceptions policy under § 412.348(g), refer to the August 1, 2001 IPPS final rule (66 FR 39911 through 39914) and the August 1, 2002 IPPS final rule (67 FR 50102).) E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules Under the IPPS for capital-related costs, § 412.300(b) of the regulations defines a new hospital as a hospital that has operated (under current or previous ownership) for less than 2 years. (For more detailed information, we refer readers to the August 30, 1991 final rule (56 FR 43418).) During the 10-year transition period, a new hospital was exempt from the capital IPPS for its first 2 years of operation and was paid 85 percent of its reasonable costs during that period. Originally, this provision was effective only through the transition period and, therefore, ended with cost reporting periods beginning in FY 2002. Because we believe that special protection to new hospitals is also appropriate even after the transition period, as discussed in the August 1, 2002 IPPS final rule (67 FR 50101), we revised the regulations at § 412.304(c)(2) to provide that, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002, a new hospital (defined under § 412.300(b)) is paid 85 percent of its Medicare allowable capital-related costs through its first 2 years of operation, unless the new hospital elects to receive fully prospective payment based on 100 percent of the Federal rate. (We refer readers to the August 1, 2001 IPPS final rule (66 FR 39910) for a detailed discussion of the statutory basis for the system, the development and evolution of the system, the methodology used to determine capital-related payments to hospitals both during and after the transition period, and the policy for providing exception payments.) Section 412.374 provides for the use of a blended payment amount for prospective payments for capital-related costs to hospitals located in Puerto Rico. Accordingly, under the capital IPPS, we compute a separate payment rate specific to Puerto Rico hospitals using the same methodology used to compute the national Federal rate for capitalrelated costs. In general, hospitals located in Puerto Rico are paid a blend of the applicable capital IPPS Puerto Rico rate and the applicable capital IPPS Federal rate. Prior to FY 1998, hospitals in Puerto Rico were paid a blended capital IPPS rate that consisted of 75 percent of the capital IPPS Puerto Rico specific rate and 25 percent of the capital IPPS Federal rate. However, effective October 1, 1997 (FY 1998), in conjunction with the change to the operating IPPS blend percentage for Puerto Rico hospitals required by section 4406 of Pub. L. 105– 33, we revised the methodology for computing capital IPPS payments to hospitals in Puerto Rico to be based on a blend of 50 percent of the capital IPPS Puerto Rico rate and 50 percent of the VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 capital IPPS Federal rate. Similarly, in conjunction with the change in operating IPPS payments to hospitals in Puerto Rico for FY 2005 required by section 504 of Pub. L. 108–173, we again revised the methodology for computing capital IPPS payments to hospitals in Puerto Rico to be based on a blend of 25 percent of the capital IPPS Puerto Rico rate and 75 percent of the capital IPPS Federal rate effective for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2004. B. Proposed Policy Change As we have noted above, the Secretary has broad authority under the statute in establishing and implementing the IPPS for hospital inpatient capital-related costs. We initially exercised that authority in the August 30, 1991 IPPS final rule (56 FR 43358). Among other provisions of that rule, we established the 10-year transition period to change the payment methodology for Medicare hospital inpatient capital-related costs from a reasonable cost-based methodology to a prospective methodology (based fully on the Federal rate). The purpose of that lengthy transition was to allow hospitals sufficient time to adjust to payment under a fully prospective system based on a uniform national rate. In that rule, we also established the initial standard Federal payment rate for capital-related costs, as well as the mechanism for updating that rate in subsequent years. For FY 1992, we computed the standard Federal payment rate for capital-related costs under the IPPS by updating the FY 1989 Medicare inpatient capital cost per case by an actuarial estimate of the increase in Medicare inpatient capital costs per case. Each year after FY 1992, we update the capital standard Federal rate, as provided at § 412.308(c)(1), to account for capital input price increases and other factors. The regulations at § 412.308(c)(2) provide that the capital Federal rate is adjusted annually by a factor equal to the estimated proportion of outlier payments under the capital Federal rate to total capital payments under the capital Federal rate. In addition, § 412.308(c)(3) requires that the capital Federal rate be reduced by an adjustment factor equal to the estimated proportion of payments for (regular and special) exceptions under § 412.348. Section 412.308(c)(4)(ii) requires that the capital standard Federal rate be adjusted so that the effects of the annual DRG reclassification and the recalibration of DRG weights and changes in the geographic adjustment factor are budget neutral. Since the implementation of the IPPS for hospital inpatient capital-related costs, we have carefully monitored the PO 00000 Frm 00141 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24819 adequacy of the standard Federal payment rate for capital-related costs and the updates provided under the existing regulations. On several occasions, the standard Federal payment rate has been adjusted. Section 1886(g)(1)(A) of the Act required a 7.4 percent reduction to the capital rate for discharges occurring after September 30, 1993. (We implemented that reduction to the rate in § 412.308(b)(2) of our regulations, effective in FY 1994.) Section 412.308(b)(3) of the regulations describes the 0.28 percent reduction to the capital rate made in FY 1996 as a result of the revised policy of paying for transfers. In FY 1998, we implemented section 4402 of Pub. L. 105–33, which required that, for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1997, and before October 1, 2002, the unadjusted capital standard Federal rate be reduced by 17.78 percent (above the previous statutory reduction of 7.4 percent). (As a result of that reduction, the FY 1998 standard Federal payment rate for capital-related costs was $371.51, compared to $438.92 in FY 1997.) As we discussed in the FY 2003 IPPS final rule (67 FR 50102) and implemented in § 412.308(b)(6), a small part of that reduction was restored effective October 1, 2002. In general, under a PPS, standard payment rates should reflect the costs that an average, efficient provider would bear to provide the services required for quality patient care. Payment rate updates should also account for the changes necessary to continue providing such services. Updates should reflect, for example, the increased costs that are necessary to provide for the introduction of new technology that improves patient care. Updates should also take into account the productivity gains that, over time, allow providers to realize the same, or even improved, quality outcomes with reduced inputs and lower costs. Hospital margins, the difference between the costs of actually providing services and the payments received under a particular system, thus provide some evidence concerning whether payment rates have been established and updated at an appropriate level over time for efficient providers to provide necessary services. All other factors being equal, sustained substantial positive margins may suggest that payment rates and updates have exceeded what is required to provide those services. It is to be expected, under a PPS, that highly efficient providers might regularly realize positive margins, while less efficient providers might regularly E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24820 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules realize negative margins. However, a PPS that is correctly calibrated should not necessarily experience sustained periods in which providers generally realize substantial positive Medicare margins. Under the capital IPPS in particular, it seems especially appropriate that there should not be sustained significant positive margins across the system as a whole. Prior to the implementation of the capital IPPS, Congress mandated that the Medicare program pay only 85 percent of hospitals’ inpatient Medicare capital costs. During the first 5 years of the capital IPPS, Congress also mandated a budget neutrality adjustment, under which the standard Federal capital rate was set each year so that payments under the system as a whole equaled 90 percent of estimated hospitals’ inpatient Medicare capital costs for the year. Finally, as we discussed above, Congress has twice adjusted the standard Federal capital rate (a 7.4 percent reduction beginning in FY 1994, followed by a 17.78 percent reduction beginning in FY 1998). On the second occasion in particular, the specific congressional mandate was ‘‘to apply the budget neutrality factor used to determine the Federal capital payment rate in effect on September 30, 1995 * * * to the unadjusted standard Federal capital payment rate’’ for FY 1998 and beyond. (The designated budget neutrality factor constituted a 17.78 percent reduction.) This statutory language indicates that Congress considered the payment levels in effect during FYs 1992 through 1995, established under the budget neutrality provision to pay 90 percent of hospitals’ inpatient Medicare capital costs in the aggregate, appropriate for the capital IPPS. The statutory history of the capital IPPS thus suggests that the system in the aggregate should not provide for continuous, large positive margins. In analyzing the adequacy of the existing capital IPPS rates, we recently conducted a comprehensive review of hospital experience under the IPPS for hospital inpatient capital-related costs, with particular attention to the relationship between acute care hospital capital Medicare costs and payments under the capital IPPS. Specifically, we examined the relationship between the Medicare inpatient capital costs of hospitals that are paid under the IPPS for hospital inpatient capital-related costs and their payments under that system over a number of years. We derived both cost and revenue data from the Medicare cost report. Specifically, cost data were derived from Worksheet D, Part I, columns 10 and 12 and Part II, columns 6 and 8, and revenue data from Worksheet E, Part A, Lines 9 and 10. We began our analysis with FY 1996, the year in which the statutory budget neutrality provision expired. (As we have discussed, for FYs 1992 through 1995, section 1886(g)(1)(A) of the Act required that the capital Federal rate also be adjusted by a budget neutrality factor so that aggregate payments for inpatient hospital capital costs were projected to equal 90 percent of the payments that would have been made for capital-related costs on a reasonable cost basis during the fiscal year. As discussed in section III. of the Addendum to this proposed rule, we employed an actuarial capital cost model (described in Appendix B of the FY 2002 IPPS final rule (66 FR 40099)) to estimate the aggregate payments that would have been made on the basis of reasonable cost in order to determine the required budget neutrality adjustment. As a result of the expiration of the budget neutrality provision, the standard Federal payment rate for capital-related costs increased to $461.96 in FY 1996 from $376.83 in FY 1995.) Our analysis extended through FY 2004, the most recent year for which we have relatively complete cost report information. We examined data across all hospitals subject to the capital IPPS and across the categories of hospitals (for example, urban and rural, and teaching and nonteaching) that we normally employ in conducting impact analyses. Specifically, we looked at the difference between aggregate hospital revenues from the capital IPPS and hospitals’ aggregate Medicare inpatient capital costs. We determined the inpatient hospital Medicare capital margins for each year of the period from FY 1996 through FY 2004. (A margin is calculated as the difference between payments and costs, divided by payments.) We similarly calculated the aggregate margins for the period (the aggregate difference between payments and costs over the period, divided by total payments over the period). We also calculated aggregate margins for the period FY 1998 through FY 2004 (excluding FY 1996 and 1997). As a result of the expiration of the statutory budget neutrality provision, the capital standard Federal rate increased to $461.96 in FY 1996 from $376.83 in FY 1995. The capital standard Federal rate was $438.92 in FY 1997, before it was reduced to $371.51 in FY 1998 under section 4402 of Pub. L. 105–33, which required that the unadjusted capital standard Federal rate be reduced by 17.78 percent. The capital standard Federal rates for FYs 1996 and 1997 were thus substantially higher than the rates for the periods immediately preceding those years, and in the subsequent years (FY 1998 and beyond). The margins for those years are correspondingly higher than the margins for the other years in the period, and thus it could be argued that the margins for FYs 1996 and 1997 are unrepresentative. The table below summarizes the findings of this analysis. HOSPITAL INPATIENT MEDICARE CAPITAL MARGINS mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 1996 U.S. .................................................... URBAN ........................................ RURAL ........................................ No DSH Payments ............................. Has DSH Payments ........................... $1–$249,999 ............................... $250,000–$999,999 .................... $1,000,000–$2,999,999 .............. $3,000,000 or more .................... TEACHING ......................................... NON-TEACHING ................................ Census Division: New England (1) ......................... Middle Atlantic (2) ....................... South Atlantic (3) ........................ East North Central (4) ................. VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 1996–2004 1998–2004* 17.5 17.6 17.2 16.2 18.3 14.5 15.5 16.8 20.1 19.4 15.3 13.4 13.8 11.1 11.8 14.4 12.9 9.3 12.8 16.6 15.7 10.5 7.0 7.8 2.0 4.4 8.5 -0.4 2.2 8.5 10.4 9.8 3.3 6.8 7.4 2.7 4.4 8.1 3.1 1.5 9.2 9.1 9.7 2.9 7.3 8.3 1.3 5.6 8.2 1.6 3.0 8.6 9.7 11.1 2.2 7.9 8.9 1.5 5.6 8.7 4.2 2.5 7.2 11.6 11.7 2.8 8.7 10.3 -1.7 5.0 9.9 2.5 -1.2 9.0 13.4 13.9 1.6 7.7 9.1 -1.2 4.8 8.6 0.6 0.2 4.6 12.5 13.2 0.2 5.1 6.3 -2.9 -0.9 6.7 -3.5 -3.8 3.0 10.1 11.3 -3.2 9.0 9.9 3.4 6.9 9.9 3.3 2.9 8.7 12.4 12.9 3.9 7.2 8.3 0.26 4.2 8.4 1.8 0.5 7.1 11.1 11.6 1.3 26.9 19.1 17.9 18.2 25.8 15.5 13.9 12.7 17.0 11.0 5.8 6.2 15.1 11.5 3.9 7.2 18.2 13.8 5.9 8.8 20.5 16.3 5.2 8.6 21.3 18.4 6.3 6.3 21.2 17.9 7.5 8.1 20.5 15.0 4.9 7.1 20.9 15.5 7.9 9.2 19.3 15.0 5.7 7.5 PO 00000 Frm 00142 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24821 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules HOSPITAL INPATIENT MEDICARE CAPITAL MARGINS—Continued % 1996 East South Central (5) ................ West North Central (6) ................ West South Central (7) ............... Mountain (8) ................................ Pacific (9) .................................... Code 99 ...................................... Bed Size: < 100 beds .................................. 100–249 beds ............................. 250–499 beds ............................. 500–999 beds ............................. ≤= 1000 beds .............................. 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 1996–2004 1998–2004* 14.8 14.2 13.3 17.3 20.5 24.1 11.1 6.9 8.3 14.8 16.1 26.1 3.3 0.0 3.4 8.4 12.4 14.9 4.1 -0.4 3.1 7.6 11.3 16.7 3.4 -1.6 0.6 7.4 11.5 20.0 2.9 1.9 0.1 6.4 12.8 20.9 3.0 2.6 1.4 3.2 15.5 20.6 -1.8 3.3 -1.2 3.1 12.8 25.2 -4.2 1.1 -4.2 0.7 9.2 22.3 3.9 3.2 2.5 7.2 13.5 21.4 1.4 1.1 0.3 4.9 12.2 20.3 17.7 15.1 18.9 19.7 8.2 13.0 10.6 14.0 17.5 13.8 4.7 3.5 8.7 11.1 2.1 3.5 4.5 8.3 10.3 0.2 2.8 4.7 10.4 10.7 -6.6 2.5 6.0 10.5 10.4 -3.5 -1.7 6.1 11.7 12.5 8.7 -1.3 4.5 11.6 10.3 6.3 -5.6 1.1 10.6 6.8 1.4 3.5 6.2 11.7 12.0 3.1 0.5 4.4 10.4 10.2 1.8 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Notes: * Excluding 1996 and 1997. Based on Medicare Cost Report hospital data updated as of the 4th quarter of 2006. Revenue are from Worksheet E, Part A, Lines 9 and 10. Expenses are from Worksheet D, Part I, columns 10 and 12 and Part II, columns 6 and 8. We apply the outlier trimming methodology developed by MedPAC. As the table shows, hospital inpatient Medicare capital margins have been very high across all hospitals during the period from FY 1996 through FY 2004. The margin for the entire period was 9.0 percent (7.2 percent, excluding FYs 1996 and 1997). For particular years, margins across all hospitals ranged from a high of 17.5 percent in FY 1996 to a low 5.1 percent in FY 2004. While the margins fell after a high in FY 1996 of 17.5 to 6.8 percent in FY 1999, they rose again to 8.7 percent in FY 2002 before declining modestly to 5.1 percent in FY 2004. There are similar results among most types of hospitals and groupings of hospitals by geographic region. For example, teaching hospitals have realized margins of 12.9 percent (11.6 percent, excluding FYs 1996 and 1997) during the period from FY 1996 through FY 2004, with a high margin of 19.4 percent in FY 1996 and a low margin of 9.7 percent in FY 1999. Urban hospitals realized margins of 9.9 percent during the period from FY 1996 through FY 2004 (8.3 percent, excluding FYs 1996 and 1997). DSH hospitals realized margins of 9.9 percent over the period (8.4 percent, excluding FYs 1996 and 1997), while non-DSH had aggregate margins of 6.9 percent (4.2 percent, excluding FYs 1996 and 1997). During the period from FY 1996 through FY 2004, every type of hospital and geographic grouping of hospitals has realized a positive aggregate margin from their capital IPPS payments. Of course, the aggregate capital margins for some types of hospitals have been lower than the margins for others. In particular, inpatient hospital Medicare capital margins for rural hospitals have lagged considerably behind the margins for urban hospitals. The aggregate VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 margin for rural hospitals during the period from FY 1996 through FY 2004 was 3.4 percent (0.2 percent, excluding FYs 1996 and 1997), compared to 9.9 percent for urban hospitals and 9.0 percent for all hospitals. Rural hospitals have even experienced negative margins during several years of the period (-1.7 percent in FY 2002, -1.2 percent in FY 2003, and -2.9 percent in FY 2004). Similarly, nonteaching hospitals have experienced lower margins than teaching hospitals. Teaching hospitals have experienced an aggregate margin of 12.9 percent during the period from FY 1996 through FY 2004 (11.6 percent, excluding FYs 1996 and 1997). However, nonteaching hospitals have experienced an aggregate margin of 3.9 percent during that period (1.3 percent, excluding FYs 1996 and 1997). There may be various factors reflected in these margins. For example, one factor in the lower margins experienced by rural hospitals may be the transition of many rural hospitals to CAHs that are paid outside the IPPS. The number of rural hospitals in our analysis fell from 2,243 in FY 1996 to 1,211 in FY 2004, as the inpatient Medicare capital margins realized by rural hospitals fell from 17.2 percent to -2.9 percent. This suggests that more rural hospitals with relatively higher inpatient Medicare capital margins have made the transition to CAH status. However, it remains to be seen whether this trend in inpatient Medicare capital margins will continue as the relative numbers of CAHs and rural hospitals subject to the IPPS stabilize. The low aggregate for nonteaching hospitals is largely a function of the effect of the low, and for some years even negative, margin of the rural hospitals, as discussed earlier. PO 00000 Frm 00143 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 We believe that there could be a number of reasons for the relatively high margins that most IPPS hospitals have realized under the capital IPPS. One possibility is that the updates to the capital IPPS rates have been higher than the actual increases in Medicare inpatient capital costs that hospitals have experienced in recent years. As we discuss in section III. of the Addendum to this proposed rule, we update the capital standard Federal rate on the basis of an analytical framework that takes into account changes in a capital input price index (CIPI) and several other policy adjustment factors. Specifically, we have adjusted the projected CIPI rate-of-increase as appropriate each year for case-mix index-related changes, for intensity, and for errors in previous CIPI forecasts. Under the framework that we have been using, the update factor for FY 2008 would be 0.8 percent, based on the best data available at this time. That update factor is derived from a projected 1.2 percent increase in the CIPI, a 0.0 percent adjustment for intensity, a 0.0 percent adjustment for case-mix, a -0.4 percent adjustment for the FY 2005 DRG reclassification and recalibration, and a forecast error correction of 0.0 percent. We discuss this update framework, and the computation of the policy adjustment factors, in section III. of the Addendum to this proposed rule. We believe that the CIPI is the most appropriate input price index for capital costs to measure capital price changes in a given year. We also believe that the update framework successfully captures several factors that should be taken into account in determining appropriate updates for hospitals subject to the capital IPPS. However, there may be factors affecting the rate-of-increase in E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 24822 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules capital costs that are not yet captured in our analytical framework. For example, hospitals may be experiencing productivity gains in their use of capital equipment. As productivity increases, hospitals would be able to reduce the number of inputs required to produce a unit of service. MedPAC has taken the position that payment ‘‘rate for health care providers should be set so that the Federal Government benefits from providers’ productivity gains, just as private purchasers of goods in competitive markets benefit from the productivity gains of their suppliers.’’ MedPAC has, therefore, included a productivity improvement target in its framework for updating Medicare hospital payments on the grounds that ‘‘as a prudent purchaser, Medicare should also require some productivity gains each year from its providers.’’ (MedPAC, Report to Congress, March 2006, p. 66) While we have not as yet included a specific productivity factor, such as MedPAC’s productivity improvement target, in our analytical frameworks for updating the IPPS payment rates, we will continue to study the appropriateness of adopting such a measure. Another possible reason for the relatively high margins of most capital IPPS hospitals may be that the payment adjustments provided under the system are too high, or perhaps even unnecessary. Specifically, the adjustments for teaching hospitals, disproportionate share hospitals, and large urban hospitals appear to be contributing to excessive payment levels for these classes of hospitals. Since the inception of the capital IPPS in FY 1992, the system has provided adjustments for teaching hospitals (the IME adjustment factor, under § 412.322 of the regulations), disproportionate share hospitals (the DHS adjustment factor, under § 412.320), and large urban hospitals (the large urban location adjustment factor, under § 412.316((b)). The classes of hospitals eligible for these adjustments have been realizing much higher margins than other hospitals under the system. Specifically, teaching hospitals (11.6 percent for FYs 1998 through 2004), urban hospitals (8.3 percent), and disproportionate share hospitals (8.4 percent) have significant positive margins. Other classes of hospitals have experienced much lower margins, especially rural hospitals (0.2 percent for FYs 1998 through 2004) and nonteaching hospitals (1.3 percent). The three groups of hospitals that have been realizing especially high margins under the capital IPPS are, therefore, classes of hospitals that are eligible to receive one VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 or more specific payment adjustments under the system. We believe that the evidence indicates that these adjustments have been contributing to the significantly large positive margins experienced by the classes of hospitals eligible for these adjustments. We believe that the data on inpatient hospital Medicare capital margins, as discussed above, provide sufficient evidence that some adjustment of the updates under the capital IPPS is warranted at this time. In light of the significant disparities in the margin performances of different classes of hospitals, we do not believe that an adjustment to the updates for FYs 2008 and 2009 should apply equally to all hospitals that are paid under the capital IPPS. In particular, an adjustment to the updates should take into account the much lower margins of rural hospitals (0.2 percent for the period from FY 1998 through FY 2004) compared to urban hospitals (8.3 percent during that period). We also believe that any initial adjustment to the rate should be relatively modest. One reason is that any adjustment should avoid unwarranted disruption to hospital finances: because of the nature of capital spending, long periods of time can be necessary for hospitals to adjust adequately to significant changes in payment. Therefore, for FYs 2008 and 2009, we are proposing that the update to the capital standard Federal rate for urban hospitals will be 0.0 percent, in place of the 0.8 percent update that would otherwise be provided in FY 2008 under the update framework that we have been employing. (We have not yet determined the update that would be provided for FY 2009 under the framework.) However, in light of the margin analysis, we are also proposing to give rural hospitals the full 0.8 percent update determined by the update framework in FY 2008. We anticipate that we will provide the full update to rural hospitals in FY 2009 as well, once we have determined what the update would be under the update framework. We are proposing to revise § 412.308(c)(1) of the regulations accordingly. For purposes of the update in FYs 2008 and 2009, an urban hospital is any hospital located in an area that meets the definitions under § 412.64(b)(1)(ii)(A) or (b)(1)(ii)(B), or § 412.64(b)(3). A rural hospital is any hospital that does not meet those definitions, or that is reclassified as rural under § 412.103. For subsequent years, we will continue to analyze the data concerning the adequacy of payments under the capital IPPS, and we may propose additional adjustments, PO 00000 Frm 00144 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 positive or negative, as they are warranted. We will also continue to study our update framework and will consider whether adoption of additional or revised adjustments to account for other factors affecting capital cost changes may be warranted. In addition, we are also proposing to eliminate, for FYs 2008 and beyond, one of the payment adjustments that has been provided under the capital IPPS. Specifically, we are proposing to discontinue the 3.0 percent additional payment that has been provided to hospitals located in large urban areas. The consistent and significant positive margin of hospitals located in urban areas is strong evidence that it is not necessary to continue this adjustment. Therefore, we are proposing to amend § 412.316(b) of the regulations to provide that, effective for discharges on or after October 1, 2007, there will no longer be any additional payment for hospitals located in large urban areas, as currently provided under that section. When the payment adjustments were instituted at the inception of the program, the initial standard Federal payment rate was adjusted in a budget-neutral fashion to account for the expenditures that would be required by these adjustments. However, in light of the strong overall positive margins across the system, we are proposing not to increase the standard capital rate to account for expenditures otherwise payable due to this adjustment (approximately $147 million). Rather, in light of the excessive capital IPPS payments over the period of FYs 1996 through 2004, we believe that it is appropriate for the program to realize savings from this proposal. We will also continue to study the adequacy of payments under the capital IPPS, and will consider whether it is appropriate to make further adjustments to the standard Federal capital rate and updates of the rate. While we are formally proposing an update of 0.0 percent for urban hospitals, an update of 0.8 percent for rural hospitals in FY 2008, and elimination of the large urban add-on, we are also soliciting comment on additional adjustments to the capital payment structure. As we have noted above, the margin analysis indicates that several classes of hospitals have continuous, significant positive margins. The analysis indicates that the existing payment adjustments for teaching hospitals and disproportionate share hospitals are contributing to excessive payment levels for these classes of hospitals. Therefore, it may be appropriate to reduce these adjustments significantly, or even to eliminate them altogether, within the capital IPPS. E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules These payment adjustments, unlike the parallel adjustments under the operating IPPS, were not mandated by the Act. Rather, they were included within the original design of the capital IPPS under the Secretary’s broad authority under sections 1886(g)(1)(A) and (g)(1)(B) of the Act to include appropriate adjustments and exceptions within a capital IPPS. Therefore, we are considering whether it may be appropriate to develop a proposal to reduce or to terminate these payment adjustments in the near future. It is difficult to justify indefinite continuation of these adjustments in the light of the continuous, substantial positive margins realized by the classes of hospitals that qualify for them. When the payment adjustments were instituted at the inception of the program, the initial standard Federal payment rate was adjusted in a budgetneutral fashion to account for the expenditures that would be required by these adjustments. Therefore, if we decide to propose to reduce or eliminate these adjustments, we will also consider whether we should similarly adjust the Federal capital payment rate to account for all or a portion of these adjustments, effectively increasing the base payment rate for all hospitals (including rural, nonteaching, and non-DSH hospitals that do not benefit from these adjustments), while removing these special adjustments for the hospitals that have been eligible to receive them. We are also considering whether, in light of the substantial positive margins experienced by these teaching and DSH hospitals, the discontinuation of these adjustments should not result in a change to the standard capital rate and should instead result in savings to the program. We welcome comments on these potential proposals and on other means of appropriately adjusting and targeting payments under the capital IPPS, as well as on the proposals that we are formally making in this proposed rule. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB VI. Proposed Changes for Hospitals and Hospital Units Excluded From the IPPS (If you choose to comment on the issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘Excluded Hospitals and Hospital Units’’ at the beginning of your comment.) A. Payments to Existing and New Excluded Hospitals and Hospital Units Historically, hospitals and hospital units excluded from the prospective payment system received payment for inpatient hospital services they furnished on the basis of reasonable costs, subject to a rate-of-increase VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 ceiling. An annual per discharge limit (the target amount as defined in § 413.40(a)) was set for each hospital or hospital unit based on the hospital’s own cost experience in its base year. The target amount was multiplied by the Medicare discharges and applied as an aggregate upper limit (the ceiling as defined in § 413.40(a)) on total inpatient operating costs for a hospital’s cost reporting period. Prior to October 1, 1997, these payment provisions applied consistently to all categories of excluded providers (rehabilitation hospitals and units (now referred to as IRFs), psychiatric hospitals and units (now referred to as IPFs), LTCHs, children’s hospitals, and cancer hospitals). Payment for children’s hospitals and cancer hospitals that are excluded from the IPPS continues to be subject to the rate-of-increase ceiling based on the hospital’s own historical cost experience. (We note that, in accordance with § 403.752(a) of the regulations, RNHCIs are also subject to the rate-ofincrease limits established under § 413.40 of the regulations. IRFs, IPFs, and LTCHs were paid previously under the reasonable cost methodology. However, the statute was amended to provide for the implementation of prospective payment systems for IRFs, IPFs, and LTCHs. In general, the prospective payment systems for IRFs, IPFs, and LTCHs provide(d) transition periods of varying lengths during which time a portion of the prospective payment is (was) based on cost-based reimbursement rules under Part 413 (certain providers do not receive a transition period or may elect to bypass the transition as applicable under Subparts N, O, and P). We note that the various transition periods provided for under the IRF PPS, IPF PPS, and LTCH PPS have ended or will soon end.) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002, all IRFs are paid 100 percent of the adjusted Federal rate under the IRF PPS. Therefore, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002, no portion of an IRF PPS payment is subject to Part 413. Similarly, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2006, all LTCHs are paid 100 percent of the adjusted Federal rate under the LTCH PPS. Therefore, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2006, no portion of the LTCH PPS payment is subject to 42 CFR part 413. However, except as provided in § 412.426(c), IPFs remain under a blend methodology for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005, and before January 1, 2008. For IPFs paid under the blend methodology, the portion of the IPF PPS PO 00000 Frm 00145 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24823 payment that is based on reasonable cost principles is subject to the rules of 42 CFR part 413. In order to calculate the portion of the PPS payment that is based on reasonable cost principles, it is necessary to determine whether the IPF would be considered ‘‘existing’’ for purposes of section 1886(b)(3)(H) of the Act or ‘‘new’’ for purposes of section 1886(b)(7) of the Act. We note that readers should not confuse an IPF that is considered ‘‘new’’ for purposes of section 1886(b)(7) of the Act and § 413.40(f)(2)(ii) of the regulations with an IPF that is considered ‘‘new’’ under § 412.426(c) of the reguations. Any IPF that, under present or previous ownership or both, has its first cost reporting period as an IPF beginning on or after January 1, 2005, is considered ‘‘new’’ for purposes of § 412.426(c). An IPF that is considered ‘‘new’’ under § 412.426(c) is paid based on 100 percent of the Federal per diem payment amount. Consequently, only those IPFs considered ‘‘new’’ under section 1886(b)(7) of the Act, but not ‘‘new’’ under § 412.426(c) of the regulations will be paid under a PPS blended payment methodology. An IPF considered ‘‘new’’ for purposes of § 413.40(f)(2)(ii) would have its ‘‘reasonable cost-based’’ portion of its prospective payment subject to § 413.40(f)(2)(ii) and § 413.40(c)(4)(v), as applicable. An IPF considered ‘‘new’’ for purposes of section 1886(b)(7) of the Act has the target amount for its third cost reporting period determined in accordance with sections 1886(b)(7)(A)(ii) and 1886(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act. For the fourth and subsequent cost reporting periods, the target amount is calculated in accordance with section 1886(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act. An IPF that would be considered ‘‘existing’’ for purposes of section 1886(b)(3)(H) of the Act has the target amount for the ‘‘reasonable cost-based’’ portion of its prospective payment determined in accordance with section 1886(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act and the regulations at § 413.40(c)(4)(ii). We are proposing that the applicable percentage increase to update the target amount for the reasonable cost-based portion of the PPS payment of an IPF that is considered existing under section 1886(b)(3)(H) of the Act or new under section 1886(b)(7) of the Act, but not new under § 412.426(c), is 3.4 percent. (However, if more current data become available prior to publication of the final rule, we will use those data for updating the market basket.) B. Separate PPS for IRFs Section 1886(j) of the Act, as added by section 4421(a) of Pub. L. 105–33, E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24824 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules provided for a phase-in of a case-mix adjusted PPS for inpatient hospital services furnished by IRFs for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2000, and before October 1, 2002, with payments based entirely on the adjusted Federal prospective payment for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002. Section 1886(j) of the Act was amended by section 125 of Pub. L. 106–113 to require the Secretary to use a discharge as the payment unit under the PPS for inpatient hospital services furnished by IRFs and to establish classes of patient discharges by functional-related groups. Section 305 of Pub. L. 106–554 further amended section 1886(j) of the Act to allow IRFs, subject to the blend methodology, to elect to be paid the full Federal prospective payment rather than the transitional period payments specified in the Act. On August 7, 2001, we issued a final rule in the Federal Register (66 FR 41316) establishing the PPS for IRFs, effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2002. There was a transition period for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2002, and ending before October 1, 2002. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002, payments are based entirely on the adjusted Federal prospective payment rate determined under the IRF PPS. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB C. Separate PPS for LTCHs On August 30, 2002, we issued a final rule in the Federal Register (67 FR 55954) establishing the PPS for LTCHs, effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002. Except for a LTCH that made an election under § 412.533(c) or a LTCH that is defined as new under § 412.23(e)(4), there was a transition period for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002, and ending before October 1, 2007. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2006, total LTCH PPS payments are based on 100 percent of the Federal rate. D. Separate PPS for IPFs In accordance with section 124 of Pub. L. 106–113 and section 405(g)(2) of Pub. L. 108–173, we established a PPS for inpatient hospital services furnished in IPFs. On November 15, 2004, we issued in the Federal Register a final rule (69 FR 66922) that established the IPF PPS, effective for IPF cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005. Under the final rule, we compute a Federal per diem base rate to be paid to all IPFs for inpatient psychiatric services based on the sum of the average VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 routine operating, ancillary, and capital costs for each patient day of psychiatric care in an IPF, adjusted for budget neutrality. The Federal per diem base rate is adjusted to reflect certain patient characteristics, including age, specified DRGs, selected high-cost comorbidities, days of the stay, and certain facility characteristics, including a wage index adjustment, rural location, indirect teaching costs, the presence of a fullservice emergency department, and COLAs for IPFs located in Alaska and Hawaii. We have established a 3-year transition period during which IPFs whose first cost reporting periods began before January 1, 2005, will be paid based on a blend of reasonable costbased payment and IPF PPS payments. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2008, all IPFs will be paid 100 percent of the Federal per diem payment amount. E. Determining Proposed LTCH Cost-toCharge Ratios (CCRs) Under the LTCH PPS (If you choose to comment on the issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘LTCH PPS CCRs and Outlier Payments’’ at the beginning of your comment.) In determining both high-cost outlier and short-stay outlier payments under the LTCH PPS (at § 412.525(a) and § 412.529, respectively), we calculate the estimated cost of the case by multiplying the LTCH’s overall CCR by the Medicare allowable charges for the case. Under the LTCH PPS, a single prospective payment per discharge is made for both inpatient operating and capital-related costs, and, therefore, we compute a single ‘‘overall’’ or ‘‘total’’ LTCH-specific CCR based on the sum of LTCH operating and capital costs (as described in Chapter 3, section 150.24, of the Medicare Claims Processing Manual (CMS Pub. 100–4)) as compared to total charges. Specifically, a LTCH’s CCR is calculated by dividing a LTCH’s total Medicare costs (that is, the sum of its operating and capital inpatient routine and ancillary costs) by its total Medicare charges (that is, the sum of its operating and capital inpatient routine and ancillary charges) (72 FR 48117). In the June 9, 2003 IPPS high-cost outlier final rule (68 FR 34498), we made revisions to our policies concerning the determination of LTCHs’ CCRs and the reconciliation of high-cost outlier and short-stay outlier payments under the LTCH PPS. As we stated in that final rule (68 FR 34507), because the LTCH PPS high-cost outlier and short-stay outlier policies are modeled after the IPPS outlier policy, we believe PO 00000 Frm 00146 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 they are susceptible to the same payment vulnerabilities. In the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 48115 through 48122), we amended our regulations and, for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2006, refined the methodology for determining the annual CCR ceiling and statewide average CCRs. We also codified, with modifications and editorial clarifications, our policy for the reconciliation of high-cost outlier and short-stay outlier payments under the LTCH PPS. We indicated that because, historically, updates to the LTCH PPS CCR ceiling and statewide average CCRs have been effective on October 1, we would make these updates (and include relevant impact data) as a part of the IPPS rulemaking cycle. Specifically, in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 48117 through 48121), under the broad authority of section 123 of Pub. L. 106–113 and section 307(b)(1) of Pub. L. 106–554, we established under the LTCH PPS high-cost outlier policy at § 412.525(a)(4)(iv)(C) and the LTCH PPS short-stay outlier policy at § 412.529(c)(3)(iv)(C), for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2006, that the fiscal intermediary (or currently the MAC, if applicable) may use a statewide average CCR, which is established annually by CMS, if it is unable to determine an accurate CCR for a LTCH in one of the following three circumstances: (1) new LTCHs that have not yet submitted their first Medicare cost report (for this purpose, a new LTCH is defined as an entity that has not accepted assignment of an existing hospital’s provider agreement in accordance with § 489.18); (2) LTCHs whose CCR is in excess of the LTCH CCR ceiling; and (3) other LTCHs for whom data with which to calculate a CCR are not available (for example, missing or faulty data). (Other sources of data that the fiscal intermediary (or, if applicable, the MAC) may consider in determining a LTCH’s CCR include data from a different cost reporting period for the LTCH, data from the cost reporting period preceding the period in which the hospital began to be paid as a LTCH (that is, the period of at least 6 months that it was paid as a short-term acute care hospital), or data from other comparable LTCHs, such as LTCHs in the same chain or in the same region.) As noted above, a LTCH is assigned the applicable statewide average CCR if, among other things, a LTCH’s CCR is found to be in excess of the applicable maximum CCR threshold (that is, the LTCH CCR ceiling). As we explained in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 48117), CCRs above this threshold are E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules most likely due to faulty data reporting or entry, and, therefore, these CCRs should not be used to identify and make payments for outlier cases. Such data are clearly errors and should not be relied upon. Thus, under our established policy, if a LTCH’s calculated CCR is above the applicable ceiling, the applicable LTCH PPS statewide average CCR is assigned to the LTCH instead of the CCR computed from its most recent (settled or tentatively settled) cost report data. We revised our methodology for determining the annual CCR ceiling and statewide average CCRs under the LTCH PPS effective October 1, 2006, as we explained in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 48117 through 48121), because we believe that those changes are consistent with the LTCH PPS single payment rate for inpatient operating and capital costs. Therefore, under the broad authority of section 123 of Pub. L. 106– 113 and section 307(b)(1) of Pub. L. 106–554, in that same final rule, we revised our methodology used to determine the LTCH CCR ceiling. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2006, we established that the LTCH CCR ceiling specified under § 412.525(a)(4)(iv)(C)(2) for high-cost outliers and under § 412.529(c)(3)(iv)(C)(2) for short-stay outliers is calculated as 3 standard deviations above the corresponding national geometric mean total CCR (established and published annually by CMS). (The fiscal intermediary (or, if applicable, the MAC) may use a statewide average CCR if, among other things, a LTCH’s CCR is in excess of the LTCH CCR ceiling.) The LTCH total CCR ceiling is determined based on IPPS CCR data, by first calculating the ‘‘total’’ (that is, operating and capital) IPPS CCR for each hospital and then determining the average ‘‘total’’ IPPS CCR for all IPPS hospitals. (Our rationale for using IPPS hospital data is discussed in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 48117).) The LTCH CCR ceiling is then established at 3 standard deviations from the corresponding national geometric mean total CCR. (For further detail on our methodology for annually determining the LTCH CCR ceiling, we refer readers to the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 48117 through 48119).) We also established that the LTCH ‘‘total’’ CCR ceiling used under the LTCH PPS will continue to be published annually in the IPPS proposed and final rules, and the public should continue to consult the annual IPPS proposed and final rules for changes to the LTCH total CCR ceiling that would be effective for discharges occurring on or after October 1 of each year. Accordingly, in the FY VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 48119), we established a FY 2007 LTCH PPS total CCR ceiling of 1.321, effective for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2006. In this proposed rule, in accordance with § 412.525(a)(4)(iv)(C)(2) for highcost outliers and § 412.529(c)(3)(iv)(C)(2) for short-stay outliers, using our established methodology for determining the LTCH total CCR ceiling (described above), based on IPPS total CCR data from the December 2006 update to the ProviderSpecific File, we are proposing a total CCR ceiling of 1.273 under the LTCH PPS that would be effective October 1, 2007. Furthermore, we are proposing that, if more recent data are available, we will use such data to determine the final total CCR ceiling under the LTCH PPS for FY 2008 using our established methodology described above. In addition, under the broad authority of section 123 of Pub. L. 106–113 and section 307(b)(1) of Pub. L. 106–554, in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 48120), we revised our methodology to determine the statewide average CCRs under § 412.525(a)(4)(iv)(C) for highcost outliers and under § 412.529(c)(3)(iv)(C) for short-stay outliers for use under the LTCH PPS in a manner similar to the way we compute the ‘‘total’’ CCR ceiling using IPPS CCR data. Specifically, we first calculate the total (that is, operating and capital) CCR for each IPPS hospital. We then calculate the weighted average ‘‘total’’ CCR for all IPPS hospitals in the rural areas of the State and the weighted average ‘‘total’’ CCR for all IPPS hospitals in the urban areas of the State. (For further detail on our methodology for annually determining the LTCH urban and rural statewide average CCRs, we refer readers to the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 48119 through 48121).) We also established that the applicable statewide average ‘‘total’’ (operating and capital) CCRs used under the LTCH PPS will continue to be published annually in the IPPS proposed and final rules, and the public should continue to consult the annual IPPS proposed and final rules for changes to the applicable statewide average total CCRs that would be effective for discharges occurring on or after October 1 each year. Accordingly, in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 48122), the FY 2007 LTCH PPS statewide average total CCRs for urban and rural hospitals, effective for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2006, were presented in Table 8C of the Addendum of that final rule (71 FR 48303). In this proposed rule, in accordance with § 412.525(a)(4)(iv)(C) for high-cost outliers and § 412.529(c)(3)(iv)(C) for PO 00000 Frm 00147 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 24825 short-stay outliers, using our established methodology for determining the LTCH statewide average CCRs (described above), based on the most recent complete IPPS total CCR data from the December 2006 update of the ProviderSpecific File, the proposed LTCH PPS statewide average total CCRs for urban and rural hospitals that would be effective October 1, 2007, are presented in Table 8C of the Addendum to this proposed rule. Furthermore, we are proposing that, if more recent data are available, we would use such data to determine the final statewide average total CCRs for urban and rural hospitals under the LTCH PPS for FY 2008 using our established methodology described above. We note that, for this proposed rule, as we established when we revised our methodology for determining the applicable LTCH statewide average CCRs in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 48119 through 48121), and as is the case under the IPPS, all areas in the District of Columbia, New Jersey, Puerto Rico, and Rhode Island are classified as urban, and therefore there are no proposed rural statewide average total CCRs listed for those jurisdictions in Table 8C of the Addendum to this proposed rule. In addition, as we established when we revised our methodology for determining the applicable LTCH statewide average CCRs in that same final rule, and as is the case under the IPPS, although Massachusetts has areas that are designated as rural, there are no shortterm acute care IPPS hospitals or LTCHs located in those areas as of December 2006. Therefore, there is no proposed rural statewide average total CCR listed for rural Massachusetts in Table 8C of the Addendum of this proposed rule. As we also established when we revised our methodology for determining the applicable LTCH statewide average CCRs in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 48120 through 48121), in determining the urban and rural statewide average total CCRs for Maryland LTCHs paid under the LTCH PPS, we used, as a proxy, the national average total CCR for urban IPPS hospitals and the national average total CCR for rural IPPS hospitals, respectively. We use this proxy because we believe that the CCR data on the Provider-Specific File for Maryland hospitals may not be accurate (as discussed in greater detail in that same final rule (71 FR 48120)). VII. Services Furnished to Beneficiaries in Custody of Penal Authorities (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24826 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB caption ‘‘Beneficiaries in Custody’’ at the beginning of your comment.) Section 1862(a)(2) of the Act prohibits payment under Medicare Part A or Part B for any items or services for which the beneficiary has no legal obligation to pay, and which no other person or organization (such as a prepayment plan of which the beneficiary is a member) has a legal obligation to provide or pay for the service. Our current regulations at § 411.4(b) specify the special conditions when Medicare payment may be made for services furnished to individuals in custody of penal authorities. These regulatory conditions include: (1) State or local law requires those individuals or groups of individuals to repay the cost of medical services they receive while in custody; and (2) the State or local government entity enforces the requirement to pay by billing all such individuals, whether or not covered by Medicare or any other health insurance, and by pursuing collection of the amounts they owe in the same way and with the same vigor that it pursues the collection of other debts. However, § 411.4(b) does not define ‘‘custody’’ and does not clearly state that CMS will not defer to a particular State or local government’s definition (or interpretation) of what constitutes ‘‘custody.’’ In this proposed rule, we are proposing to specify that, for purposes of Medicare payment, individuals who are in ‘‘custody’’ include, but are not limited to, individuals who are under arrest, incarcerated, imprisoned, escaped from confinement, under supervised release, required to reside in mental health facilities, required to reside in halfway houses, required to live under home detention, or confined completely or partially in any way under a penal statute or rule. We believe that this proposed definition of ‘‘custody’’ is in accordance with how custody has been defined by Federal courts for purposes of the habeas corpus protections of the Constitution. For example, the term ‘‘custody’’ is not limited solely to physical confinement. (Sanders v. Freeman, 221 F.3d 846, 850– 51 (6th Cir. 2000).) Individuals on parole, probation, bail, or supervised release may be ‘‘in custody.’’ VIII. MedPAC Recommendations (If you choose to comment on issues in this section, please include the caption ‘‘MedPAC Update Recommendation’’ at the beginning of your comment.) We are required by section 1886(e)(4)(B) of the Act to respond to MedPAC’s IPPS recommendations in our annual proposed IPPS rule. We have VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 reviewed MedPAC’s March 2007 ‘‘Report to the Congress: Medicare Payment Policy’’ and have given it careful consideration in conjunction with the proposed policies set forth in this document. MedPAC’s Recommendation 2A–1 states that, ‘‘The Congress should increase payment rates for the acute inpatient and outpatient prospective payment systems in 2008 by the projected rate of increase in the hospital market basket index, concurrent with implementation of a quality incentive payment program.’’ This recommendation is discussed in Appendix B to this proposed rule. Recommendation 2A–2: MedPAC recommended that, ‘‘Concurrent with implementation of severity adjustment to Medicare’s diagnosis related group payments, the Congress should reduce the indirect medical education adjustment in fiscal year 2008 by 1 percentage point to 4.5 percent per 10 percent increment in the resident-to-bed ratio. The funds obtained from reducing the indirect medical education adjustment should be used to fund a quality incentive payment system.’’ MedPAC further states that the IME adjustment is ‘‘set above the empirical level which contributes to the large differences between teaching and nonteaching hospitals in financial performance under Medicare.’’ MedPAC asserts that since there is no accountability for how IME funds are used, and teaching hospitals will benefit from implementation of the severity adjusted DRGs the IME adjustment should be reduced in FY 2008. Response: We note that, MedPAC stated in its March 2007 Report that Congress made a conscious decision to fund the IME adjustment above the empirical level due to the concern for how teaching hospitals would fare under the PPS. Because the IME adjustment is set by Congress, as cited in section 1886(d)(5)(B) of the Act, any change to the IME adjustment, whether it is a 1 percentage point reduction or reduction of the IME adjustment to its empirical level, would require a statutory change. Therefore, absent a change to the IME provision in the Medicare statute for FY 2008, the IME adjustment will remain at the current level required by the statute, as specified in section IV.D. of this preamble. Recommendation 2A–3: MedPAC recommended that, ‘‘The Secretary should improve the form and accompanying instructions for collecting data on uncompensated care in the Medicare cost report and require hospitals to report using the revised form as soon as possible.’’ MedPAC PO 00000 Frm 00148 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 indicated that ‘‘accurate data on hospitals’’ charity care and bad debts are crucial to any effort to help develop a federal payment mechanism to help hospitals with their uncompensated care.’’ Response: MedPAC convened an ‘‘Expert Panel on Measuring Uncompensated Care’’ on May 5, 2005, to address concerns raised by stakeholders on the usefulness of the S– 10 Worksheet data. CMS’ representatives participated in the discussions on this expert panel, and listened carefully to the concerns of MedPAC and the stakeholders about the S–10 Worksheet. MedPAC is recommending that we adopt the list of recommended changes to the S–10 Worksheet that resulted from the panel’s discussion. CMS is currently undertaking a major update of the hospital cost report and will be making changes to the S–10 Worksheet form and accompanying instructions based on the panel’s discussions with MedPAC. In sections II.C. through E. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we further address the recommendations included in Recommendation 1 and Recommendation 3 in the March 2005 Report to Congress on Physician-Owned Specialty Hospitals. Recommendation 1 relates to refining the DRGs used under the IPPS to more fully capture differences in severity of illness among patients; basing the DRG relative weights on the estimated cost of providing care rather than on charges; and basing the weights on the national average of hospitals’ relative values in each DRG. Recommendation 3 recommended that the Secretary implement MedPAC’s recommended policies over a transition period. For further information relating specifically to the MedPAC reports or to obtain a copy of the reports, contact MedPAC at (202) 653–7220, or visit MedPAC’s website at: http:// www.medpac.gov. IX. Other Required Information A. Requests for Data from the Public In order to respond promptly to public requests for data related to the prospective payment system, we have established a process under which commenters can gain access to raw data on an expedited basis. Generally, the data are available in computer tape or cartridge format; however, some files are available on diskette as well as on the Internet at: http://www.cms.hhs.gov/ providers/ hipps. Data files and the cost for each file, if applicable, are listed below. Anyone wishing to purchase E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules data tapes, cartridges, or diskettes should submit a written request along with a company check or money order (payable to CMS-PUF) to cover the cost to the following address: Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, Public Use Files, Accounting Division, P.O. Box 7520, Baltimore, MD 21207–0520, (410) 786–3691. Files on the Internet may be downloaded without charge. mix adjusted AHW, and the percent difference between the two. Media: Internet at http://www.cms. hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/ WIFN/ list.asp#TopOfPage. Periods Available: FY 2008 IPPS Update. Media: Internet at http://www.cms. hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/ FFD/ list.asp#TopOfPage. Periods Available: FY 2008 IPPS Update. 5. FY 2008 Occupational Mix Adjusted and Unadjusted AHWs and Pre-Reclass Wage Indexes by CBSA This file contains a spreadsheet with two tabs: One for providers that are geographically located in an area, and one for providers that are reclassifying. The first tab includes the pre-reclass occupational mix adjusted total wages and AHWs by provider and CBSA, and the second tab lists the providers that are reclassifying and their post-reclass occupational mix adjusted total wages and AHWs by provider and CBSA. This file is typically posted after publication of the IPPS NPRM each year. Media: Internet at http://www.cms. hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/ WIFN/ list.asp#TopOfPage. Periods Available: FY 2008 IPPS Proposed Rule Update. 1. CMS Wage Data Public Use File This file contains the hospital hours and salaries from Worksheet S–3, Parts II and Parts III from FY 2004 cost reports used to create the proposed FY 2008 IPPS wage index. The file is typically available by the end of February each year for the NPRM and will be available by the beginning of May for the final rule. Processing year 2007 .......................... 2006 .......................... 2005 .......................... Wage data year 2004 2003 2002 This file is available after publication of each IPPS NPRM and final rule, and is organized by CBSA, and contains total CBSA occupational mix wages, total CBSA hours, CBSA occupational mix adjusted AHWs, CBSA occupational mix adjusted pre-reclass wage indexes, total CBS unadjusted wages, CBSA unadjusted AHWs, and unadjusted pre-reclass wage indexes. Media: Internet at http://www.cms. PPS fishhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS /WIFN/ cal year list.asp#TopOfPage. Periods Available: FY 2008 IPPS 2008 Update. 2007 2006 Media: Internet at http://www.cms. hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/ WIFN/ list.asp#TopOfPage. Periods Available: FY 2006 through 2008 IPPS Updates. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 2. CMS Occupational Mix Data Public Use File This file contains the occupational mix survey data to be used to compute the occupational mix adjusted wage indexes. The file is typically available by the end of February each year for the NPRM and will be available by the beginning of May for the final rule. Media: Internet at http://www.cms. hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/ WIFN/ list.asp#TopOfPage. Periods Available: FY 2008 PPS Update. 3. Final AHWs for FY 2007 and Proposed AHWs for FY 2008 by CBSA Public Use File This file includes CBSAs, and the AHWs by CBSA for FY 2007 (final data) and FY 2008 (proposed data). This file is typically available by the end of February each year for the NPRM. Media: Internet at http://www.cms. hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/ WIFN/ list.asp#TopOfPage. Periods Available: FY 2008 IPPS Proposed Rule Update. 4. FY 2008 Occupational Mix Adjusted and Unadjusted AHWs by Provider This file is available after publication of each IPPS NPRM and final rule, and includes provider number, CBSA, the provider’s unadjusted and occupational VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 24827 9. FY 2008 Proposed Rule AHW by Provider Area Listing 6. FY 2008 Occupational Mix Factor by Provider Public Use File 10. PPS–IV to PPS–XII Minimum Data Set This file is available after publication of each IPPS NPRM and final rule, and is organized by provider, and includes occupational mix adjusted and unadjusted wages, occupational mix adjusted and unadjusted AHWs, the nurse occupational mix adjustment factor, and the CBSA nurse occupational mix adjustment factor. Media: Internet at http://www.cms. hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/ WIFN/ list.asp#TopOfPage. Periods Available: FY 2008 IPPS Update. The Minimum Data Set contains cost, statistical, financial, and other information from Medicare hospital cost reports. The data set includes only the most current cost report (as submitted, final settled, or reopened) submitted for a Medicare participating hospital by the Medicare fiscal intermediary to CMS. This data set is updated at the end of each calendar quarter and is available on the last day of the following month. Media: Compact Disc (CD). File Cost: $100.00 per year. 7. FY 2008 Average Hourly Wage by Provider and CBSA Public Use File This file is available after publication of each IPPS NPRM and final rule, and includes occupational mix adjusted wages, hours, occupational mix adjusted AHWs, and pre-reclass occupational mix adjusted wage indexes, by provider and CBSA. Media: Internet at http://www.cms. hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/ WIFN/ list.asp#TopOfPage. Periods Available: FY 2008 IPPS Update. 8. IPPS SSA/FIPS CBSA State and County Crosswalk This file contains a crosswalk of State and county codes used by the Social Security Administration (SSA) and the Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS), county name, Core Based Statistical Area (CBSA), and the historical list of Metropolitan Statistical Areas (MSAs). PO 00000 Frm 00149 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 I PPS–IV ............. PPS–V .............. PPS–VI ............. PPS–VII ............ PPS–VIII ........... PPS–IX ............. PPS–X .............. PPS–XI ............. PPS–XII ............ Periods beginning on or after 10/01/86 10/01/87 10/01/88 10/01/89 10/01/90 10/01/91 10/01/92 10/01/93 10/01/94 and before 10/01/87 10/01/88 10/01/89 10/01/90 10/01/91 10/01/92 10/01/93 10/01/94 10/01/95 (Note: The PPS–XIII, PPS–XIV, PPS–XV, PPS–XVI, PPS–XVII, PPS–XVIII, PPS–XIX PPS–XX, PPS–XXI, and PPS–XX–II Minimum Data Sets are part of the PPS–XIII, PPS–XIV, PPS–XV, PPS–XVI, PPS–XVII, PPS–XVIII, PPS–XIX, PPS–XX, PPS–XXI, and PPS–XXII Hospital Data Set Files (refer to item 10 below).) 11. PPS–XIII to PPS–XXII Hospital Data Set The file contains cost, statistical, financial, and other data from the Medicare Hospital Cost Report. The data set includes only the most current cost E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24828 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules 14. DRG Relative Weights (Table 5 DRG) This file contains a listing of DRGs, DRG narrative descriptions, relative weights, and geometric and arithmetic mean lengths of stay as published in the Federal Register. There are two versions of this file as published in the Federal Register: <bullet≤ NPRM. <bullet≤ Final rule. Media: Internet at http://www.cms. hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/ FFD/ and before list.asp#TopOfPage. Periods Available: FY 2006 through 10/01/96 FY 2008 PPS Update. report (as submitted, final settled, or reopened) submitted for a Medicarecertified hospital by the Medicare fiscal intermediary to CMS. The data set is updated at the end of each calendar quarter and is available on the last day of the following month. Media: Compact Disc (CD). File Cost: $100.00. Periods beginning on or after I PPS–XIII ........... PPS–XIV ........... PPS–XV ............ PPS–XVI ........... PPS–XVII .......... PPS–XVIII ......... PPS–XIX ........... PPS–XX ............ PPS–XXI ........... PPS–XXII .......... 10/01/95 10/01/96 10/01/97 10/01/98 10/01/99 10/01/00 10/01/01 10/01/02 10/01/03 10/01/04 10/01/97 10/01/98 10/01/99 10/01/00 10/01/01 10/01/02 10/01/03 10/01/04 10/01/05 12. Provider-Specific File This file is a component of the PRICER program used in the fiscal intermediary’s system to compute DRG payments for individual bills. The file contains records for all prospective payment system eligible hospitals, including hospitals in waiver States, and data elements used in the prospective payment system recalibration processes and related activities. Beginning with December 1988, the individual records were enlarged to include pass-through per diems and other elements. Media: Internet at http://www.cms. hhs.gov/ProspMedicareFeeSvcPmt Gen/ Downloads/INP—psf0107.zip. Periods Available: FY 2008 PPS Update. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB 13. CMS Medicare Case-Mix Index File The Medicare case-mix indexes by provider number are published in table 2 of each year’s update of the Medicare hospital inpatient prospective payment system. The case-mix index is a measure of the costliness of cases treated by a hospital relative to the cost of the national average of all Medicare hospital cases, using DRG weights as a measure of relative costliness of cases. Two versions of this file are created each year. They support the following: <bullet≤ NPRM published in the Federal Register. <bullet≤ Final rule published in the Federal Register. Media: Internet at http://www.cms. hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/ WIFN/ list.asp#TopOfPage. Periods Available: FY 2006 through FY 2008. VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 15. PPS Payment Impact File This file contains data used to estimate payments under Medicare’s hospital inpatient prospective payment systems for operating and capital-related costs. The data are taken from various sources, including the Provider-Specific File, Minimum Data Sets, and prior impact files. The data set is abstracted from an internal file used for the impact analysis of the changes to the prospective payment systems published in the Federal Register. Media: Internet at http://www.cms. hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/ FFD/ list.asp#TopOfPage and http:// www.cms.hhs.gov/ AcuteInpatientPPS/ HIF/list.asp#TopOfPage. Periods Available: FY 1994 through FY 2008 PPS Update 16. AOR/BOR Tables This file contains data used to develop the DRG relative weights. It contains mean, maximum, minimum, standard deviation, and coefficient of variation statistics by DRG for length of stay and standardized charges. The BOR tables are ‘‘Before Outliers Removed’’ and the AOR is ‘‘After Outliers Removed.’’ (Outliers refer to statistical outliers, not payment outliers.) Two versions of this file are created each year. They support the following: <bullet≤ NPRM published in the Federal Register. <bullet≤ Final rule published in the Federal Register. Media: Internet at http://www.cms. hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/ FFD/ list.asp#TopOfPage. Periods Available: FY 2008 PPS Update. 17. Prospective Payment System (PPS) Standardizing File This file contains information that standardizes the charges used to calculate relative weights to determine payments under the prospective payment system. Variables include wage index, cost-of-living adjustment (COLA), case-mix index, disproportionate share, and the Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA). The file supports the following: PO 00000 Frm 00150 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 <bullet≤ NPRM published in the Federal Register. <bullet≤ Final rule published in the Federal Register. Media: Internet. Periods Available: FY 2008 PPS Update. For further information concerning these data tapes, contact the CMS Public Use Files Hotline at (410) 786–3691. Commenters interested in obtaining or discussing any other data used in constructing this proposed rule should contact Mark Hartstein at (410) 786– 4548. B. Collection of Information Requirements Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), we are required to provide 60-day notice in the Federal Register and solicit public comment before a collection of information requirement is submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval. In order to fairly evaluate whether an information collection should be approved by OMB, section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA requires that we solicit comment on the following issues: <bullet≤ The need for the information collection and its usefulness in carrying out the proper functions of our agency. <bullet≤ The accuracy of our estimate of the information collection burden. <bullet≤ The quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected. <bullet≤ Recommendations to minimize the information collection burden on the affected public, including automated collection techniques. We are soliciting public comment on each of these issues for the following sections of this document that contain information collection requirements. Section 412.103 Special Treatment: Hospitals Located in Urban Areas and That Apply for Reclassifications as Rural Section 412.103(g)(1) states that (1) for a hospital paid on the basis of reasonable costs, the hospital may cancel its rural reclassification by submitting a written request to the CMS Regional Office not less than 120 days prior to the end of its current cost reporting period, and (2) for a hospital paid under the hospital inpatient prospective payment system, the hospital may cancel its rural reclassification by submitting a written request to the CMS Regional Office not less than 120 days prior to the end of a Federal fiscal year and after being paid as rural for at least one 12-month cost reporting period. E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules The burden associated with these requirements is the time and effort required for a hospital to develop, draft, and submit its written request for the cancellation of its rural reclassification. While these requirements are subject to the PRA, we believe the burden is exempt under 5 CFR 1320.3(c)(4). We believe that the information collection requirements in § 412.103(g)(1) and § 421.103(g)(2), respectively, will impact less than 10 entities. The notices will be submitted by individual hospitals and will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis. Section 489.20 Basic Commitments Proposed § 489.20(u)(1) would require physician-owned hospitals, as defined in § 489.3, to furnish notice to all patients that the hospital is a physician-owned hospital. The notice must be furnished at the beginning of their hospital stay or outpatient visit. The burden associated with the aforementioned requirements is the time and effort associated with a physicianowned hospital developing a generic notice and providing notice to the patients. Approximately 175 physicianowned hospitals must comply with this requirement. We estimate that it will require a hospital’s general counsel 4 hours to develop a standard notice to be furnished to all patients upon admission as an inpatient or an outpatient. In addition, we estimate that it will take 30 seconds to provide the notice to a patient and it will take another 30 seconds to maintain a copy of the disclosure in the patient’s medical record. On average, each hospital will be required to make 1,092 disclosures per year. The total burden associated with the requirements in § 489.20(u)(1) is 3,885 annual burden hours. Proposed § 489.20(v) would require all hospitals, as defined in § 489.24(b), to furnish all patients notice, in accordance with § 482.13(b)(2), at the beginning of their hospital stay or outpatient visit if a doctor of medicine or a doctor of osteopathy is not present in the hospital 24 hours per day, 7 days per week. The notice must indicate how 24829 the hospital will meet the medical needs of any inpatient who develops an emergency medical condition, as defined in § 489.24(b), at a time when there is no physician present in the hospital. The burden associated with this requirement is the time and effort necessary for each hospital to develop a standard notice to furnish to its patients. We believe 2,504 hospitals will be required to comply with this requirement. Complying with the requirement will require a hospital’s general counsel 4 hours to develop a standard notice. In addition, we estimate that it will take 30 seconds to provide the notice to a patient, and it will take another 30 seconds to maintain a copy of the disclosure in the patient’s medical record. On average, each hospital will be required to make 1,092 disclosures per year. The total burden associated with the requirements in § 489.20(v)(1) is 55,588 annual burden hours. ESTIMATED ANNUAL REPORTING AND RECORDKEEPING BURDEN § 489.20(u)(1) ...................................... § 489.20(v)(1) ....................................... 0938–New ............................................ ............................................................... 0938–New ............................................ ............................................................... 175 175 2,504 2,504 75 191,100 2,504 2,734,368 4 .016667 4 .016667 700 3,185 10,016 45,572 Total ............................................... ............................................................... ........................ ........................ .................... 59,473 mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Proposed Add-on Payments for New Services and Technologies Section II.I.1 of the preamble of this proposed rule discusses proposed addon payments for new services and technologies. Specifically, this section states that applicants for add-on payments for new medical services or technologies for FY 2009 must submit a formal request. A formal request includes a full description of the clinical applications of the medical service or technology and the results of any clinical evaluations demonstrating that the new medical service or VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 technology represents a substantial clinical improvement. In addition, the request must contain a significant sample of the data to demonstrate that the medical service or technology meets the high-cost threshold. We also detailed the burden associated with this requirement in a final rule published in the Federal Register on September 7, 2001 (66 FR 46902). As stated in that final rule, we believe the associated burden is exempt from the PRA as stipulated under 5 CFR 1320.3(h)(6). Collection of the information for this requirement will be conducted on individual case-by-case basis. Occupational Mix Adjustment to the FY 2008 Index (Hospital Wage Index Occupational Mix Survey) Section III. of the preamble of this proposed rule details the proposed changes to the hospital wage index. Specifically, section III.C addresses the proposed occupational mix adjustment to the proposed FY 2008 index. While PO 00000 Frm 00151 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 Responses Total annual burden (hours) OMB control number This proposed rule imposes collection of information requirements as outlined in the regulation text and specified above. However, this proposed rule also makes reference to several associated information collections that are not discussed in the regulation text. The following is a discussion of these collections, which have already received the Office of Management and Budget’s (OMB) approval. Respondents Burden per response (hours) Requirements the preamble does not contain any new information collection requirements, it is important to note that there is an OMB approved collection associated with the hospital wage index. As stated in section III.C. of the preamble of this proposed rule, section 304(c) of Pub. L. 106–554 amended section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act to require CMS to collect data at least once every 3 years on the occupational mix of employees for each short-term, acute care hospital participating in the Medicare program, in order to construct an occupational mix adjustment to the wage index. We collect the data via the occupational mix survey. The burden associated with this information collection request is the time and effort required to collect and submit the data in the Hospital Wage Index Occupational Mix Survey to CMS. While this burden is subject to the PRA, it is already approved under OMB control number 0938–0907, with an expiration date of May 31, 2009. E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24830 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules Revisions to the Wage Index Based on Hospital Redesignations (Medicare Geographic Classification Review Board) As noted in section III.I of the preamble of this proposed rule, section 1886(d)(10) of the Act established the MGCRB, an entity that has the authority to accept IPPS hospital applications requesting geographic reclassification for wage index or standardized payment amounts and to issue decisions on these requests. It is important for CMS to ensure the accuracy of the MGCRB decisions and remain apprised of potential payment impacts. Our regulations at § 412.256 require a hospital to submit a copy of its MGCRB application to CMS. The burden associated with this requirement is the time and effort associated with a hospital compiling and submitting a copy of its MGCRB application to CMS. While this requirement is subject to the PRA, the burden is approved under OMB control number 0938–0573, with an expiration date of November 30, 2008. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB Reporting of Hospital Quality Data for Annual Hospital Payment Update As noted in section IV.A.1 of the preamble of this proposed rule, section 5001(a) of the DRA sets out new requirements for the RHQDAPU program. The RHQDAPU program was established to implement section 501(b) of Pub. L. 108–173, thereby expanding our Hospital Quality Initiative. The RHQDAPU program originally consisted of a ‘‘starter set’’ of 10 quality measures. Hospitals participating in the hospital quality initiative submit their quality data on the 10 measures to receive an increase in their Medicare Annual Payment Update. The Office of Management and Budget approved the collection of data associated with the original starter set of quality measures under OMB control number 0938–0918, with an expiration date of January 31, 2010. However, we recently submitted a new information collection request containing additional quality measures to OMB for approval. The new measures collect data for the Surgical Care Improvement Project (SCIP) and mortality measures. We announced and sought public comment on the information collection request in both 60-day and 30-day Federal Register notices that published on October 13, 2006 (71 FR 60532), and December 22, 2006 (71 FR 77026), respectively. The revised information collection request is currently under review at OMB. VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 Section IV.A.1 of the preamble of this proposed rule also discusses the use of the HCAHPS survey to capture quality data. The survey is designed to produce comparable data on the patient’s perspective on care that allows objective and meaningful comparisons between hospitals on domains that are important to consumers. The HCAHPS survey is currently approved under OMB control number 0938–0981, with an expiration date of December 31, 2007. Section IV.A.2.h of the preamble of this proposed rule addresses the reconsideration and appeal procedures for a hospital that we believe did not meet the RHQDAPU program requirements. If a hospital disagrees with our determination, it may submit a written request to us requesting that we reconsider our decision. The hospital’s letter must explain the reasons it believes it did meet the RHQDAPU program requirements. While this is a reporting requirement, the burden associated with it is not subject to the PRA under 5 CFR 1320.4(a)(2). The burden associated with information collection requirements imposed subsequent to an administrative action is not subject to the PRA. If you comment on these information collection and recordkeeping requirements, please mail copies directly to the following: Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, Office of Strategic Operations and Regulatory Affairs, Regulations Development Group, Attn: William N. Parham, III, CMS– 1533–P, Room C4–26–05, 7500 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21244–1850; and Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Room 10235, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503, Attn: Carolyn Lovett, CMS Desk Officer, CMS–1533–P, carolyn— lovett@omb.eop.gov. Fax (202) 395– 6974. C. Response to Comments Because of the large number of comments we normally receive on Federal Register documents, we are not able to acknowledge or respond to them individually. We will consider all comments we receive by the date and time specified in the DATES section of this preamble, and, when we proceed with a subsequent document, we will respond to the comments in the preamble to that document. PO 00000 Frm 00152 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 List of Subjects 42 CFR Part 411 Kidney diseases, Medicare, Physician referral, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements. 42 CFR Part 412 Administrative practice and procedure, Health facilities, Medicare, Puerto Rico, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements. 42 CFR Part 413 Health facilities, Kidney diseases, Medicare, Puerto Rico, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements. 42 CFR Part 489 Health facilities, Medicare, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements. For the reasons stated in the preamble of this proposed rule, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services is proposing to amend 42 CFR Chapter IV as follows: PART 411—EXCLUSIONS FROM MEDICARE AND LIMITATIONS ON MEDICARE PAYMENT 1. The authority citation for Part 411 continues to read as follows: Authority: Secs. 1102, 1860D–4(e)(6), 1871, and 1877(b)(4) and (5) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1302, 1395w–10(e)(6), 1395hh, and 1395nn(b)(4) and (5). 2. Section 411.4 is amended by revising the introductory text of paragraph (b) to read as follows: § 411.4 Services for which neither the beneficiary nor any other person is legally obligated to pay. * * * * * (b) Special conditions for services furnished to individuals in custody of penal authorities. Individuals who are in custody include, but are not limited to, individuals who are under arrest, incarcerated, imprisoned, escaped from confinement, under supervised release, required to reside in mental health facilities, required to reside in halfway houses, required to live under home detention, or confined completely or partially in any way under a penal statute or rule. Payment may be made for services furnished to individuals or groups of individuals who are in the custody of police or other penal authorities or in the custody of a government agency under a penal statute only if the following conditions are met. * * * * * E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules PART 412—PROSPECTIVE PAYMENT SYSTEMS FOR INPATIENT HOSPITAL SERVICES 3. The authority citation for Part 412 is revised to read as follows: Authority: Secs. 1102 and 1871 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1302 and 1395hh), and sec. 124 of Pub. L. 106–113 (113 Stat. 1501A–332). 4. Section 412.2 is amended by adding a new paragraph (g) to read as follows: § 412.2 Basis for payment. * * * * * (g) Payment adjustment for certain replaced devices. CMS makes a payment adjustment for certain replaced devices, as provided under § 412.89. 5. Section 412.4 is amended by— a. Revising paragraphs (d)(3)(ii)(B) and (d)(3)(ii)(C). b. Adding a new paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(D). c. Revising paragraph (f)(3). d. Revising the introductory text of paragraph (f)(5). e. Revising paragraph (f)(5)(i). f. Revising paragraph (f)(5)(iv). g. Adding a new paragraph (f)(6). The revisions and additions read as follows: § 412.4 Discharges and transfers. mmaher on DSK3CLS3C1PROD with $$_JOB * * * * * (d) * * * (3) * * * * * * * * (ii) * * * (B) The proportion of short-stay discharges to postacute care to total discharges in the DRG exceeds the 55th percentile for all DRGs; (C) The DRG is paired with a DRG based on the presence or absence of a comorbidity or a complication or major cardiovascular condition that meets the criteria specified under paragraphs (d)(3)(ii)(A) and (d)(3)(ii)(B) of this section; and (D) In the case of MS–DRGs that share the same base MS–DRG, if one MS–DRG meets the criteria specified under paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(B) of this section, every MS–DRG that shares the same base MS–DRG is a qualifying DRG. * * * * * (f) * * * (3) Transfer assigned to DRG for newborns that die or are transferred to another hospital. If a transfer is classified into CMS DRG 385 (Neonates, Died or Transferred) prior to October 1, 2007, or into MS–DRG 789 (Neonates, Died or Transferred to Another Acute VerDate Mar 15 2010 02:00 Aug 26, 2011 Jkt 223001 Care Facility) on or after October 1, 2007, the transferring hospital is paid in accordance with § 412.2(b). * * * * * (5) Special rule for DRGs meeting specific criteria. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2005, and prior to October 1, 2007, a hospital that transfers an inpatient under the circumstances described in paragraph (c) of this section is paid using the provisions of paragraphs (f)(2)(i) and (f)(2)(ii) of this section if the transfer case is assigned to one of the DRGs meeting the following criteria: (i) The DRG meets the criteria specified in paragraph (d)(3)(i) or (d)(3)(ii) of this section. * * * * * (iv) If a DRG is paired with a DRG based on the presence or absence of a comorbidity or complication or a major cardiovascular complication that meets the criteria specified in paragraphs (f)(5)(i) through (f)(5)(iii) of this section, that DRG will also be paid under the provisions of paragraphs (f)(2)(i) and (f)(2)(ii) of this section. (6) Special rule for DRGs meeting specific criteria. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2007, a hospital that transfers an inpatient under the circumstances described in paragraph (c) of this section is paid using the provisions of paragraphs (f)(2)(i) and (f)(2)(ii) of this section if the transfer case is assigned to one of the DRGs meeting the following criteria: (i) The DRG meets the criteria specified in paragraph (d)(3)(i) or (d)(3)(ii) of this section; (ii) The average charges of the 1-day discharge cases in the DRG must be at least 50 percent of the average charges for all cases in the DRG; and (iii) The geometric mean length of stay for the DRG is greater than 4 days. (iv) If a DRG is part of an MS–DRG group that meets the criteria specified in paragraphs (f)(6)(i) through (f)(6)(iii) of this section, that DRG will also be paid under the provisions of paragraphs (f)(2)(i) and (f)(2)(ii) of this section. 6. Section 412.64 is amended by— a. Revising paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(B). b. In paragraph (b)(3), designating the existing text as (b)(3)(i) and adding a new paragraph (b)(3)(ii). c. Adding a new paragraph (e)(3). d. Revising paragraph (i)(2). The revisions read as follows: § 412.64 Federal rates for inpatient operating costs for Federal fiscal year 2005 and subsequent fiscal years. * PO 00000 * * (b) * * * Frm 00153 * Fmt 4701 * Sfmt 4702 24831 (1) * * * (ii) * * * (B) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1983, and before October 1, 2007, the following New England counties, which are deemed to be parts of urban areas under section 601(g) of the Social Security Amendments of 1983 (Public Law 98– 21, 42 U.S.C. 1395ww (note); Litchfield County, Connecticut; York County, Maine; Sagadahoc County, Maine; Merrimack County, New Hampshire; and Newport County, Rhode Island. * * * * * (3)(i) * * * (ii) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2007, hospitals in the following New England counties, if not already located in an urban area, are deemed to be located in urban areas under section 601(g) of the Social Security Amendments of 1983 (Public Law 98–21, 42 U.S.C. 1395ww (note)): Litchfield County, Connecticut; York County, Maine; Sagadahoc County, Maine; Merrimack County, New Hampshire; and Newport County, Rhode Island. * * * * * (e) * * * (3) To the extent CMS determines that changes to the DRG classification and recalibrations of the DRG relative weights for a previous year (or estimates that such adjustments for a future fiscal year) did (or are likely to) result in a change in aggregate payments under this subsection during the fiscal year that are a result of changes in coding or classification of discharges that do not reflect real changes in case mix, CMS may adjust the standardized amount for subsequent fiscal years so as to eliminate the effect of such coding and classification changes. (i) * * * (2) Amount of adjustment. A hospital located in a county that meets the criteria under paragraphs (i)(1)(i) through (i)(1)(iii) of this section will receive an increase in its wage index that is equal to a weighted average of the difference between the postreclassified wage index of the MSA (or MSAs) with the higher wage index (or wage indices) and the postreclassified wage index of the MSA or rural statewide area in which the qualifying county is located, weighted by the overall percentage of the hospital employees residing in the qualifying county who are employed in any MSA with a higher wage index. * * * * * 7. The heading of Subpart F is revised to read as follows: E:\FEDREG\03MYP2.LOC 03MYP2 24832 Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 85 / Thursday, May 3, 2007 / Proposed Rules Subpart F—Payments for Outlier Cases, Special Treatment Payment for New Technology, and Payment Adjustment for Certain Replaced Devices 8. Section 412.88 is amended by revising the introductory text of paragraph (a)(2) to read as follows: § 412.88 Additional payment for new medical service or technology. (a) * * * (2) If the costs of the discharge (determined by applying the operating cost-to-charge ratios as described in § 412.84(h)) exceed the full DRG payment, an additional amount equal to the lesser of— * * * * * 9. A new undesignated center heading and a new § 412.89 are added under Subpart F following § 412.88 to read as follows: Payment Adjustment for Certain Replaced